diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index dacf79546..1fc5c48c7 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ # Niyas Raphy, 2023 # Mustafa Rawi , 2023 # Ziani Ahmed (Zity), 2023 -# Malaz Abuidris , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Malaz Abuidris , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -523,16 +523,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -552,7 +552,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2538,6 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2594,8 +2596,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "البنك" @@ -3212,6 +3214,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4499,9 +4567,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "الحساب " @@ -4510,9 +4578,9 @@ msgstr "الحساب " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "المدين" @@ -4522,9 +4590,9 @@ msgstr "المدين" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "الدائن" @@ -4533,8 +4601,8 @@ msgstr "الدائن" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "حساب مدين " @@ -4675,6 +4743,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "ابدأ" @@ -5399,6 +5532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -5795,6 +5929,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" @@ -6004,6 +6150,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6372,6 +6519,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7096,190 +7244,202 @@ msgstr "الفحوصات " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -msgid "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "الإيصالات المستحقة " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 @@ -11548,6 +11708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "التقارير" @@ -13537,9 +13698,9 @@ msgstr "النفقات " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -13548,16 +13709,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13566,26 +13727,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -13594,13 +13769,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -13608,22 +13791,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -13632,109 +13815,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -13742,103 +13942,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13846,7 +14069,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -13856,15 +14079,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -13873,12 +14096,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13886,116 +14122,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14004,91 +14279,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14096,51 +14379,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14148,19 +14464,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14168,37 +14485,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14206,61 +14533,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14268,188 +14597,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "الضبط " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -14864,6 +15216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -14878,6 +15231,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -14891,6 +15245,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "الاسم التقني" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16285,11 +16640,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "بلجيكا" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "الفوترة الإلكترونية " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16297,87 +17203,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "معتمد " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16385,52 +17291,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16439,7 +17345,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16447,17 +17353,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16467,7 +17373,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16475,39 +17381,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -16517,7 +17423,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -16532,44 +17438,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "جهاز IoT " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -16581,7 +17487,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -16589,17 +17495,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -19286,7 +20192,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -19629,11 +20535,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -23645,7 +24546,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:32 msgid "Italy - Stock DDT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Italy - Stock DDT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:33 msgid "`l10n_it_stock_ddt`" @@ -24752,10 +25653,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -25268,10 +26165,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "الفوترة الإلكترونية " - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -28801,10 +29694,6 @@ msgstr "حساب تحويل وسيط " msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "الإيصالات المستحقة " - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -29746,7 +30635,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -29967,7 +30856,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30187,7 +31076,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -31457,8 +32346,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -31497,7 +32387,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -31519,48 +32409,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -31568,189 +32458,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -31758,39 +32651,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -31935,7 +32828,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:28 msgid "European Union" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الاتحاد الأوروبي " #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -32323,35 +33216,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "جدول البيانات " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -32361,40 +33255,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -32502,3 +33396,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "القوالب " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 824bcb281..1fe17cea4 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,15 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Malaz Abuidris , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -132,3 +133,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "الموظفون" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "إضافة موظف جديد" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "السيرة الذاتية " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "المهارات " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2028f2e09..f24c15cda 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -510,9 +510,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -936,97 +935,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "تواريخ انتهاء الصلاحية" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "تنبيهات انتهاء الصلاحية" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1058,11 +1447,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1395,11 +1779,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1557,11 +1936,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -2963,237 +3337,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "المنتجات" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3873,49 +4404,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3923,104 +4461,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4028,32 +4565,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4062,6 +4607,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -7944,9 +8542,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -7956,8 +8554,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8123,6 +8721,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9783,42 +10386,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "مراقبة الجودة" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10551,25 +11118,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10577,11 +11144,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10589,7 +11156,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10598,7 +11165,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10612,7 +11179,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10622,11 +11189,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10634,23 +11201,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 5fe22ceae..be77ad1a0 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1205,146 +1205,400 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "التهيئة " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 @@ -1777,107 +2031,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "الضبط " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "اسم الجهاز " + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "التعليمات" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "الطابعة" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "الميزان" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 @@ -1886,17 +2196,18 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1904,175 +2215,232 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "الطابعة" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "ماسح الباركود " +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "درج النقد " - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 @@ -2417,355 +2785,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "الأجهزة" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "الاتصال" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgid "Connect a printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -2775,48 +3340,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 @@ -2829,64 +3400,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2895,87 +3473,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "الاستخدام " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index ee1256c3e..7ece35974 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -96,7 +97,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2523,56 +2523,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -5772,159 +5796,311 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "فاتورة دورية " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "دفعة مقدّمة (نسبة)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "دفعة مقدّمة (مبلغ ثابت)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -6186,40 +6362,88 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 @@ -6650,7 +6874,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8124,105 +8347,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" @@ -8572,285 +8699,137 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "قوالب عروض الأسعار " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgid "Use a template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "الشروط والأحكام الافتراضية" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 @@ -8938,7 +8917,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9536,10 +9516,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 1ababaf9b..561618429 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -1304,124 +1304,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "المنتدى" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "التعلم الإلكتروني " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "المطلوب تنفيذه" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1720,6 +1602,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "مركز المساعدة " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "المعرفة" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "المنتدى المجتمعي " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "يطرح سؤالًا" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "تم التصويت تأييداً للسؤال " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "تم التصويت معارضةً على السؤال " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "تم التصويت تأييداً للإجابة " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "تم التصويت معارضة على الإجابة " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "قبول إجابة" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "تم قبول الإجابة " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "تم تعليم الإجابة بعلامة " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "اطرح أسئلة" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "الإجابة على الأسئلة " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "التصويت مؤيداً " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "تصويت معارض " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "تحرير منشورك " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "تحرير كافة المنشورات " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "إغلاق منشوراتك " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "إغلاق كافة المنشورات " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "حذف منشوراتك " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "حذف كافة المنشورات " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "روابط عدم المتابعة" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "قبول إجابة لجميع الأسئلة" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "إلغاء ربط تعليقاتك " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "إلغاء ربط كافة التعليقات " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "اطرح أسئلة دون تصديق " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "تعليم المنشور بعلامة لكونه مسيئاً " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "الإشراف على المنشورات " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "تغيير علامات تصنيف السؤال " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "إنشاء علامات تصنيف جديدة " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "التعلم الإلكتروني " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 703c9de54..fb5e5b5d0 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -5,17 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # Mustafa Rawi , 2023 -# Malaz Abuidris , 2023 +# Mustafa J. Kadhem , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Malaz Abuidris , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -487,6 +488,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "التهيئة " @@ -2523,141 +2525,494 @@ msgstr "الدردشة المباشرة " #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "موظفي الدعم" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "الخيارات" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "زر الدردشة المباشرة " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "Chatbot" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "التعبير النمطي لرابط URL " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "مؤقت الفتح تلقائياً " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "الدولة" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "أداة ذكية " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2732,101 +3087,335 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgid "Execute a command" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "المساعدة" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "السجل" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "عميل مهتم " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "مغادرة" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 @@ -3361,6 +3950,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "الترجمات" @@ -3536,10 +4287,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "" @@ -4534,7 +5281,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:576 msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خريطة الموقع " #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:578 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index c6433295e..addee54a9 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -539,16 +539,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -568,7 +568,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2834,6 +2835,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2890,8 +2892,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bank" @@ -3508,6 +3510,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4795,9 +4863,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "Konto" @@ -4806,9 +4874,9 @@ msgstr "Konto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Soll" @@ -4818,9 +4886,9 @@ msgstr "Soll" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haben" @@ -4829,8 +4897,8 @@ msgstr "Haben" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Debitorenkonto" @@ -4971,6 +5039,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "Beginnen" @@ -5706,6 +5839,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -6102,6 +6236,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" @@ -6311,6 +6457,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6679,6 +6826,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7403,190 +7551,202 @@ msgstr "Prüfungen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -msgid "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "Ausstehende Quittungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 @@ -11948,6 +12108,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Berichte" @@ -14026,9 +14187,9 @@ msgstr "Aufwand" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -14037,16 +14198,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "`Odoo Auslagen: Produktseite `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14055,26 +14216,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -14083,13 +14258,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -14097,22 +14280,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -14121,109 +14304,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -14231,103 +14431,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14335,7 +14558,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -14345,15 +14568,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -14362,12 +14585,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14375,116 +14611,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14493,91 +14768,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14585,51 +14868,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14637,19 +14953,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14657,37 +14974,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14695,61 +15022,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "Buchhaltung: Buchhalter oder Berater" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "Auslagen: Manager" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14757,188 +15086,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Einrichten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "Auslagen in Rechnung stellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 -msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "Auslagen in Rechnung stellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -15355,6 +15707,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -15369,6 +15722,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -15382,6 +15736,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "Technische Bezeichnung" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16803,11 +17158,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Belgien" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "Verzeichnis 325" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "Elektronische Rechnungsstellung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16815,87 +17721,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "Zertifiziert" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16903,52 +17809,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16957,7 +17863,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16965,17 +17871,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16985,7 +17891,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16993,39 +17899,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -17035,7 +17941,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -17050,44 +17956,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "IoT Box" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -17099,7 +18005,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -17107,17 +18013,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -20340,7 +21246,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -20683,11 +21589,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -25091,7 +25992,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:32 msgid "Italy - Stock DDT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Italien - Bestand DDT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:33 msgid "`l10n_it_stock_ddt`" @@ -26198,10 +27099,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -26763,10 +27660,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Elektronische Rechnungsstellung" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -30296,10 +31189,6 @@ msgstr "Liquiditätstransfer" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "Ausstehende Quittungen" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -31241,7 +32130,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -31462,7 +32351,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -31682,7 +32571,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -32952,8 +33841,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -32992,7 +33882,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -33014,48 +33904,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -33063,189 +33953,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -33253,39 +34146,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -33831,35 +34724,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "Tabellenkalkulation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -33869,40 +34763,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -34010,3 +34904,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Vorlagen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 76aaa3dcc..20b913bea 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -132,3 +132,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Mitarbeiter" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Einen neuen Mitarbeiter hinzufügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Lebenslauf" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Kompetenzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index f5e81a617..f4261e8f5 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -513,9 +513,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -939,97 +938,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "Ablaufdaten" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Ablaufbenachrichtigungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1061,11 +1450,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1398,11 +1782,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1560,11 +1939,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -2966,237 +3340,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Produkte" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3876,49 +4407,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3926,104 +4464,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4031,32 +4568,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4065,6 +4610,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -7947,9 +8545,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -7959,8 +8557,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8126,6 +8724,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9786,42 +10389,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10554,25 +11121,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10580,11 +11147,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10592,7 +11159,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10601,7 +11168,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10615,7 +11182,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10625,11 +11192,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10637,23 +11204,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index fc94a9361..6fb2bd142 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,20 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# e2f , 2022 # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022 # Tina Rittmüller , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -619,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1205,146 +1204,400 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 @@ -1777,107 +2030,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" msgstr "Einrichten" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "Gerätename" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "Anweisungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Drucker" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Waage" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 @@ -1886,17 +2195,18 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1904,175 +2214,232 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Drucker" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Barcode Lesegerät" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Kassenschublade" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 @@ -2417,355 +2784,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "Geräte" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Verbindung" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgid "Connect a printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -2775,48 +3339,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 @@ -2829,64 +3399,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2895,87 +3472,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Verwendung" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 @@ -6523,7 +7102,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:94 msgid "Multiple records views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ansicht mit mehreren Datensätzen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:103 msgid "Kanban" @@ -6661,7 +7240,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:187 msgid "Timeline views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zeitleistenansichten" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -6858,7 +7437,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:308 msgid "Reporting views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ansichten für Berichtwesen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:317 msgid "Pivot" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 27089e1a5..2ba666129 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,21 +7,21 @@ # Kevin Harrings , 2022 # Jan Meyer, 2022 # Leon Grill , 2022 -# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022 # Thomas, 2023 # Chris Egal , 2023 # Anja Funk , 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -81,6 +81,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -100,7 +101,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2527,56 +2527,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -5776,159 +5800,311 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "Reguläre Rechnung" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "Anzahlung (Prozent)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "Anzahlung (Fester Betrag)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -6190,40 +6366,88 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 @@ -6654,7 +6878,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8128,105 +8351,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" @@ -8576,285 +8703,137 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "Angebotsvorlagen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgid "Use a template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 @@ -8942,7 +8921,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9540,10 +9520,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 1a7732f73..c692d40f1 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -1304,124 +1303,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Übersicht" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Forum" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Einstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "E-Learning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Zu erledigen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1720,6 +1601,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Hilfezentrum" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Wissensdatenbank" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "Community-Forum" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "Eine Frage stellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "Frage positiv bewerten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "Frage negativ bewerten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "Antwort positiv bewertet" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "Antwort negativ bewertet" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "Eine Antwort akzeptieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "Antwort akzeptiert" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "Antwort gekennzeichnet" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "Fragen stellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "Fragen beantworten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "Positiv bewerten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "Negativ bewerten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "Eigene Beiträge bearbeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "Alle Beiträge bearbeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "Eigene Beiträge schließen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "Alle Beiträge schließen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "Eigene Beiträge löschen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "Alle Beiträge löschen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "„Nofollow“-Links" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "Antwort auf alle Fragen akzeptieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "Eigene Kommentarverlinkungen aufheben" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "Alle Kommentarverlinkungen aufheben" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "Fragen stellen ohne Validierung" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "Beitrag als anstößig kennzeichnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "Beiträge moderieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "Fragenstichwörter ändern" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "Neue Stichwörter erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "E-Learning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 1058bdcdf..33ed8b64c 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -5,19 +5,19 @@ # # Translators: # Ermin Trevisan , 2022 -# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022 # Kimlong Mai, 2023 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 +# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -490,6 +490,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" @@ -1224,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr "Produkte" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:3 msgid "Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Katalog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2526,155 +2527,494 @@ msgstr "Live-Chat" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" -msgstr "`Live Chat: Produktseite `_" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Einstellen" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Einstellungsseite und der Live-Chat-Funktion für Odoo Live Chat" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie den Kanal aus, der mit Ihrer Website verknüpft werden soll, oder " -"erstellen Sie ihn spontan." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Ansicht eines Formulars für einen Live-Chat-Kanal für Odoo Live Chat" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "Für beide Szenarios, unter:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Ansicht des Formulars für die Regeln eines Kanals für Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "Bediener" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "Externe Optionen" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Wenn Ihre Website nicht mit Odoo erstellt wurde, finden Sie den Code, den " -"Sie Ihrer eigenen Website hinzufügen müssen, auf der Registerkarte *Widget*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Optionen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" -"Odoo bietet auch eine URL, die Sie an Benutzer senden können, damit diese " -"Zugang zu einer einzigen Live-Chat-Seite haben." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Ansicht der Registerkarte Widget für Odoo Live Chat" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "Verwaltung von Chat-Anfragen" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "Livechat-Schaltfläche" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "Chatbot" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "URL-Regex" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "Timer automatisch öffnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Land" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Widget" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" -"Von Besuchern initiierte Konversationen erscheinen als direkte Nachricht und" -" werden in *Diskussion* angezeigt. So können Sie Anfragen beantworten, wo " -"immer Sie sich in Odoo befinden." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Diskussionsanwendung mit einer über den Live-Chat in Odoo " -"gesendeten Nachricht" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "" -"Die Gespräche werden auf der Grundlage der aktuellen Arbeitsbelastung der " -"Online-Operatoren abgewickelt." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "Einen Kanal verlassen oder beitreten" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +msgid "" +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2760,125 +3100,336 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr ":doc:`responses`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "Befehle und Antwortvorlagen" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Befehle verwenden" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" -"Befehle sind Tastenkombinationen, die bestimmte Aktionen innerhalb des Chat-" -"Fensters ausführen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "**/help**: zeigt eine Hilfemeldung an." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk**: erstellt ein Helpdesk-Ticket." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk_search**: Suche nach einem Helpdesk-Ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "**/history**: zeigt die 15 zuletzt besuchten Seiten an." +msgid "Execute a command" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead**: erstellt einen neuen Lead." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "**/leave**: verlässt den Kanal." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -"- Für *Helpdesk-Tickets*: Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Anwendung in Ihrer " -"Datenbank installiert ist und die Option *Live Chat* unter " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` aktiviert " -"ist." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" -"- Für *Leads*: die *CRM* Anwendung muss auf Ihrer Datenbank installiert " -"sein." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" -"Um auf das Ticket oder den Lead zuzugreifen, das/der im Chat erstellt wurde," -" klicken Sie auf den Verknüpfungslink." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Chat-Fensters mit einem in Odoo Live Chat erstellten Helpdesk-" -"Ticket" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Hilfe" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" -"Helpdesk-Tickets, die über den Chat erstellt werden, fügen automatisch die " -"Konversation als Beschreibung des Tickets hinzu. Dasselbe gilt für die " -"Erstellung eines Leads." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Antwortvorlagen versenden" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" -"Mit Hilfe von Antwortvorlagen können Sie festlegen, dass bei der Eingabe " -"eines Kurzwortes ein vollständiger Text eingefügt wird. Um sie zu erstellen," -" gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Live Chat --> Konfiguration --> Canned " -"Responses`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" -"Um sie während eines Gesprächs zu verwenden, geben Sie einfach **:** gefolgt" -" von dem von Ihnen erstellten Kurzwort ein." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" -"Ansicht eines Chat-Fensters und die Verwendung einer vorgefertigten Antwort " -"in Odoo Live Chat" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Geschichte" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Lead" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Verlassen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" @@ -3415,6 +3966,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "Übersetzungen" @@ -3590,10 +4303,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 01800b9d5..3d22384ac 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -106,15 +106,16 @@ msgid "" "address should be the full Odoo database :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " "Locator)`." msgstr "" -"En el tablero de KeyCDN primero vaya a :menuselection:`Zones` en el menú de" -" la izquierda. En el formulario, pónganle nombre a la zona en " -":guilabel:`Zone Name`, el cual aparecerá como parte del :abbr:`URL " -"(localizador de recursos uniforme)` de la :abbr:`CDN (red de distribución de" -" contenidos)`. Después, configure el :guilabel:`Zone Status` (estado de la " -"zona) como :guilabel:`active` para activar la zona. En :guilabel:`Zone Type`" -" elija el valor :guilabel:`Pull`; finalmente, en :guilabel:`Pull Settings` " -"ingrese el :guilabel:`URL de origen`, que debería ser el :abbr:`URL " -"(localizador de recursos uniforme)` completo de su base de datos." +"En el tablero de KeyCDN primero vaya a :menuselection:`Zones` (zonas) en el" +" menú de la izquierda. En el formulario, pónganle nombre a la zona en " +":guilabel:`Zone Name` (nombre de la zona), el cual aparecerá como parte del " +":abbr:`URL (localizador de recursos uniforme)` de la :abbr:`CDN (red de " +"distribución de contenidos)`. Después, configure el :guilabel:`Zone Status` " +"(estado de la zona) como :guilabel:`active` para activar la zona. En " +":guilabel:`Zone Type` elija el valor :guilabel:`Pull`; finalmente, en " +":guilabel:`Pull Settings` ingrese el :guilabel:`URL de origen`, que debería " +"ser el :abbr:`URL (localizador de recursos uniforme)` completo de su base de" +" datos." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -140,11 +141,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`General Settings` ensure that the :guilabel:`CORS` option is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -"En :guilabel:`General Settings` después del formulario de la zona, haga clic" -" en el botón :guilabel:`Show all settings` para expandir las opciones de la " -"zona, esta debería ser la última opción en la página. Después de expandir el" -" menú :guilabel:`General Settings` asegúrese de que la opción " -":guilabel:`CORS` está :guilabel:`activada`." +"En :guilabel:`General Settings` (ajustes generales) después del formulario " +"de la zona, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Show all settings` (mostrar " +"todos los ajustes) para expandir las opciones de la zona, esta debería ser " +"la última opción en la página. Después de expandir el menú " +":guilabel:`General Settings` asegúrese de que la opción :guilabel:`CORS` " +"está :guilabel:`activada`." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -323,7 +325,7 @@ msgid "" "the internet." msgstr "" "Este documento describe los pasos básicos para configurar Odoo en producción" -" o en un servidor orientado a Internet. Sigue :ref:`installation " +" o en un servidor orientado a internet. Sigue :ref:`installation " "`, y, por lo general, no es necesario para un sistema de " "desarrollo que no esté expuesto en internet." @@ -347,7 +349,7 @@ msgid "" "\"current database\"." msgstr "" "Odoo es un sistema de tenencia múltiple: es posible que un solo sistema de " -"Odoo ejecute y sirva varias instancias de la base de datos. También puede " +"Odoo ejecute y sirva varias instancias de la base de datos. También puede " "tener varias personalizaciones (desde cómo se cargan los módulos) " "dependiendo la base de datos actual." @@ -417,8 +419,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:" -msgstr "en ``/etc/odoo.conf`` configure:" +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" +msgstr "" +"en :ref:`el archivo de configuración ` " +"configure:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -801,8 +805,9 @@ msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM para Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" -msgstr "en ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" +msgstr "" +"en :ref:`el archivo de configuración `:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 msgid "HTTPS" @@ -3267,10 +3272,14 @@ msgid "" "appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Microsoft" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" +"Ahora haga clic en :guilabel:`probar conexión`, debería aparecer un mensaje " +"de confirmación. Ahora, la base de datos de Odoo puede enviar correos " +"seguros a través de Microsoft Outlook con la ayuda de la autenticación " +"OAuth." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de varios usuarios" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -3279,6 +3288,12 @@ msgid "" "other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " ":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." msgstr "" +"Tendrá que configurar un servidor diferente para cada usuario. Debe " +"configurar el filtro :guilabel:`from-filter` de tal manera que solo se " +"envíen correos de ese usuario desde ese servidor. En otras palabras, tiene " +"que configurar el servidor de tal manera que solo el usuario que tenga la " +"misma dirección de correo que el filtro :guilabel:`from-filter` pueda usar " +"el servidor. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -3290,6 +3305,14 @@ msgid "" "information see :ref:`Use a default email address " "`." msgstr "" +"Después de configurar el filtro :guilabel:`from-filter`, configure una " +"dirección de correo alternativa para poder enviar notificaciones. Debe " +"configurar esta dirección de coreo alternativo como :guilabel:`un servidor " +"transaccional general`. El parámetro de sistema " +":guilabel:`mail.default.from` debe ser el mismo que el :guilabel:`nombre de " +"usuario` de la cuenta del servidor transaccional general. Para más " +"información vea :ref:`Use una dirección de correo automática " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 @@ -3306,7 +3329,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 msgid "Configure incoming email server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure un servidor de correo electrónico de llegada" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -3319,6 +3342,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Now :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` the " "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"La cuenta de llegada se debe configurar casi igual al servidor de salida. " +"Vaya al :guilabel:`menú técnico` y en :guilabel:`Servidores de correo " +"entrante` :guilabel:`cree` una nueva configuración. Seleccione el botón " +"junto a :guilabel:`Autenticación OAuth de Outlook` e inserte el " +":guilabel:`nombre de usuario de Microsoft Outlook`, después, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Conecte su cuenta de Outlook`. Recibirá un aviso que dirá " +":guilabel:`Token de Outlook válido`, por lo que ahora solo tiene que " +":guilabel:`confirmar y probar` la cuenta, que ya debería estar lista para " +"recibir correos en la base de datos de Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -3390,12 +3422,16 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Register a Free Domain Name " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: registrar un nombre de dominio gratis " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 msgid "" "`Odoo Quick Tips: Get a free domain name! " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Consejos de Odoo: ¡Obtén un nombre de dominio gratis! " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:32 msgid "About domain names" @@ -4193,8 +4229,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 -msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise" -msgstr "Actualizar de Community a Enterprise" +msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4449,6 +4485,10 @@ msgid "" "However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " "Type to be used." msgstr "" +"A las cuentas *personales* de Gmail solo se les permite ser el tipo de " +"usuario **externo**. Esto significa que es posible que Google requiera una " +"aprobación o que agregue *alcances*. Sin embargo, si usa una cuenta de " +"*Google WorkSpace* podrá usar el tipo de usuario **interno**." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4456,6 +4496,9 @@ msgid "" "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" " mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" +"También tome en cuenta que siempre y cuando la conexión API se encuentre en " +"el modo de prueba *externo* no necesitará que Google aprueba nada. El límite" +" de usuarios en modo de prueba es 100." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63 msgid "Edit app registration" @@ -12161,69 +12204,173 @@ msgstr "" "siempre una actualización de prueba antes de actualizar sus instancias de " "producción. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:6 -msgid "Requesting a test upgrade" -msgstr "Solicitar una actualización de prueba " +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website." +" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager " +"`_ page and sign in." +msgstr "" +"Las bases de datos de Odoo se pueden actualizar directamente desde la página" +" web principal de Odoo. Para actualizar una base de datos de Odoo, vaya a la" +" página del `administrador de la base de datos " +"`_ e inicie sesión. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8 -msgid "Go to your `database manager `_" -msgstr "" -"Vaya a su `administrador de la base de datos " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:9 -msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*." -msgstr "Haga clic en el icono de su perfil y seleccione *Mis bases de datos* " - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 -msgid "Selecting My Databases under my profile" -msgstr "Seleccionar Mis bases de datos en mi perfil " - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:14 msgid "" -"Click on the up arrow button next to your main database name to proceed to " -"the test upgrade." +"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with" +" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent " +"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database " +"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón de la flecha apuntando hacia arriba junto al nombre de" -" su base de datos principal para continuar con la actualización de prueba. " +"La página del administrador de la base de datos muestra todas las bases de " +"datos de Odoo asociadas con la cuenta del usuario. Cualquier base de datos " +"que no esté actualizada a la versión más reciente de Odoo mostrará un ícono " +"de una **flecha dentro de un cículo** junto al nombre de la base de datos, " +"lo que indica que puede actualizar la base de datos. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 -msgid "Selecting the action settings icon" -msgstr "Seleccionar el icono de configuraciones de acción " +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a " +"database." +msgstr "" +"La página del administrador de la base de datos con un botón de actualizar " +"junto al nombre de la base de datos. " + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid "Test database" +msgstr "Base de datos de prueba" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19 msgid "" -"In the pop-up message that appears, select the target version and then " -":guilabel:`Test` as purpose." +"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the" +" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that " +"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, " +"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the " +"database upgrade." msgstr "" -"En el mensaje emergente que aparece, seleccione la versión objetivo y luego " -"en :guilabel:`Prueba` como el propósito. " +"Haga clic en el ícono de la **flecha dentro del círculo** para iniciar el " +"proceso de actualización. En la ventana emergente que aparecerá de " +":guilabel:`Actualizar su base de datos` seleccione la versión de Odoo a la " +"que se actualizará la plataforma. En el campo :guilabel:`Correo electrónico" +" para notificaciones`, introduzca una dirección de correo electrónico que " +"recibirá las notificaciones sobre la actualización de la base de datos. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Production` purpose doesn't appear if you didn't test your " -"upgraded database at least once." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to " +"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, " +"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to " +"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual " +"database." msgstr "" -"El propósito :guilabel:`Producción` no aparecerá si no probó su base de " -"datos actualizada por lo menos una vez." +"También hay una sección de :guilabel:`Propósito` en la ventana emergente que" +" aparece que se usa para especificar la razón de la actualización. Sin " +"embargo, en este punto del proceso, la única opción que puede seleccionar es" +" :guilabel:`Prueba`, puesto que Odoo requiere que los usuarios creen una " +"copia de prueba de la base de datos actualizada antes de actualizar la base " +"de datos real. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:26 -msgid "" -"This triggers the automated upgrade process. A confirmation email is then " -"sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide " -"information if the upgrade failed." -msgstr "" -"Esto activa el proceso automatizado de actualización. Se le envia un correo " -"de confirmación con el enlace de la base de datos actualizada o para " -"proporcionarle información en caso de que la actualización haya fallado. " +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up." +msgstr "Ventana emergente de **Actualizar su base de datos**. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* " -"page." +"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up" +" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade " +"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is " +"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up." msgstr "" -"También puede ver y acceder a su base de datos de prueba desde su página de " -"*Mis bases de datos*. " +"Después de completar el formulario, haga clic en el botón de " +":guilabel:`Actualizar`. La ventana emergente desaparecerá y la base de datos" +" que se está actualizando tendrá una etiqueta roja que dice " +":guilabel:`Actualización en progreso` junto a su nombre. Se enviará un " +"correo a la dirección de correo que especificó en la ventana emergente " +"confirmando que la actualización está en proceso " + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name." +msgstr "" +"Etiqueta de **Actualización en progreso** junto al nombre de la base de " +"datos. " + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database " +"manager `_ page. To access the test " +"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main " +"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, " +"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test " +"version's row to go to the database." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la actualización esté completa, aparecerá una nueva base de " +"datos en la página del `administrador de la base de datos " +"`_. Para acceder a la base de datos de " +"prueba, haga clic en la flecha desplegable (:guilabel:`⯆`) que se encuentra" +" a la izquiera del nombre de la base de datos principal. Al hacerlo, la " +"versión de prueba aparecerá debajo de ella. Finalmente, haga clic en el " +"botón verde :guilabel:`Conectar`, que se encuentra del lado derecho de la " +"fila de la versión de prueba, para entrar a la base de datos. " + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "A test database on the database manager page." +msgstr "Una base de datos de prueba en la página del administrador." + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact" +" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in " +"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any " +"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected." +msgstr "" +"A excepción de ser una versión de Odoo más nueva, la base de datos de prueba" +" es una copia exacta de la que se actualizará. Es importante realizar probar" +" de manera exhaustiva esta base de datos para asegurarse de que la " +"actualización no alteró o daño datos y que todos los flujos de trabajo aún " +"funcionan como deberían. " + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:57 +msgid "Production database" +msgstr "Base de datos de producción" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database " +"manager `_ page. Once again, click on the" +" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The " +":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that " +"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` " +"section." +msgstr "" +"Después de verificar la integridad de la nueva versión, regrese a la página " +"del `administrador de la base de datos " +"`_. Haga clic de nuevo en el ícono de la " +"**flecha dentro del círculo** junto a la base de datos que actualizará. " +"Aparecerá la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Actualizar su base de datos`, pero" +" esta vez podrá seleccionar la opción de :guilabel:`Producción` en la " +"sección de :guilabel:`Propósito`. " + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the" +" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"appears next to the name of the database." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la opción de :guilabel:`Producción` y luego haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Actualizar` para empezar el proceso de actualización. Como pasó " +"anteriormente, recibirá un correo de notificación a la dirección de correo " +"electrónico que estableció y aparecerá una etiqueta roja que dice " +":guilabel:`Actualización en progreso` junto al nombre de la base de datos. " + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:68 +msgid "" +"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que termine la actualización, la etiqueta de " +":guilabel:`Actualización en progreso` desaparecerá y la base de datos estará" +" actualizada a la versión especificada. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 2de9e648b..c8193e27c 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -30,16 +30,16 @@ # marcescu, 2023 # Jesse Garza , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 -# Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 # jabelchi, 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Jon Perez , 2023 # AleEscandon , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -594,16 +594,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -623,7 +623,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -3163,6 +3164,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -3225,8 +3227,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banco" @@ -3945,6 +3947,72 @@ msgstr "" "Y aquí está el asiento de la nota de crédito generado para anular la factura" " original anterior:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -5463,9 +5531,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "Cuenta" @@ -5474,9 +5542,9 @@ msgstr "Cuenta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débito" @@ -5486,9 +5554,9 @@ msgstr "Débito" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédito" @@ -5497,8 +5565,8 @@ msgstr "Crédito" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Cuenta a cobrar" @@ -5645,6 +5713,71 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic `aquí `_ para saber más " "acerca de nuestra *Política de privacidad*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "Empezar" @@ -6511,6 +6644,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -6978,6 +7112,18 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "Hoja de referencia de Contabilidad" @@ -7189,6 +7335,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Balance = Débito - Crédito" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -7621,6 +7768,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "Selección de la divisa y diarios a utilizar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "Registro de pagos" @@ -8375,247 +8523,203 @@ msgstr "Cheques" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" -"Hay dos formas de manejar los pagos por cheque recibidos. Odoo es compatible" -" con ambos enfoques, de tal manera que pueda usar la que más se adapte a su " -"estilo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -"**Fondos sin depositar:** una vez que reciba el cheque, se registra un pago " -"por cheque en la factura (por medio de un diario de cheques y registrando la" -" cuenta de fondos sin depositar). Luego, una vez que el cheque llega a su " -"cuenta bancaria, mueva el dinero desde fondos sin depositar a su cuenta " -"bancaria." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -"**Un solo asiento:** una vez que reciba el cheque, registre un pago en su " -"banco, pagado con cheque, sin pasar por los **Fondos no depositados**. Una " -"vez que se procesa el estado de cuenta bancario, se hace la conciliación con" -" la fuente bancaria y el pago con cheque, sin crear un asiento específico." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -"Recomendamos el primer enfoque ya que es más preciso (el balance de su " -"cuenta bancaria es preciso, si se toman en cuenta los cheques que todavía no" -" se cobran). Ambos enfoques requieren del mismo esfuerzo. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Aunque el primer método es mejor, también se puede usar el segundo enfoque " -"en Odoo porque algunos contadores están acostumbrados a usarlo (usuarios de " -"quickbooks y peachtree). " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" -"Puede revisar la función *Ticket de depósito* en el caso de que deposite " -"varios cheques por lote en sus cuentas bancarias." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Opción 1: Fondos sin depositar" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "Crear un diario de **cheques**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" -"Establecer **Cheques sin depositar** como la cuenta de crédito/débito " -"predeterminada" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -"Configurar la cuenta bancaria relacionada a este diario como **Permitir " -"conciliación**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Desde el pago por cheques hasta los estados de cuenta bancarios" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -"La primera forma de gestionar los cheques es crear un diario de cheques. De " -"esta manera, los cheques se vuelven un método de pago propio y usted " -"registrará dos transacciones." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -"Una vez que reciba el cheque de un cliente, vaya a la factura relacionada y " -"haga clic en **Registrar Pago**. Complete la información acerca del pago:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -"Método de pago: Diario de cheques (que configuró con las cuentas de débito y" -" crédito predeterminadas como **fondos sin depositar**)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "Memo: escriba el número de cheque" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "Esta operación producirá el siguiente asiento de diario:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Conciliación de estados de cuenta bancarios" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Fondos sin depositar" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "Documentos pendientes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "La factura se marca como pagada en cuanto registre el cheque." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" msgstr "" -"Después, una vez que obtenga los estados de cuenta, emparejará este estado " -"con el cheque que está en fondos sin depositar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -"Si utiliza este enfoque para gestionar los cheques recibidos, obtendrá la " -"lista de cheques que no se han cobrado en la cuenta **Fondos sin depositar**" -" (accesible, por ejemplo, desde el libro mayor)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" -"Ambos métodos generarán los mismos datos en su contabilidad cuando termine " -"el proceso. Pero, si tiene cheques que no se han cobrado, este es el método " -"más preciso porque esos cheques aún no se han registrado en su cuenta " -"bancaria." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "Opción 2: Un solo asiento de diario" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" -"No hay nada que configurar si planea gestionar sus cheques usando este " -"método." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**Método de pago:** el banco que se utilizará para el depósito" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "Memo: escriba el número de cheque" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -"Una vez que reciba los estados de cuenta bancarios, deberá comparar el " -"estado de cuenta con el pago real. (técnicamente: apuntar este pago y " -"relacionarlo con la línea del estado de cuenta)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -"Con este enfoque, obtendrá el siguiente asiento de diario en sus libros:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" -"También puede registrar el pago directamente sin ir a la factura del " -"cliente, solo debe ir al menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Pagos`. Este método" -" puede ser más cómodo si tiene muchos cheques que registrar en un lote, " -"aunque tendrá que conciliar las entradas después (cotejar los pagos con las " -"facturas)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Si usa este enfoque para gestionar los cheques recibidos, puede usar el " -"reporte **Reporte de conciliación bancaria** para verificar cuáles cheques " -"se han recibido o pagado por el banco. (este reporte esta disponible desde " -"la opción **Más** en el tablero de Contabilidad en la cuenta bancaria " -"relacionada)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices" @@ -12550,7 +12654,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:233 msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "Incluir en el costo analítico" +msgstr "Incluir en la analítica de costes" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -13515,6 +13619,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Reportes" @@ -16020,9 +16125,9 @@ msgstr "Gastos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -16032,16 +16137,16 @@ msgstr "" "`Gastos de Odoo: página del producto `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16050,26 +16155,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -16078,13 +16197,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -16092,22 +16219,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -16116,109 +16243,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -16226,103 +16370,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adjuntar un recibo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16330,7 +16497,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -16340,15 +16507,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -16357,12 +16524,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16370,116 +16550,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Explicación:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -16488,91 +16707,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "Aprobar gastos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -16580,51 +16807,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16632,19 +16892,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16652,37 +16913,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16690,61 +16961,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "Contabilidad: Contador o asesor" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "Gastos: Responsable" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "Reembolsar a los empleados" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16752,188 +17025,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Volver a facturar los gastos a los clientes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurar" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "Gastos de factura" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 -msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "Gastos de factura" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -17387,6 +17683,7 @@ msgstr "" "las funciones de la localización de Argentina:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -17401,6 +17698,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -17414,6 +17712,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "Nombre técnico" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -19176,18 +19475,591 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Para que la API funcione, debe crear las mismas cuentas como cuentas " "automáticas para su negocio con KeyPay (**con el mismo nombre y el mismo " -"código**) en Odoo. También tiene que elegir los tipos de cuenta correctos en" -" Odoo para generar reportes financieros precisos." +"código**) en Odoo. También debe elegir los tipos de cuenta correctos en Odoo" +" para generar reportes financieros precisos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:3 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Bélgica" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" +":ref:`Instale ` los siguientes módulos para obtener todas " +"las funciones de la localización de Bélgica que cumplen con las Normas " +"Internacionales de Información Financiera." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bélgica - Contabilidad`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "`l10n_be`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" +":ref:`Paquete de localización fiscal ` " +"predeterminado." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bélgica - Reportes contables`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "`l10n_be_reports`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "Acceso a reportes contables específicos para Bélgica." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bélgica - Reportes contables (asistente de publicación)`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" +"Habilita el asistente de IVA al registrar un asiento contable de declaración" +" de impuestos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bélgica - Importar estados de cuenta bancarios CODA`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "`l10n_be_coda`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "Importa estados de cuenta bancarios CODA." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bélgica - Importar archivos SODA`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "`l10n_be_soda`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "Importa archivos SODA." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bélgica - Datos de gastos no permitidos`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "Acceso al uso de funciones de gastos no permitidos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bélgica - Nómina`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "Acceso a las funciones básicas de nómina de Bélgica." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bélgica - Nómina y contabilidad`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "Integración de los datos de contabilidad con la nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bélgica - Nómina - Dimona`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "Acceso a las funciones de Dimona para la nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bélgica - Nómina - Flota`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "Funciones de flota para la nómina." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Configurador de sueldo (Bélgica)`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "Acceso a la función del configurador de sueldo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" +"Puede acceder al :guilabel:`Plan de cuentas` mediente " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Contabilidad: plan de " +"cuentas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" +"El plan de cuentas de Bélgica incluye cuentas preconfiguradas como se " +"describe en el :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. Para agregar " +"una nueva cuenta, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Aparecerá una nueva línea," +" complétela, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` y luego en " +":guilabel:`Configurar` para continuar." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos no deducibles" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" +"En Bélgica, algunos impuestos no son deducibles en tu totalidad, por " +"ejemplo, los impuestos sobre el mantenimiento de automóviles. Esto significa" +" que una parte de estos impuestos se considera un gasto." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, puede configurar impuestos no deducibles mediante la creación de " +"reglas impositivas para estos y las vincula a las cuentas correspondientes. " +"De esta manera, el sistema calcula los impuestos en automático y los asigna " +"a las cuentas apropiadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un impuesto no deducible en su totalidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "Esta es la lista de reportes específicos de Alemania disponibles:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "Balance general;" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "Estado de resultados;" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "Intrastat." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "Gastos de restaurante" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "CODA" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "SODA" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "Importar archivos SODA" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "Facturación electrónica" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "Certificación fiscal: restaurante en PdV" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -19200,19 +20072,15 @@ msgstr "" "anuales (sin incluir IVA, bebidas y órdenes para llevar) sobrepasan los 25 " "mil euros." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -"Este sistema certificado por el gobierno implica el uso de un :ref:`sistema " -"PdV certificado `, junto con un dispositivo denominado " -":ref:`módulo de datos fiscales ` (o **caja negra**) y una " -":ref:`tarjeta de firma de IVA `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " @@ -19222,11 +20090,11 @@ msgstr "" "en el `formulario de registro del Servicio Público Federal de Finanzas " "`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "Sistema PdV certificado" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " @@ -19237,61 +20105,61 @@ msgstr "" "**Odoo.sh**. Consulte la siguiente tabla para asegurarse de que su sistema " "PdV cuenta con la certificación." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo en línea" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "Local" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "Odoo 16.0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "Revisión en progreso" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "Sin certificación" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "Odoo 15.2" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "Odoo 15.0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "Certificado" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "Odoo 14.0" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -19303,11 +20171,11 @@ msgstr "" "acatar la rigurosa normatividad gubernamental, lo que significa que opera de" " forma distinta a los PdV sin certificación." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "Si su PdV cuenta con la certificación, usted no puede:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." @@ -19315,7 +20183,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurar y utilizar la función **descuentos globales** (el módulo " "`pos_discount` se agrega a la lista negra y no se puede activar)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." @@ -19323,7 +20191,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurar y utilizar la función **programas de fidelidad** (el módulo " "`pos_loyalty` se agrega a la lista negra y no se puede activar)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." @@ -19331,23 +20199,23 @@ msgstr "" "Reimprimir recibos (el módulo `pos_reprint` se agrega a la lista negra y no " "se puede activar)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "Modificar precios en las líneas de la orden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "Modificar o eliminar líneas en las órdenes de PdV." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "Vender productos sin un IVA válido." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "Utilizar un PdV que no esté conectado a una caja IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " @@ -19358,7 +20226,7 @@ msgstr "" "ajustada con una :guilabel:`precisión de redondeo` de `0,05` y un " ":guilabel:`método de redondeo` establecido como :guilabel:`hacia arriba`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -19374,7 +20242,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`opciones avanzadas` y habilite la función :guilabel:`incluido en " "el precio`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -19388,7 +20256,7 @@ msgstr "" " en :guilabel:`terminar de trabajar` para registrar su hora de salida al " "finalizar la sesión." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." @@ -19396,11 +20264,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si configura un PdV para que funcione con una caja negra, no puede volver a " "usarlo sin ella." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "El módulo de datos fiscales" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -19417,7 +20285,7 @@ msgstr "" " orden de PdV y se agrega al recibo. Esto permite al gobierno verificar que " "se declaran los ingresos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -19430,7 +20298,7 @@ msgstr "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ para verificar que su caja negra cumpla con la " "normatividad." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" @@ -19438,7 +20306,7 @@ msgstr "" "Antes de configurar su base de datos para que utilice un FDM, asegúrese de " "contar con el siguiente hardware:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" @@ -19447,28 +20315,28 @@ msgstr "" "`www.boîtenoire.be `_ para adquirir " "una)," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "un cable de módem nulo serie RS-232 por cada FDM," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "un adaptador de cabel serie RS-232 a USB por cada FDM," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" "una :ref:`caja IoT ` (necesita una por cada caja negra) y" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "una impresora de recibo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "Módulo de caja negra" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -19481,7 +20349,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "Módulos de caja negra para la certificación fiscal de Bélgica" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -19504,7 +20372,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "Campo de número ISNZ o BIS en el formulario del empleado" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " @@ -19514,7 +20382,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Mi perfil --> pestaña Preferencias` e introduzca su número " "INSZ o BIS en el campo correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " @@ -19524,11 +20392,11 @@ msgstr "" "producción. Utilizarla en un entorno de prueba puede ocasionar que almacene " "datos incorrectos en la caja negra." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "Caja IoT" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" @@ -19539,19 +20407,19 @@ msgstr "" "`formulario de contacto de soporte `_ y " "proporcionar la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "su número de registro de IVA," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "el nombre, dirección y estructura legal de su empresa y" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "la dirección MAC de su caja IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -19567,7 +20435,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "Página de estado de hardware en una caja IoT registrada" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -19580,7 +20448,7 @@ msgstr "" "habilite la :guilabel:`caja IoT`. Por último, agregue el FMD en el campo " ":guilabel:`módulo de datos fiscales`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." @@ -19588,11 +20456,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para utilizar un FDM debe conectar por lo menos una :guilabel:`impresora de " "recibos`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "Tarjeta de firma de IVA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -23029,7 +23897,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "Glosario" @@ -23474,11 +24342,6 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña :guilabel:`ajustes avanzados`, seleccione la casilla " ":guilabel:`facturación electrónica` para habilitarla para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "Retenciones" @@ -30078,10 +30941,6 @@ msgstr "" "Reportes de auditoría --> Declaración de impuestos` y haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Exportar la declaración de eCDF`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -30779,10 +31638,6 @@ msgstr "" "También debe configurar la empresa con una dirección real en México " "(incluyendo todos los campos) y agregar ``EKU9003173C9`` como **RFC**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Facturación electrónica" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -35140,7 +35995,7 @@ msgstr "Incluye todas las reglas, cálculos y estructuras salariales. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`U.A.E. - Payroll with Accounting`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`E.A.U - Nómina y Contabilidad`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`E.A.U - Nómina y contabilidad`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:27 msgid "``l10n_ae_hr_payroll_account``" @@ -35249,10 +36104,6 @@ msgstr "Transferencia de liquidez" msgid "101002" msgstr "101002" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "Documentos pendientes" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "101003" @@ -36466,7 +37317,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Pestaña de configuración" @@ -36734,7 +37585,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr ":doc:`../payment_providers`" @@ -37022,7 +37873,7 @@ msgstr "Permite pagos originados desde un dominio específico. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "Hacer una retención de tarjeta de crédito" @@ -38751,12 +39602,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" -"Vaya a la aplicaicón **Comercio electrónico** o **Ventas** y haga clic en " -"**Activar Stripe** o en el botón **Establecer pagos** en el banner de " -"integración. " +"Vaya a la aplicación **Comercio electrónico** o **Ventas** y haga clic en el" +" botón :guilabel:`Activar Stripe` o en :guilabel:`Establecer pagos` en el " +"panel de integración. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:39 @@ -38803,10 +39655,10 @@ msgstr "Odoo.sh o local " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Al final de proceso, será redirgido al proveedor de pago **Stripe** en Odoo." -" " +"Al final del proceso se le redireccionará al porveedor de pago **Stripe** en" +" Odoo. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." @@ -38828,30 +39680,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" -"Para conectar su cuenta de Stripe después de que la integración ya esté " -"completa, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> " -"Proveedores de pago --> Stripe` y haga clic en el botón de *Conectar a " -"Stripe*. " +"Para conectar su cuenta de Stripe después de que finalizó la integración, " +"vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad--> Configuración --> Proveedores de pago" +" --> Stripe` y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Conectar con Stripe`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -"Si está probando Stripe (en **modo de prueba**), cambie el **Estado** a " -"*Modo de prueba*. Le recomendamos que lo haga en una base de datos de prueba" -" en Odoo, en lugar de hacerlo en su base de datos principal. " +"Si está probando Stripe (en **modo prueba**), cambie el :guilabel:`Estado` " +"a :guilabel:`Modo de prueba`. Le recomendamos hacerlo en una base de datos " +"de prueba de Odoo en lugar de hacerlo en su base de datos principal. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "Complete sus credenciales " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" @@ -38859,7 +39710,7 @@ msgstr "" "En caso de que necesite sus **Credenciales API** para conectarse con su " "cueta de Stripe, estas son las credenciales que debe completar: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." @@ -38867,7 +39718,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Clave publicable `: La clave se usa solo para " "identificar la cuenta con Stripe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." @@ -38875,7 +39726,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Clave secreta `: La clave para entrar a la cuenta de " "comerciante con Stripe. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" @@ -38885,7 +39736,7 @@ msgstr "" "webhook en su cuenta Stirpe, la implementación secreta debe establecerse " "para que autentifique los mensajes que Stripe envía a Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -38897,11 +39748,11 @@ msgstr "" " en Stripe y vaya a :menuselection:`Desarrolladores --> Calves API --> " "Calves estándar`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "Genere un webhook" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." @@ -38910,79 +39761,83 @@ msgstr "" "conectarse con su cuenta de Stripe, puede crear un webhook de manera " "automática o manual. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "Gestione el webhook automáticamente " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que sus :ref:`Claves publicables y secretas `" -" estén completas en sus campos, luego haga clic en el botón de " -":guilabel:`Genere su Webhook`." +"Asegúrese de tener completas sus :ref:`Claves publicables y secretas " +"`, luego haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Generar su " +"Webhook`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -"Para actualizar el webhook, haga clic de nuevo en el botón de " -":guilabel:`Genere su Webhook`. " +"Para actualizar el webhook, haga clic de nuevo en el botón " +":guilabel:`Generar su Webhook`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "Gestione el webhook manualmente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" -"Visite la `página de webhooks en Stripe " -"`_, o inicie sesión en Stripe y vaya " -"a :menuselection:`Desarrolladores --> Webhooks`. Luego, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Agregar un endpoint` en sus :guilabel:`Endpoints alojados` e " -"ingrese los siguientes datos en el formulario que aparece: " +"Visite la `página acerca de webhooks en Stripe " +"`_, o inicie sesión en su tablero de " +"Stripe y vaya a :menuselection:`Desarrolladores --> Webhooks`. Luego, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Agregar endpoint` e introduzca los siguientes datos en el" +" formulario de :guilabel:`Escuchar eventos de Stripe`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" -"En la :guilabel:`URL del endpoint`, ingrese la URL de su base de datos de " -"Odoo seguido de " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." -msgstr "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"En el campo :guilabel:`URL del Endpoint` introduzca la URL de su base de " +"datos de Odoo seguido de `/payment/stripe/webhook`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "Por ejemplo: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" -"Al final del formulario, puede seleccionar los eventos que quiera escuchar. " -"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Seleccionar eventos`. Luego:" +"Al final del formulario, haga clic en :guilabel:`+ Seleccionar eventos`, " +"luego: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Cargos`, seleccione :guilabel:`charge.refunded` y " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" "En la sección :guilabel:`Intención de pago`, seleccione " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` y " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." @@ -38990,7 +39845,7 @@ msgstr "" "En la sección :guilabel:`Intención de configuración`, selecciona " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." @@ -38998,24 +39853,26 @@ msgstr "" "Es posible seleccionar otros eventos, pero Odoo no los procesa por el " "momento. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -"Cuando hace clic en :guilabel:`Agregar endpoint`, su Webhook se configura. " -"Haga clic en :guilabel:`revelar` para mostrar su firma secreta. " +"Una vez que haya seleccionado los eventos, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar " +"eventos` y luego en :guilabel:`Agregar endpoint` para generar su webhook. " +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Revelar` para mostrar su secreto. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" "Para actualizar un webhook existente, haga clic en él. Luego, haga clic en " -"los tres puntos junto a la **URL del Webjook** y en :guilabel:`Detalles de " -"actualización`." +"los tres puntos junto a la **URL del Webhook** y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Actualizar detalles`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" @@ -39026,17 +39883,17 @@ msgstr "" "por un periodo de tiempo determinado que depende el método de pago que se " "use. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" "Para configurarlo, active la opción :guilabel:`Capturar importe manualmente " -"` en Odoo, como se explica en :ref:`payment providers documentation " -"`." +"` en Odoo, como se explica en la :ref:`documentación acerca de los " +"proveedores de pago `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." @@ -39044,7 +39901,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando esté activa la función de captura manual, sus clientes no podrán " "proceder con un pago si se seleccionan métodos de pago no admitidos. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." @@ -39053,11 +39910,11 @@ msgstr "" "captura parcial desde la interfaz de Stripe, Odoo la considerará como una " "captura completa. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "Activar métodos de pago locales " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." @@ -39065,49 +39922,49 @@ msgstr "" "Los métodos de pago locales son métodos que solo están disponibles para " "comerciantes, clientes, países y divisas específicas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "Odoo admite los siguientes métodos de pago locales:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "Bancontact" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "EPS" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "giropay" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "iDEAL" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "Przelewy24 (P24)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" -"Para activar algunos de estos métodos de pago locales con Stripe, listelos " -"como iconos de pago admitidos. Para hacerlo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Proveedores de Pago --> Stripe --> Configuración` y agregue " -"los métodos de pago que desee en en campo **Iconos de pago admitidos**. Si " -"estos métodos de pago ya están listados, no debe hacer nada. " +"Para activar algunos de estos métodos de pago locales con Stripe, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Proveedores de pago --> Stripe --> Configuración` y agregue " +"los métodos de pago que desee en el campo :guilabel:`Métodos de pago " +"permitidos`. Si el proveedor de pago que desea ya aparece ahí, no necesita " +"hacer nada. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "Seleccione y agregue los iconos de métodos de pago que quiera activar" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." @@ -39116,23 +39973,23 @@ msgstr "" " de pago correspondiente está en la lista anterior, se considera activo con " "Stripe. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" -"Si un método de pago no está en la lista anterior, no es admitido y no se " +"Si un método de pago no está en la lista anterior, no es compatible y no se " "puede activar. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 msgid "Enable express checkout" msgstr "Activar la finalización de compra exprés" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -39145,51 +40002,51 @@ msgstr "" "de su sitio web con Apple. Esto se puede hacer automáticamente desde Odoo o " "manualmente desde Stripe. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "Registro automático desde Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" "Vaya a su proveedor de pago y asegúrese de que esté :guilabel:`activado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" "Vaya a la pestaña de :guilabel:`Configuración` y haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Activar Apple Pay`. Aparecerá una notificación que muestra que el" -" dominio del sitio web se registó exitosamente con Apple. " +":guilabel:`Permitir Apple Pay`. Aparecerá una notiicación que muestra que el" +" dominio de la web se registró exitosamente con Apple. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "Registro manual desde Stripe " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" "Visite la `página de dominios de sitio web de Apple en Stripe " -"`_, o inicie " -"sesión en Stripe y vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Métodos de pago --> " -"Apple Pay --> Configurar --> Dominios de sitio web`. Luego, haga clic en " +"`_ o inicie sesión" +" en Stripe y vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Métodos de pago --> Apple " +"Pay --> Configurar --> Dominios de sitio web`. Luego, haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Agregar un nuevo dominio` e inserte el dominio del sitio web en " -"su base de datos de Odoo en el formulario que aparecer. Odoo ya aloja el " +"su base de datos de Odoo en el formulario que aparece. Odoo ya aloja el " "archivo de verificación de Stripe. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar` para " -"registrar su dominio se sitio web con Apple. " +"registrar su dominio de sitio web con Apple. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" "Esta operación debe repetirse cuando el dominio de su sitio web cambie. " @@ -39911,7 +40768,7 @@ msgstr "El :guilabel:`hash` solo aplica al campo de firma. " msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "Hoja de cálculo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" @@ -39919,7 +40776,7 @@ msgstr "" "Las hojas de cálculo le permiten organizar, analizar y visualizar sus datos" " de forma tabular. Entre otras cosas, usted puede: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." @@ -39927,23 +40784,26 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Insertar y vincular sus datos de Odoo (tablas dinámicas, gráficos, " "listas y menús) `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "Usar plantillas predeterminadas o crear las suyas. " - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." -msgstr "Dar formato a sus datos." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." +msgstr "" +":doc:`Usar plantillas predeterminadas o crear plantillas nuevas " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 +msgid "Format data." +msgstr "Formatear datos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "Usar fórmulas y funciones." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." -msgstr "Ordenar y filtrar sus datos." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "Ordenar y filtrar datos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -39956,40 +40816,40 @@ msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" "Elementos principales de las hojas de cálculo de la interfaz de ususario" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "Barra de menús" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "Barra superior" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "Barra de fórmula" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "Botón de filtros" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "Encabezado de fila" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "Encabezado de columna" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "Menú de celdas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "Barra inferior" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "Vincular datos de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -40131,3 +40991,323 @@ msgstr "" "filters>`, haga clic derecho en la celda de la tabla, seleccione " ":guilabel:`Ver propiedades de la tabla dinámica`, y haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Editar dominio`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Plantillas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" +"Las plantillas de las hojas de cálculo le permiten crear hojas de cálculo " +"rápidamente sin empezar desde cero. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" +"Tendrá disponibles varias plantillas ya listas al momento de crear una nueva" +" hoja de cálculo desde la aplicación **Documentos**, por ejemplo: " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr ":ref:`reportes presupuestarios `," + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr ":ref:`reporte de ingresos `, o" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr ":ref:`reporte de comisiones de ventas `." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "Ver todas las plantillas predeterminadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" +"También puede :ref:`guardar cualquier hoja de cálculo como plantilla " +"` y :ref:`gestionar y editar plantillas existentes " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "Plantillas predeterminadas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "Contabilidad: reportes presupuestarios" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" +"Los reportes presupuestarios comparan los gastos reales de una empresa con " +"el presupuesto que se definió en un periodo específico. Hay dos plantillas " +"disponibles: uno utiliza intervalos trimestrales (:guilabel:`Reporte " +"presupuestario (Trimestral)`), mientras que el otro utiliza intervalos " +"mensuales (:guilabel:`Reporte presupuestario (Mensual)`). " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "Extracto de un reporte presupuestario " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" +"Las celdas en la columna de :guilabel:`Cifras reales` se completan " +"automáticamente con la cantidad de dinero ganada y gastada a lo largo del " +"periodo correspondiente (mensual o trimestral). Los datos se toman de " +"apuntes contables ya publicados desde las :ref:`cuentas de ingresos y gastos" +" `. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" +"Los apuntes en el tipo de cuenta :guilabel:`Otros ingresos` no se consideran" +" al momento de recolectar datos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" +"Para analizar el rendimiento de su presupuesto, complete las celdas de la " +"columna :guilabel:`Presupuesto` con la cantidad de dinero que espera ganar " +"(:guilabel: filas de `Ingresos`) y gastar (:guilabel: filas de `Gastos`) a " +"lo largo del periodo correspondiente y por cuenta. Luego, la columna de " +"rendimiento (:guilabel:`Rend.`) compara los datos :guilabel:`Cifras Reales` " +"con su presupuesto correspondiente expresado en porcentajes. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" +"Por último, la fila :guilabel:`Ingresos netos` representa el total de " +":guilabel:`Ingresos` menos el total de :guilabel:`Gastos` para las columnas " +"de :guilabel:`Gastos reales` y :guilabel:`Presupuesto`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "CRM: reporte de ingresos " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" +"Tendrá disponibles dos reportes de ingresos. El :guilabel:`Reporte de " +"ingresos (Mensual)` que está dedicado a ingresos no recurrentes (:abbr:`NRR " +"(Ingresos no recurrentes)`), mientras que el :guilabel:`Reporte de ingresos " +"MRR/NRR (Mensual)` cubre tanto los ingresos recurrentes como los no " +"recurrentes (:abbr:`MRR (Ingresos recurrentes mensuales)`). " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Active :guilabel:`Ingresos recurrentes` en :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "Extarcto de un reporte de ingresos " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" +"Las celdas en la columna :guilabel:`Cifras reales` se completan " +"automáticamente con la cantidad de los ingresos mensuales de las " +"oportunidades **ganadas**. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" +"Para calcular el rendimiento de los ingresos, complete los objetivos " +"mensuales de los ingresos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" +"Para la hoja de :guilabel:`Ingresos por equipo`, complete las celdas de las " +"columnas :guilabel:`Objetivos` para cada equipo de ventas. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" +"Para la hoja de :guilabel:`Ingresos por vendedor`, abra la hoja de " +":guilabel:`Objetivos` y complete las celdas junto a cada vendedor. Utilice " +"la siguiente tabla, :guilabel:`Factor mensual`, para adaptar los objetivos " +"principales dependiendo del mes del año. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" +"Luego, la columna de rendimiento (:guilabel:`Rend.`) compara las " +":guilabel:`Cifras reales` con su presupuesto correspondiente expresado en " +"procentajes. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, la columna :guilabel:`Pronóstico` reúne los ingresos mensuales " +"de los leads multiplicados por su porcentaje de :guilabel:`Probabilidad`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "Para cifras reales y pronósticos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" +"La fecha de :guilabel:`Cierre esperado` que se encuentra en los leads se usa" +" para asignarles un mes. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" +"El ingreso recurrente mensual se usa incluso si el número de meses del plan " +"recurrente está establecido en un valor diferente a 1 mes. Por ejemplo, un " +"plan de ingresos anual está dividido en 12 meses. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "Ventas: comisión de venta " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" +" Este reporte presenta la comisión mensual ganada o que se le debe a cada " +"vendedor. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "Extracto de un reporte de comisión de ventas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" +"La columna de :guilabel:`Tasa` ya está completada con la tasa de porcentaje " +"de la pestaña :guilabel:`Tasas`, la cual puede personalizar para cada " +"catogoría de producto de acuerdo con las políticas de la empresa. Ajustar la" +" tasa para una categoría de producto específica actualizará automáticamente " +"el importe de comisión para esa categoría. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" +"La columna de :guilabel:`Facturado` muestra el importe total de facturas no " +"tributables agrupadas por vendedor y mes. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" +"Por último, la columna de :guilabel:`Comisión` se calcula al multiplicar la " +"cantidad facturada por el porcentaje de la tasa. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "Guardar una hoja de cálculo como plantilla. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" +"Cualquier hoja de cálculo se puede guardar como plantilla. Desde la barra de" +" menú, haga clic en :menuselection:`Archivo --> Guardar como plantilla`. Si " +"es necesario, modifíque el :guilabel:`Nombre de la plantilla` y haga clic en" +" :guilabel:`Confirmar`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" +"Las plantillas se encuentran disponibles para todos los usuarios de la base " +"de datos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "Gestione y edite plantillas " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" +"Gestione sus plantillas en :menuselection:`Documentos --> Configuración --> " +"Plantillas de hojas de cálculo`. Quite el :ref:`filtro " +"` :guilabel:`Mis plantillas` para ver todas " +"las plantillas en la base de datos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" +"Para editar una plantilla existente, haga clic en `✎ Editar` junto a la " +"plantilla que desee. Las modificaciones se guardan automáticamente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" +"Utilice el botón de descargar que se encuentra en la columna " +":guilabel:`Datos` para exportar una plantilla en formato JSON. El archivo se" +" puede importar a otra base de datos. " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 0ce7da9cc..3842cfd97 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -16,22 +16,22 @@ # Marian Cuadra, 2022 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2022 # marcescu, 2022 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2022 # Nelson Ramírez , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Pablo Rojas , 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -538,6 +538,10 @@ msgid "" "However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " "Type to be used." msgstr "" +"A las cuentas *personales* de Gmail solo se les permite ser el tipo de " +"usuario **externo**. Esto significa que es posible que Google requiera una " +"aprobación o que agregue *alcances*. Sin embargo, si usa una cuenta de " +"*Google WorkSpace* podrá usar el tipo de usuario **interno**." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -545,6 +549,9 @@ msgid "" "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" " mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" +"También tome en cuenta que siempre y cuando la conexión API se encuentre en " +"el modo de prueba *externo* no necesitará que Google aprueba nada. El límite" +" de usuarios en modo de prueba es 100." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -570,6 +577,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." msgstr "" +"Finalmente, navegue al final de la página y haga clic en :guilabel:`Back to " +"Dashboard` (volver al tablero)." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:76 msgid "Credentials" @@ -4872,14 +4881,10 @@ msgstr "Agrupar registros en el reporte de análisis de ventas" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 msgid "" -"You can also **custom groups** by using a wide selection of fields present " -"on the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom " -"Group`, select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -"También puede **personalizar grupos** utilizando una amplia gama de campos " -"presentes en el modelo. Haga clic en :menuselection:`Agrupar por --> Agregar" -" grupo personalizado`, seleccione un campo y haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Aplicar`." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index bcc337b51..3eb0511c6 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -164,3 +164,503 @@ msgstr "" "Si el lector de códigos de barras está conectado directamente a una " "computadora, debe estar configurado para utilizar la distribución de su " "teclado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Empleados" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Agregar un nuevo empleado" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Currículum vitae" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Habilidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index ea5122138..aa404c75a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -714,9 +714,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -1188,133 +1187,491 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "Fechas de caducidad" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" -"En muchas empresas los productos tienen fecha de caducidad y se deben de " -"gestionar de acuerdo a esta fecha. En el sector alimenticio, por ejemplo, es" -" obligatorio rastrear los productos en el inventario de acuerdo con sus " -"fechas de caducidad para evitar vender productos caducados a los clientes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, puede rastrear y gestionar sus productos de acuerdo a las fechas " -"de caducidad, incluso si ya los está rastreando por lotes o números de " -"serie." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de la aplicación" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -"Para usar el rastreo por fecha de caducidad abra la aplicación de " -"*Inventario* y vaya a menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y active las" -" funciones de *Lotes y Números de serie* y *Fechas de caducidad*." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Configuración del producto" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -"Ahora puede definir diferentes fechas en la *pestaña de inventario* del " -"formulario del producto:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -"Tiempo de uso del producto: el número de días antes de que los productos " -"comiencen a deteriorarse, sin ser peligroso. Esto se usa para calcular la " -"fecha de consumo preferente en cada lote/número de serie recibido." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -"Tiempo de vida del producto: el número de días antes de que los productos se" -" vuelvan peligrosos y ya no se pueden consumir. Esto se usa para calcular la" -" fecha de caducidad de cada lote o número de serie recibido." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -"Tiempo de remoción del producto: muestra el número de días antes de que los " -"productos se deban quitar del inventario. Esto se usa para calcular la fecha" -" de remoción de cada lote o número de serie recibido." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -"Tiempo de alerta del producto: se refiere al número de días antes de recibir" -" una alerta sobre adelantar el lote o número de serie del producto. Esto se " -"usa para calcular la fecha de alerta del lote/número de serie recibido. Una " -"vez que sea la fecha de alerta, se asigna una actividad en el lote o número " -"de serie relevante para el usuario responsable del producto. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Fecha de caducidad en lotes/números de serie" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -"Al recibir un producto en el inventario, las fechas se actualizarán " -"automáticamente en el lote o número de serie correspondiente. Estas " -"actualizaciones se basarán en la fecha de recepción del producto y el día " -"indicado en la plantilla del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Alertas de Vencimiento" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" -"Puede acceder a las alertas de caducidad desde la aplicación de " -"*Inventario*. Para hacerlo vaya a :menuselection:`Datos principales --> " -"Lotes/Números de serie`. Ahí, puede usar todos los filtros existentes pera " -"mostrar todos los lotes/números de serie que pasaron sus fechas de " -"caducidad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" @@ -1345,12 +1702,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1683,12 +2034,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1847,12 +2192,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -3429,237 +3768,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Productos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminología" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Fabricación sobre pedido" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -4636,18 +5132,26 @@ msgstr "" " base de datos. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 -msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "" -":ref:`Configuración de la valoración de inventario " -"`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" -msgstr "Comprender los fundamentos de la valoración de inventario" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " @@ -4657,45 +5161,30 @@ msgstr "" "existencias afecta el valor global de la empresa, considere el siguiente " "escenario de movimientos de productos y existencias." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "Recibir un producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, considere un producto físico, una *mesa*, la cual se categoriza" -" como `mueble de oficina` en el campo :guilabel:`categoría de producto` del " -"formulario de producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a la categoría de producto en :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Categorías de producto. Una vez en el formulario, " -"establezca el :guilabel:`método de costo` como `primeras entradas, primeras " -"salidas (PEPS)` y el campo :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` como " -"`automatizada`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -"También puede acceder al tablero de :guilabel:`categorías de producto` al " -"hacer clic en la flecha de :guilabel:`enlace interno` en formulario de cada " -"producto. La encuentra al colocar el ratón sobre el campo " -":guilabel:`categoría de producto`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -4706,33 +5195,25 @@ msgstr "" "compra, además de costos adicionales o impuestos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." -msgstr "Orden de compra con 10 mesas con un valor de $10 cada una." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -"Después de :guilabel:`validar` la orden de compra, utilice el botón " -"inteligente :guilabel:`valoración` para ver como se vio afectado el valor de" -" inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "Botón inteligente de valoración en un recibo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" -"Debe activar el :ref:`modo de desarrollador ` para poder ver" -" el botón inteligente *valoración*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " @@ -4744,101 +5225,79 @@ msgstr "" "propiedad de otras empresas no se contabilizan en la valoración de " "inventario de la empresa anfitriona." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" -"El tablero de :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` muestra la valoración de " -"todos los productos en el envío, junto con sus cantidades y valor. En el " -"ejemplo de la compra de 10 mesas, la columna de :guilabel:`valor total` en " -"el tablero muestra una valoración calculada de $100." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" -"Página de valoración de inventario que muestra los productos de un envío." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, los registros automáticos de valoración de inventario también se " -"registran en la aplicación *Contabilidad*. Para acceder a estos asientos " -"contables, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Asientos contables` y " -"busque los asientos de valoración de inventario con el prefijo `STJ` en las " -"columnas :guilabel:`diario` y :guilabel:`número`, respectivamente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "Asiento contable para la valoración de inventario de 10 mesas." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "Entregar un producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" -"Siguiendo la misma lógica, cuando se envía una tabla a un cliente y sale del" -" almacén, la valoración de inventario disminuye. El botón inteligente " -":guilabel:`valoración` en la orden de entrega muestra el registro de " -"valoración de existencias como lo hace en una orden de compra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" "Disminución de la valoración de inventario tras el envío de un producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "El reporte de valoración de inventario" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" -"Para ver el valor actual de todos los productos en el almacén, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> Valoración de inventario`. Los " -"registros en la tabla se organizan por producto, seleccionar el menú " -"desplegable de un producto muestra los registros detallados con la " -":guilabel:`fecha`, :guilabel:`cantidad` y el :guilabel:`valor total` del " -"inventario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "Reporte de valoración de inventario que muestra varios productos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -"El botón :guilabel:`inventario a la fecha` que se ubica en la esquina " -"superior izquierda del tablero de :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` " -"muestra la valoración de los productos disponibles durante un periodo " -"específico en el pasado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "Actualizar el precio unitario de un producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4851,17 +5310,13 @@ msgstr "" "*valoración manual* funciona como una herramienta adicional para actualizar " "el precio unitario de productos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" -"La valoración manual está pensada para productos que pueden comprarse y " -"recibirse por un costo mayor a 0, o que tienen categorías de producto " -"establecidas con el :guilabel:`método de costo` como `costo promedio` o " -"`primeras entradas, primeras salidas (PEPS)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." @@ -4869,32 +5324,29 @@ msgstr "" "Botón para agregar una valoración manual al valor de inventario de un " "producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -"Para crear asientos de valoración manual en el tablero de " -":guilabel:`valoración de inventario` primero vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> Valoración de inventario` y " -"luego haga clic en el icono desplegable de color gris a la izquierda del " -"nombre del producto. Esto mostrará los apuntes de línea de valoración de " -"existencias debajo, así como un botón verde azulado :guilabel:`+ (más)` a la" -" derecha." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón verde azulado :guilabel:`+ (más)` para abrir el " -"formulario de :guilabel:`revaloración de producto`, donde se pueden realizar" -" actualizaciones del cálculo de la valoración de inventario, mediante el " -"aumento o disminución del precio unitario de cada producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -4904,6 +5356,60 @@ msgstr "" "Formulario de revaloración de producto que agrega un valor de $1.00 por " "motivos de inflación." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" +"Página de valoración de inventario que muestra los productos de un envío." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "Asiento contable para la valoración de inventario de 10 mesas." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -9872,9 +10378,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" "En el módulo :menuselection:`Inventario`, vaya a " ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Entrega --> Métodos de envío.` Elija un " @@ -9888,8 +10394,8 @@ msgstr "Diferentes métodos de envío." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" "En la pestaña de guilabel:`Configuración`, elija uno de los tipos de " "etiquetas disponibles en :guilabel:`Tipo de etiqueta`. La disponibilidad " @@ -10101,6 +10607,11 @@ msgstr "" "en **ajustes generales**. Haga clic en el primer enlace **configurar los " "datos de su empresa**." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del producto" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -12297,59 +12808,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "Aplicar componentes a multiples variantes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Control de calidad" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" -"Ya sea que desee controlar la calidad de su producción o la producción de su" -" subcontratista antes de registrar los productos en su inventario, puede " -"confiar en el módulo de calidad de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" -"Para controlar la calidad de su producción, debe establecer un *Punto de " -"control de calidad* en el tipo de operación de fabricación, como se muestra " -"a continuación. Vaya a :menuselection:`Calidad --> Control de calidad --> " -"Puntos de control` y haga clic en **Crear**. Si la verificación solo aplica " -"en ciertos productos o categorías de productos, puede especificarlo durante " -"la configuración." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" -"En cuanto a la recepción de productos subcontratados, debe seleccionar el " -"tipo de operación de \"recibos\" en lugar del tipo de operación de " -"fabricación. Para lo demás, aplican los mismos principios." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer esto, se crea una revisión de calidad de forma automática cada que " -"se fabrica y/o se recibe un producto terminado. Tenga en cuenta que se " -"pueden elegir varios *tipos* de control de calidad del menú desplegable y " -"que también se pueden configurar varios puntos de control de calidad para el" -" mismo tipo de operación." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "Gestionar productos semielaborados" @@ -13355,11 +13813,11 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente con base en datos anteriores de fallos, si es que existen." " " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "Integración de dispositivos IoT " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" @@ -13367,16 +13825,16 @@ msgstr "" "La pestaña :guilabel:`Activadores de IoT` permite la integración de " "dispositivos :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las Cosas)` con un centro de trabajo: " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dispositivo`: especifica el dispositivo IoT que se activará" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr ":guilabel:`Clave`: la clave de seguridad para el dispositivo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`Acción`: la acción para activar el dispositivo IoT " @@ -13384,11 +13842,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Acción`: la acción para activar el dispositivo IoT " msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "La pestaña Activadores de IoT en el formulario del centro de trabajo " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "Caso de uso: configure un centro de trabajo alternativo " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -13400,7 +13858,7 @@ msgstr "" "esté disponible, es posbile especificar un centro de trabajo alternativo " "donde se ejecutarán las órdenes de trabajo excedentes. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -13415,7 +13873,7 @@ msgstr "" "centro de trabajo en el campo de selección :guilabel:`Centros de trabajo " "alternativos`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -13437,7 +13895,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en el botón planear para seleccionar automáticamente un centro de " "trabajo disponible. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -13450,11 +13908,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "El centro de trabajo alternativo se selecciona automáticamente. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "Monitoree el rendimiento del centro de trabajo " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -13466,7 +13924,7 @@ msgstr "" "centro de trabajo. Puede ver una variedad de métricas en el lado superior " "derecho del formulario que muestran el rendimiento del centro de trabajo: " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" @@ -13474,13 +13932,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Eficacia general del equipo`: el porcentaje de tiempo que el " "centro de trabajo fue totalmente productivo. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Pérdida`: la cantidad de tiempo perdido a causa de interrupciones" " en el trabajo " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" @@ -13488,7 +13946,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Carga`: la cantidad de tiempo que le tomará completar la carga de" " trabajo actual" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index c23cd20e6..ac7dbc6d9 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -1372,194 +1372,139 @@ msgstr "Dirigirse a un público" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5 msgid "" -"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when " -"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` " -"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, " -"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right " -"customers at the right time." +"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when " +"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps" +" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can " +"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at " +"the right time." msgstr "" -"Llevar campañas de marketing al público *adecuado* es primordial para el " -"crecimiento de una empresa. La aplicación :guilabel:`Automatización de " -"marketing de Odoo` ayuda al personal de marketing a lograrlo al brindarles " -"herramientas de filtrado, tan sencillas o complejas como lo necesiten, para " -"llegar a los clientes adecuados en el momento correcto." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11 -msgid "Work with target filters" -msgstr "Trabajar con filtros objetivo" +msgid "Configure target filters" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13 msgid "" -"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options" -" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter " -"has more refined parameters within it." +"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some " +"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The " +":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more " +"refined parameters within it that can be customized." msgstr "" -"Al configurar los filtros de una campaña de marketing, hay algunas opciones " -"que tienen un icono de flecha. La flecha significa que el filtro tiene " -"parámetros más específicos." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" "El menú desplegable de filtros en la aplicación Automatización de marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21 msgid "" "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds " "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new " "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, " -"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements." +"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` " +"statements." msgstr "" -"Los filtros se pueden agregar mediante las *ramas* y los *nodos*. Un *nodo* " -"agrega otro parámetro de filtro a un grupo de condiciones de objetivos (por " -"ejemplo, una nueva línea) y una *rama* crea un grupo de parámetros muy " -"específicos, lo que permite agrupar filtros mediante sentencias *cualquiera*" -" o *todas*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" msgstr "Hay dos opciones cada que se crea una nueva rama:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28 msgid "" "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules" -" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)." +" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)." msgstr "" -"Los registros pueden coincidir con :guilabel:`TODOS` los criterios de las " -"reglas (es una sentencia AND en la que todos los criterios deben coincidir)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30 msgid "" "Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules " -"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)." +"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)." msgstr "" -"Los registros pueden coincidir con :guilabel:`CUALQUIER` criterio de las " -"reglas (es una sentencia OR en la que solo uno de los criterios debe " -"coincidir)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33 msgid "" "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon " -"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`." +"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`." msgstr "" -"Para cambiar entre estas dos opciones solo haga clic en el icono de flecha " -"desplegable en el recuadro verde y seleccione :guilabel:`cualquiera` o " -":guilabel:`todas`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36 msgid "" -"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add " -"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a " -":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`." +"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add " +"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node" +" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it." msgstr "" -"Para agregar un nodo haga clic en :guilabel:`+ (icono de signo de más)`. " -"Para agregar otra rama haga clic en :guilabel:`... (icono de puntos " -"suspensivos)`. Para excluir un :guilabel:`nodo` (o una :guilabel:`rama`), " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`x (eliminar)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47 msgid "" -"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a " +"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a " "marketing campaign might commonly use." msgstr "" -"Los siguientes escenarios describen combinaciones distintas de filtros que " -"una campaña de marketing puede utilizar con regularidad." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" -msgstr "Escenario 1: delimitar el objetivo a nuevas oportunidades en el flujo" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52 -msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51 +msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" msgstr "" -"En el modo de edición de un formulario de plantilla de campaña, seleccione " -"el campo :guilabel:`objetivo` y haga clic en :guilabel:`buscar más` en el " -"menú desplegable. Después, busque la opción :guilabel:`Lead/oportunidad` y " -"selecciónela." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" -" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" -" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From " -"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it." msgstr "" -"A continuación, haga clic en :guilabel:`agregar filtro` en el campo " -":guilabel:`Filtro`. Haga clic en la opción predeterminada de filtro " -":guilabel:`ID` en la primera parte de la ecuación de filtro. Hacerlo abre un" -" menú desplegable de opciones de filtro. En este menú desplegable, baje (o " -"busque) la opción :guilabel:`tipo`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57 msgid "" -"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, " +"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of " +"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter " +"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." msgstr "" -"Mantenga la segunda parte de la ecuación de filtro en su forma " -"predeterminada :guilabel:`= (signo de igual)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62 msgid "" -"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " +"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of " -":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as " -"the equation is customized." +":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the " +"equation is customized." msgstr "" -"Luego, cambie la tercera (y última) parte de la ecuación de filtro de " -":guilabel:`lead` a :guilabel:`oportunidad`. El número de " -":guilabel:`registros` que cumplen con esta ecuación de filtro en específico " -"cambiará conforme se personalice la ecuación." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to" -" the right of the equation." +"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` " +"icon to the right of the equation." msgstr "" -"Agregue otro nodo a este filtro mediante el icono de :guilabel:`+ (signo de " -"más)` a la derecha de la ecuación." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71 msgid "" "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node " -"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " +"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Como las oportunidades \"nuevas\" son el objetivo de este filtro, el segundo" -" nodo se concentrará solo en encontrar oportunidades que estén en la etapa " -":guilabel:`nuevo` del flujo. Para hacerlo, seleccione el :guilabel:`ID` " -"predeterminado de la primera parte de la segunda ecuación de filtro y baje " -"(o busque) la opción :guilabel:`etapa` del menú desplegable de campos." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76 msgid "" -"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." +"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." msgstr "" -"Otra vez, mantenga la segunda parte de la ecuación de filtro como " -":guilabel:`= (signo de igual)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78 msgid "" "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the " -"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, " -"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the " -"pipeline." +"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only " +"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline." msgstr "" -"Por último, resalte el valor predeterminado en la tercera (y última) parte " -"de la segunda ecuación de filtro y escriba :guilabel:`nuevo`. Una vez hecho " -"esto, Odoo solo tendrá por objetivo oportunidades que se encuentren en la " -"etapa \"nuevo\" del flujo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1568,27 +1513,21 @@ msgstr "" "Escenario estándar que utiliza filtros en la aplicación Automatización de " "marketing de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87 msgid "" -"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a " -"specific ticket" +"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific " +"ticket" msgstr "" -"Escenario 2: delimitar el objetivo a los asistentes de un evento que " -"compraron un boleto en específico" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89 msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select " -"it." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or " +"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it." msgstr "" -"En el modo de edición de un formulario de plantilla de campaña, seleccione " -"el campo :guilabel:`objetivo` y haga clic en :guilabel:`buscar más` en el " -"menú desplegable. Después, baje (o busque) la opción :guilabel:`evento` y " -"selecciónela." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" @@ -1601,62 +1540,53 @@ msgstr "" " menú desplegable de opciones de filtro. En este menú desplegable, baje (o " "busque) la opción :guilabel:`evento`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98 msgid "" -"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of " -"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select " -":guilabel:`contains`." +"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of " +"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down " +"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el valor predeterminado :guilabel:`= (signo de igual)` en la " -"segunda parte de la ecuación de filtro. Esto abre un menú desplegable, " -"seleccione la opción :guilabel:`contiene`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101 msgid "" "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the " -"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign " -"filter." +"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter." msgstr "" -"En la tercera (y última) parte vacía de la ecuación de filtro escriba el " -"nombre del evento o eventos que quiere que Odoo considere en este filtro de " -"campaña." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107 msgid "" "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who " -"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the " -"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " -"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " -"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that " -"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`." +"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned " +"in the first filter equation." msgstr "" -"El segundo nodo se enfocará en dirigir esta campaña a los asistentes que " -"compraron un tipo de boleto en específico al evento o eventos antes " -"mencionados en la primera ecuación de filtro. Para hacerlo, seleccione el " -":guilabel:`ID` predeterminado de la primera porción de la segunda ecuación " -"de filtro, y baje (o busque) :guilabel:`Boleto del evento` en el menú " -"desplegable. Posteriormente, en ese mismo menú, seleccione " -":guilabel:`Nombre`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110 msgid "" -"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second " +"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the " +"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event " +"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second " "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -"Vuelva a hacer clic en el default :guilabel:`= (signo de igual)` en la " -"segunda porción de la ecuación de filtro, y seleccione :guilabel:`contiene`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117 msgid "" "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, " -"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used" -" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event" -" ticket type for this sample filter." +"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for " +"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event " +"ticket type for this sample filter." msgstr "" -"Por último, en la tercera (y última) porción de la segunda ecuación de " -"filtro, la cual estará en blanco, escriba el nombre del tipo de boleto que " -"se debe usar en el filtro. En este caso el nombre del tipo de boleto de " -"evento para este filtro es :guilabel:`Estándar`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." @@ -1665,8 +1595,8 @@ msgstr "" "de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 -msgid "Testing and running a campaign" -msgstr "Probar y ejecutar una campaña" +msgid "Testing/running campaigns" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1678,18 +1608,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 msgid "" -"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a " -"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or" -" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this " -"documentation `). To start a test, click the " -":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form." +"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " +"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " +":doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form." msgstr "" -"Primero, entre a la aplicación :guilabel:`Automatización de marketing` y " -"haga clic en una campaña. Asegúrese de que la camapaña ya tenga actividades " -"configuradas (o cree una campaña con las instrucciones de :doc:`este " -"documento `). Para empezar una prueba, haga clic en el " -"botón de :guilabel:`Comenzar una prueba` en la parte superior del formulario" -" de la plantilla." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." @@ -1697,54 +1632,51 @@ msgstr "" "Botón de Comenzar una prueba en la aplicación Automatización de marketing de" " Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a " -"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking" -" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and" -" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button." -msgstr "" -"Aparece una ventana emergente cuando hace clic en él. En el campo " -"desplegable, elija un registro específico en el que realizar la prueba, o " -"cree un nuevo registro al hacer clic en el enlace de :guilabel:`Buscar " -"más...` en la parte inferior del menú desplegable, y haga clic en el botón " -"de :guilabel:`Crear`." - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will " -"redirect to the campaign test page." +"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " +"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " +"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " +"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " +"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " +":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " +"campaign test page." msgstr "" -"Una vez que seleccione el registro, haga clic en :guilabel:`Continuar` y " -"Odoo lo redireccionará a la página de prueba de la campaña." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" "Pantalla de prueba en la aplicación Automatización de marketing de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 msgid "" -"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with" -" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first " -"activity (or activities) in the workflow." +"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " +"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " +"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the " +"workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -"Aquí se puede ver el nombre del :guilabel:`registro` al que se realiza la " -"prueba, junto con la hora exacta en la que se inició el flujo de trabajo de " -"prueba. Debajo se encuentran la primera actividad (o actividades) en el " -"flujo de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 msgid "" -"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in" -" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the " -"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity." +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " +":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." +" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and " +"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" -"Para iniciar una prueba, haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`Ejecutar` que " -"se encuentra junto a la primera actividad del flujo de trabajo. Al hacer " -"clic en él, la página volverá a cargar y Odoo le mostrará los varios " -"resultados (y datos analíticos) relacionados con esa actividad en " -"específico." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." @@ -1752,16 +1684,13 @@ msgstr "" "Progreso de prueba del flujo de trabajo en la aplicación Automatización de " "marketing de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be " -"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the " -"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " +"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " +"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the campaign test page." msgstr "" -"Una vez que se completen todas las actividades del flujo de trabajo, la " -"prueba terminará y se moverá a la etapa de :guilabel:`Completado`. Para " -"detener una prueba antes de completar todas las actividades del flujo de " -"trabajo, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Detener`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 msgid "Marketing activities" @@ -1769,26 +1698,24 @@ msgstr "Actividades de marketing" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users " -"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get " -"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add" -" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can " -"be set for that specific activity." +"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " +"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." msgstr "" -"Al crear una campaña en la aplicación :guilabel:`Automatización de " -"marketing`, los usuarios pueden planear actividades de marketing como " -"campañas por correo electrónico o por SMS. Para empezar, vaya al área de " -":guilabel:`Flujo de trabajo` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar nueva " -"actividad`. Aparecerá una plantilla de actividad en blanco en la que puede " -"establecer los parámetros de esta actividad específica." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template " -"will appear with the following customizable fields:" +"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " +"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " +"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" +"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" msgstr "" -"Cuando selecciona :guilabel:`Agregar nueva actividad`, aparecerá una " -"plantilla de actividad en blanco con los siguientes campos personalizables:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." @@ -1796,19 +1723,17 @@ msgstr "" "Una plantilla de actividad en la aplicación Automatización de marketing de " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre de la actividad`: es el título de la actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal " -"Odoo operation), or SMS." +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" +" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de actividad`: elija entre Correo electrónico, Acción del " -"servidor (operación interna de Odoo), o SMS." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" " new one on-the-fly)." @@ -1816,11 +1741,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Plantilla de correo`: elija una de las plantillas preconfiguradas" " (o cree una nueva en el momento)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." msgstr ":guilabel:`Activador`: elija cuando se debe activar esta actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " @@ -1835,15 +1760,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`horas, días, semanas o meses` posteriores a la fecha inicial " "quieren detener las acciones." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent Child Activities)." +"subsequent child activities)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filtro de actividad`: dominio relacionado con esta actividad (y " -"todas las subsecuentes actividades hijas)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " "satisfies the specified domain (filter)." @@ -1851,43 +1774,40 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Filtro activado`: la actividad se realizará *solo* si cumple con " "el dominio (filtro) especificado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " -"Close` to finish creating the activity." +"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " +"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create " +"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing " +"automation campaign form." msgstr "" -"Una vez que termine de configurar los ajustes de la actividad, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para finalizar la creación de la actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "Actividad del flujo de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where " -"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger " -"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow " -"Activity` card." +"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" +" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -"Una vez guardada, la :guilabel:`actividad del flujo de trabajo` aparecerá en" -" Odoo, en donde cada actividad se muestra como un gráfico de forma " -"predeterminada. Puede consultar el tiempo activador configurado para esa " -"actividad en la tarjeta de :guilabel:`Actividad del flujo de trabajo` que se" -" encuentra a la izquierda." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of " -"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and " -":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference" -" (in green and red, respectively)." +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." msgstr "" -"En la sección de :guilabel:`Actividad del flujo de trabajo` también está el " -"número de actividades que se realizaron con éxito o fueron rechazadas. El " -"número de :guilabel:`Éxitos` y :guilabel:`Rechazos` están codificados por " -"color en el gráfico para facilitar la consulta (son verdes y rojos, " -"respectivamente)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." @@ -1895,54 +1815,47 @@ msgstr "" "Actividad de flujo de trabajo normal en la aplicación Automatización de " "marketing de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the " -":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been " -":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been " -":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`." +":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " +"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -"Si el :guilabel:`tipo de actividad` se establece como :guilabel:`Correo " -"electrónico`, puede consultar datos analíticos más detallados en la " -":guilabel:`Actividad del flujo de trabajo`, incluyendo cuántos correos ha " -":guilabel:`enviado` y la tasa de :guilabel:`clics`, :guilabel:`respuestas` y" -" :guilabel:`devueltos`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "Actividades hijas" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 msgid "" -"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child " -"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the " -"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*." +"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." msgstr "" -"Odoo da la opción de :guilabel:`Agregar actividades hijas`. Las *actividades" -" hijas* son subactividades están conectadas con (y son activadas por) una " -"actividad anterior, la que se conoce como su *actividad padre*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child " -"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the" -" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over " -":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:" +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" +" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." msgstr "" -"Odoo proporciona varias opciones activadores para iniciar una " -":guilabel:`actividad hija`, y todas dependen de la configuración de " -"activadores de la actividad padre. Vaya a la actividad padre que desea, " -"coloque su puntero sobre :guilabel:`Agregar actividad hija` y seleccione el " -"activador:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" +" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Agregar otra actividad`: agrega otra actividad de forma " "instantánea." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " "recipient opens the mailing." @@ -1950,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Abierto`: la siguiente actividad se activa si el destinatario " "abre el correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." @@ -1958,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`No abierto`: la siguiente actividad se activa si el destinatario " "no abre el correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." @@ -1966,7 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contestado`: la siguiente actividad se activa si el destinatario " "contesta al correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." @@ -1974,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`No contestado`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el " "destinatario no contesta al correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." @@ -1982,7 +1895,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Seleccionado`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el " "destinatario hace clic en un enlace incluido en el correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." @@ -1990,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`No seleccionado`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el " "destinatario no hace clic en un enlace incluido en el correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." @@ -1998,16 +1911,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Devuelto`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el correo " "electrónico fue devuelto (no lo recibió)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 msgid "" "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity." +"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " +"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " +"indented position beneath its parent activity." msgstr "" -"Una vez que seleccione un activador, el usuario puede configurar la " -"actividad hija (tiene las mismas opciones de configuración que una actividad" -" normal) y hacer clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar`` para terminar la " -"creación de la actividad hija." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index a06508eb6..66d01d261 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -5,28 +5,28 @@ # # Translators: # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2022 -# Luis M. Ontalba , 2022 # Pablo Rojas , 2022 # Lucia Pacheco, 2022 # marcescu, 2023 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2023 # Raquel Iciarte , 2023 # jabelchi, 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "Calendario" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincronice el calendario de Google con Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -53,6 +53,10 @@ msgid "" "platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " "schedules, so a meeting is never missed." msgstr "" +"Sincronice el calendario de Google con Odoo para que así pueda ver y " +"gestionar juntas desde ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones se sincronizan" +" en ambas plataformas). Esta integración le ayudará a organizar su " +"calendario, por lo que nunca se perderá una junta de nuevo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" @@ -68,7 +72,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración en Google" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 msgid "Select (or create) a project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione o cree un nuevo proyecto" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -76,6 +80,10 @@ msgid "" "go to the `Google API Console `_ and " "log into the Google account." msgstr "" +"Cree un nuevo proyecto del API de Google y active el API de Google Calendar." +" Primero vaya a `Google API Console " +"`_ e inicie sesión con su cuenta de " +"Google." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -83,6 +91,9 @@ msgid "" " enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from " "the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" +"Si esta es la primera vez que visita esta página, Google le pedirá que " +"ingrese a un país y acepte los Términos de servicio. Seleccione un país de " +"la lista y acepte los :guilabel;`Términos de servicio`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -90,20 +101,25 @@ msgid "" "project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New " "Project`." msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Select a project` (seleccionar un proyecto)" +" y seleccione (o cree) un proyecto API en el que pueda configurar OAuth y " +"guardar credenciales. Haga clic en :guilabel:`New Project` (nuevo proyecto)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cree un nuevo proyecto de API donde guarde las credenciales" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 msgid "" "Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily " "identified." msgstr "" +"Póngale un nombre identificable al proyecto API, como \"Odoo Sync\", para " +"que lo pueda identificar." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 msgid "Enable Google calendar API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Active el API del calendario de Google" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -111,10 +127,14 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` " "doesn't appear." msgstr "" +"Ahora, haga clic en :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` (API y servicios " +"activados) en el menú del lado izquierdo. Seleccione :guilabel:`Enabled APIs" +" and Services` (API y servicios activados) otra vez si la :guilabel:`barra " +"de búsqueda` no aparece." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Active el API y servicios en el proyecto API." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -122,14 +142,17 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " ":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" +"Después, busque el `Google Calendar API` en la barra de búsqueda y " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` en los resultados de búsqueda. " +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Enable` (habilitar)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilite el API del calendario de Google." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 msgid "OAuth consent screen" -msgstr "OAuth pantalla de consentimiento" +msgstr "Pantalla de consentimiento OAuth" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -137,6 +160,10 @@ msgid "" " that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select " "the :guilabel:`User Type`." msgstr "" +"Ya que creó el proyecto API, el siguiente paso es configurar OAuth. Para " +"hacerlo, haga clic en :guilabel:`OAuth consent` (consentimiento OAuth) en el" +" menú izquierdo y después seleccione :guilabel:`User Type` (tipo de " +"usuario)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -145,6 +172,10 @@ msgid "" "However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " "Type to be used." msgstr "" +"A las cuentas *personales* de Gmail solo se les permite ser el tipo de " +"usuario **externo**. Esto significa que es posible que Google requiera una " +"aprobación o que agregue *alcances*. Sin embargo, si usa una cuenta de " +"*Google WorkSpace* podrá usar el tipo de usuario **interno**." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -152,6 +183,9 @@ msgid "" "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" " mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" +"También tome en cuenta que siempre y cuando la conexión API se encuentre en " +"el modo de prueba *externo* no necesitará que Google aprueba nada. El límite" +" de usuarios en modo de prueba es 100." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -161,12 +195,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" +"Cuando esté en la :guilabel:`página de consentimiento OAuth`, escriba `Odoo`" +" en el campo :guilabel:`App name` (nombre de la aplicación), seleccione la " +"dirección de correo para el campo :guilabel:`User support email` (correo de " +"asistencia para el usuario) y escriba la dirección de correo electrónico " +"para la sección :guilabel:`Developer contact information` (información de " +"contacto del desarrollador). Después haga clic en :guilabel:`Save and " +"Continue` (guardar y continuar)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 msgid "" "Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " "and Continue`." msgstr "" +"Para saltarse el tercer paso, :menuselection:`Scopes` (alcances), haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Save and Continue` (guardar y continuar)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -175,17 +218,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " "summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" +"Si sigue en el modo de prueba (externo), para agregar las direcciones de " +"correo que configuró en el paso :guilabel:`Usuarios de prueba` haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Add Users` (agregar usuarios) y después en el botón " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue` (guardr y continuar). Aparecerá un resumen del" +" registro de la aplicación." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 msgid "" "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." msgstr "" +"Finalmente, navegue al final de la página y haga clic en :guilabel:`Back to " +"Dashboard` (volver al tablero)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 msgid "" "Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " "credentials." msgstr "" +"Ya configuró el consentimiento OAuth y ahora debe crear las credenciales." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 msgid "Create credentials" @@ -199,6 +250,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " "Google will open a guide to create credentials." msgstr "" +"Necesita tanto el *ID del cliente* como el *secreto del cliente* para poder " +"conectar el calendario de Google a Odoo. Este es el último paso que tendrá " +"que realizar en la consola de Google. Para empezar, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Credentials` (credenciales) en el menú de la izquierda. Después, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Create Credentials` (crear credenciales) y " +"seleccione :guilabel:`OAuth client ID` (ID del cliente OAuth). Se abrirá la " +"guía de Google para crear credenciales." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -206,6 +264,10 @@ msgid "" "application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " "Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." msgstr "" +"En :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID` (crear un ID de cliente de " +"OAuth), seleccione :guilabel:`Website application` (aplicación de sitio web)" +" en el campo :guilabel:`Application Type` (tipo de aplicación) y escriba " +"`mi base de datos de Odoo` en :guilabel:`Name` (nombre)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -213,6 +275,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " "Resource Locator)` address." msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` (orígenes " +"autorizados de JavaScript) haga clic en :guilabel:`+ Add URI` (agregar URL) " +"e ingrese la dirección :abbr:`URL (Localizador de recursos uniforme)` " +"completa del Odoo de su empresa." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -221,17 +287,26 @@ msgid "" "address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` (URI de redirección " +"autorizadas) haga clic en :guilabel:`+ Add URI` (agregar URI) y escriba a " +"dirección :abbr:`URL (Localizador de recursos uniforme)` del Odoo de su " +"empresa seguido por `/google_account/authentication`. Para terminar haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Create` (crear)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "" "Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." msgstr "" +"Agregue los orígenes de JavaScript autorizados y después las URI de " +"redirección autorizadas." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " "these to a notepad." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`ID del cliente` y el :guilabel:`Secreto del cliente` " +"aparecerán ahora, cópielos en un bloc de notas." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 msgid "Setup in Odoo" @@ -244,10 +319,13 @@ msgid "" "Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " "Calendar`." msgstr "" +"Cuando tenga el *ID del cliente* y el *Secreto del cliente*, abra su base de" +" datos de Odoo y vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes generales --> " +"Integraciones --> Google Calendar`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La opción a activar de Google Calendar en los ajustes generales." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -255,6 +333,10 @@ msgid "" " Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " ":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Ahora, copie y pegue el *ID del cliente* y el *Secreto del cliente* desde la" +" página de las credenciales del API del calendario de Google en los campos " +"que aparecerán debajo dela opción :guilabel:`Google Calendar`. Después haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" @@ -630,7 +712,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1323,190 +1405,401 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Conecte una caja IoT a su base de datos" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" -"Instale la aplicación de internet de las cosas (IoT por su sigla en inglés) " -"en su base de datos de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a la aplicación de IoT y haga clic en conectar en la página de cajas " -"IoT." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Siga estos pasos para conectarse a su caja IoT." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Conexión ethernet" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -"En la caja IoT puede conectar todos los servicios que se tendrían que " -"conectar con cables (ethernet, dispositivos USB, entre otros)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Encienda la Caja IoT." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -"Lea el código de emparejamiento desde una pantalla o una impresora de " -"recibos conectada a la Caja IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -"Ingrese el código de emparejamiento y haga clic en el botón de Emparejar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -"Los cambios recientes en navegadores web modernos nos obligaron a modificar " -"el asistente de conexión. Si su pantalla es diferente de las capturas de " -"pantalla, asegúrese de que instaló el módulo ``iot_pairing``." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "Conexión Wifi" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Encienda la Caja IoT." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Copie el token." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -"Conéctese a la red Wifi de la Caja IoT (asegúrese de que no hay ningún cable" -" ethernet conectado a su computadora)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -"Se le va a redirigir a la página de inicio de la Caja IoT (si no funciona, " -"conéctese a la dirección IP de la caja). Dele un nombre a su Caja IoT " -"(aunque no es obligatorio), pegue el token y haga clic en \"Siguiente\"." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Si está en el Runbot, no olvide agregar -all o -base en el token (por " -"ejemplo, este token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** se " -"vuelve " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -"Elija la red Wifi a la que desea conectarse (introduzca la contraseña si es " -"necesario) y haga clic en Enviar. Espere algunos segundos y será redirigido " -"a su base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Ahora debería ver la Caja IoT." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "Diagrama de la Caja IoT" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Realizar el flash de su tarjeta SD" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -"En algunos casos puede ser necesario volver a instalar mediante la tarjeta " -"SD de su Caja IoT (el proceso se conoce como \"flash\") para obtener los " -"beneficios de las actualizaciones más recientes." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "Actualizar desde la página de inicio de la Caja IoT" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -"Vaya a la página de inicio de la Caja IoT, haga clic en *Actualizar* que se " -"encuentra al lado del número de la versión. Si hay una nueva versión de la " -"imagen de la Caja IoT disponible, verá un botón de *Actualizar a ___* al " -"final de la página, posteriormente la Caja IoT se realizará el flash a sí " -"misma para obtener su nueva versión. Se guardarán todas sus configuraciones." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -"Este proceso puede tomar más de 30 minutos. No apague o desconecte la Caja " -"IoT porque lo dejaría en un estado inconsistente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "Actualizar con Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -"Vaya al sitio web de Balena y descargue `Etcher `__." -" Es una herramienta gratis y de código abierto que se utiliza para quemar " -"archivos de imagen. Instálelo e inícielo. Descargue la imagen más reciente " -"`aquí `__." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Posteriormente, abra *Etcher* y seleccione *Flash desde un archivo* y busque" -" la imagen que acaba de descargar. Inserte la tarjeta SD de la Caja IoT en " -"su computadora y selecciónela. Haga clic en *Flash* y espere a que termine " -"el proceso." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" @@ -1938,129 +2231,164 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Utilizar la Caja IoT con el PdV" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Prerrequisitos" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Antes de iniciar, asegúrese de tener lo siguiente:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "Una Caja IoT con su adaptador de energía." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" -"Una red local configurada con DHCP (este es el ajuste predeterminado)." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Un cable ethernet RJ45 (opcional, el Wifi está integrado)" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -"Cualquier hardware compatible (impresora de recibos, escáner de código de " -"barras, caja registradora, terminal de pago, báscula, pantalla de cliente, " -"etc.). Puede consultar la lista de hardware compatible en `Página de " -"hardware de PdV `__" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Configurar" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -"Para conectar hardware al PdV, el primer paso es conectar una Caja IoT a su " -"base de datos. Para hacer esto, consulte la :doc:`documentación `." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." msgstr "" -"Posteriormente, debe conectar los dispositivos periféricos a su Caja IoT." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "Nombre del Dispositivo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Impresora**: conecte una impresora de recibos compatible a un puerto USB o" -" a la red y enciéndala." +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "Instrucciones" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Impresora" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" -"**Caja registradora**: la caja registradora se debe conectar a la impresora " -"con un cable RJ25." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" -"**Lectores de códigos de barras**: conecte su lector de códigos de barras. " -"Para que su lector de códigos de barras sea compatible debe terminar códigos" -" de barras con un carácter de Enter (código de teclado 28). Esta es " -"probablemente la configuración predeterminada de su lector de códigos de " -"barras." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Balanza" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Báscula**: conecte su báscula y enciéndala. " +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" -"Una vez hecho esto, puede conectar la Caja IoT a su PdV. Para esto, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Configuración --> PdV`, seleccione *Caja " -"IoT* y elija los dispositivos que desea utilizar en este Punto de venta. " -"Guarde los cambios." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "La configuración está lista. Puede iniciar una nueva sesión de PdV." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 @@ -2068,20 +2396,19 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solución de problemas" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "Conexión a la Caja IoT" +msgid "IoT box connection" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "No encuentro el código de emparejamiento para conectar mi Caja IoT" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" -"El código de emparejamiento debe estar impreso en la impresora de recibos " -"conectada a la Caja IoT y debe aparecer en los monitores conectados." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" @@ -2089,137 +2416,148 @@ msgstr "" "El código de emparejamiento no aparece en las siguientes circunstancias:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "La Caja IoT ya está conectada a una base de datos de Odoo." +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "La Caja IoT no está conectada al internet." +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -"El código solo es válido por los primeros 5 minutos después del inicio de la" -" Caja IoT. Se elimina automáticamente de las pantallas conectadas después de" -" este tiempo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -"La versión de la imagen de la Caja IoT es demasiado antigua. Debe usar la " -"versión 20.06 o más recientes. Si la imagen de su Caja IoT es de una versión" -" anterior, entonces deberá volver a realizar el flash de la tarjeta SD de su" -" Caja IoT para actualizar la imagen (consulte :doc:`Realizar el flash de su " -"tarjeta SD `)" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -"Si no es ninguno de los casos mencionados anteriormente, asegúrese de que la" -" Caja IoT se encendió de forma adecuada, verifique que un LED verde fijo " -"aparece a lado del puerto de micro-USB." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "Conecté mi Caja IoT pero no aparece en mi base de datos" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -"Cuando conecta una Caja IoT a una base de datos puede pasar que la Caja IoT " -"se reinicie, si esto pasa, tal vez demore un minuto antes de aparecer en su " -"base de datos. Si después de un tiempo la Caja IoT sigue sin aparecer, " -"asegúrese de que su base de datos se puede contactar con la Caja IoT y que " -"su servidor no utiliza un entorno de múltiples bases de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -"Mi Caja IoT está conectada a mi base de datos pero no se puede contactar" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la Caja IoT y el dispositivo que ejecuta el navegador están" -" en la misma red, ya que la Caja IoT no se puede contactar fuera de la red " -"local." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Impresora" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "No se detecta mi impresora" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -"Si una de sus impresoras no aparece en su lista de dispositivos, vaya a la " -"página de inicio de la Caja IoT y asegúrese de que aparece en *Impresoras*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -"Si su impresora no aparece en la página de inicio de la Caja IoT, haga clic " -"en *Servidor de impresoras*, vaya a la pestaña de *Administración* y haga " -"clic en *Agregar impresora*. Si no encuentra su impresora en la lista, " -"probablemente no se conectó de forma adecuada." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "Mi impresora imprime texto aleatorio" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 msgid "" "For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " "selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " "characters." msgstr "" -"Para la mayoría de las impresoras, el controlador correcto se detecta y " -"selecciona de forma automática. Sin embargo, en algunos casos, el mecanismo " -"de detección automática puede no ser suficiente, y si no se encuentra ningún" -" controlador, la impresora tal vez imprima caracteres aleatorios." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." msgstr "" -"La solución es seleccionar de forma manual el controlador correspondiente. " -"En la página de inicio de la Caja IoT, haga clic en *Servidor de " -"impresoras*, vaya a la pestaña de *Impresoras* y seleccione la impresora en " -"la lista. En el menú desplegable de Administración haga clic en *Modificar " -"impresora*. Siga los pasos y seleccione la marca y el modelo que " -"correspondan a su impresora." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." @@ -2228,98 +2566,88 @@ msgstr "" "no necesitan un controlador para funcionar. Asegúrese de que no se " "seleccionó ningún controlador para esas impresoras." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "Mi impresora Zebra no imprime nada" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -"Las impresoras Zebra son muy sensibles al formato del código ZPL que se " -"imprime. Si no sale nada de la impresora o las etiquetas se imprimen en " -"blanco, intente cambiar el formato del reporte que se envía a la impresora " -"en :menuselection:`Ajustes ~~> Técnico ~~> Vistas` en el modo de " -"desarrollador y busque la plantilla correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Lector de códigos de barras" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" "Los caracteres leídos por el lector de códigos de barras no corresponden con" " el código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, se asume que su lector de códigos de barras tiene " -"una configuración US QWERTY. Esta es la configuración predeterminada de la " -"mayoría de los lectores de códigos de barras. Si su lector utiliza un diseño" -" diferente, vaya al formulario de vista de su dispositivo y seleccione el " -"correcto." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "No pasa nada al escanear un código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que seleccionó el dispositivo correcto en la configuración de " -"su Punto de venta y que su código de barras está configurado para enviar un " -"carácter ENTER (código de teclado 28) al final de cada código de barras." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "El lector de códigos de barras se detecta como un teclado" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Algunos lectores de código de barras mal construidos no se anuncian como " -"lectores de código de barras, sino como teclados USB y la Caja IoT no los " -"reconocerá." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -"Puede cambiar manualmente el tipo de dispositivo al ir a su vista de " -"formulario y activar la opción de *Es un lector*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Cajón de monedas" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "La caja registradora no abre" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" -"La caja registradora se debe conectar a la impresora y se debe seleccionar " -"la casilla de *Caja registradora* en la configuración del PdV." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" @@ -2663,522 +2991,598 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "Conectar una cámara" +msgid "Connect a camera" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -"Puede necesitar usar una cámara al usar su *Caja IoT* en Odoo. Este " -"dispositivo es fácil de configurar, ya que se puede realizar en pocos pasos." -" Posteriormente, puede usarla en su proceso de fabricación y vincularla a un" -" punto de control. Hacer esto le permitirá tomar fotos al llegar al punto de" -" control de calidad elegido." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Conexión" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" -"Para conectar la cámara a la *Caja IoT*, solamente conecte ambos con un " -"cable." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"Si su cámara es `*compatible* `__, " -"no es necesario configurar nada porque lo detectará en cuanto la conecte." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "Vincular una cámara a un punto de control de calidad" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "Con la aplicación de Fabricación" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -"En su *aplicación de Calidad* puede configurar el dispositivo en un *Punto " -"de control de calidad*. Vaya al menú de *Puntos de control*, en *Control de " -"calidad* y abra el punto de control que desea vincular con la cámara." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" -"Puede editar el punto de control y seleccionar el dispositivo en la lista " -"desplegable. Posteriormente, haga clic en Guardar." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" -"Ahora puede utilizar su cámara con el *Punto de control* elegido. En su " -"proceso de fabricación, llegar al *Punto de control de calidad* que eligió " -"le permitirá tomar una fotografía." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "Conectar un interruptor de pie" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -"Siempre es mejor tener ambas manos disponibles al trabajar. Usar la *Caja " -"IoT* de Odoo y un interruptor de pie le permitirán lograr esto." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -"De hecho, podrá pasar de una pantalla a otra y realizar otras acciones " -"usando su pie y el interruptor. Es muy conveniente y se puede configurar en " -"algunos pasos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -"Conectar el interruptor de pie a la *Caja IoT* es sencillo, solo debe " -"conectar ambos con un cable." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -"Si su interruptor de pie es `compatible `__, no es necesario configurar nada porque lo detectará en cuanto " -"lo conecte." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "Vincular un interruptor de pie con un centro de trabajo" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"Debe configurar el interruptor de pie en un centro de trabajo para poder " -"vincularlo con una acción. Vaya al centro de trabajo en el que desea " -"utilizar el interruptor de pie y agregue el dispositivo en la pestaña de " -"*Activadores de IoT*. Posteriormente, puede vincularlo a una acción y " -"también agregar una tecla para activarla." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -"Tome en cuenta que se elegirá el primero en la lista. Por lo tanto, el orden" -" es importante. Por ejemplo, en la imagen que se presentó anteriormente, " -"usar el interruptor de pie hará que se salte automáticamente la parte actual" -" del proceso en el que trabaja." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" -"Cuando está en la pantalla de la orden de trabajo, un botón de estado indica" -" si el interruptor de pie se conectó correctamente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "Conectar una herramienta de medición" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -"Con la *Caja IoT* de Odoo es posible conectar herramientas de medición a su " -"base de datos. Consulte la lista de dispositivos compatibles: `Dispositivos " -"compatibles `__,." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "Conectar por USB" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Para agregar un dispositivo conectado mediante USB, conecte el cable USB a " -"la *Caja IoT*, el dispositivo debería aparecer en su base de datos de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "Conectar por Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Active el Bluetooth de su dispositivo (consulte su manual para obtener más " -"información) y la Caja IoT tratará de conectarse al dispositivo de forma " -"automática." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "A continuación puede encontrar un ejemplo de cómo se debe ver:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "Vincular una herramienta de medición a un punto de control de calidad" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" -"En la *aplicación de Calidad* puede configurar un dispositivo en sus *Puntos" -" de control de calidad*. Para hacerlo, vaya al menú de *Puntos de control*, " -"en *Control de calidad* y abra el punto de control al que desea asignar la " -"herramienta de medición." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -"Ahora puede editar el punto de control y elegir el dispositivo desde la " -"lista desplegable. Después, haga clic en guardar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" -"Su herramienta de medición ahora está vinculada al *Punto de control* que " -"eligió. El valor, el cual debe cambiarse de forma manual, se actualizará de " -"forma automática cuando se utilice la herramienta." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "Conectar una impresora" +msgid "Connect a printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" -"Tal vez necesite una impresora cuando utilice su *Caja IoT* en Odoo. Hacer " -"esto es fácil y conveniente, ya que se puede hacer en algunos pasos. " -"Posteriormente, puede usarla para imprimir recibos, órdenes o incluso " -"reportes en distintas aplicaciones de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -"La Caja IoT es compatible con impresoras que se conectan a través de USB, " -"Bluetooth o red inalámbrica. `Las impresoras compatibles " -"`__ se detectarán de forma " -"automática y aparecerán en la lista de *dispositivos* en su aplicación de " -"IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -"La impresora puede tardar hasta dos minutos en aparecer en su lista de " -"dispositivos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "Vincular la impresora" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "Con órdenes de trabajo" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -"Puede vincular *órdenes de trabajo* con impresoras a través de un *punto de " -"control de calidad* para imprimir etiquetas para productos fabricados." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo, debe crear un *punto de control de calidad* en la aplicación " -"*Calidad*. Posteriormente, puede seleccionar la operación de fabricación y " -"de orden de trabajo correctas. En el tipo, elija *Imprimir etiqueta* y haga " -"clic en guardar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -"Cada vez que llegue al punto de control de calidad para el producto elegido," -" aparecerá un botón de *Imprimir etiqueta*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "Con reportes" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -"También puede vincular un tipo de reporte a una impresora en específico. En " -"la aplicación *IoT*, vaya al menú de *Dispositivos* y seleccione la " -"impresora que desea configurar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "Ahora vaya a la pestaña de *Imprimir reportes*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en Editar y luego en *Agregar una línea*. Aparecerá una ventana y " -"ahí elija todos los tipos de reportes que desea vincular a esta impresora. " -"Haga clic en seleccionar y en guardar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -"Ahora cada vez que haga clic en *Imprimir* en el panel de control, en lugar " -"de descargar un PDF, lo enviará a la impresora seleccionada y lo imprimirá " -"de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "Imprimir recibos desde el PdV" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -"Puede vincular una impresora con su aplicación *Punto de venta* para poder " -"imprimir recibos directamente desde su *PdV*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -"Hacer esto es fácil. Vaya a su aplicación *Punto de venta* y abra sus " -"ajustes de *punto de venta* en *Configuración*. Ahí haga clic en *Editar* y " -"seleccione la función de *Caja IoT*. Posteriormente, elija la opción de " -"*Impresora de recibos* en el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -"Ahora podrá imprimir distintos tipos de tickets desde su *PdV*: **recibos**," -" **detalles de venta** y **cuentas**." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -"Los recibos se imprimen en cuanto se valida la orden. El proceso se " -"automatiza cuando habilita la función en su configuración de *PdV*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -"Los detalles de venta se pueden imprimir al hacer clic en el icono de " -"impresora en la barra de navegación en la parte superior del *PdV*. " -"Imprimirá los detales de las ventas del día actual." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -"En cuanto a la cuenta, solo está disponible en el modo de restaurante. En " -"sus ajustes de restaurante, active *Imprimr cuentas* y aparecerá un botón de" -" *Cuenta* en el panel izquierdo del *PdV*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "Imprimir órdenes en la cocina" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" -"En el modo de restaurante, puede enviar tickets de órdenes a la cocina." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo, vaya a la aplicación *PdV* y abra sus ajustes de *PdV*. Luego," -" seleccione la opción de *Impresora de órdenes*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -"Ahora vaya al menú de *Impresoras*. Haga clic en Crear, seleccione la " -"impresora en el menú desplegable y, en el campo de *Categorías de producto " -"de impresoras*, elija todas las categorías de productos que se enviarán a " -"esta impresora." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" -"En el *PdV*, cuando agrega o elimina un producto desde una de las categorías" -" seleccionadas, el botón de *Orden* será verde. Si hace clic en él, la Caja " -"IoT imprimirá un recibo en la impresora correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" -msgstr "Conectar una báscula" +msgid "Connect a scale" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" -"Al usar su **Caja IoT** con Odoo, tal vez necesite usar una báscula. Hacer " -"esto es fácil y conveniente porque se puede hacer en pocos pasos. Después, " -"podrá usar su aplicación **Punto de venta** para pesar sus productos, lo " -"cual es útil si su precio se basa en eso." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" -"Para vincular una báscula a la **Caja IoT**, conecte ambos con un cable." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "En algunos casos, puede ser necesario un adaptador de serial a USB." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." msgstr "" -"Si su báscula es `compatible con la Caja IoT de Odoo " -"`_, no es necesario configurar nada " -"porque se detectará de forma automática en cuanto se conecte." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "Detección automática de Caja IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" -"Tal vez necesite reiniciar la Caja y descargar los controladores de su " -"báscula. Para hacerlo, vaya a la *página de inicio de la Caja IoT* y haga " -"clic en la *lista de controladores*. Después, haga clic en cargar " -"controladores." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "Vista de los ajustes de la Caja IoT y la lista de controladores." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Usar una báscula con el Punto de venta" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -"Para usar una báscula en su aplicación *Punto de venta*, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Configuración --> Punto de venta`, abra " -"el que desea configurar, haga clic en *Editar* y habilite la función de " -"*Caja IoT*.5" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." -msgstr "Vista de la función de Caja IoT en los ajustes de PdV." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" -"Ahora, elija la *Caja IoT* en el menú desplegable y seleccione la opción de " -"*Báscula electrónica*. Después, haga clic en Guardar." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." @@ -3186,17 +3590,13 @@ msgstr "" "Lista de las herramientas externas que se pueden utilizarcon el PdV y la " "Caja IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" -"La báscula ahora está disponible en todas sus sesiones de *PdV*. Si un " -"producto tiene un precio por peso establecido, al hacer clic en él en la " -"pantalla de *PdV* se abre la pantalla de la báscula, donde el cajero puede " -"pesar el producto y agregar el precio correcto al carrito." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." @@ -3209,87 +3609,71 @@ msgstr "Conectar una pantalla" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, se puede conectar una caja :abbr:`IoT (internet de las cosas, por " -"sus siglas en inglés)` con una pantalla. Después de conectarse, la pantalla " -"se puede utilizar para mostrar una orden de :abbr:`PdV (Punto de venta)` al " -"cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "Ejemplo de una orden de PdV (punto de venta) en una pantalla." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -"Puede acceder a la pantalla de cliente desde cualquier otra computadora al " -"ir a la página de inicio de la caja :abbr:`IoT (internet de las cosas, por " -"sus siglas en inglés)` y hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`pantalla de PdV`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -"La forma de conexión entre la pantalla y la caja :abbr:`IoT (internet de las" -" cosas, por sus siglas en inglés)` es diferente y depende del modelo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "Caja IoT modelo 4" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -"Conecte hasta dos pantallas con cables micro HDMI en un lado de la caja " -":abbr:`IoT (internet de las cosas, por sus siglas en inglés)`. Si se " -"conectan dos pantallas, se puede mostrar contenido distinto (puede ver el " -"uso a continuación)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "Caja IoT modelo 3" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Conecte la pantalla con un cable HDMI a un lado de la caja :abbr:`IoT " -"(internet de las cosas)`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -"La pantalla o pantallas se deben conectar antes de encender la caja " -":abbr:`IoT (internet de las cosas, por sus siglas en inglés)`. Si ya está " -"encendida, conecte las pantallas y reinicie la caja :abbr:`IoT (internet de " -"las cosas, por sus siglas en inglés)` desconectándola y volviendo a " -"conectarla a la fuente de alimentación." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -"El uso de adaptadores HDMI/micro HDMI puede causar problemas que resultarán " -"en una pantalla negra vacía en la pantalla de cliente. Se recomienda " -"utilizar el cable adecuado." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -3300,33 +3684,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -"Pantalla de cliente de PdV predeterminada que aparece cuando se conecta con éxito\n" -"una pantalla a la caja IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" -"La pantalla debe aparecer en la lista de :guilabel:`dispositivos` en la " -"página de inicio de la caja :abbr:`IoT (internet de las cosas, por sus " -"siglas en inglés)`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de un nombre de pantalla que se muestra en la página de inicio de la" -" Caja IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" -"Si no se detecta ninguna pantalla, se utilizará una pantalla predeterminada " -"con el nombre de :guilabel:`pantalla distanteDistant Display`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." @@ -3334,50 +3711,40 @@ msgstr "" "El nombre de \"pantalla distante\" se utilizará si no se detecta ninguna " "pantalla." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" -msgstr "Mostrar órdenes de Punto de venta a los clientes" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -"Para usar una pantalla en la aplicación guilabel:`Punto de venta`, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Configuración --> Punto de venta`, abra " -"la pantalla que desea configurar, haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` y habilite" -" la función de :guilabel:`Dispositivos de la Caja IoT`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" -"Ahora, seleccione :guilabel:`Caja IoT` en el menú desplegable y elija la " -"pantalla en la opción de :guilabel:`Pantalla de cliente`. Posteriormente, " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." -msgstr "Conectar la pantalla con la aplicación Punto de venta." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -"La pantalla ahora está disponible para usar en las sesiones de :abbr:`PdV " -"(Punto de venta)`. Aparecerá un icono de \"pantalla\" en la barra superior " -"para informar del estado de la conexión con la pantalla." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "Conectar la pantalla con la aplicación Punto de venta." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." @@ -3385,32 +3752,26 @@ msgstr "" "El icono de pantalla en el Punto de venta muestra el estado de la conexión con la\n" "pantalla." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" -"La pantalla mostrará de forma automática las órdenes de :abbr:`PdV (Punto de" -" venta)` y se actualizará cuando se realicen cambios en las órdenes." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "Un ejemplo de una orden de PdV en una pantalla." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" -msgstr "Mostrar un sitio web" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" -"Abrir la vista de formulario de pantalla en :menuselection:`IoT --> " -"Dispositivos --> (dispositivo de pantalla)` permite al usuario elegir un URL" -" de sitio web particular para mostrar en la pantalla mediante el campo de " -":guilabel:`URL de pantalla`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 @@ -3796,7 +4157,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Cita textual`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 msgid "Add a blockquote section." -msgstr "Agregar una sección de bloque de cita textual." +msgstr "Agregar una sección de bloque de cita." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`" @@ -7761,9 +8122,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " ":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Márgenes`: agaregue un espaciado en la parte " -":guilabel:`superior`, :guilabel:`derecha`, :guilabel:`inferior`, e " -":guilabel:`izquierda` del elemento. " +":guilabel:`Márgenes`: agregue un espaciado en la parte :guilabel:`superior`," +" :guilabel:`derecha`, :guilabel:`inferior`, e :guilabel:`izquierda` del " +"elemento. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 5066e36fb..ee02b5321 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -11,8 +11,6 @@ # José Cabrera Lozano , 2022 # David Arnold , 2022 # Jon Perez , 2022 -# Lucia Pacheco, 2022 -# Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2022 # Pablo Rojas , 2022 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2022 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2023 @@ -21,17 +19,19 @@ # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2023 +# Lucia Pacheco, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -102,6 +102,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -121,7 +122,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2733,56 +2733,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -6985,215 +7009,312 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Método de facturación" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "Solicitar un anticipo" +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -"Un anticipo es un pago parcial que hace un comprador al concluir un contrato" -" de venta. Esto implica el compromiso total de ambas partes (el vendedor y " -"el comprador) de cumplir el contrato. Con un anticipo, los compradores " -"muestran su voluntad de adquirir el producto y se comprometen a pagar el " -"resto después, mientras que los vendedores al aceptarlo tienen la obligación" -" de proporcionar los productos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -"Algunas veces se necesita un anticipo para órdenes o proyectos caros. De " -"esta forma, se puede proteger y asegurarse de que su cliente sea confiable." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "Primera vez que solicita un pago inicial" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -"Cuando se confirma una orden de venta, tiene la posibilidad de crear una " -"factura. Las facturas se crean de forma automática como borradores para que " -"los pueda revisar antes de validarlos. Para crear una factura, la aplicación" -" Ventas de Odoo le ofrece 3 opciones:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "Factura regular" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "Anticipo (porcentaje)" +msgid "" +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "Anticipo (cantidad fija)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" msgstr "" -"En cuanto al anticipo, puede ser un importe fijo o un porcentaje del importe" -" total. La primera vez que solicite un anticipo, puede establecer un " -"porcentaje o un importe fijo de su elección, y seleccionar la cuenta de " -"ingresos y los impuestos adecuados. Estos ajustes se reutilizarán para " -"futuros anticipos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "¿Cómo hacer un anticipo en la aplicación Ventas de Odoo?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -"Cuando solicita un anticipo por primera vez, se crea un nuevo producto que " -"se llama **Anticipo**. Este producto se registrará como un producto de " -"**servicio** con una política de facturación de **cantidades ordenadas**. Le" -" recordamos que puede editar este producto y modificarlo en cualquier " -"momento. Tome en cuenta que si elige **cantidades ordenadas** como política " -"de facturación, **no podrá crear una factura**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "Flujo de ventas básico al usar anticipos" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" -"Para este primer ejemplo utilizaremos un importe de 50% como anticipo con un" -" producto que utiliza **cantidades ordenadas** como política de facturación." -" Asegúrese de consultar nuestra documentación sobre políticas de facturación" -" aquí: :doc:`invoicing_policy` antes de solicitar su primer anticipo. A la " -"hora de crear y ver la factura, solo tendrá acceso a un borrador de factura " -"en el que se menciona el anticipo (como puede ver a continuación)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Flujo básico de ventas que utiliza anticipos en la aplicación Ventas (1)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" -"Ahí puede publicar la factura y registrar el pago de su cliente. Sin " -"embargo, todos sabemos que en la vida real este flujo no pasa de inmediato. " -"Así que, por ahora, puede volver a la orden de venta. Ahí tendrá la " -"posibilidad de ver la orden como un cliente con el botón de **Vista previa " -"del cliente** o ir al borrador de factura anterior con facilidad con el " -"botón de **Factura**. En cualquier caso, el anticipo se mencionará en ambos " -"(la orden de venta y el borrador de factura)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Flujo básico de ventas que utiliza anticipos en la aplicación Ventas (2)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" -"Para completar el flujo, cuando el cliente quiere pagar el resto de su orden" -" de venta, usted debe crear otra factura. Una vez más, tendrá la opción de " -"realizar otro anticipo o deducir todos los anticipos, y así pagar el resto " -"de la factura como una factura regular." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Flujo básico de ventas que utiliza anticipos en la aplicación Ventas (3)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "Este flujo también es posible con un anticipo con un importe fijo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -"Tenga cuidado, ya que si hace un anticipo con un producto que usa " -"**cantidades entregadas** como política de facturación, no podrá deducir " -"todos los anticipos al querer facturar a su cliente. Tiene que entregar un " -"producto antes de crear la factura final. Si no se ha entregado nada, debe " -"crear una **nota de crédito** que cancele el borrador de factura que se creó" -" después del anticipo. Para hacerlo, debe instalar la aplicación " -"**Inventario** para confirmar la entrega. De lo contrario, puede introducir " -"manualmente en la orden de venta la cantidad entregada." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "Modificar la cuenta de ingresos y los impuestos de clientes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." -msgstr "En la lista de productos, busque el producto de **Anticipo**." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Creación de un producto de anticipo en la aplicación Ventas de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 -msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" -"Puede editarlo, en la **pestaña de Información general** podrá cambiar los " -"impuestos de los clientes. Para cambiar la cuenta de ingresos, debe instalar" -" la aplicación **Contabilidad** para poder ver la **pestaña de " -"Contabilidad** en el formulario del producto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "Cómo modificar el enlace de la cuenta de ingresos con anticipos" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -7537,53 +7658,89 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "Después podrá facturar ese primer objetivo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "Enviar una factura proforma" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -"Una factura proforma es una factura estimada antes de una entrega de bienes." -" En ella se indica el tipo y la cantidad de bienes, su valor y otros datos " -"importantes, como el peso y los gastos de transporte. Con frecuencia se " -"usan como facturas preliminares con una cotización o a efectos aduaneros en " -"la importación. Se diferencian de una factura normal en que no exigen o " -"solicitan un pago." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Activar esta función" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la " -"función de *Factura proforma*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -"Ahora tendrá la opción de enviar una factura proforma desde cualquier " -"cotización u orden de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "Enviar una factura proforma" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Odoo enviará un correo electrónico con la factura proforma como archivo " -"adjunto cuando haga clic en enviar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" @@ -8178,7 +8335,6 @@ msgstr "" "`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "Configure los ajustes" @@ -10183,141 +10339,9 @@ msgstr "¿Cuántos clientes verán las fechas límite en Ventas de Odoo? " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "Entrega y facturación a diferentes direcciones." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" -"Las personas físicas y morales a menudo usan direcciones separadas para " -"facturar y para los envíos. Con la aplicación *Ventas* de Odoo, los " -"contactos pueden tener direcciones específicas para los envíos y para la " -"facturación. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y baje " -"hasta la sección de :guilabel:`Facturas de clientes`. Luego, seleccione la " -"casilla que está junto a :guilabel:`Direcciones de clientes`, y haga clic en" -" :guilabel:`Guardar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" -"Navegar en la aplicación *Facturación* no será posible si instaló la " -"aplicación *Contabilidad*. En su lugar, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad" -" --> Configuración --> Ajustes` para activar la función " -":guilabel:`Direcciones de clientes`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "Active la función Direcciones de clientes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "Configure el formulario del contacto " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Contactos` (o a :menuselection:`Ventas " -"--> Ordenes --> Clientes`), y haga clic en el cliente para abrir el " -"formulario de su contacto. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" -"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Contactos y Direcciones`, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Agregar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "Agregue un contacto/dirección al formulario de contacto" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" -"Luego, seleccione qué tipo de dirección desea agregar al formulario de " -"contacto (por ejemplo: :guilabel:`Dirección de facturación` o " -":guilabel:`Dirección de envío`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "Cree un nuevo contacto/dirección en el formulario de contacto. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" -"Ingrese la información de la dirección. Luego, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Guardar y Cerrar` para guardar la dirección y cerrar la ventana " -"de :guilabel:`Crear Contacto`. O, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y " -"NuevoSave` para guardar esa dirección y poner otra inmediatamente. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "Agregar direcciones a la cotización " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se agrega un cliente a una cotización, los campos de " -":guilabel:`Dirección de facturación` y de :guilabel:`Dirección de envío` se " -"completaran automáticamente de acuerdo con las direcciones especificadas en " -"el formulario de contacto del cliente. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" -"Las direcciones de facturación y de envío se completan automáticamente en " -"una cotización. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" -"La :guilabel:`Dirección de facturación` y la :guilabel:`Dirección de envío` " -"también se pueden editar directamente desde la cotización haciendo clic en " -"los botones de :guilabel:`Enlace interno ` que se encuentran junto a cada " -"línea de dirección. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" -"Estas direcciones se pueden actualizar en cualquier momento para asegurar " -"una facturación y un envío adecuados. " - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "Reciba el pago para confirmar una orden" @@ -10797,374 +10821,179 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "Líneas de artículos para variantes en cuadrícula " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "Usar plantillas de cotización" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "Plantillas de cotización" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" -"Si crea plantillas de cotización personalizadas, ahorrará mucho tiempo. Con " -"el uso de plantillas podrá enviar cotizaciones completas a un ritmo rápido." +"Usar plantillas de cotización acelera el proceso de crear órdenes de ventas " +"al completar la mayoría de los campos de la cotización automáticamente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -"Para habilitar esta función vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración " -"--> Ajustes` y active **Plantillas de cotización**." +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la " +"opción :guilabel:`Plantillas de cotización`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "¿Cómo activar las plantilas de cotizaciones en Ventas de Odoo?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" +msgstr "Cree una plantilla" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"También se recomienda añadir la función de **Generador de cotizaciones**, la" -" cual ayuda a diseñar sus plantillas de cotización de manera sencilla. Esta " -"opción instalará automáticamente la aplicación de Sitios web." +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Plantillas de " +"cotización` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "¿Cómo activar el constructor de cotizaciones en Ventas de Odoo? " +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "Además del nombre, todos los campos de la plantilla son opcionales. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" +"Después de haberle puesto un nombre a la plantilla, seleccione los valores " +"predeterminados para los siguientes campos: " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`La cotización vence después de`: elija el número de días en los " +"que la cotización sera válida. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Confirmación en línea`: después de enviar la cotización por " +"correo, puede pedirle al cliente que la confirme en línea a través de su " +"portal de cliente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," +msgstr "proporcionando una :guilabel:`Firma`, " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "Cree su primera plantilla" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," +msgstr "realizando un :guilabel:`Pago`, " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar las plantillas de cotización en :menuselection:`Ventas --> " -"Configuración`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." +msgstr "o ambas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." msgstr "" -"Puede crear una plantilla nueva o editar una que ya existe. Una vez que " -"tenga nombre, será capaz de seleccionar productos y cantidades, al igual que" -" la fecha de vencimiento de la cotización." +":guilabel:`Correo de confirmación`: seleccione una plantilla de correo para " +"enviar de manera automática un correo al cliente después de confirmar la " +"cotización." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Líneas`, agregue los productos predeterminados y la" +" cantidad. Agregue :doc:`productos opcionales ` en la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Productos opcionales`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, agregue los términos y condiciones de ventas que desee en la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Términos y Condiciones`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Si los términos y condiciones son los mismos para todas las cotizaciones, " +":doc:`establezcalos conjuntamente en los ajustes de Contabilidad/Facturación" +" ` en " +"su lugar. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "Diseñe una plantilla" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" +"Personalice la apariencia de las cotizaciones en el portal de cliente en " +":menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la función " +":guilabel:`Creador de cotizaciones`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" +"Si es necesario, Odoo activará de automáticamente la aplicación :doc:`Sitio" +" web ` cuando active esta función." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione una plantilla en :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> " +"Plantillas de cotización` y haga clic en una plantilla. Luego, haga clic en " +"el botón :guilabel:`Diseñar plantilla`. En el editor del sitio web, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Editar`. Arrastre y suelte los bloques de creación, edite" +" el contenido y :guilabel:`Guarde`. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Cree una nueva plantilla de cotización en Ventas de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "Diseñe su plantilla" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" -"Tendrá la posibilidad de diseñar su plantilla y editar la interfaz de " -"clientes para manejar lo que verán los clientes antes de aceptar y pagar la " -"cotización. Por ejemplo, podrá describir su empresa, servicios y productos. " -"Para hacerlo, puede hacer clic en **Editar** y regresará al Generador de " -"cotizaciones." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Diseñe su propia plantilla de cotización en Ventas de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" -"Puede editar el contenido de su plantilla al arrastrar y soltar bloques de " -"creación para organizar su cotización. Por ejemplo, puede agregar un bloque " -"de contenido para describir sus productos." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Arrastre y suelte los bloques de creación en su plantilla de cotización en " -"Ventas de Odoo" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" +msgstr "Usando el creador de cotizaciones." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" -msgstr "Utilizar una plantilla de cotización" +msgid "Use a template" +msgstr "Utilice una plantilla " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "Cuando cree una cotización, puede escoger una plantilla específica." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Seleccione una plantilla específica en Ventas de Odoo " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -"Puede seleccionar cualquier plantilla de su elección y sugerirla como " -"plantilla predeterminada en los ajustes de la aplicación de **Ventas**." +"Al crear una cotización, elija una plantilla en el campo " +":guilabel:`Plantilla de cotización`. Todos los campos se completarán " +"adecuadamente. Puede editar cualquier campo que ya esté completado si es " +"necesario. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "Confirmar la cotización" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" -"Las plantillas facilitan el proceso de confirmación al permitir que los " -"clientes firmen de manera electrónica o paguen en línea. Puede activar estas" -" dos opciones directamente en la misma plantilla de cotización. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Permita que sus clientes firmen de manera electrónica o que paguen en líne " -"en Ventas de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" -"Ahora cada cotización tendrá esa configuración, aunque siempre puede " -"cambiarla." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "Agregar términos y condiciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" -"Especificar los términos y condiciones es esencial para exponer los puntos " -"contractuales importantes como términos de pago, limitación de " -"responsabilidad y condiciones de entrega entre los clientes y vendedores. " -"Cada vendedor debe declarar toda la información oficial de la política de " -"sus productos y su empresa. Por otro lado, cada cliente debe tener en cuenta" -" todas estas condiciones antes de comprometerse a cualquier cosa. Gracias a " -"la aplicación de Ventas, es muy fácil incluir sus términos y condiciones " -"predeterminados en cada cotización, orden de venta y factura que maneje." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Términos y condiciones predeterminados" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y active " -"*Términos y condiciones predeterminados*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo activar los Términos y Condiciones predeterminados en Ventas de Odoo? " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que esta función se activa en los ajustes de la **aplicación" -" de Facturación** y **no** en los ajustes de la **aplicación de Ventas**. " -"Además, no necesita instalar la aplicación de Facturación ya que se hace " -"automáticamente cuando se instala la aplicación de Ventas." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" -"Términos y condiciones en sus cotizaciones, órdenes de venta y facturaciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" -"Tiene la posibilidad de añadir sus términos y condiciones predeterminadas en" -" los ajustes de la **aplicación de Facturación**." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Términos y condiciones predeterminados en una cotización en Ventas de Odoo " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "Después aparecen en cada cotización, orden de venta y factura." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" -"Términos y condiciones predeterminadas en sus plantillas de cotización" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" -"Puede especificar los términos y condiciones en sus plantillas de cotización" -" de acuerdo con las necesidades de su empresa. Esto es interesante si tiene " -"diferentes términos y condiciones dentro de su empresa." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Agregue términos y condiciones predeterminados a sus plantillas de " -"cotización en Ventas de Odoo " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de consultar nuestra documentación sobre plantillas de cotización:" -" :doc:`quote_template`, para conocer cada etapa de esta increíble función." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Términos y condiciones generales" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "Términos y condiciones generales en su sitio web" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" -"Utilice la **aplicación de Sitio web** y cree su propia página de términos y" -" condiciones generales. Por ejemplo, aquí está la página de términos y " -"condiciones de Odoo:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "Términos y condiciones generales en su sitio web " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Puede hacer referencia a esta página en el pie de página de todos sus " -"documentos. El diseño está disponible en la **Configuración general** bajo " -"la categoría **Documentos empresariales**. Por ejemplo, este pie de página " -"aparece en todos los documentos de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "Términos y condiciones generales en sus documentos de negocios " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" -"Términos y condiciones generales como archivo adjunto en sus correos " -"electrónicos" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Adjunte un documento externo con sus condiciones generales cuando vaya a " -"enviar su cotización por correo electrónico a sus clientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" -"Términos y condiciones generales como un archivo adjunto en su correo " -"electrónico " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" -"Términos y condiciones generales como archivo adjunto en sus plantillas de " -"cotización" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" -"Cree y edite plantillas de correo electrónico para establecer un archivo " -"adjunto predeterminado para todos los correos electrónicos de cotización que" -" enviará en el futuro. Para ello, debe ir a :menuselection:`Ventas --> " -"Configuración --> Plantillas de cotización` y cree una nueva plantilla de " -"cotización o modifique una existente. En la pestaña de confirmación, puede " -"activar las firmas en línea, los pagos en línea y establecer un correo de " -"confirmación en el que tiene la posibilidad de configurar el archivo adjunto" -" predeterminado. Ahí puede poner sus condiciones generales." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" -"Términos y condiciones generales como archivo adjunto en sus plantillas de " -"cotización " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" -"Para personalizar sus plantillas de correo electrónico, active el **modo de " -"desarrollador** y vaya a :menuselección:`Configuración --> Técnica --> " -"Correo electrónico --> Plantillas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." -msgstr "" -"Gracias a la aplicación de Ventas de Odoo, ahora es muy sencillo tratar con " -"los términos y condiciones." +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes` para " +"seleccionar una :guilabel:`Plantilla predeterminada`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "Subscriptions" @@ -11270,11 +11099,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" -"Puede definir diferentes facturas y direcciones de entrega al activar la " -"función :doc:`Direcciones de clientes " -"`. " +"Puede definir diferentes direcciones de facturación y envío al activar la " +"función :doc:`Direcciones de clientes " +"` ." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 msgid "Confirmation" @@ -12112,17 +11942,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" -"Si el plan de suscripción tiene :doc:`términos y condiciones " +"Si el plan de suscripción tiene :doc:`términos y condiciones " "`, " "especiales, agreguelos en la pestaña :guilabel:`Términos y Condiciones`. Si " "los términos y condiciones están especificados en un plan, se usarán estos " -"en lugar de los términos y condiciones predeterminados establecidos en las " -"configruaciones de la aplicación *Ventas*." +"en lugar de los términos y condiciones predeterminados establecidos en los " +"ajustes de la aplicación *Ventas*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 661fa218e..473c0b0ad 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -9,20 +9,20 @@ # Jesse Garza , 2022 # Alejandro Kutulas , 2022 # Lucia Pacheco, 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1344,153 +1344,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "Foros y eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Foro" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" -"Para ir más allá de los correos electrónicos, chat en vivo, formularios en " -"línea y teléfonos de asistencia ofréscale a sus clientes un foro de " -"asistencia. De esta amanera, los clientes se sentirán más apegados a su " -"empresa ya que invertirán tiempo en los detalles de su empresa. También " -"puede potenciar el intercambio de experiencias y conocimiento, así mejorará " -"el sentimiento de pertenencia a la comunidad (¡su comunidad!)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración --> Equipo " -"de servicio de asistencia` y active el *Centro de asistencia*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el vínculo externo para crear o editar un foro. De entre las " -"opciones de edición, elija si quiere que el *Modo de foro* sea *preguntas*: " -"solo se permite una respuesta por pregunta; o, *discusiones*: se permiten " -"varias respuestas por pregunta." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" -"A partir de ahora, los usuarios que hayan iniciado sesión pueden iniciar " -"discusiones. Para controlar las publicaciones, vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio " -"web --> Foro --> Publicaciones`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" -"Convierta tickets en publicaciones en el foro, solo haga clic en *compartir " -"en el foro* en la página del ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" -"Además de su foro, ofrezca cursos en línea. Al hacerlo, podrá vincular " -"contenido útil que ayude con las preguntas y necesidades de sus clientes y " -"usuarios. De esta forma, ayudará a mejorar la eficacia ya que también podrán" -" encontrar las repuestas aquí." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración --> Equipos " -"del servicio de asistencia` y active el *eLearning*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la estructura y el contenido de su curso esté listo, haga clic " -"en *sin publicar* para *publicarlo*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" -"Para llevar un registro de las estadísticas de su curso vaya a a *eLearning*" -" y *ver curso*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Por hacer" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" -"LOS DETALLES O INFORMACIÓN DEBERÍAN PROVENIR DESDE DOCUMENTOS DE ELEARNING. " -"POR LO TANTO, VINCULE DOCUMENTOS UNA VEZ QUE ESTÉN DISPONIBLES." - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1800,6 +1653,804 @@ msgstr "" "Plegar manualmente una etapa en la vista de kanban no cerrará los tickets de" " dicha etapa." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Centro de ayuda" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Información" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "Foro de la comunidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "Haciendo una pregunta" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "Pregunta votada en positivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "Pregunta votada en negativo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "Respuesta votada a favor" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "Respuesta votada en contra" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "Aceptando una respuesta" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "Respuesta aceptada" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "Respuesta marcada" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "Hacer preguntas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "Responder preguntas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "Voto positivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "Voto negativo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "Editar posts propios" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "Editar todos los posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "Cerrar mis posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "Cerrar todos los mensajes" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "Eliminar posts propios" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "Eliminar todos los mensajes" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "Enlaces \"Nofollow\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "Aceptar una respuesta en todas las preguntas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "Desvincular sus propios comentarios" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "Desvincular todos los comentarios" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "Hacer preguntas sin validación" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "Marcar un post como ofensivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "Moderar posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "Cambiar las etiquetas de la pregunta" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "Crear nuevas etiquetas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 7e26657f7..34b5956fe 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # Francisco de la Peña , 2022 # Marian Cuadra, 2022 -# Nicolás Broggi , 2022 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2022 # Carolina Gonzalez , 2022 # José Cabrera Lozano , 2022 @@ -15,20 +14,21 @@ # marcescu, 2023 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 +# Jairo Llopis , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -521,6 +521,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" @@ -2887,184 +2888,498 @@ msgstr "Chat en vivo" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" -"El chat en vivo tiene el mayor índice de satisfacción de todas las " -"herramientas de comunicación. Le permite brindar respuestas rápidas y es " -"accesible y conveniente, así que sus clientes pueden seguir haciendo lo que " -"estaban haciendo mientras se comunican con usted. Recuerde que sus clientes " -"quieren hablar con usted, ¿por qué no les facilitamos eso un poco?" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" -msgstr "" -"`Chat en vivo: página del producto `_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" -msgstr ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" -msgstr ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Configuración" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Una vez que instale el *Chat en vivo* en su base de datos, si creó su sitio " -"web con Odoo, la aplicación se agregará de forma automática. Ahora solo debe" -" ir a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Chat en " -"vivo`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Vista de la página de ajustes y la función de chat en vivo en Odoo" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" -"Seleccione el canal que se vinculará a su sitio web o cree uno en el " -"momento." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Vista de un formulario de canal de chat en vivo en Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "Para ambos casos, en:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -"- **Operadores**: agregue empleados para responder las solicitudes del chat." -" Agregue tantos como quiera, tome en cuenta que los empleados que no tengan " -"actividad en Odoo por más de 30 minutos se consideran fuera de línea." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" -"- **Opciones**: configure el texto predeterminado que se mostrará en el " -"botón del chat en vivo. Este texto puede ser un mensaje de bienvenida para " -"cuando los visitantes inicien la conversación y el texto que incita al " -"usuario a iniciar el chat." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -"- **Reglas del canal**: elija una acción para una URL específica o por país." -" En el ejemplo de abajo, la ventana de chat aparece en automático 3 segundos" -" después de que los usuarios (de cualquier país) lleguen a la página de " -"\"contáctanos\"." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Vista de un formulario de reglas de canal en el Chat en vivo de Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "Operadores" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -"GeoIP, la cual se refiere al proceso de encontrar la ubicación geográfica de" -" una computadora según su dirección IP, debe estar instalado en su servidor." -" De lo contrario, los países no se tomarán en cuenta en las *reglas del " -"canal*." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "Opciones externas" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Si no creó su sitio web con Odoo, puede encontrar el código que se puede " -"agregar a su propio sitio web en la pestaña *widget*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" -"Odoo también ofrece una URL que puede enviar a los usuarios para que tengan " -"acceso a una sola página de chat en vivo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Vista de la pestaña \"widgets\" en el Chat en vivo de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "Gestionar solicitudes del chat" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" +"Cambie el texto en el campo :guilabel:`texto del botón` para actualizar el " +"saludo que se muestra en la burbuja de texto cuando el botón de chat en vivo" +" aparece en el sitio web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "URL Regex" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "País" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Widget" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" -"Las conversaciones que inician los visitantes se muestran como mensaje " -"directo en *Conversaciones*. Por lo tanto, estas preguntas se pueden " -"responder siempre que esté en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Vista de la aplicación Conversaciones con un mensaje que se envió a través " -"del chat en vivo de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -"Las conversaciones se asignan según la carga de trabajo actual de los " -"operadores." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "Abandonar o unirse a un canal" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Ajustes`, ingrese a " -"su canal en *Chat en vivo* y *Únase al canal* o *Abandone el canal*." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" -"Vista de un formulario de canal y la opción de unirse a un canal en el Chat " -"en vivo de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" @@ -3157,125 +3472,336 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr ":doc:`responses`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "Comandos y respuestas predefinidas" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" -"Usar respuestas predefinidas le ayuda a ahorrar tiempo y a contar con una " -"respuesta previa y bien planeada para algunas de sus preguntas más comunes." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Usar comandos" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" -"Los comandos son atajos para hacer acciones específicas en la ventana de " -"chat:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "**/help**: muestra un mensaje de ayuda." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk**: crea un ticket de servicio de asistencia." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk_search**: busca un ticket de servicio de asistencia." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "**/history**: muestra las últimas 15 páginas visitadas." +msgid "Execute a command" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead**: crea un lead nuevo." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "**/leave**: abandona el canal." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -"- Para *tickets de servicio de asistencia*: asegúrese de que la aplicación " -"está instalada en su base de datos y que la opción de *Chat en vivo* en " -":menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración --> Equipos del " -"servicio de asistencia` esté habilitada." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" -"- Para *leads*: debe instalar la aplicación *CRM* en su base de datos." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el enlace de atajo para acceder al ticket o al lead que se creó" -" a partir del chat." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -"Vista de la ventana de chat abierta con un ticket de servicio de asistencia " -"creado en el Chat en vivo de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Ayuda" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" -"Los tickets de servicio de asistencia que se crearon a partir del chat " -"agregan automáticamente la conversación como la descripción del ticket. Lo " -"mismo pasa en la creación de leads." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Enviar respuestas predefinidas" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" -"Las respuestas predefinidas le permiten colocar un texto completo cuando " -"escribe una palabra atajo. Para crearlas, vaya a :menuselection:`Chat en " -"vivo --> Configuración --> Respuestas predefinidas`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" -"Para usarlas en una conversación, escriba **:** seguido por la palabra atajo" -" que creó." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" -"Vista de una ventana de chat y el uso de respuestas predefinidas en el Chat " -"en vivo de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Historial" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Iniciativa" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Ausencia" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" @@ -3975,6 +4501,220 @@ msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" "La base de datos GeoIP no pudo determinar la dirección IP proporcionada" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "reCAPTCHA v3 en los formularios" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" +"reCAPTCHA de Google protege el sitio web contra el spam y ataques. Intenta " +"distinguir entre solicitudes de humanos y bots. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 trabaja en segundo plano y no interrumpe a los visitantes del " +"sitio web. Sin embargo, si el reconocimiento falla, los visitantes no podrán" +" completar el formulario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Guía para reCAPTCHA v3 de Google " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "En Google " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Ingrese a la `página web de registro de reCAPTCHA " +"`_. Inicie sesión o cree una " +"cuenta de Google si es necesario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "En la página web de registro:" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "Póngale una :guilabel:`Etiqueta` al sitio web. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" +"Deje el :guilabel:`tipo de reCAPTCHA` en :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Introduzca uno o mas :guilabel:`Dominios` (por ejemplo, *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" +"En :guilabel:`Plataforma Google Cloud`, se seleccionará automáticamente un " +"proyecto si ya se creó uno con la cuenta con la que inició sesión en Google." +" Si no es así, se creará uno automáticamente. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Plataforma Google Cloud` para que usted mismo pueda seleccionar " +"un proyecto o para cambiar el nombre del poryecto que se creó de manera " +"automática. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "Acepte los términos y condiciones de servicio. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Enviar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "Ejemplo del sitio web de registro de reCAPTCHA. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" +"Aparecerá una nueva página con las claves generadas. Déjela abierta para más" +" tarde, pues necesitará copiar las claves en Odoo después. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "En Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" +"Desde el tablero de la base de datos, haga clic en :guilabel:`Ajustes`. Si " +"es necesario, active la opción :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` en la sección de " +":guilabel:`Integraciones`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" +"No desactive la función :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` ni desinstale el módulo " +":guilabel:`integración de Google reCAPTCHA`, pues es posible que se eliminen" +" otros módulos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Abra la página de Google reCAPTCHA, copie la :guilabel:`Clave del sitio` y " +"péguela en el campo :guilabel:`Clave del sitio` en Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Abra la página de Google reCAPTCHA, copie la :guilabel:`Clave secreta` y " +"péguela en el campo :guilabel:`Clave secreta` en Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" +"Cambie el :guilabel:`Puntaje mínimo requerido` (`0.5`) predeterminado si es " +"necesario, usando un valor entre `1.0` y `0.0`. Entre más alto sea el " +"umbral, más difícil será aprobar el reCAPTCHA y viceversa. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" +"Todas las páginas que utilicen los snippets :guilabel:`Formulario`, " +":guilabel:`Bloque de boletín`, :guilabel:`Ventana emergente del boletín` y " +"el formulario :guilabel:`Pasos adicionales durante la finalización de la " +"compra` en el comercio electrónico, estarán protegidos con reCAPTCHA. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "Si el reconocimiento falla, aparecerá el siguiente mensaje de error: " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "Mensaje de error en la verificación de Google reCAPTCHA. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 es gratuito hasta `1 millón de valoraciones al mes " +"`_. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" +"La analítica y otros ajustes adicionales están disponibles en la `página de " +"administración de Google reCAPTCHA " +"`_. Por ejemplo, puede recibir " +"alertas por correo electrónico si Google detecta tráfico sospechoso en su " +"sitio web o puede ver el porcentaje de solicitudes sospechosas, lo que puede" +" ayudarle a determinar el puntaje mínimo adecuado. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" +"Puede notificar a los visitantes que reCAPTCHA proteje un formulario. Para " +"hacerlo, abra el editor del sitio web y vaya al formulario. Luego, haga clic" +" en cualquier parte del formulario y en la pestaña :guilabel:`Personalizar` " +"que se encuentra del lado derecho de la barra, conmute :guilabel:`Mostrar " +"política de reCAPTCHA` que está en la sección de :guilabel:`Formulario`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "Mensaje de política de reCAPTCHA que aparece en el formulario" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "Traducciones" @@ -4190,10 +4930,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "Agregar un menú de selección de idioma." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "Unsplash (imágenes gratis)" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index acc121227..94d2943c4 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -418,8 +418,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:" -msgstr "dans ``/etc/odoo.conf`` définissez :" +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" +msgstr "" +"dans :ref:`le fichier de configuration ` " +"définissez :" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -810,8 +812,9 @@ msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3 Go de RAM pour Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" -msgstr "dans ``/etc/odoo.conf`` :" +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" +msgstr "" +"dans :ref:`le fichier de configuration ` :" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 msgid "HTTPS" @@ -4327,8 +4330,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 -msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise" -msgstr "Mettre à niveau Community vers Enterprise" +msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" +msgstr "Basculer de Community à Enterprise" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -12521,71 +12524,171 @@ msgstr "" " de toujours effectuer une mise à niveau de test avant de mettre à niveau " "votre instance de production." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:6 -msgid "Requesting a test upgrade" -msgstr "Demander un test de mise à niveau" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website." +" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager " +"`_ page and sign in." +msgstr "" +"Les bases de données Odoo peuvent être mises à niveau manuellement " +"directement à partir du site web principal d'Odoo. Pour mettre à niveau une " +"base de données Odoo, allez à la page du `gestionnaire de la base de données" +" `_ et connectez-vous." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8 -msgid "Go to your `database manager `_" -msgstr "" -"Accédez à votre `gestionnaire de bases de données " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:9 -msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'icône de votre profil et sélectionnez *Mes bases de données*." - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 -msgid "Selecting My Databases under my profile" -msgstr "Sélectionner Mes bases de données dans votre profil" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:14 msgid "" -"Click on the up arrow button next to your main database name to proceed to " -"the test upgrade." +"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with" +" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent " +"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database " +"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur la flèche vers le haut à côté du nom de votre base de données " -"principale pour procéder au test de mise à niveau." +"La page du gestionnaire des bases de données affiche toutes les bases de " +"données Odoo associées au compte de l'utilisateur. Toutes les bases de " +"données qui ne sont pas encore sur la version la plus récente d'Odoo " +"affichent une icône de **flèche dans un cercle** à côté du nom de la base de" +" données, indiquant qu'elle peut être mise à niveau." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 -msgid "Selecting the action settings icon" -msgstr "Sélectionner l'icône des paramètres d'action" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a " +"database." +msgstr "" +"La page du gestionnaire des bases de données avec un bouton de mise à niveau" +" à côté du nom d'une base de données." + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid "Test database" +msgstr "Base de données de test" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19 msgid "" -"In the pop-up message that appears, select the target version and then " -":guilabel:`Test` as purpose." +"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the" +" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that " +"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, " +"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the " +"database upgrade." msgstr "" -"Dans le message contextuel qui s'affiche, sélectionnez la version cible et " -"ensuite la finalité :guilabel:`Test`." +"Cliquez sur l'icône de **flèche dans un cercle** pour lancer le processus de" +" mise à niveau. Dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Mettre à niveau " +"votre base de données`, sélectionnez la version d'Odoo vers laquelle la " +"plateforme sera mise à niveau. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Email à notifier`, " +"saisissez une adresse email qui recevra des notifications par email sur la " +"mise à niveau de la base de données." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Production` purpose doesn't appear if you didn't test your " -"upgraded database at least once." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to " +"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, " +"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to " +"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual " +"database." msgstr "" -"La finalité :guilabel:`Production` ne s'affiche pas si vous n'avez pas testé" -" votre base de données mise à niveau au moins une fois." +"La fenêtre contextuelle contient également une section :guilabel:`Finalité` " +"qui permet de préciser la raison de la mise à niveau. Cependant, à ce stade " +"du processus, la seule option sélectionnable est :guilabel:`Test`, car Odoo " +"demande aux utilisateurs de créer une copie de test de la base de données " +"mise à niveau avant de convertir la base de données réelle." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:26 -msgid "" -"This triggers the automated upgrade process. A confirmation email is then " -"sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide " -"information if the upgrade failed." -msgstr "" -"Cela déclenche le processus de mise à niveau automatique. Un email de " -"confirmation vous est alors envoyé avec le lien vers la base de données mise" -" à niveau ou pour vous fournir des informations si la mise à niveau a " -"échoué." +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up." +msgstr "La fenêtre contextuelle \"Mettre à niveau votre base de données\"." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* " -"page." +"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up" +" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade " +"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is " +"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également voir et accéder à votre base de données de test à " -"partir de votre page *Mes bases de données*." +"Après avoir complété le formulaire, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Mettre " +"à niveau`. La fenêtre contextuelle disparaît et la base de données en cours " +"de mise à niveau affiche une étiquette rouge :guilabel:`Mise à niveau en " +"cours` à côté de son nom. Un email confirmant que la mise à niveau est en " +"cours est également envoyé à l'adresse email indiquée dans la fenêtre " +"contextuelle." + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name." +msgstr "" +"L'étiquette \"Mise à niveau en cours\" à côté du nom de la base de données." + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database " +"manager `_ page. To access the test " +"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main " +"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, " +"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test " +"version's row to go to the database." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que la mise à niveau est terminée, une nouvelle base de données de " +"test apparaît sur la page du `gestionnaire des bases de données " +"`_. Pour accéder à la base de données de " +"test, cliquez sur la flèche du menu déroulant (:guilabel:`⯆`) située à " +"gauche du nom de la base de données principale. La version de test apparaît " +"alors en dessous. Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton vert :guilabel:`Connecter` à " +"droite de la ligne de la version de test pour accéder à la base de données." + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "A test database on the database manager page." +msgstr "" +"Une base de données de test sur la page du gestionnaire des bases de " +"données." + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact" +" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in " +"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any " +"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected." +msgstr "" +"À l'exception du fait qu'elle est sur une version plus récente d'Odoo, la " +"base de données de test est une copie exacte de celle en cours de mise à " +"niveau. Il est important d'effectuer des tests approfondis dans cette base " +"de données pour s'assurer que la mise à niveau n'a pas altéré ou corrompu de" +" données et que tous les flux de travail se déroulent toujours comme prévu." + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:57 +msgid "Production database" +msgstr "Base de données de production" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database " +"manager `_ page. Once again, click on the" +" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The " +":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that " +"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` " +"section." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir confirmé l'intégrité de la nouvelle version, retournez à la page" +" du `gestionnaire des bases de données " +"`_. De nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône " +"**flèche dans un cercle** à côté de la base de données en cours de mise à " +"nouveau. La fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Mettre à niveau votre base de " +"données` apparaît comme précédemment, sauf qu'il y a maintenant une option " +":guilabel:`Production` dans la section :guilabel:`Finalité`." + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the" +" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"appears next to the name of the database." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez l'option :guilabel:`Production` et puis cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Mettre à niveau` pour lancer le processus de mise à niveau. Comme" +" précédemment, un email de notification est envoyé à l'adresse email fournie" +" et une étiquette rouge :guilabel:`Mise à niveau en cours` s'affiche à côté " +"du nom de la base de données." + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:68 +msgid "" +"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified." +msgstr "" +"Après la mise à niveau, l'étiquette :guilabel:`Mise à niveau en cours` " +"disparaît et la base de données est mise à niveau vers la version précisée." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 7dbd4886e..dcb937ad0 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -13,7 +13,6 @@ # Florent de Labarre , 2022 # Alexandra Jubert, 2022 # Julien Goergen , 2022 -# Laura Piraux , 2022 # William Henrotin , 2022 # fr trans , 2022 # Olivier Lenoir , 2022 @@ -25,14 +24,14 @@ # Camille Dantinne , 2022 # Olivier ANDRE , 2022 # ae421c2293dd329c1e0f68f8f29fafa8_9d513c4, 2023 -# jb78180 , 2023 # 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2023 # Jonathan Castillo , 2023 # romrik_, 2023 # Cécile Collart , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Fernanda Marques , 2023 # Jérôme Tanché , 2023 +# jb78180 , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -40,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -631,16 +630,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -660,7 +659,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2557,6 +2557,9 @@ msgid "" "bank account transactions and reconciling them with the ones recorded in " "your accounting." msgstr "" +"L'importation de transactions depuis vos relevés bancaires permet de suivre " +"les transactions de votre compte bancaire et de les rapprocher de celles " +"enregistrées dans votre comptabilité." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2564,42 +2567,53 @@ msgid "" "However, if you do not want to use it or if your bank is not yet supported, " "other options exist:" msgstr "" +"La :doc:`synchronisation bancaire ` automatise le " +"processus. Cependant, si vous ne souhaitez pas l'utiliser ou si votre banque" +" n'est pas encore prise en charge, d'autres options existent :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:11 msgid "" ":ref:`Import bank transactions ` delivered by your " "bank;" msgstr "" +"L':ref:`importation des relevés bancaires ` fournies " +"par votre banque ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`Register bank transactions ` manually." msgstr "" +"L':ref:`enregistrement manuel des transactions bancaires " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping transactions by statement ` is " "optional." msgstr "" +"Le :ref:`regroupement des transactions par relevé bancaire " +"` est optionnel." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:20 msgid "Import transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importer les transactions" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:22 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import transactions:" msgstr "" +"Odoo prend en charge de nombreux formats de fichiers pour importer les " +"transactions bancaires :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:24 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le format Cash Management (CAMT.053) recommandé par SEPA ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:25 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" -msgstr "Valeurs séparées par des virgules (.CSV) ;" +msgstr "Le format CSV (valeurs séparées par des virgules) ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:26 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" -msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX) ;" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:27 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" @@ -2617,11 +2631,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst-1 msgid "Import bank transactions from the bank journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importer des opérations bancaires depuis le journal bancaire" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file and upload it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ensuite, sélectionnez le fichier et téléchargez-le." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2629,6 +2643,10 @@ msgid "" "with their related Odoo fields, you can run a :guilabel:`Test` and " ":guilabel:`Import` your bank transactions." msgstr "" +"Après avoir défini les options de formatage nécessaires et fait correspondre" +" les colonnes du fichier avec leurs champs Odoo associés, vous pouvez " +"exécuter un :guilabel:`Test` et :guilabel:`Import` vos transactions " +"bancaires." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/export_import_data`" @@ -2636,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:47 msgid "Register bank transactions manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer les transactions bancaires manuellement" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2645,10 +2663,15 @@ msgid "" " then on :guilabel:`New`. Make sure to fill out the :guilabel:`Partner` and " ":guilabel:`Label` fields to ease the reconciliation process." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également enregistrer manuellement vos opérations bancaires. " +"Pour cela, rendez-vous sur :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, cliquez sur le " +"journal de :guilabel:`Bank`, puis sur :guilabel:`New`. Assurez-vous de " +"remplir les champs :guilabel:`Partner` et :guilabel:`Label` pour faciliter " +"le processus de réconciliation." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:56 msgid "Statements" -msgstr "Relevés" +msgstr "Relevés bancaires" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2656,6 +2679,9 @@ msgid "" "institution that lists the transactions that have occurred in a particular " "bank account over a specified period of time." msgstr "" +"Un **relevé bancaire** est un document fourni par une banque ou une " +"institution financière qui répertorie les transactions effectuées sur un " +"compte bancaire particulier sur une période donnée." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -2663,6 +2689,10 @@ msgid "" "statement, but depending on your business flow, you may want to record them " "for control purposes." msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo Comptabilité, il n'est pas obligatoire de regrouper les " +"transactions dans leur relevé associé. Mais en fonction de votre flux " +"d'activité, vous souhaiterez peut-être les enregistrer à des fins de " +"contrôle." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2672,6 +2702,12 @@ msgid "" "begin synchronizing or importing transactions. This is necessary to ensure " "the accuracy of your accounting." msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez comparer les soldes de fin de vos relevés bancaires avec " +"les soldes de fin de vos dossiers financiers, *n'oubliez pas de créer une " +"transaction d'ouverture* pour enregistrer le solde du compte bancaire à la " +"date à laquelle vous commencez à synchroniser ou à importer des " +"transactions. Ceci est nécessaire pour assurer l'exactitude de votre " +"comptabilité." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2679,6 +2715,10 @@ msgid "" " click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button next to the bank or " "cash journal you want to check, then on :guilabel:`Statements`" msgstr "" +"Pour accéder à une liste de relevés, rendez-vous sur votre " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, cliquez sur les points de suspension " +"verticaux (:guilabel:`⋮`) à côté du journal de banque ou de caisse que vous " +"souhaitez consulter, puis sur :guilabel:`Statements`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:75 msgid "Statement creation from the kanban view" @@ -2773,13 +2813,13 @@ msgid "" "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" "Dans la plupart des pays, la facturation se produit lorsque une obligation " -"contractuelle est remplie. Si vous expédiez une boîte à un client, vous avez" -" rempli les conditions du contrat et vous pouvez procéder à la facturation. " -"Si votre fournisseur vous envoie une cargaison, il a respecté les conditions" -" du contrat et il peut vous envoyer une facture. Par conséquent, les " -"conditions du contrat sont respectées lorsque la cargaison se déplace vers " -"ou depuis le camion. À ce stade, Odoo permet la création de ce qu'on appelle" -" une facture brouillon par le personnel de l'entrepôt." +"contractuelle est remplie. Si vous expédiez un colis à un client, vous avez " +"rempli les conditions du contrat et vous pouvez procéder à la facturation. " +"Si votre fournisseur vous envoie un colis, il a respecté les conditions du " +"contrat et il peut vous envoyer une facture. Par conséquent, les conditions " +"du contrat sont respectées lorsque le colis se déplace vers ou depuis le " +"camion. À ce stade, Odoo permet la création de ce qu'on appelle une facture " +"brouillon par le personnel de l'entrepôt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:177 @@ -2804,10 +2844,10 @@ msgid "" "It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" " and precise manner." msgstr "" -"Une facture client doit contenir toutes les informations nécessaires afin " -"qu'il puisse payer les marchandises et les services commandés et livrés. " -"Elle doit également inclure d'autres informations nécessaires au paiement de" -" la facture en temps voulu et de manière précise." +"Une facture client doit contenir toutes les informations nécessaires pour " +"que le client puisse payer les marchandises et les services commandés et " +"livrés. Elle doit également inclure d'autres informations nécessaires au " +"paiement de la facture en temps voulu et de manière précise." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:47 msgid "Draft invoices" @@ -2826,8 +2866,8 @@ msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" -"ne sont pas validées, elles ont pas d'impact comptable dans le système. Rien" -" n'empêche les utilisateurs de créer leurs propres factures brouillon." +"ne sont pas validées, elles n'ont pas d'impact comptable dans le système. " +"Rien n'empêche les utilisateurs de créer leurs propres factures brouillon." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:55 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" @@ -2911,7 +2951,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Les pièces comptables correspondant à cette facture sont générées " "automatiquement lorsque vous validez la facture. Vous pouvez voir les " -"détails en cliquant sur l'écriture dans le champ pièce comptable dans " +"détails en cliquant sur l'écriture dans le champ Pièce comptable dans " "l'onglet \"Autres informations\"." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:96 @@ -3004,6 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -3052,9 +3093,9 @@ msgid "" "entered the payment." msgstr "" "Dans Odoo, une facture est considérée comme payée lorsque la pièce comptable" -" associée a été rapprochée avec le paiement. S'il n'y a pas eu de lettrage, " -"le statut de la facture restera Ouvert jusqu'à ce que vous avez enregistré " -"le paiement." +" associée a été lettrée avec le paiement. S'il n'y a pas eu de lettrage, le " +"statut de la facture restera Ouvert jusqu'à ce que vous avez enregistré le " +"paiement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -3066,8 +3107,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banque" @@ -3092,7 +3133,7 @@ msgid "" "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" "Créez un relevé bancaire depuis le tableau de bord de la comptabilité, dans " -"le journal approprié, et saisissez un montant de $100." +"le journal approprié, et saisissez un montant de 100 $." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:148 msgid "Reconcile" @@ -3139,9 +3180,9 @@ msgid "" "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" -"Les clients ont de plus en plus tendance à payer leurs factures de plus en " -"plus tard. Par conséquent, les agents de recouvrement doivent faire tout " -"leur possible pour recouvrer l'argent et le recouvrer plus rapidement." +"Les clients ont tendance à payer leurs factures de plus en plus tard. Par " +"conséquent, les agents de recouvrement doivent faire tout leur possible pour" +" recouvrer l'argent et le recouvrer plus rapidement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -3198,9 +3239,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Le compte de résultat affiche les détails de vos produits et de vos charges." " En fin de compte, il vous donne un aperçu clair de vos pertes et profits " -"nets. et de vos dépenses. En fin de compte, cela vous donne une image " -"claire de votre résultat net. Il est parfois appelé le \"compte de profits " -"et pertes\"." +"nets. Il est parfois appelé le \"compte de profits et pertes\"." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -3235,9 +3274,9 @@ msgstr "" "Les **escomptes** sont des réductions du montant qu'un client doit payer " "pour des biens ou des services, afin de l'inciter à payer sa facture " "rapidement. Ces escomptes représentent généralement un pourcentage de la " -"facture totale et sont appliqués si le client paie dans un délai déterminé. " -"Les escomptes peuvent aider l'entreprise à maintenir un flux de trésorerie " -"régulier." +"facture totale et sont appliqués si le client paie endéans un délai " +"déterminé. Les escomptes peuvent aider l'entreprise à maintenir un flux de " +"trésorerie régulier." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3263,7 +3302,7 @@ msgid "" "depending on the country or region." msgstr "" "Une :ref:`réduction d'impôt ` peut également " -"s'appliquer en fonction du payer ou de la région." +"s'appliquer en fonction du pays ou de la région." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -3275,7 +3314,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour accorder des escomptes aux clients, vous devez d'abord configurer le " ":ref:`type de réduction d'impôt `, vérifier " "les :ref:`comptes des gains et des pertes `, et configurez de nouvelles :ref:`conditions de paiement `, et configurer de nouvelles :ref:`conditions de paiement `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:33 @@ -3301,7 +3340,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour configurer l'application de la réduction d'impôt, allez à " ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, et dans la " "section :guilabel:`Taxes`, dans la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Réduction " -"d'impôt pour escompte`, sélectionnez une des trois options suivantes :" +"d'impôt pour escompte`, sélectionnez l'une des trois options suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:63 @@ -3355,7 +3394,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Vous émettez une facture de 100 € (hors taxes) le 1er janvier, avec une taxe" " de 21%. Le paiement intégral est dû endéans les 30 jours et vous offrez " -"également une remise de 2% si votre client vous paie dans les sept jours." +"également une remise de 2% si votre client vous paie endéans les sept jours." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:83 @@ -3496,7 +3535,7 @@ msgid "" "reads: \"Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days\"." msgstr "" "Configuration des conditions de paiement nommées \"2/7 Net 30\". Le champ \"Description sur les factures\"\n" -"lit : \"Conditions de paiement : 30 jours, 2% d'escompte pour paiement anticipé dans les 7 jours\"." +"indique : \"Conditions de paiement : 30 jours, 2% d'escompte pour paiement anticipé endéans les 7 jours\"." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:142 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" @@ -3525,9 +3564,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount Date` and :guilabel:`Discount Amount` columns." msgstr "" "Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Écritures comptables`, vous pouvez afficher les " -"détails de l'escompte en cliquant sur le bouton \"basculer\" et en ajoutant " -"les colonnes :guilabel:`Date de la remise` et :guilabel:`Montant de la " -"remise`." +"détails de l'escompte en cliquant sur le bouton de \"basculement\" et en " +"ajoutant les colonnes :guilabel:`Date de la remise` et :guilabel:`Montant de" +" la remise`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -3551,7 +3590,7 @@ msgid "" "2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days. 118.58 € due if paid before 01/08/2023.\"" msgstr "" "Une facture de 100,00 € avec le texte suivant ajouté aux conditions générales : \"30 jours,\n" -"2% d'escompte pour paiement anticipé dans les 7 jours. 118,58 € sont dus si paiement avant le 01/08/2023.\"" +"2% d'escompte pour paiement anticipé endéans les 7 jours. 118,58 € sont dus si paiement avant le 08/01/2023.\"" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:169 msgid "Payment reconciliation" @@ -3834,8 +3873,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Vous pouvez soit créer un avoir à partir de zéro en allant à " ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Fournisseurs --> Remboursements` et en " -"cliquant sur *Créer* ou en ouvrant la *Facture fournisseur* validée et en " -"cliquant sur *Ajouter un avoir*." +"cliquant sur *Créer*, soit le créer en ouvrant la *Facture fournisseur* " +"validée et en cliquant sur *Ajouter un avoir*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:94 @@ -3860,9 +3899,75 @@ msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" msgstr "" -"Et voici l'écriture comptable de l'avoir générée pour extourner la facture " +"Et voici l'écriture comptable de l'avoir généré pour extourner la facture " "original ci-dessus :" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "Produits constatés d'avance" @@ -3884,10 +3989,10 @@ msgid "" "Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" "Ces paiements constituent un **passif** pour l'entreprise qui les reçoit " -"puisqu'elle doit encore ces produits ou services à ses clients. L'entreprise" -" ne peut pas les reporter sur le **compte de résultat** ou **compte de " -"pertes et profits** actuel, puisque les paiements seront effectivement " -"perçus à l'avenir." +"puisqu'elle doit encore ces produits ou services aux clients. L'entreprise " +"ne peut pas les reporter sur le **compte de résultat** ou **compte de pertes" +" et profits** actuel, puisque les paiements seront effectivement perçus à " +"l'avenir." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -3907,10 +4012,10 @@ msgid "" "a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -"Par exemple, disons que nous vendons une garantie étendue de cinq ans pour " -"350 $. Nous recevons déjà l'argent maintenant, mais ne l'avons pas encore " -"gagné. Par conséquent, nous comptabilisons ce nouveau revenu dans un compte " -"de produits constatés d'avance et décidons de le comptabiliser sur une base " +"Par exemple, nous vendons une garantie étendue de cinq ans pour 350 $. Nous " +"recevons déjà l'argent maintenant, mais nous ne l'avons pas encore gagné. " +"Par conséquent, nous comptabilisons ce nouveau revenu dans un compte de " +"produits constatés d'avance et décidons de le comptabiliser sur une base " "annuelle. Chaque année, pendant les 5 prochaines années, 70 $ seront " "comptabilisés en tant que revenus." @@ -3933,26 +4038,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Le serveur vérifie une fois par jour si une écriture doit être " "comptabilisée. Il peut donc s'écouler jusqu'à 24 heures avant que l'écriture" -" ne passe du statut *brouillon* à celui de *publié*." +" ne passe du statut *brouillon* à celui de *comptabilisé*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Prérequis" +msgstr "Conditions préalables" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " "than on the default income account." msgstr "" -"Ces transactions doivent être comptabilisées sur un **compte de revenus " -"reportés** plutôt que sur le compte des revenus par défaut." +"Ces transactions doivent être comptabilisées sur un **compte de produits " +"constatés d'avance** plutôt que sur le compte des revenus par défaut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" -msgstr "Configurer un compte des produits constatés d'avance" +msgstr "Configurer un compte de produits constatés d'avance" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:40 @@ -3977,7 +4082,7 @@ msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " "Liabilities*" msgstr "" -"Ce type de compte doit être soit *Passifs circulants* ou *Passifs " +"Ce type de compte doit être soit *Passifs circulants*, soit *Passifs " "immobilisés*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 @@ -4006,7 +4111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" -msgstr "Choisir un compte de revenus différent pour des produits spécifiques" +msgstr "Choisir un compte des revenus différent pour des produits spécifiques" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -4050,7 +4155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -"Modification du compte d'une écriture comptable comptabilisée dans Odoo " +"Modification du compte d'une écriture comptable enregistrée dans Odoo " "Comptabilité" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 @@ -4096,7 +4201,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 msgid "Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Écriture de produit constaté d'avance dans Odoo Comptabilité" +msgstr "Écriture de produits constatés d'avance dans Odoo Comptabilité" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -4145,9 +4250,9 @@ msgid "" " $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " "has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -"Par exemple, le tableau des produits a son premier produit d'un montant de " -"4,22 $ au lieu de 70,00 $. Par conséquent, la dernière écriture est " -"également inférieure et a un montant de 65,78 $." +"Par exemple, le tableau des produits présente un premier produit d'un " +"montant de 4,22 $ au lieu de 70,00 $. Par conséquent, la dernière écriture " +"est également inférieure et s'élève à 65,78 $." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" @@ -4267,8 +4372,8 @@ msgid "" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" "Lorsque vous créez ou modifiez un compte dont le type est soit *Passifs " -"circulants* ou *Passifs immobilisés*, vous pouvez le configurer pour qu'il " -"reporte automatiquement les produits qui y sont crédités." +"circulants*, soit *Passifs immobilisés*, vous pouvez le configurer pour " +"qu'il reporte automatiquement les produits qui y sont crédités." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" @@ -4354,7 +4459,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "L'EDI, ou échange de données informatisé, est la communication inter-" "entreprise de documents commerciaux, tels que les bons de commande et les " -"formats, dans un format standard. L'envoi de documents selon une norme EDI " +"factures, dans un format standard. L'envoi de documents selon une norme EDI " "garantit que l'appareil qui reçoit le message peut interpréter correctement " "l'information. Différents formats de fichiers EDI existent et sont " "disponibles en fonction du pays de votre société." @@ -4628,7 +4733,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Académie : Code QR sur les factures pour les clients européens " +"`Odoo Académie : Code QR sur les factures des clients européens " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 @@ -4950,8 +5055,8 @@ msgid "" "you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" -"Les détaillants et les sites de eCommerce facturent généralement sur la base" -" des bons de livraison, au lieu des commandes. Cette approche convient aux " +"Les détaillants et les sites d'eCommerce facturent généralement sur la base " +"des bons de livraison, au lieu des commandes. Cette approche convient aux " "entreprises pour lesquelles les quantités livrées peuvent différer des " "quantités commandées : denrées alimentaires (facture sur la base des kg " "réels)." @@ -4982,7 +5087,7 @@ msgid "" "creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " "received." msgstr "" -"Une commande d'eCommerce génèrera également la création de la commande " +"Une commande d'eCommerce générera également la création de la commande " "lorsqu'elle est intégralement payée. Si vous autorisez le paiement des " "commandes par chèque ou par virement bancaire, Odoo crée uniquement une " "commande et la facture sera générée après la réception du paiement." @@ -5090,7 +5195,7 @@ msgid "" "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" "Les utilisateurs peuvent également créer des factures manuellement sans " -"utiliser des contrats ou des commandes client. Cette approche est " +"utiliser des contrats ou des commandes clients. Cette approche est " "recommandée si vous n'avez pas besoin de gérer le processus de vente (devis)" " ou la livraison des produits ou services." @@ -5138,7 +5243,7 @@ msgstr "**Adhésion** : facturez vos membres sur base annuelle" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "**réparations** : facturez vos services après-vente" +msgstr "**réparations** : facturez vos services d'après-vente" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:140 msgid "Resequencing of the invoices" @@ -5162,8 +5267,8 @@ msgid "" "The feature does not work if the sequence is inconsistent with the month of " "the entry." msgstr "" -"La fonction ne fonctionne pas si la séquence n'est pas cohérente avec le " -"mois de l'écriture." +"La fonctionnalité ne fonctionne pas si la séquence n'est pas cohérente avec " +"le mois de l'écriture." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:146 msgid "It does not work if the sequence leads to a duplicate." @@ -5223,9 +5328,9 @@ msgid "" "**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " "mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." msgstr "" -"Les **conditions de paiement** précisent toutes les conditions dans " -"lesquelles une vente est payée, principalement pour s'assurer que les " -"clients paient leurs factures correctement et à temps." +"Les **conditions de paiement** précisent toutes les conditions auxquelles " +"une vente est payée, principalement pour s'assurer que les clients paient " +"leurs factures correctement et à temps." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5272,7 +5377,7 @@ msgstr "**Exemples de conditions de paiement :**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Immediate Payment**" -msgstr "**Paiement Immédiat**" +msgstr "**Paiement immédiat**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." @@ -5307,9 +5412,9 @@ msgid "" "ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " "following the invoice date." msgstr "" -"2% :doc:` de remise ` si le paiement est reçu dans les dix " -"jours. Sinon, le paiement intégral est dû à la fin du mois suivant la date " -"de facturation." +"2% :doc:` de remise ` si le paiement est reçu endéans les " +"dix jours. Sinon, le paiement intégral est dû à la fin du mois suivant la " +"date de facturation." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -5364,8 +5469,8 @@ msgid "" "define what needs to be paid and by which due date." msgstr "" "Dans la section **Conditions**, vous pouvez ajouter un ensemble de règles, " -"appelées *conditions*, pour définir ce qui doit être payé et à quelle date " -"d'échéance." +"appelées *conditions*, pour définir que montant doit être payé et à quelle " +"date d'échéance." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -5397,7 +5502,7 @@ msgid "" "Example of Payment Terms. The last line is the balance due on the 31st of the following\n" "month." msgstr "" -"Exemple de conditions de paiement. La dernière ligne est le solde dû le 31 du mois\n" +"Exemple de conditions de paiement. La dernière ligne est le solde dû le 31ème du mois\n" "suivant." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:71 @@ -5518,9 +5623,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "Compte" @@ -5529,9 +5634,9 @@ msgstr "Compte" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débit" @@ -5541,9 +5646,9 @@ msgstr "Débit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédit" @@ -5552,8 +5657,8 @@ msgstr "Crédit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Compte client" @@ -5738,7 +5843,72 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" "Cliquez `ici `_ pour en savoir plus " -"sur notre *Politique en matière de vie privée*." +"sur notre *Politique vie privée*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" @@ -6635,6 +6805,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -7108,6 +7279,18 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "Aide-mémoire de la comptabilité" @@ -7402,6 +7585,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Solde = Débit - Crédit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "Pièces comptables" @@ -7860,6 +8044,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "Sélectionnez la devise et le journal à utiliser." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "Enregistrement des paiements" @@ -8125,17 +8310,17 @@ msgid "" "or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." msgstr "" "Dans Odoo, les paiements peuvent soit être liés automatiquement à une " -"facture client ou fournisseur, soit des enregistrements autonomes à utiliser" -" ultérieurement." +"facture client ou une facture fournisseur, soit être des enregistrements " +"autonomes à utiliser ultérieurement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" "If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " "of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." msgstr "" -"Si un paiement est **lié à une facture client ou fournisseur**, il réduit le" -" montant dû de la facture. Plusieurs paiements peuvent être liés à la même " -"facture." +"Si un paiement est **lié à une facture client ou une facture fournisseur**, " +"il réduit le montant dû de la facture. Plusieurs paiements peuvent être liés" +" à la même facture." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -8151,7 +8336,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" -msgstr ":doc:`Transferts internes `" +msgstr ":doc:`Virements internes `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 @@ -8184,9 +8369,9 @@ msgid "" "outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" " vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` dans une " -"facture client ou une facture fournisseur, cela génère une nouvelle écriture" -" comptable et modifie le montant dû en fonction du montant du paiement. La " +"Lorsque vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` sur une facture" +" client ou une facture fournisseur, cela génère une nouvelle écriture " +"comptable et modifie le montant dû en fonction du montant payé. La " "contrepartie est reflétée dans un compte de paiements entrants/sortants en " "suspens. À ce stade, la facture client ou la facture fournisseur est marquée" " comme :guilabel:`En paiement`. Ensuite, lorsque le montant en suspens est " @@ -8214,7 +8399,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." msgstr "" "La facture client ou la facture fournisseur doit avoir le statut " -":guilabel:`Publié` pour enregistrer le paiement." +":guilabel:`Comptabilisé` pour enregistrer le paiement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -8251,7 +8436,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -"Si vous lettrez (anulez le lettrage d') un paiement dans une devise " +"Si vous lettrez (annulez le lettrage d') un paiement dans une devise " "différente, une écriture comptable est automatiquement créée pour " "enregistrer le montant des gains/pertes de change (extourne)." @@ -8331,8 +8516,8 @@ msgid "" " of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -"Les paiements par lots vous permettent de regrouper plusieurs paiements pour" -" faciliter le :doc:`lettrage `. Ils sont également " +"Les paiements par lot vous permettent de regrouper plusieurs paiements pour " +"faciliter le :doc:`lettrage `. Ils sont également " "utiles lorsque vous déposez des chèques à la banque ou pour les virements " "SEPA. Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Clients --> " "Paiements par lot` ou :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Fournisseurs --> " @@ -8364,7 +8549,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "L'outil de :guilabel:`lettrage des paiements` ouvre toutes les factures " "clients ou fournisseurs non lettrées et vous donne la possibilité de les " -"traiter une par une, en faisant de rapprochement de tous leurs paiements et " +"traiter une par une, en faisant le rapprochement de tous leurs paiements et " "factures en une seule fois. Vous pouvez accéder à cet outil à partir du " ":menuselection:`Tableau de bord de comptabilité --> Factures clients / " "Factures fournisseurs`, en cliquant sur :guilabel:`⋮` et sélectionnant " @@ -8377,13 +8562,14 @@ msgid "" "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -"Au cours du :doc:`lettrage `, si la somme des débits et" -" des crédits ne correspond pas, cela signifie qu'il y a un solde restant qui" -" devra être lettré ultérieurement ou qui doit être annulé directement." +"Au cours du :doc:`rapprochement `, si la somme des " +"débits et des crédits ne correspond pas, cela signifie qu'il y a un solde " +"restant qui devra être lettré ultérieurement ou qui doit être annulé " +"directement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" -msgstr "Lettrage de paiements par lot" +msgstr "Lettrage des paiements par lot" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -8394,7 +8580,7 @@ msgid "" "and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " "is displayed." msgstr "" -"Pour lettre plusieurs paiements ou factures en suspens en une seule fois, " +"Pour lettrer plusieurs paiements ou factures en suspens en une seule fois, " "pour un client ou fournisseur spécifique, vous pouvez utiliser la " "fonctionnalité du lettrage par lot. Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité -->" " Analyse --> Balance âgée des clients/fournisseurs`. Vous y verrez toutes " @@ -8425,7 +8611,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paiements par lot par dépôt bancaire" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8435,20 +8621,29 @@ msgid "" "reference can be used when reconciling to match bank statement lines with " "transactions in the batch deposit." msgstr "" +"Un **dépôt par lot** est un moyen pratique de regrouper les paiements des " +"clients et de les déposer sur votre compte bancaire. La fonctionnalité vous " +"permet de répertorier plusieurs paiements et de générer un bordereau de " +"dépôt détaillé avec une référence de lot. Cette référence peut être utilisée" +" lors du rapprochement pour faire correspondre les lignes du relevé bancaire" +" avec les transactions du dépôt par lot." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer" " Payments` and tick :guilabel:`Batch Payments` to activate the feature." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> " +"Paiements clients` et cochez :guilabel:`Paiements par lot` pour activer la " +"fonctionnalité." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:17 msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Déposer plusieurs paiements dans un lot" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:20 msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer les paiements" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8459,14 +8654,21 @@ msgid "" "Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and click :guilabel:`Create " "Payment`." msgstr "" +"Avant d'effectuer un dépôt par lot, il est nécessaire d'enregistement le " +"paiement de chaque transaction. Pour ce faire, ouvrez la facture client " +"concernée et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement`. Dans la " +"fenêtre contextuelle, sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Journal` lié à votre compte" +" bancaire et :guilabel:`Dépôt par lot` comme :guilabel:`Mode de paiement`, " +"et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer un paiement`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 msgid "Registering a customer payment as part of a batch deposit" msgstr "" +"L'enregistrement d'un paiement client dans le cadre d'un dépôt par lot" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:32 msgid "Add payments to a batch deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter des paiements à un dépôt par lot" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -8475,30 +8677,41 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bank` and choose :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the " ":guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter des paiements à un dépôt par lot, allez à " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Clients --> Paiements par lot`, et cliquez " +"sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. Ensuite, sélectionnez la :guilabel:`Banque` et " +"choisissez :guilabel:`Dépôt par lot` comme :guilabel:`Mode de paiement`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 msgid "Filling out a new inbound batch payment form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Remplissez un nouveau formulaire de paiement par lot entrant" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:42 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the pop-up window, tick all payments to " "include in the batch deposit, then click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. Dans la fenêtre contextuelle, " +"cochez tous les paiements que vous voulez inclure dans le dépôt par lot, " +"puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sélectionner`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 msgid "Selecting all payments to include in the batch deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionnez tous les paiements à inclure dans le dépôt par lot" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:49 msgid "Once done, click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the batch deposit." msgstr "" +"Une fois cela fait, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le dépôt " +"par lot." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Print` to download a PDF file to include with the deposit " "slip." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Imprimer` pour télécharger un fichier PDF à inclure " +"dans le bordereau de dépôt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -8508,16 +8721,24 @@ msgid "" "the related bank account. Go to the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to select" " a specific batch and click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the process." msgstr "" +"Une fois que les transactions bancaires sont sur votre base de données, vous" +" pouvez rapprocher les lignes de relevé bancaire avec le paiement par lot. " +"Pour ce faire, allez au :guilabel:`Tableau de bord de Comptabilité` et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Lettrer Éléments` sur le compte bancaire concerné. " +"Allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Paiements par lot` pour sélectionner un lot " +"spécifique et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` pour finaliser le processus." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 msgid "Reconciling the batch payment with all its transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapprocher le paiement par lot avec toutes ses transactions" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:67 msgid "" "If a specific payment could not be processed by the bank or is missing, " "remove the related payment before reconciling." msgstr "" +"Si un paiement spécifique n'a pas pu être traité par la banque ou est " +"manquant, supprimez le paiement concerné avant de procéder au rapprochement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" @@ -8525,7 +8746,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`batch_sdd`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paiements par lot : Prélèvement SEPA (SDD)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8535,20 +8756,30 @@ msgid "" "that authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. " "This is particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" +"SEPA, l'espace unique de paiements en euros, est une initiative " +"d'intégration des paiements de l'Union européenne en vue de simplifier les " +"virements bancaires en euros. Grâce au **Prélèvement SEPA** (SEPA Direct " +"Debit - SDD), vos clients peuvent signer un mandat qui vous autorise à " +"prélever les paiements futurs sur leurs comptes bancaires. C'est " +"particulièrement utile pour les paiements récurrents basés sur un " +"abonnement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate `.xml` files " "containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez enregistrer les mandats des clients dans Odoo et générer des " +"fichiers `.xml` contenant les paiements en attente effectués avec un mandat " +"SDD." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -"Le SDD est pris en charge par tous les pays SEPA, ce qui comprend les 27 " -"États membres de l'Union européenne ainsi que d'autres pays." +"Le prélèvement SEPA est pris en charge par tous les pays SEPA, ce qui inclut" +" les 27 États membres de l'Union européenne ainsi que d'autres pays." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -8556,6 +8787,9 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"`Liste de tous les pays SEPA " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8565,14 +8799,19 @@ msgid "" "provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for " "delivering them." msgstr "" +"Allez à l'application :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> " +"Paramètres`, activez :guilabel:`Prélèvement SEPA (SDD)`, et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Saisissez l':guilabel:`Identifiant créancier` de " +"votre entreprise. Ce numéro est fourni par votre établissement bancaire ou " +"par l'autorité chargée de les délivrer." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst-1 msgid "Add a SEPA Creditor Identifier to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajoutez un Identifiant créancier SEPA à Odoo Comptabilité" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:32 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mandats de prélèvement SEPA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:35 msgid "Create a mandate" @@ -8584,6 +8823,9 @@ msgid "" "customers sign to authorize you to collect money directly from their bank " "accounts." msgstr "" +"Le mandat :abbr:`SDD (prélèvement SEPA)` est le document que vos clients " +"signent pour vous autoriser à prélever de l'argent directement sur leurs " +"comptes bancaires." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8593,6 +8835,12 @@ msgid "" "customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file and click " "on :guilabel:`Validate` to start running the mandate." msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouveau mandat, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Clients --> Mandats de prélèvement`, sur " +":guilabel:`Créer`, et complétez le formulaire. Exportez le fichier PDF en " +"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Imprimer`. Il incombe alors à votre client de signer" +" ce document. Une fois le document signé, chargez-le et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Valider` pour lancer l'exécution du mandat." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8600,10 +8848,14 @@ msgid "" "the debtor’s contact form, under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in your" " own :doc:`Bank Account <../bank>` settings." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que les **coordonnées bancaires IBAN** sont correctement " +"enregistrés dans la fiche de contact du débiteur, dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Comptabilité` et dans vos propres paramètres de :doc:`Compte " +"bancaire <../bank>`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:50 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le prélèvement SEPA comme mode de paiement" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -8611,6 +8863,10 @@ msgid "" "**Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Provider**. With this " "method, your customers can create and sign their mandates themselves." msgstr "" +"Le prélèvement SEPA peut être utilisé comme un mode de paiement à la fois " +"sur votre **eCommerce** et sur le **Portail client** en activant Prélèvement" +" SEPA en tant que **Fournisseur de paiement**. Avec ce mode, vos clients " +"peuvent créer et signer eux-mêmes leurs mandats." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -8619,6 +8875,11 @@ msgid "" "needs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " "Payment Acquirers`, click on :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit`." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> " +"Fournisseurs de paiement`, cliquez sur *Prélèvement SEPA* et configurez-le " +"selon vos besoins. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Fournisseurs de " +"paiement`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Prélèvement SEPA`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -8626,22 +8887,28 @@ msgid "" "to check :guilabel:`Online Signature`, as this is necessary to let your " "customers sign their mandates." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous de changer le champ :guilabel:`Statut` en :guilabel:`Activé` et" +" de cocher l'option :guilabel:`Signature en ligne`, puisqu'elle est " +"nécessaire pour autoriser vos clients à signer leurs mandats." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:65 msgid "" "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " "address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." msgstr "" -"Les clients utilisant SDD comme mode de paiement sont invités à ajouter leur" -" IBAN, leur adresse email et à signer leur mandat de prélèvement SEPA." +"Les clients utilisant le prélèvement SEPA comme mode de paiement sont " +"invités à ajouter leur IBAN, leur adresse email et à signer leur mandat de " +"prélèvement SEPA." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 msgid "Add link to future **Payment Provider** documentation." msgstr "" +"Ajoutez un lien à la documentation future sur les **Fournisseurs de " +"paiement**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "Clôturer ou révoquer un mandat" +msgstr "Résilier ou révoquer un mandat" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -8649,6 +8916,9 @@ msgid "" "Date`. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being **Active** until" " it is **Closed** or **Revoked**." msgstr "" +"Les mandats de prélèvement sont automatiquement résiliés après leur " +":guilabel:`Date de fin`. Si ce champ est laissé vide, le mandat continue à " +"être **Actif** jusqu'à ce qu'il est **Résilié** ou **Révoqué**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -8656,6 +8926,9 @@ msgid "" "day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be " "processed with an SDD payment." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur :guilabel:`Résilier` la date de fin du mandat est mise à " +"jour à la date du jour. Cela signifie que les factures émises après cette " +"date ne seront plus traitées par un paiement SDD." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -8664,16 +8937,22 @@ msgid "" "However, payments that have already been registered are still included in " "the next SDD `.xml` file." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur :guilabel:`Révoquer`, vous désactivez immédiatement le " +"mandat. Aucun paiement SDD ne peut plus être enregistré, quelle que soit la " +"date de la facture. Toutefois, les paiements qui ont déjà été enregistrés " +"sont toujours inclus dans le prochain fichier SDD `.xml`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" "Once a mandate has been :guilabel:`closed` or :guilabel:`revoked`, it cannot" " be reactivated." msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un mandat a été :guilabel:`résilié` ou :guilabel:`révoqué`, il " +"ne peut pas être réactivé." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "Get paid with SEPA Direct Debit batch payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Être payé avec les paiements par lot du prélèvement SEPA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -8681,23 +8960,29 @@ msgid "" "active SDD mandate." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez enregistrer des paiements SDD pour les factures émises aux " -"clients qui ont un mandat SDD actif." +"clients qui ont un mandat de prélèvement SEPA actif." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 msgid "" "To do so, open the invoice, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and " "choose :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit` as payment method." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, ouvrez la facture, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un " +"paiement` et choisissez :guilabel:`Prélèvement SEPA` comme mode de paiement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit `.XML` files to submit payments" msgstr "" +"Générer des fichiers de prélèvement SEPA `.XML` pour soumettre des paiements" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" "`.xml` files with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" +"Les fichiers `.xml` contenant toutes les instructions de paiement SDD " +"peuvent être chargés dans l'interface de votre banque en ligne pour traiter " +"tous les paiements en une seule fois." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -8707,6 +8992,11 @@ msgid "" "library/implementation-guidelines/sepa-credit-transfer-customer-psp-" "implementation>`_, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" +"Les fichiers générés par Odoo respectent les spécifications du prélèvement " +"SEPA **PAIN.008.001.02**, conformément aux `directives d'implémentation " +"`_ du SEPA entre" +" clients et banques, ce qui garantit la compatibilité avec les banques." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -8717,26 +9007,40 @@ msgid "" " click on :guilabel:`Validate`, the `.xml` file is directly available for " "download." msgstr "" +"Pour générer votre fichier `.xml` de plusieurs paiements SDD en attente, " +"vous pouvez créer un paiement par lot. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Clients --> Paiements`, sélectionnez les " +"paiements nécessaires, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Action`, et finalement " +"sur :guilabel:`Créer un paiement par lot`. Une fois que vous avez cliqué sur" +" :guilabel:`Valider`, le fichier `.xml` est immédiatement disponible pour le" +" téléchargement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst-1 msgid "Generate an .XML file for your SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" +"Générez un fichier .XML pour vos paiements par prélèvement SEPA dans Odoo " +"Comptabiltié" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:119 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" +"Enfin, chargez ce fichier dans l'interface de votre banque en ligne afin de " +"traiter les paiements." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD `.xml` files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Batch Payments`." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez récupérer tous les fichiers SDD `.xml` générés en allant à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Clients --> Paiements par " +"lot`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`batch`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`batch`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -8744,6 +9048,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Liste de tous les pays SEPA " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -8751,262 +9058,285 @@ msgid "" "library/implementation-guidelines/sepa-credit-transfer-inter-psp-" "implementation-guidelines>`_" msgstr "" +"`Directives SEPA `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:3 msgid "Checks" -msgstr "Contrôles" +msgstr "Chèques" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" -"Il existe deux façons de gérer les paiements reçus par chèques. Odoo " -"supporte les deux approches de sorte que vous puissiez utiliser celle qui " -"correspond le mieux à vos habitudes." +"Il y a deux façons de traiter les paiements reçus par chèque dans Odoo, soit" +" en utilisant les :ref:`comptes en suspens `, " +"soit en :ref:`contournant le processus de rapprochement " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -"**Valeurs à l'encaissement** : une fois que vous recevez le chèque, vous " -"enregistrez un paiement par chèque sur la facture (en utilisant un journal " -"Chèques et le comptabilisant sur un compte « Valeurs à l'encaissement »). " -"Puis, lorsque le chèque est crédité sur votre compte bancaire, vous déplacez" -" l'argent du compte « Valeurs à l'encaissement » vers votre compte de " -"banque." +"**Il est recommandé d'utiliser les comptes en suspens**, car le solde de " +"votre compte bancaire reste exact en prenant en compte les chèques qui " +"doivent encore être encaissés." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -"**Une seule transaction** : une fois que vous recevez le chèque, vous " -"enregistrez un paiement votre compte de banque, payé par chèque, sans passer" -" par le compte « Valeurs à l'encaissement ». Puis, lorsque vous traitez " -"votre relevé bancaire, vous faites le rapprochement entre votre mouvement " -"bancaire et le paiement par chèque, sans créer de transaction dédiée." +"Les deux méthodes génèrent les mêmes données dans votre comptabilité à la " +"fin du processus. Mais si vous avez des chèques qui n'ont pas encore été " +"encaissés, la méthode des **Comptes en suspens** rapporte ces chèques dans " +"le compte des **Paiements entrants en suspens**. Toutefois, les fonds " +"apparaissent sur votre compte bancaire, qu'ils soient rapprochés ou non, " +"puisque la valeur bancaire est reflétée au moment du relevé bancaire." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr ":ref:`Comptes en suspens `" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr ":ref:`Rapprochement bancaire `" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "Méthode 1 : Compte en suspens" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -"Nous recommandons la première approche car elle est plus précise (le solde " -"de votre compte de banque est exact, car il ne comptabilise pas les chèques " -"qui n'ont pas encore été encaissés). Les deux approches exigent le même " -"effort." +"Lorsque vous recevez un chèque, vous :doc:`enregistrez un paiement " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` par chèque sur la facture. Ensuite, lorsque votre " +"compte bancaire est crédité du montant du chèque, vous rapprochez le " +"paiement et le relevé pour déplacer le montant du compte des **Paiements " +"entrants en suspens** au compte de **Banque**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Même si la première méthode est plus propre, Odoo supporte aussi la " -"deuxième, car certains comptables sont habitués (les utilisateurs de " -"QuickBooks et de Peachtree)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" -"Vous devriez jeter un oeil à la fonctionnalité *Ticket de Dépôt* si vous " -"déposez plusieurs chèques à la fois sur vos comptes bancaires." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Option 1 : Valeurs à l'Encaissement" +"Vous pouvez créer un nouveau mode de paiement intitulé *Chèques* si vous " +"souhaitez identifier rapidement ce type de paiement. Pour ce faire, allez à " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Journaux --> Banque`, " +"cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Paiements entrants` et :guilabel:`Ajouter " +"une ligne`. En tant que :guilabel:`Mode de paiement`, sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Manuel`, saisissez `Chèques` comme nom et " +":guilabel:`Enregistrez`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "Créer un journal **Chèques**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "Méthode 2 : Contournement du rapprochement" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "Activer dans ce compte l'option **Autoriser le lettrage**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Des paiements par chèque aux relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -"La première façon de gérer des chèques est de créer un journal de chèque. " -"Ainsi, les chèques deviennent une méthode de paiement particulière et vous " -"enregistrerez deux transactions." +"Lorsque vous recevez un chèque, vous :doc:`enregistrez un paiement " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` sur la facture concernée. Le montant est ensuite " +"déplacé du **Compte client** au compte **Banque**, en contournant le " +"rapprochement et en créant **une seule pièce comptable**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -"Dès que vous recevez un chèque client, allez sur la facture correspondante " -"et cliquez sur Enregistrer le règlement. Saisissez les informations sur le " -"paiement :" +"Pour ce faire, vous *devez* suivre la configuration suivante. Allez à " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Journaux --> Banque`. " +"Cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Paiements entrants`, puis sur " +":guilabel:`Ajouter un ligne`, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Manuel` en tant que " +":guilabel:`Mode de paiement`, et saisissez `Chèques` comme :guilabel:`Nom`. " +"Cliquez sur le bouton bascule, cochez :guilabel:`Compte de paiements " +"entrants en suspens` et dans la colonne :guilabel:`Compte de paiements " +"entrants en suspens`, définissez le compte :guilabel:`Banque` en tant que " +"mode de paiement **Chèques**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -"Mode de paiement : journal de chèque (que vous avez configuré avec les " -"comptes par défaut de débit et de crédit **Chèques à encaisser**)" +"Contournez le compte des paiements entrants en suspens en utilisant le " +"compte Banque." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "Memo : saisissez le numéro de Chèque" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, il y a deux façons d'enregistrer des paiements effectués par " +"chèque :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" +msgstr "**Manuel** : pour les chèques uniques ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "Cette opération créera la pièce comptable suivante :" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." +msgstr "**Par lot** : pour plusieurs chèques à la fois." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "Correspondance Relevé" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." +msgstr "" +"Cette documentation se concentre sur les paiements **par chèque unique**. " +"Pour les **dépôts par lot**, consultez la :doc:`documentation relative aux " +"paiements par lot `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "100.00" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Valeurs à l'Encaissement" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -"La facture est marquée payée dès que vous enregistrez le paiement par " -"chèque." +"Lorsque vous recevez un chèque d'un client, allez à la facture concernée " +"(:menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Client --> Factures)` et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement`. Remplissez les informations relatives " +"au paiement :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Journal : Banque` ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mode de paiement` : :guilabel:`Manuel` (ou **Chèques** si vous " +"avez créé un mode de paiement spécifique) ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Mémo` : saisissez le numéro du chèque ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "" -"Puis, quand vous disposerez des relevés bancaires, vous rapprocherez le " -"mouvement avec celui qui se trouve dans le compte « Chèques à encaisser »." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer un paiement`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" +msgstr "Informations sur le paiement par chèque" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" +"Les pièces comptables générées sont différentes en fonction de la méthode " +"d'enregistrement du paiement choisie." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "Compte en suspens" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" +msgstr "" +"La facture est marquée comme :guilabel:`En paiement` dès que vous " +"enregistrez le paiement. Cette opération génère la **pièce comptable** " +"suivante :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "Correspondance relevé" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "100,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "Paiements entrants en suspens" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, une fois que vous recevez les relevés bancaires, faites " +"correspondre ce relevé avec le chèque du compte des **paiements entrants en " +"suspens**. Cette opération génère la **pièce comptable** suivante :" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez cette approche pour gérer les paiements par chèques, vous " -"obtiendrez la liste des paiements par chèques qui n'ont pas été encaissés " -"dans le compte « Chèques à encaisser » (accessible, par exemple, dans le " -"Grand Livre)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" -"Les deux méthodes produiront au final les mêmes données dans votre " -"Comptabilité. Mais, si vous avez des chèques qui n'ont pas été encaissés, " -"cette méthode est plus propre car ces chèques ne sont pas encore " -"comptabilisés sur votre compte de banque." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "Option 2 : Une seule écriture" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a rien à configurer si vous prévoyez de gérer vos chèques en " -"utilisant cette méthode." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**Méthode de paiement**: la banque qui sera utilisée pour le dépôt" +"Si vous utilisez cette méthode pour gérer les chèques reçus, vous verrez la " +"liste des chèques qui n'ont pas encore été encaissés dans le compte des " +"**paiements entrants en suspens** (accessible, par exemple, depuis le grand " +"livre)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "Memo : saisissez le numéro de Chèque" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "Contournement du rapprochement" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous recevrez les relevés bancaires, vous ferez le rapprochement " -"entre le relevé et ce paiement effectif (techniquement : pointer ce paiement" -" et le relier à la ligne de relevé)." +"La facture est marquée comme :guilabel:`Payée` dès que vous enregistrez le " +"chèque." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" -"Avec cette approche, vous obtiendrez la transaction suivante dans vos " -"livres :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également enregistrer le paiement directement sans passer par la" -" facture du client, en utilisant le menu du haut :menuselection:`Ventes --> " -"Paiements`. Cette méthode peut être plus pratique si vous avez beaucoup de " -"chèques à enregistrer d'un coup, mais vous devrez rapprocher les pièces " -"comptables par la suite (rapprocher les paiements des factures)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez cette approche pour gérer les paiements par chèques, vous " -"pouvez utiliser le rapport « Rapport de lettrage bancaire\" pour vérifier " -"quels chèques ont été reçus ou payés par la banque (ce rapport est " -"disponible à partir du tableau de bord de la Comptabilité, par l'option " -"\"Plus\" sur la carte de la banque concernée)." +"Grâce à cette méthode, vous contournez l'utilisation des **comptes en " +"suspens**, obtenant effectivement une seule pièce comptable dans vos livres " +"et contournant ainsi le rapprochement :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suivi des factures" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9016,12 +9346,20 @@ msgid "" " one or more actions according to the number of overdue days. You can send " "your follow-ups via different means, such as email, post, or SMS." msgstr "" +"Un message de suivi peut être envoyé aux clients lorsqu'un paiement est en " +"retard. Odoo vous aide à identifier les paiements en retard et vous permet " +"de planifier et d'envoyer des rappels appropriés en utilisant des **actions " +"de relance** qui déclenchent automatiquement une ou plusieurs actions en " +"fonction du nombre de jours de retard. Vous pouvez envoyer des rappels par " +"différents moyens, tels que par email, par courrier postal ou par SMS." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:11 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Follow-up " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriels Odoo : Suivi des paiements " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9032,18 +9370,24 @@ msgid "" "**name** as well as the **number of days** can be changed. The follow-up " ":guilabel:`Actions` available are:" msgstr "" +"Pour configurer une :guilabel:`Action de relance`, allez à " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Niveaux de relance`, et " +"sélectionnez ou créez un (de) nouveau(x) niveau(x) de relance. Plusieurs " +"actions de relance sont disponibles par défaut dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Notification` et vous pouvez modifier le **nom** et le **nombre " +"de jours**. Les :guilabel:`Actions` de relance disponibles sont :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:21 msgid ":guilabel:`Send Email`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Envoyer un email` ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:22 msgid ":ref:`Send a Letter `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Envoyer une lettre `;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:23 msgid ":ref:`Send an SMS message `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Envoyer un message SMS `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -9052,6 +9396,10 @@ msgid "" "field and click the :guilabel:`-->`. If enabled, SMS messages have a " "specific :guilabel:`Sms Template` field." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser un modèle prérempli pour vos messages en sélectionnant " +"un :guilabel:`Modèle de contenu`. Pour changer le modèle utilisé, survolez " +"le champ et cliquez sur :guilabel:`-->`. Si cette option est activée, les " +"messages SMS disposent d'un champ spécifique :guilabel:`Modèle de SMS`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -9059,6 +9407,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Automatic` option, and attaching the *open* invoice(s) by " "enabling :guilabel:`Attach Invoices`, within a specific follow-up action." msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'envoyer automatiquement un rappel en activant l'option " +":guilabel:`Automatique` et de joindre la ou les factures *ouvertes* en " +"activant l'option :guilabel:`Joindre des factures`, dans le cadre d'une " +"action de relance spécifique." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -9069,15 +9421,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`, and enter a :guilabel:`Summary` on how to handle " "the activity, if desired." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Activité`, il est possible de planifier " +"des activités (tâches). Ainis, une activité est automatiquement planifiée " +"lorsque la relance est déclenchée. Pour ce faire, activez l'option " +":guilabel:`Planifier une activité` et sélectionnez une personne " +":guilabel:`Responsable` pour la tâche. Choisissez un :guilabel:`Type " +"d'activité` et saisissez un :guilabel:`Résumé` de la façon de traiter " +"l'activité, si vous le souhaitez." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a negative number of days to send a reminder before the actual due date." msgstr "" +"Définissez un nombre de jours négatif pour envoyer un rappel avant la date " +"d'échéance réelle." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:43 msgid "Follow-up reports" -msgstr "Rapports de suivi" +msgstr "Rapports de relance" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -9086,6 +9447,11 @@ msgid "" " Odoo filters by :guilabel:`Overdue Invoices`, but you can also filter by " ":guilabel:`In need of action` in the :guilabel:`Filters` menu." msgstr "" +"Les factures en retard que vous devez suivre sont disponibles dans " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Clients --> Rapports de relance`. Odoo " +"applique par défaut le filtre :guilabel:`Factures en retard`, mais vous " +"pouvez également filtrer par :guilabel:`Nécessite une action` dans le menu " +"des :guilabel:`Filtres`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9095,45 +9461,60 @@ msgid "" "Follow-ups`. You can set either :guilabel:`Automatic` or :guilabel:`Manual` " "reminders as well as a :guilabel:`Responsible` person for that customer." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous sélectionnez une facture, vous pouvez voir toutes les factures " +"impayées du client (en retard ou non), les dates d'échéance des factures en " +"retard apparaissant en rouge. Vous pouvez exclure des factures d'un rappel " +"en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Exclure des relances`. Vous pouvez définir des " +"rappels :guilabel:`automatiques` ou :guilabel:`Manuels`, ainsi qu'une " +"personne :guilabel:`responsable` pour ce client." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:54 msgid "" "To send reminders, click on :guilabel:`Follow up`, and select the action(s) " "you want to perform from:" msgstr "" +"Pour envoyer des rappels, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Relance` et sélectionnez " +"l'action ou les actions que vous souhaitez effectuer :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Print`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Imprimer` ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Email` ; " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Sms`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SMS` ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`By post`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Par la poste`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:62 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Attach Invoices` and change the content templates from " "this view. When done, click :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Send & Print`." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez :guilabel:`joindre des factures` et modifier les modèles de " +"contenu dans cette vue. Lorsque vous avez fini, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Envoyer` ou :guilabel:`Envoyer & Imprimer`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:66 msgid "" "The contact information on the invoice or the contact form is used to send " "the reminder." msgstr "" +"Les informations de contact figurant sur la facture ou la fiche du contact " +"sont utilisées pour envoyer le rappel." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:67 msgid "" "When the reminder is sent, it is documented in the chatter of the invoice." msgstr "" +"Lorsque le rappel est envoyé, il est documenté dans le chatter de la " +"facture." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -9141,16 +9522,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Next Reminder` date. You will get the next report according to " "the next reminder date set." msgstr "" +"Si ce n'est pas le moment d'envoyer un rappel, vous pouvez indiquer la date " +"du :guilabel:`Prochain rappel`. Vous recevrez le prochain rapport en " +"fonction de la date du prochain rappel." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:72 msgid "" "Reconcile all bank statements right before launching the follow-up process " "to avoid sending a reminder to a customer that has already paid." msgstr "" +"Rapprochez tous les relevés bancaires juste avant de lancer le processus de " +"rappel pour éviter d'envoyer un rappel à un client qui a déjà payé la " +"facture." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:76 msgid "Debtor's trust level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niveau de confiance du débiteur" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -9159,14 +9546,19 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Bad Debtor` on their follow-up report. To do so, click on the" " bullet next to the customer's name and select a trust level." msgstr "" +"Pour savoir si un client paie généralement en retard ou non, vous pouvez " +"définir un niveau de confiance en le marquant comme :guilabel:`Bon " +"débiteur`, :guilabel:`Débiteur normal`, ou :guilabel:`Mauvais débiteur` sur " +"leur rapport de relance. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur la puce à côté du nom du" +" client et sélectionnez un niveau de confiance." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst-1 msgid "Set debtor's trust level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définir le niveau de confiance du débiteur" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:86 msgid "Send reminders in batches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envoyer des rappels groupés" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -9175,6 +9567,10 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon, and select :guilabel:`Process " "follow-ups`." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez envoyer des emails de rappel groupés à partir de la page des " +":guilabel:`Rapports de relance`. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez tous les " +"rapports que vous souhaitez traiter, cliquez sur l'icône d'engrenage " +":guilabel:`Action` et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Traiter les relances`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" @@ -9182,25 +9578,27 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prévoir les futures factures à payer" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage payments by setting automatic **Payments Terms** and" " **follow-ups**." msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez gérer les paiements en définissant des **Conditions " +"de paiement** et des **relances** automatiques." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:8 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "Configuration : conditions de règlement" +msgstr "Configuration : conditions de paiement" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -9208,14 +9606,18 @@ msgid "" "allow keeping track of due dates on invoices. Examples of **Payment Terms** " "are:" msgstr "" +"Afin de suivre les conditions des fournisseurs, nous utilisons des " +"**Conditions de paiement** dans Odoo. Elles permettre de garder une trace " +"des dates d'échéance sur les factures. Voici quelques exemples de " +"**Conditions de paiement** :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:13 msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "50% sous 30 jours" +msgstr "50% dans les 30 jours" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:14 msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "50% sous 45 jours" +msgstr "50% dans les 45 jours" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9223,12 +9625,18 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing: Payment Terms` and click on :guilabel:`Create` to add new terms " "or click existing ones to modify them." msgstr "" +"Pour les créer, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> " +"Facturation : Conditions de paiement` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` pour " +"ajouter de nouvelles conditions ou cliquez sur des conditions existantes " +"pour les modifier." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms `_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriels Odoo : Conditions de paiement " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -9238,16 +9646,25 @@ msgid "" "**Payment Term**. This way, every time you purchase from this vendor, Odoo " "automatically proposes the chosen Payment Term." msgstr "" +"Une fois que les **Conditions de paiement** sont définis, vous pouvez les " +"assigner à votre fournisseur par défaut. Pour ce faire, allez à " +":menuselection:`Fournisseurs --> Fournisseurs`, sélectionnez un fournisseur," +" cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Ventes & Achats` et sélectionnez des " +"**Conditions de paiement** spécifiques. Ainsi, chaque fois que vous achetez " +"auprès de ce fournisseur, Odoo propose automatiquement les conditions de " +"paiement sélectionnées." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:29 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific Payment Term on a vendor, you can still set one" " on the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Si vous ne définissez pas de conditions de paiement spécifiques sur un " +"fournisseur, vous pouvez toujours en définir sur la facture fournisseur." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:32 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the aged payable report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prévoir les factures à payer avec la balance âgée des fournisseurs" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -9258,10 +9675,17 @@ msgid "" "each bill using the terms). This report tells you how much you will have to " "pay within the following months." msgstr "" +"Pour suivre les montants à payer aux fournisseurs, vous pouvez utiliser la " +"**Balance âgée des fournisseurs**. Vous pouvez y accéder en allant à " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Analyse --> Rapports de partenaires : " +"Balance âgée des fournisseurs`. Ce rapport vous donne un résumé par " +"fournisseur des montants à payer, comparés à leur date d'échéance (la date " +"d'échéance étant calculée sur chaque facture à l'aide des conditions). Ce " +"rapport vous indique combien vous devez payer dans les mois à venir." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:41 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "Sélectionner des factures à payer" +msgstr "Sélectionner les factures à payer" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -9270,16 +9694,24 @@ msgid "" "pay, click :menuselection:`Filters --> Bills to Pay`. To view only overdue " "payments, select the :guilabel:`Overdue` filter instead." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez obtenir une liste de toutes vos factures fournisseurs en allant " +"à :menuselection:`Fournisseurs --> Factures fournisseurs`. Pour uniquement " +"afficher les factures que vous devez payer, cliquez sur " +":menuselection:`Filtres --> Factures à payer`. Pour uniquement afficher les " +"paiements en retard, sélectionnez plutôt le filtre :guilabel:`En retard`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also group bills by their due date by clicking :menuselection:`Group" " By --> Due Date` and selecting a time period." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également regrouper les factures par date d'échéance en cliquant" +" sur :menuselection:`Regrouper par --> Date d'échéance` et en sélectionnant " +"une période." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Internal transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Virements internes" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9287,6 +9719,9 @@ msgid "" "least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " "one cash journal." msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez effectuer des virements internes en quelques clics. " +"Vous avez besoin d'au moins deux comptes bancaires, deux journaux d'espèces " +"ou un compte bancaire et un journal d'espèces." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9296,6 +9731,12 @@ msgid "" "modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." msgstr "" +"Un compte de virement interne est automatiquement créé dans votre base de " +"données en fonction de la localisation de votre entreprise et de la " +"législation de votre pays. Le cas échéant, le :guilabel:`compte de virement " +"interne` par défaut peut être modifié en allant à l'application " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, dans la " +"section :guilabel:`Comptes par défaut`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -9303,20 +9744,26 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../bank>` to see how to add an " "additional bank account to your database." msgstr "" +"Vous avez besoin d'au moins deux comptes bancaires pour effectuer des " +"virements internes. Consultez la :doc:`section relative aux comptes de " +"banque et d'espèces <../bank>` pour savoir comment ajouter un compte " +"bancaire supplémentaire à votre base de données." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:22 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer un virement interne d'une banque à une autre" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:24 msgid "" "Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " "want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." msgstr "" +"Disons que vous avez deux comptes bancaires enregistrés dans votre base de " +"données et que vous voulez verser 1.000 USD de la Banque A à la Banque B." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:28 msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "Enregistrer un transfert interne" +msgstr "Enregistrer un virement interne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9325,14 +9772,19 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " "transfer." msgstr "" +"Dans le Tableau de bord de Comptabilité, cliquez sur le bouton du menu " +"déroulant (:guilabel:`⋮`) d'une de vos banques. Dans la colonne " +":guilabel:`Nouveau`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Virement interne` et saisissez " +"les informations relatives au virement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Complétez les informations relatives à votre virement interne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:39 msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." msgstr "" +"Remplissez le champ :guilabel:`Mémo` pour un rapprochement automatique." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -9340,41 +9792,45 @@ msgid "" " The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " "**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Enregistrez` et :guilabel:`confirmez` pour enregistrer votre " +"virement interne. L'argent est maintenant comptabilisé dans le compte de " +"virement et un autre paiement est **automatiquement** créé dans le journal " +"de destination (Banque B)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:46 msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Journal de banque (Banque A)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:55 msgid "Outstanding Payments account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compte de paiements sortants en suspens" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:144 msgid "$1,000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1.000 $" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:75 msgid "**Internal transfer account**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Compte de virement interne**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:146 msgid "**$1,000**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**1.000 $**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:63 msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comptabilisation automatisée - Journal de banque (BANQUE B)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:72 msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compte de paiements entrants en suspens" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -9382,14 +9838,20 @@ msgid "" "your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " "sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." msgstr "" +"Un paiement sortant en suspens et un paiement entrant en suspens sont en " +"attente dans les journaux de vos deux comptes bancaires, parce que le relevé" +" bancaire confirmant l'envoi et la réception de l'argent n'a pas encore été " +"enregistré." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" msgstr "" +"Paiements sortants/entrants en suspens en attendant l'enregistrement du " +"relevé bancaire" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:91 msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérer et rapprocher les relevés bancaires" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -9399,51 +9861,61 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` " "button." msgstr "" +"L'étape suivante consiste à enregistrer les relevés bancaires pour finaliser" +" la transaction en créant, :doc:`en important <../bank/transactions>`, ou " +":doc:`en synchronisant <../bank/bank_synchronization>` vos :guilabel:`Lignes" +" de transactions`. Remplissez le :guilabel:`Solde final` et cliquez sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Rapprocher`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lignes de transaction à remplir avant le rapprochement" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../bank/reconciliation`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:105 msgid "" "In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " "the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"Dans la fenêtre suivante, choisissez les contreparties du paiement - dans " +"cet exemple, le compte de paiements sortants en suspens - puis cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Valider`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Reconcile your payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapprocher votre paiement" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:133 msgid "Bank journal entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Écriture comptable" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:122 msgid "Outstanding Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paiement sortant en suspens" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:125 msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compte bancaire (BANQUE A)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:129 msgid "" "The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " "to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." msgstr "" +"Vous devez répéter les mêmes étapes dès que vous recevez le relevé bancaire " +"associé à la Banque. Enregistre et rapprochez vos lignes de relevé bancaire." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:142 msgid "Outstanding Receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paiement entrant en suspens" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:145 msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compte bancaire (BANQUE B)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 msgid "Pay several bills at once" @@ -9454,6 +9926,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " "facilitating the reconciliation process." msgstr "" +"Odoo offre la possibilité de regrouper les paiements de plusieurs factures " +"fournisseurs en une fois, facilitant ainsi le processus de lettrage." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 @@ -9462,11 +9936,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regrouper des paiements" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -9476,14 +9950,22 @@ msgid "" "the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " ":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." msgstr "" +"Pour enregistrer le paiement de plusieurs factures fournisseurs à la fois, " +"allez à l'application :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Fournisseurs --> " +"Factures fournisseurs`. Sélectionnez ensuite les factures pour lesquelles " +"vous voulez enregistrer un paiement en **cochant** les cases à côté des " +"factures. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` ou " +"cliquez sur :menuselection:`Action --> Enregistrer un paiement`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bouton permettant d'enregistrer un paiement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." msgstr "" +"Les paiements ne peuvent être enregistrés que pour les factures " +":guilabel:`comptabilisées`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -9493,16 +9975,26 @@ msgid "" "**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " ":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." msgstr "" +"Lors de l'enregistrement des paiements, une **fenêtre contextuelle** " +"apparaît. À partir de là, vous pouvez créer des **paiements séparés** pour " +"chaque facture fournisseur en une seule fois en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Créer un paiement`, *ou*, créer un paiement en combinant les " +"paiements de **toutes** les factures. Pour **combiner** tous les paiements, " +"cochez la case :guilabel:`Regrouper les paiements`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " "more bills." msgstr "" +"L'option :guilabel:`Regrouper des paiements` apparaît uniquement lorsque " +"vous sélectionnez deux factures ou plus." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." msgstr "" +"L'option permettant de regrouper les paiements lors de l'enregistrement d'un" +" paiement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9510,10 +10002,13 @@ msgid "" "date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " "to your needs." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Regrouper les paiements`, le " +":guilabel:`montant, la devise, la date et le mémo` sont définis " +"automatiquement, mais vous pouvez les modifier en fonction de vos besoins." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paiements groupés partiels avec escompte" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -9524,11 +10019,19 @@ msgid "" "` to the " "**bills** *instead* of the invoices." msgstr "" +"En cas de **paiements groupés partiels avec escompte**, vous pouvez suivre " +"les étapes indiquées sur la :doc:`page de documentation relative à " +"l'escompte " +"`. " +"Assurez-vous d'appliquer les :doc:`conditions de paiement " +"` aux " +"**factures fournisseurs** *plutôt* qu'aux factures clients." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" @@ -9621,7 +10124,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:3 msgid "Install the patch to disable online invoice payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installer le patch pour désactiver le paiement des factures en ligne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9631,12 +10134,21 @@ msgid "" "below to install the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment " "Patch**." msgstr "" +"Suite à de récents changements dans Odoo 16, vous pourriez être averti que " +"la désactivation du paramètre :guilabel:`Paiement des factures en ligne` " +"entraînera la désinstallation de modules. Si vous souhaitez désactiver la " +"fonctionnalité sans désinstaller des modules, suivez les étapes ci-dessous " +"pour installer le module **Paiement - Compte / Patch de paiement des " +"factures en ligne**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 msgid "" "If your Odoo database is created after the module **Payment - Account / " "Invoice Online Payment Patch** was released, you don't have anything to do." msgstr "" +"Si votre base de données Odoo est créée après la publication du module " +"**Paiement - Compte / Patch de paiement des factures en ligne**, vous n'avez" +" rien à faire." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -9646,10 +10158,15 @@ msgid "" "installed, your Odoo database is already up-to-date and you are able to " "disable the feature without side-effect." msgstr "" +"Pour vérifier si le module est déjà installé, allez à :guilabel:`Apps`, " +"supprimez le filtre `Apps` et recherchez `account_payment`. Si le module " +"**Paiement - Compte / Patch de paiement des factures en ligne** s'affiche et" +" est marqué comme installé, votre base de données Odoo est déjà à jour et " +"vous pouvez désactiver la fonctionnalité sans effet secondaire." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:19 msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mettre à jour Odoo à la dernière version" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -9657,12 +10174,18 @@ msgid "" "without side-effect is made available through a new Odoo module; to be able " "to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source code is up-to-date." msgstr "" +"La possibilité de désactiver le paramètre :guilabel:`Paiement des factures " +"en ligne` sans effets secondaires est disponible grâce à un nouveau module " +"Odoo ; pour pouvoir l'installer, vous devez vous assurer que votre code " +"source Odoo est à jour." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:25 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" "date and you can proceed to the next step." msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Odoo par le biais d'Odoo.com ou de la plateforme Odoo.sh, " +"votre code est déjà à jour et vous pouvez procéder à l'étape suivante." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -9671,16 +10194,23 @@ msgid "" "`, or by contacting your integrating " "partner." msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Odoo par le biais d'une installation sur serveur ou par le " +"biais d'un partenaire, vous devez mettre à jour votre installation comme il " +"est expliqué dans :doc:`cette page de documentation " +"`, ou en contactant votre partenaire " +"d'intégration." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:33 msgid "Update the list of available modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mettre à jour la liste des modules disponibles" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:35 msgid "" "New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " "the **Apps** menu." msgstr "" +"De nouveaux modules doivent être *découverts* par votre instance Odoo pour " +"être disponibles dans le menu **Apps**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -9688,10 +10218,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " "confirmation." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, activez le :ref:`mode développeur `, et allez" +" à :menuselection:`Apps --> Mettre à jour la liste des Apps`. Un assistant " +"vous demandera une confirmation." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:41 msgid "Install the module Invoice Online Payment Patch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installez le module Patch de paiement des factures en ligne." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -9703,6 +10236,15 @@ msgid "" "integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module " "in your particular setup." msgstr "" +"Vous ne devez jamais installer de nouveaux modules sur votre base de données" +" de production sans les tester dans un environnement dupliqué ou de " +"simulation. Pour les clients d'Odoo.com, une base de données dupliquée peut " +"être créée à partir de le page de gestion de la base de données. Pour les " +"utilisateurs Odoo.sh, vous devez utiliser une base de données dupliquée ou " +"une base de données de simulation. Pour les utilisateurs On premise, vous " +"devez utiliser un environnement de simulation - contactez votre partenaire " +"d'intégration pour plus d'informations sur la façon de tester un nouveau " +"module dans votre configuration particulière." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9713,16 +10255,26 @@ msgid "" "updated the list of available modules, it means your Odoo source code is not" " up-to-date; refer to step one of this page." msgstr "" +"Le module devrait maintenant être disponible dans votre menu " +":guilabel:`Apps`. Supprimez le filtre ``Apps`` et recherchez " +"``account_payment`` ; le module :guilabel:`Paiement - Compte / Patch de " +"paiement des factures en ligne` devrait être disponible pour l'installation." +" Si vous ne trouvez pas le module après avoir mis à jour la liste des " +"modules disponibles, cela signifie que votre code source Odoo n'est pas à " +"jour ; reprenez la première étape de cette page." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:56 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, disabling the feature will work as intended " "and will not ask you to uninstall installed applications or modules." msgstr "" +"Une fois le module installé, la désactivation de la fonctionnalité " +"fonctionnera comme prévu et ne vous demandera pas de désinstaller des " +"applications ou des modules installés." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:3 msgid "Pay by checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payer par chèque" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9731,10 +10283,15 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to suppliers with " "actual bank statements." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous décidez de payer une facture fournisseur, vous pouvez choisir " +"de payer par chèque. Vous pouvez ensuite imprimer tous les paiements " +"enregistrés par chèque. Enfin, le processus de rapprochement bancaire fera " +"correspondre les chèques que vous avez envoyés aux fournisseurs avec les " +"relevés bancaires effectifs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:13 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "Activer la méthode de paiment par chèque" +msgstr "Activer le mode de paiement par chèque" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -9744,6 +10301,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." msgstr "" +"Pour activer le mode de paiement par chèque, allez à " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Chèques`, où vous pouvez " +"activer le mode de paiement et configurer le :guilabel:`Format du chèque`. " +"Une fois le paramètre :guilabel:`Chèques` activé, il est automatiquement " +"configuré pour vos :guilabel:`Paiements sortants`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -9751,14 +10313,18 @@ msgid "" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" +"Certains pays exigent des modules spécifiques pour imprimer des chèques : " +"ces modules peuvent être installés par défaut. Par exemple, le module " +":guilabel:`Format de chèques US` est nécessaire pour imprimer des chèques " +"américains." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "Pré-imprimés de chèques compatibles pour l'impression des chèques" +msgstr "Papier à chèque compatible pour l'impression de chèques" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 msgid "United States" -msgstr "États Unis" +msgstr "États-Unis" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" @@ -9770,18 +10336,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" +"**Quickbooks & Quicken** : chèque en haut, talons au milieu et en bas ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Peachtree** : chèque au milieu, talons en haut et en bas ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "**ADP®**: chèque en bas, et talons en haut" +msgstr "**ADP®** : chèque en bas et talons en haut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Payer un fournisseur par chèque" +msgstr "Payer une facture fournisseur par chèque" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" @@ -9789,15 +10356,15 @@ msgstr "Le paiement d'un fournisseur par chèque se fait en trois étapes :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 msgid "registering a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "l'enregistrement du paiement" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "L'impression des chèques par lots pour tous les paiements enregistrés" +msgstr "l'impression des chèques par lot pour tous les paiements enregistrés" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "reconciling bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "le rapprochement des relevés bancaires" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 msgid "Register a payment by check" @@ -9810,6 +10377,10 @@ msgid "" "validated, you can register a payment. Set the :guilabel:`Payment Method` to" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" +"Pour enregistrer un paiement, ouvrez une facture fournisseur dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Achats --> Factures fournisseurs`. Une fois que la facture " +"fournisseur est validée, vous pouvez enregistrer un paiement. Définissez le " +":guilabel:`Mode de paiement` sur :guilabel:`Chèques` et validez le paiement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 msgid "Print checks" @@ -9822,16 +10393,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Checks to print` you have got the possibility to print the " "reconciled checks." msgstr "" +"Sur votre :guilabel:`Tableau de bord de Comptabilité` dans le Journal " +":guilabel:`Banque`, vous pouvez voir le nombre de chèques enregistrés. En " +"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Chèques à imprimer`, vous avez la possibilité " +"d'imprimer les chèques rapprochés." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." msgstr "" +"Pour regrouper l'impression des chèques par lot, sélectionnez tous les " +"paiements dans la vue de liste et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Imprimer`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:3 msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "Pay avec SEPA" +msgstr "Payer avec SEPA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9840,74 +10417,80 @@ msgid "" "allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfers." msgstr "" +"SEPA, l'espace unique de paiements en euros, est une initiative " +"d'intégration des paiements de l'Union européenne visant à simplifier les " +"virements bancaires en euros. SEPA vous permet d'envoyer des ordres de " +"paiement à votre banque afin d'automatiser les virements bancaires." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:9 msgid "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 27 EU member states, as well as:" msgstr "" +"Le SEPA est pris en charge par les banques des 27 États membres de l'Union " +"européenne, ainsi que par :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:11 msgid "EFTA countries:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "les pays AELE :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:13 msgid "Iceland;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Islande ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:14 msgid "Liechtenstein;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Liechtenstein ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:15 msgid "Norway;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Norvège ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:16 msgid "Switzerland." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suisse." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:18 msgid "Non-EEA SEPA countries:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pays SEPA non-EEE :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:20 msgid "Andorra;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andorre ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:21 msgid "Monaco;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monaco ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:22 msgid "San Marino;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saint-Marin ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:23 msgid "United Kingdom;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Royaume-Uni ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:24 msgid "Vatican City State." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vatican." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:26 msgid "Non-EEA territories:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Territoires non-EEE :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:28 msgid "Saint-Pierre-et-Miquelon;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saint-Pierre-et-Miquelon ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Guernsey;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guernesey ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:30 msgid "Jersey;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jersey ;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:31 msgid "Isle of Man." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Île de Man." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -9915,6 +10498,10 @@ msgid "" "option. At the day's end, you can generate the SEPA file containing all bank" " wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous payez une facture fournisseur dans Odoo, vous pouvez " +"sélectionner les mandats SEPA en tant qu'option de paiement. À la fin de la " +"journée, vous pouvez générer le fichier SEPA contenant tous les virements " +"bancaires et l'envoyer à la banque." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9924,6 +10511,11 @@ msgid "" "**'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and **'pain.001.003.03'** for " "Germany." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, le fichier respecte les spécifications **'pain.001.001.03'** du " +"virement SEPA. Il s'agit d'une norme bien définie entre les banques. " +"Toutefois, pour les entreprises suisses et allemandes, d'autres formats sont" +" utilisés : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** pour la Suisse et " +"**'pain.001.003.03'** pour l'Allemagne." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -9931,10 +10523,15 @@ msgid "" "account statement in Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will seamlessly " "match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank statements." msgstr "" +"Une fois que les paiements sons traités par votre banque, vous pouvez " +"directement importer le relevé de compte dans Odoo. Le processus de " +"rapprochement bancaire fera correspondre de manière transparente les ordres " +"SEPA que vous avez envoyés à votre banque avec les relevés bancaires " +"effectifs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:48 msgid "Activate SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer les virements SEPA (SEPA Credit Transfer - SCT)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9944,6 +10541,12 @@ msgid "" " setting and filling out your company data, you will be able to use the SCT " "option when paying your vendor." msgstr "" +"Pour payer les fournisseurs avec SEPA, vous devez activer le paramètre " +"**Virement SEPA**. Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " +"Configuration --> Paramètres --> Paiements fournisseurs : virement SEPA " +"(SCT)`. En activant le paramètre et en complétant les données de votre " +"entreprise, vous pourrez utiliser l'option SCT lors du paiement de votre " +"fournisseur." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -9951,10 +10554,13 @@ msgid "" "and **SEPA Credit Transfer** modules may be installed by default. If not, " "they need to be :ref:`installed `." msgstr "" +"En fonction du package de localisation installé, les modules **Prélèvement " +"SEPA** et **Virement SEPA** peuvent être installés par défaut. Si ce n'est " +"pas le cas, il faut les :ref:`installer `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:60 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "Activer les méthodes de paiement SEPA sur les banques" +msgstr "Activer les modes de paiement SEPA sur les banques" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -9963,6 +10569,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab, and, if not already present, add " ":guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` under :guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" +"À partir du tableau de bord de comptabilité, cliquez sur le menu déroulant " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) de votre journal de banque et sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Configuration`. Cliquez sur l'onglet des :guilabel:`Paiements " +"sortants` et, si ce n'est pas déjà le cas, ajoutez :guilabel:`Virement SEPA`" +" dans :guilabel:`Mode de paiement`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -9970,10 +10581,13 @@ msgid "" "not work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) in the " ":guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous de préciser le numéro de compte IBAN (numéros de compte " +"nationaux ne fonctionnent pas avec SEPA) et le BIC (code d'identification de" +" banque) dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Pièces comptables`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:70 msgid "Registering payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer des paiements" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -9982,6 +10596,10 @@ msgid "" "payment, select :guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` as the :guilabel:`Payment " "Method`." msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'enregistrer les paiements fournisseurs effectués par SEPA." +" Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Fournisseurs --> " +"Paiements`. Lorsque vous créez votre paiement, sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Virement SEPA` en tant que :guilabel:`Mode de paiement`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -9990,12 +10608,19 @@ msgid "" "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo automatically verifies if the IBAN format is " "respected." msgstr "" +"La première fois que vous payez un fournisseur par SEPA, vous devez " +"compléter le champ :guilabel:`Compte bancaire du destinataire` avec le nom " +"de la banque, l'IBAN et le BIC (Code d'identification de la banque). Odoo " +"vérifie automatiquement si le format IBAN est respecté." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:80 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will automatically suggest you the " "bank account, but it remains possible to select a new one." msgstr "" +"Pour les paiements futurs à ce fournisseur, Odoo vous proposera " +"automatiquement le compte bancaire, mais vous serez en mesure d'en " +"sélectionner un nouveau." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -10005,6 +10630,11 @@ msgid "" "payment is directly linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled " "with it." msgstr "" +"Une fois que votre paiement est enregistré, n'oubliez pas de le confirmer. " +"Vous pouvez également payer les factures fournisseurs directement depuis la " +"facture en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` en " +"haut d'une facture fournisseur. Le formulaire est le même, mais le paiement " +"est directement lié à la facture et sera automatiquement lettré avec elle. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" @@ -13777,6 +14407,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Rapports" @@ -14786,7 +15417,7 @@ msgid "" "based on the configuration on the invoice." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` une fois que le document est complété. Le " -"statut de votre document passe à :guilabel:`Publié` et une écriture " +"statut de votre document passe à :guilabel:`Comptabilisé` et une écriture " "comptable est créée sur la base de la configuration de la facture." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:69 @@ -14873,10 +15504,10 @@ msgid "" "is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products, or " "if your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -"Il se peut que vous recevez plusieurs factures pour le même bon de commande " -"si votre fournisseur est en reliquat et vous envoie des factures au fur et à" -" mesure de l'expédition des produits ou si votre fournisseur vous envoie une" -" facture partielle ou vous demande un acompte." +"Il se peut que vous receviez plusieurs factures pour le même bon de commande" +" si votre fournisseur est en reliquat et vous envoie des factures au fur et " +"à mesure de l'expédition des produits ou si votre fournisseur vous envoie " +"une facture partielle ou vous demande un acompte." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current assets and fixed assets" @@ -15040,7 +15671,7 @@ msgid "" "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " "mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." msgstr "" -"Une **Écriture d'actif** génère automatiquement toutes les écritures " +"Une **Écriture d'actifs** génère automatiquement toutes les écritures " "comptables en *mode brouillon*. Elles sont comptabilisées une par une au bon" " moment." @@ -15065,7 +15696,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Écriture d'actif dans Odoo Comptabilité" +msgstr "Écriture d'actifs dans Odoo Comptabilité" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -15109,9 +15740,9 @@ msgid "" " amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " "also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." msgstr "" -"Par exemple, le tableau d'amortissement a son premier amortissement avec un " -"montant de 241,10 $ au lieu de 4.000,00 $. Par conséquent, la dernière " -"écriture est également inférieure et a un montant de 3,758,90 $." +"Par exemple, le tableau d'amortissement présente un premier amortissement " +"d'un montant de 241,10 $ au lieu de 4.000,00 $. Par conséquent, la dernière " +"écriture est également inférieure et s'élève à 3.758,90 $." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:134 msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" @@ -15164,7 +15795,7 @@ msgid "" "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez créer une écriture d'actif à partir d'une écriture comptable " +"Vous pouvez créer une écriture d'actifs à partir d'une écriture comptable " "spécifique dans votre **Journal des achats**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:153 @@ -15192,7 +15823,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -"Créez une écriture d'actif à partir d'une écriture comptable dans Odoo " +"Créez une écriture d'actifs à partir d'une écriture comptable dans Odoo " "Comptabilité" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:165 @@ -15235,8 +15866,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Une **augmentation de valeur** vous oblige à remplir des champs " "supplémentaires liés aux mouvements de compte et crée une nouvelle écriture " -"d'actif avec l'**augmentation de valeur**. Vous pouvez accéder à l'écriture " -"d'actif d'augmentation brute en cliquant sur le bouton intelligent." +"d'actifs avec l'**augmentation de valeur**. Vous pouvez accéder à l'écriture" +" d'actifs d'augmentation brute en cliquant sur le bouton intelligent." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" @@ -15316,7 +15947,7 @@ msgid "" "from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " "clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également convertir une *écriture d'actif confirmée* en modèle " +"Vous pouvez également convertir une *écriture d'actifs confirmée* en modèle " "en l'ouvrant à partir de :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Comptabilité --> " "Actifs` et en cliquant ensuite sur le bouton *Enregistrer le modèle*." @@ -15329,7 +15960,7 @@ msgid "" "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " "with the right asset account." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle écriture d'actif, remplissez le **Compte " +"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle écriture d'actifs, remplissez le **Compte " "d'immobilisation** avec le bon compte d'actif." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 @@ -15347,7 +15978,7 @@ msgid "" "expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" "Lorsque vous créez ou modifiez un compte dont le type est soit *Actifs " -"immobilisés* soit *Immobilisations*, vous pouvez le configurer pour qu'il " +"immobilisés*, soit *Immobilisations*, vous pouvez le configurer pour qu'il " "crée automatiquement des actifs pour les charges qui y sont créditées." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:238 @@ -15441,7 +16072,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilisé le service. Par conséquent, nous comptabilisons cette nouvelle " "dépense dans un *compte d'acompte* et décidons de la comptabiliser sur une " "base mensuelle. Chaque mois, pendant les 12 prochains mois, 100 $ seront " -"comptabilisés comme une charge." +"comptabilisés en tant que charge." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -15458,8 +16089,8 @@ msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " "than on the default expense account." msgstr "" -"Ces transactions doivent être comptabilisées sur un **compte de dépenses " -"reportées** plutôt que sur le compte de dépenses par défaut." +"Ces transactions doivent être comptabilisées sur un **compte de charges " +"constatées d'avance** plutôt que sur le compte des charges par défaut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" @@ -15493,7 +16124,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "Change of the Expense Account for a product in Odoo" -msgstr "Modifier le Compte de charges d'un produit dans Odoo" +msgstr "Modifier le Compte des charges d'un produit dans Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -15583,9 +16214,9 @@ msgid "" " $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " "and has an amount of $ 29.03." msgstr "" -"Par exemple, le tableau des charges a sa première charge d'un montant de " -"70,97 $ plutôt que 100,00 $. Par conséquent, la dernière écriture est " -"également inférieure et a un montant de 29,03 $." +"Par exemple, le tableau des charges présente une première charge d'un " +"montant de 70,97 $ plutôt que 100,00 $. Par conséquent, la dernière écriture" +" est également inférieure et s'élève à 29,03 $." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" @@ -15675,7 +16306,7 @@ msgid "" "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" "Lorsque vous créez ou modifiez un compte dont le type est soit *Actifs " -"circulants* ou *Acomptes*, vous pouvez le configurer pour qu'il crée " +"circulants*, soit *Acomptes*, vous pouvez le configurer pour qu'il crée " "automatiquement les charges qui y sont créditées." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 @@ -15706,7 +16337,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Créer et valider :** vous devez également sélectionner un modèle de " "charges constatées d'avance (voir : `Modèles de charges constatées " "d'avance`_). Chaque fois qu'une transaction est enregistrée sur le compte, " -"une *entrée de charges constatées d'avance* est créée et immédiatement " +"une *écriture de charges constatées d'avance* est créée et immédiatement " "validée." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 @@ -15943,7 +16574,7 @@ msgid "" "Services`." msgstr "" "Pour acheter des crédits, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " -"Configuration --> Paamètres --> Numérisation` et cliquez sur " +"Configuration --> Paramètres --> Numérisation` et cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Acheter des crédits`, ou allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " "Odoo IAP` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Voir mes services`." @@ -16515,15 +17146,11 @@ msgstr "Notes de frais" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" -"Odoo **Notes de frais** rationalise la gestion des dépenses. Après qu'un " -"employé a soumis ses notes de frais dans Odoo, celles-ci sont examinées par " -"le management et la comptabilité. Une fois qu'elles sont approuvées, il est " -"possible de traiter les paiements et de rembourser l'employé." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:12 msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" @@ -16531,23 +17158,17 @@ msgstr "" "`Odoo Notes de frais : page produit `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" -msgstr "Définir des types de notes de frais" +msgid "Set expense categories" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" -"La première étape pour suivre les dépenses est de configurer les différents " -"*types de notes de frais* de l'entreprise (gérés comme des *produits* dans " -"Odoo). Chaque \"produit\" peut être aussi spécifique ou généralisé que " -"nécessaire. Allez à :menuselection:`Notes de frais --> Configuration --> " -"Produits de note de frais` pour voir les produits actuels qui peuvent faire " -"l'objet d'une note de frais dans une vue kanban par défaut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Set expense costs on products." @@ -16555,41 +17176,40 @@ msgstr "Définir les coûts des produits" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouveau produit de note de frais, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Créer`. Une fiche produit apparaît. Seuls deux champs sont requis" -" : le :guilabel:`Nom du produit` et l':guilabel:`Unité de mesure`. Saisissez" -" le :guilabel:`Nom du produit` dans le champ et sélectionnez " -"l':guilabel:`Unité de mesure` dans le menu déroulant (pour la plupart des " -"produits, ce champ est défini sur :guilabel:`Unités`)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -"C'est dans l'application *Ventes* que les spécifications relatives aux " -"unités de mesure sont créées et modifiées (par ex. unités, miles, nuits, " -"etc.). Allez à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> " -"Paramètres` et assurez-vous que l'option `Unités de mesure` est cochée dans " -"la section `Catalogue de produits`. Cliquez sur le lien interne " -":guilabel:`Unités de mesure` pour afficher, créer et modifier les unités de " -"mesure. Consultez :doc:`ce document " -"` pour en" -" savoir plus sur les unités de mesure et sur la façon de les configurer." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -16603,7 +17223,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Coût`. Sinon, laissez le :guilabel:`Coût` sur `0,00`, et les " "employés indiqueront le coût réel lorsqu'ils soumettent leur note de frais." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" @@ -16612,7 +17240,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifique sur un produit plutôt que le laisser le :guilabel:`Coût` sur " "`0,00` :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -16624,20 +17252,15 @@ msgstr "" "facture et sera remboursé pour ce montant. Une note de frais pour un repas " "coûtant €95,23 correspondra à un remboursement de €95,23." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -"**Kilométrage** : Définissez le :guilabel:`Coût` sur `0,30`. Lorsqu'un " -"employé enregistre une note de frais pour les \"kilomètres\", il sait le " -"nombre de kilomètres parcourus et est remboursé à hauteur de 0,30 par " -"kilomètre entré. Une note de frais de 100 kilomètres correspondra à un " -"remboursement de €30,00." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " @@ -16647,7 +17270,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsqu'un employé enregistre une note de frais pour le \"stationnement " "mensuel\", le remboursement s'élève à €75,00." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -16662,7 +17285,7 @@ msgstr "" "coûtant €350,00 sera enregistrée comme un produit :guilabel:`Notes de frais`" " et le remboursement s'élèvera à €350,00." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " @@ -16673,50 +17296,38 @@ msgstr "" "comptable pour déterminer le bon compte à référencer dans ce champ, car cela" " affectera les rapports." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -"Définissez une taxe sur chaque produit dans les champs :guilabel:`Taxes " -"fournisseur` et :guilabel:`Taxes à la vente`, le cas échéant. Une bonne " -"pratique consiste à utiliser une taxe configurée avec la fonction :ref:`Prix" -" toutes taxes comprises `. Les taxes seront " -"automatiquement configurées si cette option est activée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "Enregistrer des notes de frais" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "Créer manuellement une nouvelle note de frais" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -"Pour enregistrer une nouvelle note de frais, commencez dans le tableau de " -"bord principal de l'application :menuselection:`Notes de frais`, qui affiche" -" par défaut la vue :guilabel:`Mes notes de frais à déclarer`. Il est aussi " -"possible d'accéder à vue via l'application :menuselection:`Notes de frais " -"--> Mes notes de frais --> Mes notes de frais à déclarer`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -"Cliquez d'abord sur :guilabel:`Créer` et complétez les différents champs du " -"formulaire." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" @@ -16726,91 +17337,85 @@ msgstr "" " le champ :guilabel:`Description`. Elle doit être courte et informative, " "telle que `lunch avec un client` ou `hôtel pendant la conférence`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produit` : Sélectionnez le produit dans le menu déroulant qui " -"correspond le plus à la dépense. Par exemple, un billet d'avion conviendrait" -" à un :guilabel:`Produit` de note de frais intitulé :guilabel:`Voyage en " -"avion`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Prix unitaire` : Saisissez le montant total payé pour la dépense " -"de l'une des deux façons suivantes :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" -"S'il s'agit d'une dépense unique, saisissez le coût dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Prix unitaire` et laissez la :guilabel:`Quantité` à `1,00`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" -"Si la dépense concerne des multiples du même article/de la même dépense, " -"saisissez le prix *par unité* dans le champ :guilabel:`Prix unitaire` et " -"saisissez la *quantité d'unités* dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas d'un séjour à l'hôtel, par exemple, le :guilabel:`Prix unitaire`" -" correspondra au coût *par nuit* et la :guilabel:`Quantité` au *nombre de " -"nuits* passées à l'hôtel." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Taxes` : Si des taxes ont été payées sur la dépense, sélectionnez" -" le pourcentage de taxe à l'aide du menu déroulant. Les options de taxes " -"sont préconfigurées en fonction de la localisation sélectionnée lors de la " -"création de la base de données. L'ajout de nouvelles taxes ne doit être " -"effectué qu'en cas de nécessité." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une taxe est sélectionnée, la valeur :guilabel:`totale` est mise à " -"jour en temps réel pour indiquer les taxes ajoutées." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Employé` : Dans le menu déroulant, sélectionnez l'employé pour " +"lequel cette note de frais est créée." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Payé par` : Cliquez sur le bouton radio pour indiquer qui a payé " -"la dépense et qui doit être remboursé. Si l'employé a payé la dépense (et " -"doit être remboursé), sélectionnez :guilabel:`Employé (à rembourser)`. Si " -"c'est la société qui a payé directement (par ex. la carte de crédit de la " -"société a été utilisée pour payer la dépense), sélectionnez " -":guilabel:`Société`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Référence de la facture` : Si un texte de référence doit être " +"inclus pour la dépense, saisissez-le dans ce champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -16822,15 +17427,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`> (droite)` pour naviguer jusqu'au bon mois, puis cliquez sur le " "bon jour pour saisir la sélection." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Référence de la facture` : Si un texte de référence doit être " -"inclus pour la dépense, saisissez-le dans ce champ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." @@ -16838,51 +17435,43 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Compte` : Sélectionnez le compte de charges dans lequel cette " "dépense doit être enregistrée dans le menu déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Employé` : Dans le menu déroulant, sélectionnez l'employé pour " -"lequel cette note de frais est créée." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Client à refacturer` : Si la dépense doit être payée par un " -"client, sélectionnez un client qui sera facturé pour cette dépense dans le " -"menu déroulant. Par exemple, si un client souhaite organiser une réunion sur" -" site et accepte de payer les dépenses encourues (telles que le voyage, " -"l'hôtel, les repas, etc.), toutes les dépenses liées à cette réunion " -"indiqueront ce client comme le :guilabel:`Client à refacturer`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Compte analytique` : Sélectionnez le compte sur lequel la dépense" -" doit être imputée dans le menu déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Société` : Si plusieurs sociétés sont configurées, sélectionnez " -"la société pour laquelle cette dépense doit être enregistrée dans le menu " -"déroulant. S'il n'y a qu'une seule société, ce champ sera automatiquement " -"rempli." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." @@ -16890,59 +17479,69 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Notes...` : Si des notes sont nécessaires pour expliciter la " "dépense, saisissez-les dans le champ des notes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que tous les champs ont été complétés, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" "Un formulaire de note de frais complétée pour un lunch avec un client." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "Joindre un reçu" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" -"Après avoir enregistré la dépense, l'étape suivante est de joindre un reçu. " -"Un nouveau bouton :guilabel:`Joindre un reçu` apparaît après " -"l'enregistrement de l'entrée, en dessous de l'ancien bouton " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` (qui devient un bouton :guilabel:`Modifier`)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." -msgstr "Joindre un reçu après avoir sauvegardé l'enregistrement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le nouveau bouton :guilabel:`Joindre un reçu` et un explorateur " -"de fichiers apparaît. Naviguez vers le reçu à joindre et cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Ouvrir`. Un nouveau bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Reçus` apparaît" -" en haut et le nouveau reçu est enregistré dans le chatter. Vous pouvez " -"joindre plus d'un reçu dans une note de frais individuelle, le cas échéant. " -"Le bouton intelligent indiquera le nombre de reçus joints à la note de " -"frais." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "Créer automatiquement de nouvelles notes de frais à partir d'un email" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." @@ -16951,23 +17550,19 @@ msgstr "" "*Notes de frais*, il est possible de les créer automatiquement en envoyant " "un email à une adresse email." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, vous devez d'abord configurer un alias d'email. Allez à " -"l'application :menuselection:`Notes de frais --> Configuration --> " -"Paramètres`. Assurez-vous que l'option :guilabel:`emails entrants` est " -"cochée." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "Créer l'alias de domaine en cliquant sur le lien." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -16984,19 +17579,15 @@ msgstr "" "domaine est configuré, le champ adresse email sera visible en dessous de la " "section des emails entrants." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, saisissez l'adresse email à utiliser dans le champ email et cliquez" -" sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Maintenant que l'adresse email a été saisie, " -"il est possible d'envoyer des emails à cet alias pour créer de nouvelles " -"notes de frais sans devoir être connecté à la base de données Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -17010,17 +17601,26 @@ msgstr "" "l'email. Odoo crée la note de frais en prenant les informations notées dans " "le sujet de l'email et en les combinant avec le reçu." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier la référence interne d'un produit de note de frais, allez à " -"l'application :menuselection:`Notes de frais --> Configuration --> Produits " -"de note de frais`. Si une référence interne est répertoriée sur le produit, " -"elle est visible dans cette vue comme :guilabel:`(Ref###)`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17029,119 +17629,106 @@ msgstr "" "Les références internes sont répertoriées dans la vue principale des " "produits de note de frais." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une référence interne sur un produit de note de frais, cliquez " -"sur le produit et sur :guilabel:`Modifier`. Dans le mode édition, saisissez " -"la :guilabel:`Référence interne` dans le champ. Cette phrase apparaît sous " -"le champ :guilabel:`Référence interne` : :guilabel:`Utiliser cette référence" -" comme préfixe de sujet lors de l'envoi par email.`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -"Pour des raisons de sécurité, seuls les emails d'employés authentifiés sont " -"acceptés par Odoo lors de la création d'une note de frais à partir d'un " -"email. Pour confirmer l'adresse email d'un employé authentifié, allez à la " -"fiche de l'employé dans l'application :guilabel:`Employés` et référez-vous à" -" l':guilabel:`Email professionnel` dans le champ principal." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -"Si vous soumettez une note de frais par email pour un repas de €25,00 " -"pendant un voyage d'affaires, le sujet de l'email serait `Ref005 Repas " -"€25,00`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Explication :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -"La :guilabel:`Référence interne` du produit de note de frais `Repas` est " -"`Ref005`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "Le :guilabel:`Coût` de la dépense s'élève à `€25,00`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "Créer une note de frais" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -"Lorsque des dépenses sont prêtes à être soumises (à la fin d'un voyage " -"d'affaires ou une fois par mois), une *notes de frais* doit être créée. " -"Allez au tableau de bord principal de l'application :menuselection:`Notes de" -" frais`, qui affiche par défaut la vue :guilabel:`Mes notes de frais` ou " -"allez à l'application :menuselection:`Notes de frais --> Mes notes de frais " -"--> Mes notes de frais à déclarer`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, chaque dépense individuelle de la note de frais doit être " -"sélectionnée en cochant la case à côté de chaque entrée ou en sélectionnant " -"rapidement toutes les dépenses dans la liste en cochant la case à côté de " -":guilabel:`Date de la dépense`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "Sélectionnez les dépenses à soumettre, puis créez la note de frais." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" "Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." msgstr "" -"Une fois que les dépenses ont été sélectionnées, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Créer le rapport`. Le nouveau rapport apparaît avec toutes les " -"dépenses répertoriées et le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Documents` indique" -" le nombre de documents." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" -"Il est recommandé d'ajouter un bref résumé pour chaque note de frais " -"permettant de les organiser. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Modifier` et " -"le champ :guilabel:`Résumé de la note de frais` apparaît. Saisissez une " -"brève description de la note de frais (telle que `Voyage client NYC` ou " -"`Réparations voiture de société`). Ensuite, sélectionnez un " -":guilabel:`Manager` dans le menu déroulant pour le permettre d'analyser la " -"note de frais." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." @@ -17149,44 +17736,50 @@ msgstr "" "Saisissez une brève description et sélectionnez un manager qui analysera la " "note de frais." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" -"Si certaines dépenses ne figurent pas dans la note de frais alors qu'elles " -"devraient y figurer, il est toujours possible de les ajouter. Cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` en bas de l'onglet :guilabel:`Dépense`. Cochez" -" la case à côté de chaque dépense à ajouter, puis cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Sélectionner`. Les éléments apparaissent maintenant dans la note " -"de frais nouvellement créée." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "Ajoutez plus de dépenses à la note de frais avant de la soumettre." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -"L'option :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` apparaît uniquement lorsque le " -"document est en mode édition. Sinon, elle n'apparaît pas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -"Lorsque toutes les modifications ont été effectuées, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "Soumettre une note de frais" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -17202,35 +17795,33 @@ msgstr "" " à l'application :menuselection:`Notes de frais --> Mes notes de frais --> " "Mes rapports`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" -"Si la liste est longue, il peut être utile de regrouper les résultats par " -"statut, car seuls les notes de frais qui sont en :guilabel:`brouillon` " -"doivent être soumises, contrairement aux notes de frais dont le statut est " -":guilabel:`Approuvé` ou :guilabel:`Soumis`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "Soumettez la note de frais au manager." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -"Le statut de chaque note de frais s'affiche dans la colonne " -":guilabel:`Statut` à l'extrême droite. Si la colonne :guilabel:`Statut` " -"n'est pas visible, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`⋮ (options " -"additionnelles)` à la fin de la ligne et cochez la case à côté de " -":guilabel:`Statut`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " @@ -17240,7 +17831,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Soumettre au manager`. Après avoir soumis une note de frais, la " "prochaine étape est d'attendre que le manager l'approuve." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " @@ -17250,27 +17841,20 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sont **uniquement** pour les utilisateurs ayant " "les *droits nécessaires*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "Approuver des notes de frais" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, tout le monde ne peut pas approuver des notes de frais - seuls " -"les utilisateurs ayant les droits (ou autorisations) nécessaires peuvent le " -"faire. Cela signifie qu'un utilisateur doit avoir au moins des droits " -"*Approbateur d'équipe* pour l'application *Notes de frais*. Les employés " -"ayant les droits nécessaires peuvent revoir des notes de frais, les " -"approuver ou les rejeter, ainsi que donner leur avis grâce à l'outil de " -"communication intégré." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." @@ -17279,27 +17863,23 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Paramètres` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Gérer les " "utilisateurs`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -"Si l'application *Paramètres* n'est pas disponible, certains droits ne sont " -"pas définis sur le compte. Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Droits d'accès` d'une " -"fiche d'utilisateur dans l'application :menuselection:`Paramètres`, la " -"section :guilabel:`Administration` est définie sur l'une des trois options " -"suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Rien (blanc)` : L'utilisateur ne peut pas du tout accéder à " "l'application *Paramètres*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." @@ -17307,7 +17887,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Droits d'accès` : L'utilisateur peut uniquement voir la section " ":guilabel:`Utilisateurs & Sociétés` de l'application *Paramètres*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." @@ -17315,7 +17895,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Paramètres` : L'utilisateur a accès à l'intégralité de " "l'application *Paramètres* sans restrictions." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " @@ -17324,7 +17904,7 @@ msgstr "" "Consultez :doc:`ce document ` pour" " en apprendre plus sur la gestion des utilisateurs et leurs droits d'accès." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -17336,7 +17916,7 @@ msgstr "" "jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Ressources humaines`. Dans :guilabel:`Notes de" " frais`, il y a quatre options :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." @@ -17345,7 +17925,7 @@ msgstr "" "pas le droit de visualiser ou d'approuver des notes de frais. Il peut " "uniquement voir ses propres notes de frais." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." @@ -17353,37 +17933,30 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Approbateur de l'équipe` : L'utilisateur peut uniquement " "visualiser et approuver les notes de frais de sa propre équipe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Approbateur de tout` : L'utilisateur peut visualiser et approuver" " n'importe quelle note de frais." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Administrateur` : L'utilisateur peut visualiser et approuver " -"n'importe quelle note de frais et accéder aux menus d'analyse et de " -"configuration de l'application *Notes de frais*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs qui sont en mesure d'approuver les notes de frais " -"(généralement des managers) peuvent facilement visualiser toutes les notes " -"de frais à valider. Allez à l'application :menuselection:`Notes de frais -->" -" Notes de frais --> Notes de frais à approuver`. Cette vue répertorie " -"toutes les notes de frais qui ont été soumises, mais non approuvées, comme " -"l'indique l'étiquette :guilabel:`Soumis` dans la colonne de statut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." @@ -17391,23 +17964,46 @@ msgstr "" "Les notes de frais à valider sont disponibles sur la page des Notes de frais" " à approuver." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" -"Les notes de frais peuvent être approuvées de deux façons (individuellement " -"ou plusieurs à la fois) et refusées d'une seule manière. Pour approuver " -"plusieurs notes de frais en une fois, restez dans la vue de liste. Tout " -"d'abord, sélectionnez les notes de frais à approuver en cochant la case à " -"côté de chaque note de frais ou cochez la case à côté de " -"l':guilabel:`Employé` pour sélectionner toutes les notes de frais " -"répertoriées. Ensuite, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(engrenage)`, puis sur :guilabel:`Approuver le rapport`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17416,80 +18012,69 @@ msgstr "" "Approuvez plusieurs notes de frais en cochant les cases à côté de chaque " "rapport." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -"Pour approuver une note de frais individuelle, cliquez sur une note de frais" -" pour passer à une vue détaillée de ce rapport. Dans cette vue, vous avez " -"plusieurs options : :guilabel:`Approuver`, :guilabel:`Refuser` ou " -":guilabel:`Remettre en brouillon`. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Approuver` pour " -"approuver le rapport." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -"Si vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Refuser`, une fenêtre contextuelle s'affiche." -" Expliquez brièvement le motif du refus dans le champ :guilabel:`Motif du " -"refus de la note de frais`, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Refuser`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "Envoyez des messages dans le chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" -"Les managers d'équipe peuvent facilement visualiser toutes les notes de " -"frais des membres de leur équipe. Dans la vue :guilabel:`Notes de frais à " -"approuver`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Filtres`, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Mon" -" équipe`. Vous y verrez toutes les notes de frais de l'équipe du manager." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "Sélectionnez le filtre Mon équipe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin de plus d'informations, par exemple s'il manque un reçu," -" il est facile de communiquer par le chatter. Dans une note de frais " -"individuelle, il suffit d'écrire un message, en taguant la personne " -"appropriée (le cas échéant) et de le publier dans le chatter en cliquant sur" -" :guilabel:`Envoyer`. Le message est publié dans le chatter et la personne " -"taguée sera informée du message par email, ainsi que tout autre abonné." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "Enregistrer des notes de frais dans la comptabilité" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'une note de frais est approuvée, la prochaine étape est de " -"l'enregistrer dans le journal comptable. Pour visualiser toutes les notes de" -" frais à comptabiliser, allez à :menuselection:`Notes de frais --> Notes de " -"frais --> Notes de frais à comptabiliser`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17498,61 +18083,41 @@ msgstr "" "Visualisez les notes de frais à comptabiliser en cliquant sur les notes de " "frais, puis notes de frais à comptabiliser." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" -"Tout comme les approbations, les notes de frais peuvent être comptabilisées " -"de deux manières (individuellement ou plusieurs à la fois). Pour " -"comptabiliser plusieurs notes de frais en même temps, restez dans la vue de " -"liste. Tout d'abord, sélectionnez les notes de frais à comptabiliser en " -"cochant la case à côté de chaque note de frais ou cochez la case à côté de " -"l':guilabel:`Employé` pour sélectionner toutes les notes de frais " -"répertoriées. Ensuite, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(engrenage)`, puis sur :guilabel:`Comptabiliser les écritures`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -"Comptabilisez plusieurs notes de frais à partir de la vue Comptabiliser des " -"écritures." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -"Pour comptabiliser une note de frais individuelle, cliquez sur une note de " -"frais pour passer à sa vue détaillée. Dans cette vue, il y a plusieurs " -"options : :guilabel:`Comptabiliser les pièces`, :guilabel:`Rapporter dans la" -" prochaine fiche de paie` ou :guilabel:`Refuser`. Cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Comptabiliser les pièces` pour comptabiliser la note." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -"Si vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Refuser`, une fenêtre contextuelle s'affiche." -" Expliquez brièvement le refus dans le champ :guilabel:`Motif du refus de la" -" note de frais`, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Refuses`. Les notes de frais " -"refusées peuvent être visualisées en allant à l'application " -":menuselection:`Notes de frais --> Notes de frais --> Toutes les notes de " -"frais`. Cette liste répertorie toutes les notes de frais, y compris les " -"notes refusées." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" @@ -17560,28 +18125,24 @@ msgstr "" "Pour enregistrer des notes de frais dans un journal comptable, l'utilisateur" " doit avoir les droits d'accès suivants :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "Comptabilité : comptable ou conseiller" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "Notes de frais : manager" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "Rembourser les employés" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" -"Après l'enregistrement d'une note de frais dans un journal comptable, la " -"prochaine étape est de rembourser l'employé. Pour visualiser toutes les " -"notes de frais à rembourser, allez à :menuselection:`Notes de frais --> " -"Notes de frais --> Notes de frais à rembourser`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -17590,33 +18151,23 @@ msgstr "" "Visualisez les notes de frais à rembourser en cliquant sur notes de frais, " "puis notes de frais à rembourser." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" -"Tout comme les approbations et les écritures, les notes de frais peuvent " -"être payées de deux manières (individuellement ou plusieurs à la fois). Pour" -" payer plusieurs notes de frais en une fois, restez dans la vue de liste. " -"Tout d'abord, sélectionnez les notes de frais à payer en cochant la case à " -"côté de chaque note de frais ou cochez la case à côté de " -"l':guilabel:`Employé` pour sélectionner toutes les notes de frais " -"répertoriées. Ensuite, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(engrenage)`, puis sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -"Comptabilisez plusieurs notes de frais en cochant les cases, en cliquant sur" -" l'engrenage et en comptabilisant les écritures." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." @@ -17625,237 +18176,191 @@ msgstr "" "pour passer à la vue détaillée de cette note. Cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` pour rembourser l'employé." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Refacturer des notes de frais aux clients" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -"Si les dépenses sont suivies sur les projets des clients, elles peuvent être" -" automatiquement refacturées au client. Pour ce faire, il suffit de créer " -"une note de frais, puis de créer un bon de commande contenant les postes de " -"dépenses. Ensuite, les managers approuvent la note de frais et le " -"département comptable comptabilise les pièces comptables. Enfin, le client " -"est facturé." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, précisez la politique de facturation de chaque produit de note" -" de frais. Allez à l'application, :menuselection:`Notes de frais --> " -"Configuration --> Produits de note de frais`. Cliquez sur le produit de note" -" de frais à modifier, puis sur :guilabel:`Modifier`. Dans la section " -":guilabel:`Facturation`, sélectionnez la :guilabel:`Politique de " -"facturation` et la :guilabel:`Politique de refacturation` en cliquant sur le" -" bouton radio à côté de la sélection souhaitée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Politique de facturation` :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Quantités commandées` : Le produit de note de frais facture " -"uniquement les dépenses basées sur la quantité commandée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Quantités livrées` : Le produit de note de frais facture " -"uniquement les dépenses basées sur la quantité livrée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Politique de refacturation` :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Non` : le produit de note de frais n'est pas refacturé." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Au coût` : le produit de note de frais facture les dépenses à " -"leur coût réel." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Au prix de vente` : le produit de note de frais facture le prix " -"défini sur le bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "Créer une note de frais" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, lors de la :ref:`création d'une nouvelle note de frais " -"`, les informations correctes doivent être saisies afin de " -"refacturer à un client. Sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Client à refacturer` dans" -" le menu déroulant. Ensuite, sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Compte analytique` " -"sur lequel la note de frais sera enregistrée." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" "Assurez-vous que le client à refacturer est défini sur la note de frais." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" -msgstr "Créer un devis et un bon de commande" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, créez un devis pour le client " -"qui est facturé en répertoriant les produits de note de frais. Tout d'abord," -" cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` pour créer un nouveau devis. Ensuite, " -"sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Client` auquel la note de frais est facturée dans" -" le menu déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes de la commande`, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Produit`, " -"sélectionnez le premier élément à facturer dans le menu déroulant ou " -"saisissez le nom du produit. Ensuite, mettez à jour la :guilabel:`Quantité`," -" la quantité :guilabel:`livrée` et le :guilabel:`Prix unitaire` le cas " -"échéant. Répétez cette opération pour tous les produits à facturer. Quand " -"tous les produits ont été ajoutés au devis, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Confirmer` et le devis devient un bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." -msgstr "" -"Créez et confirmez le bon de commande avec les notes de frais répertoriées " -"en tant que produits." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 -msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le devis est transformé en bon de commande, une colonne " -":guilabel:`Livré` apparaît. La quantité livrée doit être mise à jour pour " -"chaque article. Cliquez sur le champ `0,000` de chaque produit et saisissez " -"la quantité livrée. Lorsque toutes les quantités livrées ont été saisies, " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 msgid "Validate and post expenses" msgstr "Valider et comptabiliser des notes de frais" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" "Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " ":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" -"Seuls les employés disposant des autorisations (généralement des managers ou" -" des superviseurs) peuvent :ref:`approuver des notes de frais " -"`. Avant d'approuver une note de frais, assurez-vous que " -"le :guilabel:`Compte analytique` est défini sur chaque ligne de la note de " -"frais. S'il manque un :guilabel:`Compte analytique`, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Modifier` et sélectionnez le bon compte dans le menu déroulant, " -"puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Approuver` ou :guilabel:`Refuser`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 msgid "" "The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" " entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -"Le département comptable est généralement responsable de la " -":ref:`comptabilisation des pièces comptables `. Une fois " -"qu'une note de frais est approuvée, elle peut être comptabilisée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 msgid "Invoice expenses" msgstr "Facturer les notes de frais" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -"Une fois que le devis est transformé en bon de commande et que la note de " -"frais est approuvée, il est temps de facturer le client. Allez à " -"l'application :menuselection:`Ventes --> À facturer --> Commandes à " -"facturer` pour afficher les bons de commande prêts à être facturés." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 +msgid "" +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 +msgid "" +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, recherchez le bon de commande associé à la note de frais, cliquez " -"dessus, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture` et une fenêtre " -"contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer les factures` s'affiche. Sélectionnez s'il " -"s'agit d'une :guilabel:`Facture normale`, d'un :guilabel:`Acompte " -"(pourcentage)` ou d'un :guilabel:`Acompte (montant fixe)` en cliquant sur le" -" bouton radio à côté de la sélection. Pour les deux options d'acompte, " -"saisissez le montant (fixe ou pourcentage) dans le champ :guilabel:`Montant " -"de l'acompte`. Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`créer et afficher la facture` " -"ou :guilabel:`créer la facture`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 msgid "Fiscal localizations" @@ -18292,6 +18797,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -18306,6 +18812,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -18319,6 +18826,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "Nom technique" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -19745,11 +20253,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Belgique" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "Impôts non déductibles" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "Facturation électronique" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -19757,87 +20816,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo Online" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "On-Premise" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "Certifié" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -19845,52 +20904,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -19899,7 +20958,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -19907,17 +20966,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -19927,7 +20986,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -19935,39 +20994,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -19977,7 +21036,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -19992,44 +21051,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "IoT Box" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -20041,7 +21100,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -20049,17 +21108,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -23202,7 +24261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "Glossaire" @@ -23545,11 +24604,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -28822,10 +29876,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -29350,10 +30400,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Facturation électronique" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -33024,10 +34070,6 @@ msgstr "Transfert de liquidités" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "Paiements entrants en suspens" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -34124,7 +35166,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Onglet de configuration" @@ -34394,7 +35436,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr ":doc:`../payment_providers`" @@ -34679,7 +35721,7 @@ msgstr "Autorise les paiements provenant d'un domaine spécifique." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "Faire une réservation sur une carte" @@ -36417,11 +37459,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" -"Allez à l'application **eCommerce** ou **Ventes** et cliquez sur le bouton " -"**Activer Stripe** ou **Configurer** sur la bannière d'onboarding." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:39 @@ -36469,10 +37510,8 @@ msgstr "Odoo.sh ou On premise" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" -"À la fin du processus, vous êtes redirigé vers le fournisseur de paiement " -"**Stripe** dans Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." @@ -36495,30 +37534,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" -"Pour connecter votre compte Stripe après avoir terminé le parcours " -"d'intégration, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> " -"Fournisseurs de paiement --> Stripe` et cliquez sur le bouton *Connecter " -"Stripe*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -"Si vous essayez Stripe (en **mode test**), changez le **Statut** en *Mode " -"test*. Nous vous recommandons de le faire sur une base de données de test " -"Odoo plutôt que sur votre base de données principale." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "Remplir vos identifiants" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" @@ -36526,7 +37558,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vos **Identifiants API** sont requis pour vous connecter à votre compte " "Stripe, voici les identifiants que vous devez compléter :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." @@ -36534,7 +37566,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Clé publiable ` : La clé utilisée uniquement pour " "identifier le compte avec Stripe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." @@ -36542,7 +37574,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Clé secrète ` : La clé pour signer le compte marchand" " avec Stripe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" @@ -36552,7 +37584,7 @@ msgstr "" "votre webhook sur votre compte Stripe, ce secret de signature doit être " "défini pour authentifier les messages envoyés depuis Stripe à Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -36564,11 +37596,11 @@ msgstr "" " à votre tableau de bord Stripe et allez à :menuselection:`Développeurs --> " "Clés API --> Clés standards`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "Générer un webhook" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." @@ -36577,79 +37609,64 @@ msgstr "" "à votre compte Stripe, vous pouvez créer un webhook automatiquement ou " "manuellement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "Gérer le webhook automatiquement" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vos :ref:`Clés publiable et secrète ` sont" -" complétées, puis cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Générer votre Webhook`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -"Pour mettre à jour le webhook, cliquez à nouveau sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Générer votre Webhook`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "Gérer le webhook manuellement" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" -"Visitez la `page des webhooks sur Stripe " -"`_, ou connectez-vous à votre tableau" -" de bord Stripe et allez à :menuselection:`Développeurs --> Webhooks`. " -"Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un point de terminaison` dans vos " -":guilabel:`Points de terminaison hébergés` et saisissez les données " -"suivantes dans la fenêtre contextuelle :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" -"Dans l':guilabel:`URL du point de terminaison`, saisissez l'URL de votre " -"base de données Odoo suivie de" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." -msgstr "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "Par exemple : `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" -"En bas du formulaire, vous pouvez sélectionner des événements à écouter. " -"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sélectionner des événements`. Ensuite :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -"Dans la section :guilabel:`Payment Intent`, sélectionnez " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` et " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." @@ -36657,7 +37674,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans la section :guilabel:`Setup Intent`, sélectionnez " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." @@ -36665,25 +37682,20 @@ msgstr "" "Il est possible de sélectionner d'autres événements, mais ils ne sont " "actuellement pas traités par Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un point de terminaison`, votre " -"Webhook est configuré. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`révéler` pour afficher votre " -"secret de signature." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -"Pour mettre à jour un webhook existant, cliquez dessus. Puis, cliquez sur " -"les trois points à droite de l'**URL du webhook** et sur :guilabel:`Mettre à" -" jour les détails`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" @@ -36694,17 +37706,14 @@ msgstr "" "sur le compte du client pour une période de temps déterminée qui dépend du " "mode de paiement utilisé." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -"Pour la configurer, activez l'option :guilabel:`Capturer le montant " -"manuellement` dans Odoo, comme expliqué dans la :ref:`documentation sur les " -"fournisseurs de paiement `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." @@ -36713,7 +37722,7 @@ msgstr "" "sont pas en mesure de procéder à un paiement si un mode de paiement non pris" " en charge est sélectionné." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." @@ -36722,11 +37731,11 @@ msgstr "" "capture partielle à partir de l'interface de Stripe est toujours gérée comme" " une capture intégrale par Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "Activer les modes de paiement locaux" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." @@ -36734,44 +37743,38 @@ msgstr "" "Les modes de paiement locaux sont des modes de paiement qui ne sont " "disponibles que pour certains marchands et pays et devises de clients." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "Odoo prend en charge les modes de paiement locaux suivants :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "Bancontact" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "EPS" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "giropay" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "iDEAL" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "Przelewy24 (P24)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" -"Pour activer certains de ces modes de paiement locaux avec Stripe, " -"répertoriez-les en tant qu'icônes de paiement prises en charge. Pour ce " -"faire, allez à :menuselection:`Fournisseurs de paiement --> Stripe --> " -"Configuration` et ajoutez les modes de paiement souhaités dans le champ " -"**Icônes de paiement prises en charge**. Si le mode de paiement souhaité est" -" déjà répertorié, vous n'avez rien à faire." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" @@ -36779,7 +37782,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez et ajoutez des icônes des modes de paiement que vous souhaitez " "activer." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." @@ -36788,23 +37791,21 @@ msgstr "" " et que le mode de paiement local associé est répertorié ci-dessus, il est " "considéré comme activé avec Stripe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" -"Si un mode de paiement local n'est pas répertorié ci-dessus, il n'est pas " -"pris en charge et ne peut pas être activé." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 msgid "Enable express checkout" msgstr "Activer le paiement rapide" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -36817,11 +37818,11 @@ msgstr "" "Cela peut être fait soit automatiquement à partir d'Odoo, soit manuellement " "à partir de Stripe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "Enregistrement automatique à partir d'Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." @@ -36829,40 +37830,29 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à votre fournisseur de paiement et assurez-vous qu'il est " ":guilabel:`activé`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -"Allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration` et cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Activer Apple Pay`. Une notification affiche que le domaine web a" -" été enregistré avec succès auprès d'Apple." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "Enregistrement manuel à partir de Stripe" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -"Visitez la `Page des domaines web Apple Pay sur Stripe " -"`_, ou connectez-" -"vous à votre tableau de bord Stripe et allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres " -"--> Modes de paiement --> Apple Pay --> Configurer --> Domaines web`. " -"Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un nouveau domaine` et insérer le " -"domaine web de votre base de données Odoo dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Odoo" -" héberge déjà le fichier de vérification de Stripe. Cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Ajouter` pour enregistrer votre domaine web auprès d'Apple." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" "Cette opération doit être répétée chaque fois que votre domaine web change." @@ -37599,7 +38589,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "Feuille de calcul" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" @@ -37607,7 +38597,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les feuilles de calcul vous permettent d'organiser, d'analyser et de " "visualiser vos données sous forme de tableaux. Entre autres, vous pouvez :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." @@ -37615,23 +38605,24 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Insérer et lier vos données Odoo (tableaux croisés dynamiques, " "graphiques, listes et menus) `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "Utiliser des modèles par défaut ou créer les vôtres." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." -msgstr "Formater vos données." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 +msgid "Format data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "Utiliser des formules et des fonctions." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." -msgstr "Trier et filtrer vos données." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -37644,41 +38635,41 @@ msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" "Principaux éléments de l'interface utilisateur de la feuille de calcul" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "Barre de menu" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "Barre supérieure" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "Barre de formule" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "Bouton de filtre" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "En-tête de ligne" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "En-tête de colonne" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "Menu des cellules" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "Barre inférieure" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" -msgstr "Lier des données Odoo" +msgid "Link Odoo data" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -37829,3 +38820,241 @@ msgstr "" "cellule de tableau croisé dynémique, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Voir les " "propriétés du tableau croisé dynamique` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier " "le domaine`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Modèles" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index a9c4a358d..fa6582d9e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -5056,12 +5056,12 @@ msgstr "Regrouper des enregistrements sur le rapport de vente des analyses" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 msgid "" -"You can also **custom groups** by using a wide selection of fields present " -"on the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom " -"Group`, select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi **personnaliser les groupes** en utilisant une large " -"sélection de champs présents sur le modèle. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur " +"Vous pouvez **personnaliser les groupes** en utilisant une large sélection " +"de champs présents sur le modèle. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur " ":menuselection:`Regrouper par --> Ajouter un groupe personnalisé`, " "sélectionnez un champ et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Appliquer`." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index fda190348..fb3889d58 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -163,3 +163,752 @@ msgstr "" "`_. " "Si le lecteur de codes-barres est connecté directement à un ordinateur, il " "doit être configuré pour utiliser la disposition du clavier de l'ordinateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Employés" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Employés* organise les enregistrements, les contrats et les " +"départements des employés d'une entreprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel employé" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un nouvel employé est engagé, le première étape consiste à créer une " +"nouvelle fiche employé. Commencez dans la vue par défaut de l'application " +":menuselection:`Employés`, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` pour " +"accéder à une nouvelle fiche employé. Remplissez les informations " +"obligatoires (soulignées en gras) et tous les détails supplémentaires, puis " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "Créez une nouvelle fiche employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" +"Le numéro de téléphone et le nom de l'entreprise actuelle sont indiqués dans" +" les champs :guilabel:`Téléphone professionnel` et :guilabel:`Société`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "Informations générales" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "Champs obligatoires" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom` : Saisissez le nom de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Société` : Sélectionnez la société dans le menu déroulant qui a " +"engagé le nouvel employé ou créez une nouvelle société en saisissant le nom " +"dans le champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Heures de travail` : Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations " +"professionnelles`, sélectionnez les :guilabel:`Heures de travail` souhaitées" +" dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" +"Les heures de travail se trouvent dans l'onglet Informations " +"professionnelles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" +"Les :guilabel:`Heures de travail` sont liées à l'horaire de la société et " +"les heures de travail d'un employé ne peuvent pas être situées en dehors de " +"l'horaire de l'entreprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" +"Chaque horaire individuel est propre à l'entreprise, de sorte que pour les " +"bases de données multi-sociétés, chaque entreprise doit avoir son propre " +"horaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" +"Si les heures de travail d'un employé ne sont pas configurées en tant " +"qu'heures de travail de l'entreprise, il est possible d'ajouter de nouvelles" +" heures de travail ou de modifier des heures de travail existantes. Pour " +"ajouter ou modifier un horaire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Paie " +"--> Configuration --> Temps de travail`, ajoutez un nouveau temps de travail" +" ou éditez-en un existant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir créé le nouveau temps de travail, définissez les heures de " +"travail de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "Champs optionnels" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Photo` : Dans la zone d'image en haut à droite de la fiche " +"employé, cliquez sur l'icône d'édition :guilabel:`✏️ (crayon)` pour " +"sélectionner une photo à charger." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Poste de travail` : Saisissez l'intitulé de la fonction de " +"l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" +"Étiquettes : Cliquez sur une étiquette dans le menu déroulant pour ajouter " +"toute étiquette applicable à l'employé. Il est possible de créer n'importe " +"quelle étiquette dans ce champ en la saisissant. Une fois créée, la nouvelle" +" étiquette est disponible pour toutes les fiches employés. Il n'y a pas de " +"limite au nombre d'étiquettes pouvant être ajoutées." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" +"Coordonnées professionnelles : Saisissez le :guilabel:`Téléphone portable " +"professionnel`, le :guilabel:`Téléphone professionnel` et " +"l':guilabel:`Adresse email professionnelle` de l'employé et/ou le nom de la " +":guilabel:`Société`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Département` : Sélectionnez le département de l'employé dans le " +"menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manager` : Sélectionnez le manager de l'employé dans le menu " +"déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mentor` : Sélectionnez le mentor de l'employé dans le menu " +"déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir sélectionné un :guilabel:`Manager`, si le champ " +":guilabel:`Mentor` est laissé vide, le manager sélectionné est " +"automatiquement complété dans le champ :guilabel:`Mentor`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" +"Pour apporter des modifications aux champs :guilabel:`Département`, " +":guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Mentor`, ou :guilabel:`Société` " +"sélectionnés, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` à côté de la " +"sélection respective. Le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre le formulaire" +" sélectionné, ce qui permet d'y apporter des modifications. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` une fois les modifications enregistrées." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "Onglet des informations supplémentaires" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "Onglet CV" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "CV" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" +"L'onglet :guilabel:`CV` permet ensuite de saisir l'historique de l'employé. " +"Chaque expérience antérieure doit être saisie individuellement. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Créer une nouvelle entrée` et le formulaire :guilabel:`Créer des " +"lignes de cv` s'affiche. Saisissez les informations suivantes, puis cliquez " +"sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` s'il n'y a qu'une seule " +"entrée à ajouter ou cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` " +"pour enregistrer l'entrée actuelle et créer une autre ligne." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez les informations relatives à l'expérience professionnelle antérieure" +" dans ce formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nom` : Saisissez le nom de l'expérience professionnelle " +"précédente." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type` : Dans le menu déroulant, sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Expérience`, :guilabel:`Éducation`, :guilabel:`Certification " +"interne`, :guilabel:`Formation interne`, ou saisissez une nouvelle entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type d'affichage` : Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Classique`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, ou :guilabel:`Cours` dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Date de début` et :guilabel:`Date de fin` : Saisissez les dates " +"de début et de fin de l'expérience professionnelle. Pour sélectionner une " +"date, utilisez les icônes fléchées :guilabel:`< (gauche)` et :guilabel:`> " +"(droite)` pour aller au mois souhaité, puis cliquez sur le jour pour " +"sélectionner la date." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Description` : Saisissez tous les détails pertinents dans le " +"champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Compétences" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" +"Les compétences d'un employé peuvent être saisies dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`CV` de la même manière qu'une ligne de cv est créée. Cliquez sur " +"le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une nouvelle entrée` sous :guilabel:`Compétences`" +" et un formulaire :guilabel:`Créer des compétences` s'affiche. Remplissez " +"les informations, puis cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer & " +"Fermer` s'il n'y a qu'une seule entrée à ajouter ou cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer l'entrée actuelle et " +"immédiatement créer une nouvelle entrée." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "Créez une nouvelle compétence pour l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type de compétence` : Sélectionnez dans le menu déroulant " +":guilabel:`Langues`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Musique`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, ou saisissez un nouveau type de compétences. Après " +"avoir saisi le nouveau type de compétence, vous avez la possibilité de " +":guilabel:`Créer` la compétence ou de :guilabel:`Créer et Modifier` la " +"compétence. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer et Modifier` et une fenêtre " +"contextuelle pour le type de compétence spécifique s'affiche. Il est " +"également possible d'y accéder en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lien " +"externe` à côté de la nouvelle compétence. Ce formulaire vous permet de " +"créer des compétences et des niveaux spécifiques. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et saisissez les informations relatives à la " +"nouvelle compétence, puis répétez pour toutes les autres compétences " +"ajoutées. Répétez ce processus pour la section :guilabel:`Niveaux`. Cliquez " +"sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour ajouter chaque niveau et progression." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "Ajoutez une nouvelle compétence et des niveaux." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter une compétence de mathématiques, saisissez `Math` dans le champ" +" :guilabel:`Nom`. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Compétences`, saisissez " +"`Algèbre`, `Calcul` et `Trigonométrie`. Et, dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Niveaux`, saisissez `débutant`, `intermédiaire` et `expert`. " +"Puis, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` ou :guilabel:`Enregistrer" +" & Nouveau`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Compétence` : Les compétences associées au :guilabel:`Type de " +"compétence` sélectionné apparaissent dans un menu déroulant. Par exemple, si" +" vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Langue` en tant que :guilabel:`Type de " +"compétence`, vous avez le choix entre plusieurs langues dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Compétences`. Sélectionnez la compétence prédéfinie appropriée ou" +" saisissez-en une nouvelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Niveau de compétence` : Les niveaux de compétence prédéfinis " +"associés au :guilabel:`Type de compétence` sélectionné apparaissent dans un " +"menu déroulant. Sélectionnez un nouveau ou créez un nouveau niveau de " +"compétence en le saisissant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Progression` : La progression est automatiquement basée sur le " +":guilabel:`Niveau de compétence` sélectionné. Il est possible de modifier " +"les niveaux de compétence et la progression dans le formulaire de " +":guilabel:`Type de compétence`, qui est accessible via le bouton " +":guilabel:`Lien externe` à côté du champ :guilabel:`Type de compétence`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" +"Pour supprimer une ligne de l'onglet :guilabel:`CV`, cliquez sur l'icône de " +"suppression :guilabel:`🗑️ (corbeille)` pour supprimer l'entrée. Ajoutez une " +"nouvelle ligne en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`AJOUTER` à côté de la " +"section correspondante." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "Onglet des informations professionnelles" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lieu` : Sélectionnez l':guilabel:`Adresse professionnelle` dans " +"le menu déroulant. Le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre le formulaire de" +" la société sélectionnée dans une autre fenêtre et permet les modifications." +" Le :guilabel:`Lieu de travail` est l'endroit où les détails spécifiques " +"doivent être notés, tels que l'étage ou le bâtiment." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Validateurs` : À l'aide des menus déroulants, sélectionnez les " +"employés chargés de valider les :guilabel:`Congés`, les :guilabel:`Notes de " +"frais` et les :guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` de l'employé. Le bouton " +":guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre un formulaire contenant les champs " +":guilabel:`Nom`, :guilabel:`Adresse email`, :guilabel:`Société`, " +":guilabel:`Téléphone` et :guilabel:`Téléphone portable` du validateur. Il " +"est possible de les modifier le cas échéant. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` après avoir effectué les modifications." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horaire` : Sélectionnez les :guilabel:`Heures de travail` " +"(obligatoire) et le :guilabel:`Fuseau horaire` de l'employé. Le bouton " +":guilabel:`Lien externe` permet d'afficher une vue détaillée des heures de " +"travail quotidiennes spécifiques. Il est possible de créer, modifier ou " +"supprimer des heures de travail. Les congés généraux (tels que les vacances)" +" peuvent être saisis dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Congés généraux`. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour ajouter un nouveau congé global." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Planification` : Cliquez sur le rôle de planification dans le " +"menu déroulant des champs :guilabel:`Rôle de planification par défaut` et " +":guilabel:`Rôles de planification` pour ajouter un rôle. Il n'y a pas de " +"limite au nombre de :guilabel:`Rôles de planification` pouvant être " +"sélectionnés pour un employé, mais il ne peut y avoir qu'un seul " +":guilabel:`Rôle de planification par défaut`. Le rôle par défaut est le rôle" +" *typique* de l'employé, tandis que les :guilabel:`Rôles de planification` " +"sont *tous* les rôles spécifiques que l'employé est en mesure d'assumer." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez les informations professionnelles dans l'onglet Informations " +"professionnelles" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "Onglet des informations privées" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" +"Aucune information n'est obligatoire dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations " +"privées`. Toutefois, certaines informations dans cette section peuvent être " +"essentielles pour le département de paie de l'entreprise. Afin de traiter " +"correctement les fiches de paie et s'assurer que toutes les déductions sont " +"prises en compte, il est important de saisir les informations " +"professionnelles de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" +"Ici vous pouvez saisir les informations relatives au :guilabel:`Coordonnées " +"privées`, à l':guilabel:`État civil`, au :guilabel:`Contact d'urgence`, à " +"l':guilabel:`Éducation`, à la :guilabel:`Citoyenneté`, aux " +":guilabel:`Personnes à charge` et au :guilabel:`Permis de travail` de " +"l'employé. Les champs sont complétés à l'aide d'un menu déroulant, en " +"cochant une case ou en saisissant les informations." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Coordonnées privées` : Saisissez l':guilabel:`Adresse` de " +"l'employé. La sélection peut être faite à l'aide du menu déroulant. Si les " +"informations ne sont pas disponibles, saisissez le nom de la nouvelle " +"adresse. Pour modifier la nouvelle adresse, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Lien externe` pour ouvrir le formulaire d'adresse. Sur le " +"formulaire d'adresse, saisissez les détails nécessaires, puis cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Certaines autres informations de la section " +":guilabel:`Coordonnées privées` peuvent s'afficher automatiquement si " +"l'adresse est déjà répertoriée dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`État civil` : Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Célibataire`, " +":guilabel:`Marié(e)`, :guilabel:`Cohabitant légal`, :guilabel:`Veuf(ve)` ou " +":guilabel:`Divorcé(e)` dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Contact d'urgence` : Saisissez le nom et le numéro de téléphone " +"du contact d'urgence de l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Éducation` : Sélectionnez le niveau d'études le plus élevé " +"atteint par l'employé dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Niveau du " +"certificat`. Les options incluent :guilabel:`Graduat`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelier`, :guilabel:`Master`, :guilabel:`Docteur` ou " +":guilabel:`Autre`. Saisissez le :guilabel:`Champ d'étude` et le nom de " +"l':guilabel:`Établissement scolaire` dans les champs respectifs." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Citoyenneté` : Cette section contient toutes les informations " +"relatives à la citoyenneté de l'employé. Certaines sections utilisent un " +"menu déroulant, telles que les sections :guilabel:`Nationalité (Pays)`, " +":guilabel:`Genre` et :guilabel:`Pays de naissance`. La section " +":guilabel:`Date de naissance` utilise un module calendrier pour pouvoir " +"sélectionner la date. Cliquez d'abord sur le nom du mois, ensuite l'année " +"pour accéder aux plages d'années. Utilisez les icônes fléchées :guilabel:`< " +"(gauche)` et :guilabel:`> (droite)`, allez à la plage d'années appropriée et" +" cliquez sur l'année. Cliquez ensuite sur le mois et cliquez enfin sur la " +"date pour sélectionner la date. Saisissez les informations dans les champs " +":guilabel:`N° d'identification`, :guilabel:`N° de passeport`, et " +":guilabel:`Lieu de naissance`. Si l'employé est :guilabel:`handicapté` ou un" +" :guilabel:`Non-résident`, cochez la case à côté des champs respectifs." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Personnes à charge` : Si l'employé a des personnes à charge, ces " +"informations sont saisies ici. Saisissez le nombre d'enfants de l'employé et" +" cochez les cases à côté d':guilabel:`Enfants handicapés` et/ou " +":guilabel:`Autres personnes à charge` le cas échéant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Permis de travail` : Si l'employé a un permis de travail, " +"saisissez les informations dans cette section. Saisissez le :guilabel:`N° de" +" visa` et/ou :guilabel:`N° de permis de travail` dans les champs appropriés." +" En utilisant le module calendrier, sélectionnez la :guilabel:`Date " +"d'expiration du visa` pour saisir la date d'expiration." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "Ajoutez les informations privées dans l'onglet Informations privées." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "Onglet des paramètres RH" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" +"Cet onglet propose plusieurs champs pour différentes informations, en " +"fonction du pays où l'entreprise se situe. Différents champs sont configurés" +" en fonction de la localisation, mais certaines sections apparaissent de " +"toute manière." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Statut` : Le cas échéant, sélectionnez un :guilabel:`Utilisateur " +"lié`, un :guilabel:`Poste de travail`, et une :guilabel:`Langue` à l'aide " +"des menus déroulants. Saisissez le :guilabel:`Numéro d'enregistrement de " +"l'employé` et le :guilabel:`Code NIF du pays`, le cas échéant." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Flotte` : Si l'employé a accès à un véhicule de société, " +"saisissez les informations relatives à la :guilabel:`Carte de mobilité` ici." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` : Saisissez le coût horaire de l'employé au " +"format XX,XX $. Ce coût est pris en compte lorsque l'employé travaille dans " +"un poste de travail. Cette valeur affecte le salaire de l'employé et peut " +"également affecter les coûts de fabrication d'un produit, si la valeur du " +"produit fabriqué n'est pas un montant fixe." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Présence` : Cette section ne peut apparaître que pour les " +"entreprises belges. Le cas échéant, saisissez le numéro :guilabel:`NISS ou " +"BIS`. Vous pouvez également saisir l':guilabel:`ID du badge` et le " +":guilabel:`Code PIN` si l'employé en a besoin ou en possède un. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Générer` à côté de champ :guilabel:`ID du badge` pour créer un ID" +" de badge." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez toutes les informations demandées dans l'onglet Paramètres RH pour" +" l'employé." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "Onglet des documents personnels" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" +"L'onglet :guilabel:`Documents personnels` s'affiche uniquement pour certains" +" pays. Si l'onglet n'est pas visible, c'est qu'il ne s'applique pas à la " +"localisation de l'entreprise." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez un fichier pour la :guilabel:`Copie de la carte d'identité`, le " +":guilabel:`Permis de conduire`, la :guilabel:`Facture d'abonnement mobile`, " +"la :guilabel:`Copie de la carte SIM` et la :guilabel:`Facture d'abonnement " +"internet` de l'employé en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Charger votre " +"fichier` à côté du champ correspondant. Les types de fichiers acceptés sont " +":file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, et :file:`.pdf`." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" +"Chargez des documents personnels de l'employé dans l'onglet Documents personnels, au format jpg, \n" +"png, ou pdf." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index fac70bcce..ae09ad15e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Melanie Bernard , 2022 -# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2022 # Maxime Chambreuil , 2022 # Xavier Symons , 2022 # Stéphane GUILLY , 2022 @@ -24,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -709,9 +708,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -1291,133 +1289,710 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" +msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "Dates d'expiration" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" -"Dans de nombreuses entreprises, les produits ont des dates d'expiration et " -"ils doivent être gérés en fonction de ces dates. Dans l'industrie " -"alimentaire, par exemple, le suivi et la gestion du stock de produits en " -"fonction des dates d'expiration sont obligatoires pour éviter de vendre des " -"produits périmés aux clients." +"Dans Odoo, les *dates d'expiration* peuvent être utilisées pour gérer et " +"suivre les cycles de vie des produits périssables, de l'achat à la vente. " +"l'utilisation des dates d'expiration réduit les pertes de produits dues à " +"une expiration inattendue, et permet d'éviter d'envoyer des produits périmés" +" aux clients." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez suivre et gérer vos produits en fonction de leur date" -" d'expiration, même s'ils sont déjà suivis par lots ou par numéros de série." +"Dans Odoo, seuls les produits qui sont suivis à l'aide de *lots* et de " +"*numéros de série* peuvent se voir assigner des informations relatives à " +"l'expiration. Une fois qu'un lot ou un numéro de série a été assigné, une " +"date d'expiration peut être définie. Ceci est particulièrement utile pour " +"les entreprises (telles que les fabricants de produits alimentaires) qui " +"achètent et vendent régulièrement, ou exclusivement, des produits " +"périssables." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de l'application" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser le suivi par date d'expiration, ouvrez l'application " -"*Inventaire* et allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` et " -"activez les fonctionnalités *Lots & Numéros de série* et *Dates " -"d'expiration*." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Configuration du produit" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" +msgstr "Activer les dates d'expiration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -"À présent, vous pouvez définir différentes dates dans l'onglet *inventaire* " -"de la fiche produit :" +"Pour activer l'utilisation des *dates d'expiration*, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, et faites " +"défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`. Ensuite, cochez la case " +"pour activer la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -"Date d'expiration : le nombre de jours avant que les marchandises commencent" -" à se détériorer, sans être dangereuses. Il est utilisé pour calculer la " -"Date limite d'utilisation optimale de chaque lot/numéro de série reçu." +"Une fois que cette fonctionnalité est activée, une nouvelle option s'affiche" +" permettant d'activer les :guilabel:`Dates d'expiration`. Cochez cette case " +"pour activer la fonctionnalité et assurez-vous d':guilabel:`Enregistrer` les" +" changements." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" +"Les paramètres lots et numéros de série et dates d'expiration activés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -"Durée de vie : le nombre de jours avant que les marchandises ne deviennent " -"dangereuses et ne doivent être consommées. Il est utilisé pour calculer la " -"Date d'expiration de chaque lot/numéro de série reçu." +"Une fois que la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série` est " +"activée, des fonctionnalités supplémentaires apparaissent permettant " +"d':guilabel:`Afficher des lots et des numéros de série sur les bons de " +"livraison` ; d':guilabel:`Afficher des lots et des numéros de série sur les " +"factures` et d':guilabel:`Afficher des dates d'expiration sur les bons de " +"livraison`. L'activation de ces fonctionnalités contribue à la traçabilité " +"de bout en bout, ce qui facilite la gestion des rappels de produits, " +"l'identification des \"mauvais\" lots de produits, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "Configurer des dates d'expiration sur des produits" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -"Date de retrait : indique le nombre de jours avant que les marchandises ne " -"doivent être retirées du stock. Il est utilisé pour calculer la Date de " -"retrait de chaque lot/numéro de série reçu." +"Une fois que les fonctionnalités :guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série` et " +":guilabel:`Dates d'expiration` ont été activées dans les paramètres de " +"l'application *Inventaire*, les informations relatives à l'expiration " +"peuvent être configurées sur des produits individuels." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -"Date d'alerte : indique le nombre de jours avant qu'une alerte ne soit " -"déclenchée pour le lot/numéro de série. Il est utilisé pour calculer la Date" -" d'alerte de chaque lot/numéro de série reçu. Une fois que la date d'alerte " -"est atteinte, une activité est assignée sur le lot/numéro de série pertinent" -" à l'utilisateur responsable défini sur le produit." +"Pour ce faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits" +" --> Produits`, et sélectionnez un produit à modifier. La sélection d'un " +"produit affiche la fiche du produit pour cet article en particulier. Sur la " +"fiche du produit, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` dans le coin supérieur " +"gauche pour effectuer des changements." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Date d'expiration sur les lots/numéros de série" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -"Lors de la réception d'un produit dans l'inventaire, les dates seront " -"automatiquement mises à jour sur le lot/numéro de série correspondant. Ces " -"mises à jour seront basées sur la date de réception du produit et les jours " -"définis sur la fiche produit." +"Pour que les produits soient suivis à l'aide de lots ou de numéros de série " +"ou pour configurer des informations relatives à l'expiration, les produits " +"*doivent* avoir leur :guilabel:`Type de produit` défini sur " +":guilabel:`Produit stockable` dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations " +"générales`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et faites défiler " +"jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`. À partir de là, assurez-vous que" +" vous avez coché :guilabel:`Par numéro de série unique` ou :guilabel:`Par " +"lots`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cela fait, une nouvelle case :guilabel:`Date d'expiration` " +"s'affiche qui doit également être cochée. Lorsque les deux options sont " +"activées, un nouveau champ :guilabel:`Dates` s'affiche à droite." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" +"Si un produit est en stock avant d'activer le suivi par lot ou par numéro de" +" série, il peut être nécessaire de procéder à un ajustement d'inventaire " +"afin d'assigner des numéros de lots au stock existant." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" +"Pour le traitement de grandes quantités de produits lors de réceptions ou de" +" livraisons, il est recommandé d'effectuer un suivi par lot, pour que " +"plusieurs produits puissent être rattachés au même lot, en cas de problème." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "Configuration des dates d'expiration sur la fiche du produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" +"Sous le champ :guilabel:`Dates`, il y a quatre catégories d'informations " +"relatives à l'expiration pour configurer le produit :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Délai d'expiration` : le nombre de jours après la réception des " +"produits (d'un fournisseur ou en stock après la production) au cours " +"desquels les marchandises peuvent devenir dangereuses et ne doivent pas être" +" utilisées ou consommées." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Date limite d'utilisation optimale` : le nombre de jours avant la" +" date d'expiration au cours desquels les marchandises commencent à se " +"détériorer, **sans** nécessairement être déjà dangereuses." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Délai avant retrait` : le nombre de jours avant la date " +"d'expiration au cours desquels les marchandises doivent être retirées du " +"stock." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Délai avant alerte` : le nombre de jours avant la date " +"d'expiration au cours desquels une alerte doit être déclenchée pour les " +"marchandises d'un lot particulier ou contenant un numéro de série " +"particulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" +"Les valeurs saisies dans ces champs calculent automatiquement la date " +"d'expiration des marchandises entrées dans le stock, qu'elles soient " +"achetées auprès d'un fournisseur ou fabriquées en interne." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que toutes les informations relatives à l'expiration ont été " +"configurées, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer tous les " +"changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" +"Si le champ :guilabel:`Dates` n'est pas renseigné avec des valeurs pour les " +"informations relatives à l'expiration, les dates (et les lots) peuvent être " +"assignées manuellement lors es réceptions et livraisons dans l'entrepôt et " +"hors de l'entrepôt. Même lorsqu'elles sont assignées, elles peuvent toujours" +" être remplacées et modifiées manuellement si nécessaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" +"Définir des dates d'expiration sur les réceptions avec des lots & numéros de" +" série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de générer des dates d'expiration pour les marchandises " +"**entrantes** directement à partir du bon de commande. Pour créer un bon de " +"commande, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Achats` et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Créer` pour créer une nouvelle demande de prix." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" +"Complétez ensuite les informations en ajoutant un :guilabel:`Fournisseur` et" +" ajoutez des produits aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produits` en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez la quantité souhaitée à commander en changeant le nombre dans la " +"colonne :guilabel:`Quantité` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer la " +"commande`. Cette action transforme la demande de prix en bon de commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` en haut du bon de " +"commande pour accéder au formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider` avant d'assigner un numéro de série " +"aux quantités de produits commandées, une fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Erreur d'utilisateur` s'affiche. La fenêtre contextuelle demande " +"de saisir un lot ou un numéro de série pour les produits commandés. La " +"demande de prix ne peut pas être validée sans l'assignation d'un lot ou d'un" +" numéro de série." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" +"Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur lors de la validation d'une " +"commande sans numéro de lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" +"À partir de là, cliquez sur l'icône de menu (hamburger) des " +":guilabel:`Options supplémentaires` située à l'extrême droite de la ligne de" +" produit. Lorsque vous cliquez sur cette icône, une fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Opérations détaillées` s'affiche." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" +"Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` " +"et assignez un lot ou un numéro de série dans le champ :guilabel:`Nom du " +"lot/numéro de série`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" +"Une date d'expiration est automatiquement complétée en fonction de la " +"configuration sur la fiche du produit (si elle a été configurée " +"précédemment)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" +"Si le champ :guilabel:`Dates` sur la fiche produit n'a pas été configuré, " +"cette date peut être saisie manuellement." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" +"Une fois la date d'expiration établie, notez les quantités " +":guilabel:`faites` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la " +"fenêtre contextuelle. Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" +"La fenêtre contextuelle des opérations détaillées affichant les dates " +"d'expiration des produits commandés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" +"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` apparaît lors de la validation" +" de la réception. Cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Traçabilité` " +"pour voir le :guilabel:`Rapport de traçabilité` mis à jour, qui inclut ; un " +"document de :guilabel:`Référence` ; le :guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi ; " +"le :guilabel:`Lot/# de série` ; et bien plus encore." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "Définir des dates d'expiration sur des produits fabriqués" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" +"Il est également possible de générer des dates d'expiration pour des " +"produits fabriqués en interne. Pour assigner des dates d'expiration à des " +"produits fabriqués, un ordre de fabrication (OF) doit être complété." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un :abbr:`OF (ordre de fabrication)`, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Opérations --> Ordres de fabrication` et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Choisissez un produit à fabriquer dans le " +"menu déroulant du champ :guilabel:`Produit`, puis sélectionnez la " +":guilabel:`Quantité` à produire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "Ordre de fabrication pour un produit avec date d'expiration." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" +"Pour fabriquer un produit, il faut qu'il y ait des matières premières à " +"consommer dans les lignes de la colonne :guilabel:`Produit`. Pour ce faire, " +"vous pouvez créer une :guilabel:`Nomenclature` pour le :guilabel:`Produit` " +"ou ajouter manuellement des matières premières à consommer en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "Une fois que tout est prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" +"À côté de :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série`, sélectionnez un numéro de lot " +"existant dans le menu déroulant ou cliquez sur le signe :guilabel:`+` vert " +"pour automatiquement assigner un nouveau numéro de lot." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, sélectionnez un nombre d'unités dans le champ :guilabel:`Quantité` " +"et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme terminé`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'icône de :guilabel:`Lien externe` dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` assigné. Une fenêtre contextuelle s'affiche," +" révélant un formulaire détaillé pour ce numéro particulier." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" +"Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Dates`, toutes les" +" informations relatives à l'expiration précédemment configurées pour le " +"produit sont affichées. Ces mêmes informations sont également disponibles " +"sur le formulaire détaillé de ce produit spécifique ou en allant à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de " +"série`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" +"L'onglet Dates avec des informations relatives à l'expiration d'un numéro de" +" lot spécifique." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "Vendre des produits avec des dates d'expiration" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" +"La vente de produits périssables avec date d'expiration se fait de la même " +"manière que pour tout autre type de produit. La première étape de la vente " +"de produits périssables consiste à créer une commande client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Ventes --> Créer` pour " +"créer un nouveau devis et compléter les informations sur le formulaire de " +"commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez un :guilabel:`Client`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit` " +"pour ajouter les produits souhaités aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produit` et " +"définissez une :guilabel:`Quantité` pour les produits." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" +"Puis cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Autres informations`. Dans la section " +":guilabel:`Livraison`, modifiez la :guilabel:`Date de livraison` à une date " +"après la date prévue et cliquez sur l'icône de :guilabel:`case à cocher " +"verte` pour confirmer la date. Cliquez enfin sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour " +"confirmer la commande." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` en haut de " +"la commande pour accéder au formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" +"Sur le formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Valider` et :guilabel:`Appliquer` dans la fenêtre contextuelle " +"qui s'affiche, afin de traiter automatiquement toutes les quantités " +":guilabel:`faites` et de livrer les produits au client." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" +"Si les produits sont livrés avant la :guilabel:`Date d'alerte` définie sur " +"la fiche du produit, aucune alerte ne sera créée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" +"Pour vendre des produits périssables avec des dates d'expiration la " +":guilabel:`Stratégie d'enlèvement` pour l':guilabel:`Emplacement` dans " +"lequel les produits sont stockés doit être définie sur :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expiry, First Out)`. S'il n'y a pas assez de stock de produits périssables " +"dans un lot, Odoo prendra automatiquement la quantité restante nécessaire " +"dans un second lot avec la date d'expiration la plus proche. Les stratégies " +"d'enlèvement peuvent également être définies sur les :guilabel:`Catégories " +"de produits`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "Afficher les dates d'expiration pour les lots & numéros de série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" +"Pour afficher (et/ou regrouper) tous les produits avec des dates " +"d'expiration par numéro de lot, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" +"Sur cette page, supprimez tous les filtres de recherche par défaut de la " +"barre :guilabel:`Recherche...`. Puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Regrouper par`, " +"choisissez :guilabel:`Ajouter un groupe personnalisé` et sélectionnez le " +"paramètre :guilabel:`Date d'expiration` dans le menu déroulant. Enfin, " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Appliquer` pour appliquer le filtre." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" +"Cette opération permet de répertorier tous les produits périssables, leur " +"date d'expiration et le numéro de lot qui leur a été assigné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" +"Regrouper par dates d'expiration sur la page des lots et numéros de série." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "Alertes d'expiration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez accéder aux alertes d'expiration depuis l'application " -"*Inventaire*. Allez à :menuselection:`Données de base --> Lots/Numéros de " -"série`. Là, vous pouvez utiliser le filtre préexistant pour afficher tous " -"les lots/numéros de série qui ont dépassé leurs dates d'alerte respectives." +"Pour voir les alertes d'expiration, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" +"Puis cliquez sur un :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` avec des produits " +"périssables. Cette action affiche le formulaire détaillé du numéro de série." +" Sur ce formulaire, cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Dates` pour voir toutes " +"les informations relatives à l'expiration des produits." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier le formulaire, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` dans le coin " +"supérieur gauche du formulaire, puis modifiez la :guilabel:`Date " +"d'expiration` à la date d'aujourd'hui (ou à une date antérieure) et cliquez " +"sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les modifications." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" +"Après l'enregistrement, le formulaire de numéro de lot affiche une " +":guilabel:`Alerte d'expiration` rouge en haut du formulaire pour indiquer " +"que les produits de ce lot sont soit périmés, soit bientôt périmés. À partir" +" de là, retournez à la page :guilabel:`Lots/Numéros de série` (via le fil " +"d'Ariane)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir la nouvelle alerte d'expiration ou toutes les alertes d'expiration" +" pour les produits qui sont périmés (ou qui périment bientôt), supprimez " +"tous les filtres de recherche dans la barre de :guilabel:`Recherche...` sur " +"le tableau de bord :guilabel:`Lots/Numéros de série`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Filtres` et choisissez :guilabel:`Alertes " +"d'expiration`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." +msgstr "" +"Alerte d'expiration pour un produit qui a dépassé la date d'expiration." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" @@ -1463,12 +2038,6 @@ msgstr "" "utilisés pour retracer un produit jusqu'à un groupe. C'est particulièrement " "utile pour gérer les rappels de produits ou les dates de péremption." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1957,12 +2526,6 @@ msgstr "" "First Out)`). Il dépendra également de la quantité commandée et de " "l'existence d'une quantité suffisante dans un lot pour honorer la commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -2195,12 +2758,6 @@ msgstr "" "utile pour les fabricants qui fournissent des services après-vente aux " "produits qu'ils vendent et livrent." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -4177,36 +4734,36 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Produits" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "Sélectionner une stratégie de réassort" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, il existe deux stratégies de réassort de l'inventaire : **Règles " -"de réassort** et la route **Fabrication à la commande (MTO)**. Bien que ces " -"stratégies soient légèrement différentes, elles ont toutes deux des " -"conséquences similaires : déclencher la création automatique d'un bon de " -"commande ou de fabrication. La choix de la stratégie à utiliser dépend des " -"processus de fabrication et de livraison de l'entreprise." +"Dans Odoo, il existe deux stratégies pour automatiquement réapprovisionner " +"l'inventaire : les *règles de réassort* et la route *Fabrication à la " +"commande (MTO)*. Bien que ces stratégies soient légèrement différentes, " +"elles ont toutes deux des conséquences similaires : déclencher la création " +"automatique d'un bon de commande ou d'un ordre de fabrication. Le choix de " +"la stratégie à utiliser dépend des processus de fabrication et de livraison " +"de l'entreprise." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminologie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "Rapport de réassort et règles de réassort" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." @@ -4214,310 +4771,528 @@ msgstr "" "Le rapport de réassort est une liste de tous les produits dont la quantité " "prévue est négative." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -"Les règles de réassort sont utilisées pour s'assurer qu'il y a toujours une " -"quantité minimale d'un produit en stock afin de fabriquer des produits et/ou" -" d'exécuter des commandes clients. Lorsque le niveau de stock d'un produit " -"atteint son minimum, Odoo génère automatiquement un bon de commande avec la " -"quantité requise pour atteindre le niveau de stock maximum." +"Les *règles de réassort* sont utilisées pour s'assurer qu'il y ait toujours " +"une quantité minimale d'un produit en stock, afin de fabriquer des produits " +"et/ou d'exécuter des commandes clients. Lorsque le niveau de stock d'un " +"produit atteint son minimum, Odoo génère automatiquement un bon de commande " +"avec la quantité requise pour atteindre le niveau de stock maximum." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" "Les règles de réassort peuvent être créées et gérées dans le rapport de " "réassort ou à partir de la fiche du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" msgstr "Fabrication à la commande" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." msgstr "" -"La fabrication à la commande (MTO) est une route d'approvisionnement qui " -"crée un bon de commande ou de fabrication en brouillon chaque fois qu'une " -"commande client est confirmée, *quel que soit le niveau de stock actuel*." +"La *Fabrication à la commande (MTO)* est une route d'approvisionnement qui " +"crée un bon de commande (ou un ordre de fabrication) brouillon chaque fois " +"qu'une commande est confirmée, **quel que soit le niveau de stock actuel**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -"Contrairement aux produits réapprovisionnés grâce aux règles de réassort, " -"Odoo relie automatiquement la commande client au bon de commande ou au bon " -"de fabrication généré par la route MTO. Une autre différence entre les " -"règles de réassort et la route MTO est qu'avec la MTO, Odoo génère un bon de" -" commande ou un bon de fabrication en brouillon immédiatement après la " -"confirmation de la commande client. Avec des règles de réassort, Odoo génère" -" un bon de commande ou un bon de fabrication en brouillon lorsque le stock " -"prévu du produit est inférieur à la quantité minimale définie. De plus, Odoo" -" ajoutera automatiquement des quantités au bon de commande/bon de " -"fabrication à mesure que les prévisions changent, tant que le bon de " -"commande/bon de fabrication n'est pas confirmé." +"Contrairement aux produits qui sont réapprovisionnés grâce aux règles de " +"réassort, Odoo associe automatiquement la commande client au bon de commande" +" ou à l'ordre de fabrication généré par la route MTO." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." +msgstr "" +"Une autre différence entre les règles de réassort et MTO est qu'avec la " +"route MTO, Odoo génère un bon de commande ou un ordre de fabrication " +"brouillon immédiatement après la confirmation de la commande client. Avec " +"les règles de réassort, Odoo génère un bon de commande ou un ordre de " +"fabrication brouillon lorsque le stock prévu du produit tombe en dessous de " +"la quantité minimale définie." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." +msgstr "" +"De plus, Odoo ajoute automatiquement des quantités au bon de commande ou à " +"l'ordre de fabrication au fur et à mesure que les prévisions changent, tant " +"que le bon de commande ou l'ordre de fabrication n'est pas confirmé." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" "La route MTO est la meilleure stratégie de réassort pour les produits " -"personnalisés et ne doit être utilisée que dans ce but." +"personnalisés et/ou pour des produits qui ne sont pas en stock." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "" -"Pour accéder au rapport de réassort, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> " -"Opérations --> Réassort`. Par défaut, le rapport de réassort montre chaque " -"produit qui doit être réapprovisionné manuellement. S'il n'y a pas de règle " -"spécifique pour un produit, Odoo suppose que la :guilabel:`Quantité " -"minimale` et la :guilabel:`Quantité maximale` en stock sont toutes deux " -"`0.00`." +"Pour accéder au rapport de réassort, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Réassort.`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" msgstr "" -"Le rapport de réassort montre les produits qui doivent être réapprovisionnés" -" manuellement." +"Par défaut, le tableau de bord des rapports de réassort affiche chaque " +"produit qui doit être réapprovisionné manuellement. Si aucune règle " +"spécifique n'est définie pour un produit, Odoo considère que la " +":guilabel:`Quantité minimale` et la :guilabel:`Quantité maximale` sont " +"toutes deux `0,00`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" "Pour les produits qui n'ont pas de règle de réassort définie, Odoo calcule " -"la prévision au fur et à mesure que les commandes clients, les livraisons et" -" les réceptions sont confirmées. Pour les produits qui ont une règle de " -"réassort définie, Odoo calcule la prévision normalement, mais prend " -"également en compte le délai d'achat/de fabrication et le délai de sécurité." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" -"Avant de créer une nouvelle règle de réassort, assurez-vous qu'un " -"fournisseur ou une nomenclature est défini sur la fiche du produit. Assurez-" -"vous également que le :guilabel:`Type du produit` est `Produit stockable` " -"dans la fiche du formulaire. Par définition, les niveaux d'inventaire d'un " -"produit consommable ne sont pas surveillés, donc Odoo ne peut donc pas tenir" -" compte d'un produit consommable dans la valorisation du stock." +"les prévisions sur la base des commandes client, des livraisons et des " +"réceptions confirmées. Pour les produits qui ont une règle de réassort " +"définie, Odoo calcule les prévisions normalement, mais prend également en " +"compte le délai des achats/de fabrication et le délai de sécurité." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -"Pour créer une nouvelle règle de réassort à partir du rapport de réassort, " -"allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Réassort`, cliquez sur" -" :guilabel:`Créer`, et définissez le :guilabel:`Produit`. Si vous le " -"souhaitez, définissez une :guilabel:`Quantité min` et une " -":guilabel:`Quantité max` et cliquez finalement sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." +"Avant de créer une nouvelle règle de réassort, assurez-vous qu'un " +"*fournisseur* et une *nomenclature* sont configurés sur la fiche du produit." +" Pour le vérifier, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> " +"Produits --> Produits`, et sélectionnez le produit pour ouvrir sa fiche. " +"Vous pouvez voir le fournisseur, s'il est configuré, dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Achats` et la nomenclature, si elle est configuré, en cliquant " +"sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Nomenclatures` en haut de la fiche." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -"Pour créer une nouvelle règle de réassort à partir de la fiche du produit, " -"allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits`, sélectionnez " -"un produit pour ouvrir sa fiche, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " -":guilabel:`Règles de réassort` et sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Ensuite, complétez " -"les champs et enregistrez la nouvelle règle de réassort." +"Le :guilabel:`Type de produit`, situé dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations " +"générales` sur la fiche de produit, **doit** être défini sur " +":guilabel:`Produit stockable`. Par définition, un produit consommable ne " +"fait pas l'objet d'un suivi de ses niveaux de stock, donc Odoo ne peut pas " +"tenir compte d'un produit consommable dans le rapport de réassort." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, la quantité dans le champ :guilabel:`À commander` est la " -"quantité requise pour atteindre la :guilabel:`Quantité max` définie. " -"Cependant, la quantité :guilabel:`À commander` peut être modifiée en " -"cliquant sur le champ, en changeant la valeur et en cliquant sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Pour réapprovisionner un produit manuellement, " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Commander une fois`." +"Le rapport de réassort répertoriant tous les articles à acheter pour " +"répondre aux besoins actuels." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" -"Pour automatiser un réassort, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Automatiser les " -"commandes`. En cliquant sur ce bouton, Odoo générera automatiquement un bon " -"de commande/bon de fabrication en brouillon chaque fois que le niveau de " -"stock prévu tombe en-dessous de la :guilabel:`Quantité min` définie de la " -"règle de réassort." +"Pour créer une nouvelle règle de réassort à partir du rapport de réassort, " +"allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> " +"Réassort`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`, et sélectionnez le produit " +"souhaité dans le menu déroulant dans la colonne :guilabel:`Produit`. Le cas " +"échéant, vous pouvez également configurer une :guilabel:`Quantité min` et " +"une :guilabel:`Quantité max` dans les colonnes appropriées sur la page du " +"rapport de :guilabel:`Réassort`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -"Une règle de réassort peut être temporairement désactivée pour une période " -"donnée en utilisant le bouton :guilabel:`Reporter`." +"Pour créer une nouvelle règle de réassort à partir de la fiche du produit, " +"allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits`," +" et sélectionnez un produit pour ouvrir sa fiche. Cliquez sur le bouton " +"intelligent :guilabel:`Règles de réassort`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` et" +" remplissez les champs." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." -msgstr "" -"La fonction de report pour temporairement désactiver les règles de réassort." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" +msgstr "Champs du rapport de réassort" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -"Un bon de commande ou un bon de fabrication créé par un réassort manuel aura" -" le `Rapport de réassort` comme document d'origine. Un bon de commande ou un" -" bon de fabrication créé par une règle de réassort automatique aura le ou " -"les numéros de référence des commandes clients qui ont déclenché la règle " -"comme document d'origine." +"Les champs suivants figurent sur le rapport de :guilabel:`Réassort`. Si l'un" +" de ces champs n'est pas visible, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`⋮ (options " +"supplémentaires)` à l'extrême droite du rapport, puis cochez la case à côté " +"d'un champ pour le rendre visible." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produit` : le produit qui doit être réapprovisionné." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." msgstr "" -"Vue du tableau de bord montrant d'où proviennent les demandes de prix et les" -" bons de fabrication." +":guilabel:`Emplacement` : l'emplacement spécifique où le produit est stocké." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Entrepôt` : l'entrepôt où le produit est stocké." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`En stock` : la quantité de produit actuellement disponible." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Prévision` : la quantité de produits disponible après avoir pris " +"en compte toutes les commandes en cours (ventes, fabrication, achats, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" -msgstr "Fabrication à la commande" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Route préférée` : mode d'approvisionnement du produit : " +":guilabel:`Acheter`, :guilabel:`Fabriquer`, :guilabel:`Dropshipping`, etc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -"Comme la route de Fabrication à la commande (MTO) est uniquement recommandée" -" pour les produits personnalisés, la route est masquée par défaut." +":guilabel:`Fournisseur` : l'entreprise auprès de laquelle le produit est " +"acheté." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" -msgstr "Pour activer la Fabrication à la commande (MTO) dans Odoo :" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nomenclature` : la nomenclature du produit (si elle est " +"configurée)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Déclencheur` : mode de création du réapprovisionnement : " +":guilabel:`Automatique` (dès que la quantité :guilabel:`en stock` passe en " +"dessous de la :guilabel:`Quantité minimale`) ou :guilabel:`Manuel` " +"(uniquement lorsque le réassort est demandé)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres --> " -"Entrepôt`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Activez le paramètre :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` et cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." +":guilabel:`Groupe d'approvisionnement` : le numéro de référence du mode " +"d'acquisition du produit, tel qu'une commande client, un bon de commande ou " +"un ordre de fabrication." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quantité min` : la quantité minimale de produit qui doit être " +"disponible. Lorsque le niveau du stock est inférieur à cette quantité, le " +"réassort est déclenché." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quantité max` : la quantité de produits qui doit être disponible " +"après le réassort." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quantité multiple` : si le produit doit être commandé en " +"quantités spécifiques, saisissez le nombre de produits à commander. Par " +"exemple, si la :guilabel:`Quantité multiple` est définie sur `5` et seuls 3 " +"produits sont nécessaires, 5 produits sont réapprovisionnés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`À commander` : la quantité de produits actuellement nécessaire et" +" qui sera commandée lorsque l'on clique sur :guilabel:`Commander une fois` " +"ou :guilabel:`Automatiser les commandes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr ":guilabel:`UdM` : l'unité de mesure utilisée pour acheter le produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Société` : la société pour laquelle le produit est acheté." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, la quantité du champ :guilabel:`À commander` est la quantité " +"requise pour atteindre la :guilabel:`Quantité max`. Toutefois, la quantité " +":guilabel:`À commander` peut être modifiée en cliquant sur le champ et en " +"changeant la valeur. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Pour " +"réapprovisionner un produit manuellement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Commander " +"une fois`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" +"Pour automatiser un réapprovisionnement à partir de la page des " +":guilabel:`Réassorts`, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Automatiser des " +"commandes` à l'extrême droite de la ligne, représenté par une icône " +":guilabel:`🔄 (flèches circulaires)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous cliquez sur ce bouton, Odoo génère automatiquement un bon de " +"commande ou un ordre de fabrication brouillon chaque fois que le niveau de " +"stock prévu tombe en dessous de la :guilabel:`Quantité min` définie sur la " +"règle de réassort." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" +"Sur la page des :guilabel:`réassorts`, il est possible de temporairement " +"désactiver une règle de réassort ou un réassort manuel pendant une certaine " +"période de temps en cliquant sur l'icône :guilabel:`🔕 (reporter)` à " +"l'extrême droite de la ligne." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Les options de report pour désactiver les notifications du réassort pendant " +"une certaine période de temps." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" +"Le document source d'un bon de commande ou d'un ordre de fabrication créé " +"par un réassort manuel est le :guilabel:`Rapport de réassort`. Le document " +"source d'un bon de commande ou un ordre de fabrication créé par une règle de" +" réassort automatisée est le numéro de référence de la commande client qui a" +" déclenché la règle." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" +"Liste des demandes de prix dont les devis proviennent directement du rapport" +" de réassort." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "Route Fabrication à la commande (MTO)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" +"Puisque la route MTO est recommandée pour les produits personnalisés, elle " +"est masquée par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "Pour activer la route MTO dans Odoo :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> " +"Paramètres`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Activez le paramètre :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` situé dans la " +"section :guilabel:`Entrepôt` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" +"Allez ensuite à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur :menuselection:`Filtres --> Archivé` pour montrer les routes " +"Cliquez sur :menuselection:`Filtres --> Archivé` pour afficher les routes " "archivées." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la case à cocher à côté de :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur " -"commande (MTO)`, et cliquez sur :menuselection:`Action --> Désarchiver`." +"Cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO)`, et" +" cliquez sur :menuselection:`Action --> Désarchiver`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" "L'activation du paramètre :guilabel:`Routes en plusieurs étapes` active " "également le paramètre :guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`. Si ces " -"fonctionnalités ne sont pas applicables à l'entrepôt, ignorez ces paramètres" -" après avoir désarchivé la route MTO." +"fonctionnalités ne sont pas applicables à l'entrepôt, désactivez ces " +"paramètres après avoir désarchivé la route MTO." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -"Pour définir une route d'approvisionnement d'un produit sur MTO, allez à " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits`, cliquez sur un " -"produit pour ouvrir sa fiche et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier`. Cliquez " -"ensuite sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et dans les options " +"Pour définir la route d'approvisionnement d'un produit sur MTO, allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits`, cliquez" +" sur le produit souhaité pour ouvrir sa fiche et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Modifier`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire` et dans la section " ":guilabel:`Routes`, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande " -"(MTO)`. Pour les produits qui sont directement achetés auprès d'un " -"fournisseur, assurez-vous que la route :guilabel:`Acheter` est sélectionnée " -"en plus de la route MTO et qu'un fournisseur est configuré dans l'onglet " -":guilabel:`Achat`. Pour les produits fabriqués en interne, assurez-vous que " -"la route :guilabel:`Fabriquer` est sélectionnée en plus de la route MTO et " -"qu'une nomenclature est configurée pour le produit. Finalement, cliquez sur " +"(MTO)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" +"Pour les produits directement achetés auprès d'un fournisseur, assurez-vous " +"que la route :guilabel:`Acheter` est sélectionnée en plus de la route " +":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO)`. Assurez-vous également " +"qu'un fournisseur est configuré dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Achats` d'une fiche" +" de produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" +"Pour les produits fabriqués en interne, assurez-vous que la route " +":guilabel:`Fabriquer` est sélectionnée, en plus de la route " +":guilabel:`Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO)`. Assurez-vous également " +"qu'une nomenclature est configurée pour le produit, qui est accessible via " +"le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Nomenclature` sur la fiche du produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Enfin, lorsque toutes les configurations sont terminées, cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" -"Activer la route Réapprovisionner sur commande (MTO) dans les paramètres du " -"produit." +"Il n'est pas possible d'uniquement sélectionner la route MTO. MTO fonctionne" +" **uniquement** si la route :guilabel:`Fabriquer` ou :guilabel:`Acheter` est" +" également sélectionnée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." +msgstr "" +"Route Réapprovisionner sur commande sélectionnée sur la fiche du produit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use different units of measure" @@ -5513,23 +6288,40 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, ce processus peut être mené manuellement— par les employés de " -"l'entrepôt qui comptent physiquement les produits— ou automatiquement par " -"le biais de la base de données." +"Dans Odoo, ce processus peut être appliqué manuellement — par les employés " +"de l'entrepôt qui comptent physiquement les produits — ou automatiquement " +"par le biais de la base de données." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "Valorisation automatique des stocks" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -":ref:`Configuration de la valorisation des stocks " -"`" +"Pour qu'Odoo génère automatiquement une trace des entrées de valorisation " +"des stocks, allez d'abord à la liste des :menuselection:`Catégories de " +"produits` en allant à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> " +"Configuration --> Catégories de produits` et sélectionnez la catégorie de " +"produits souhaitée. Sur le formulaire, définissez la :guilabel:`Valorisation" +" des stocks` sur :guilabel:`Automatisée` et la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` " +"sur l'une des trois options." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" -msgstr "Comprendre les bases de la valorisation des stocks" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" +msgstr "" +":ref:`Configurer la valorisation des stocks " +"`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " @@ -5539,82 +6331,78 @@ msgstr "" "impactent la valeur globale de l'entreprise, examinons le scénario suivant " "de mouvements des produits et des stocks." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "Recevoir un produit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -"Par exemple, examinons un produit physique, une simple *table* considérée " -"comme `Office Furniture` dans le champ :guilabel:`Catégorie de produit` de " -"la fiche du produit." +"Pour garder une trace de la valeur des produits entrants, tels qu'une simple" +" *table*, configurez la catégorie de produits sur le produit même. Pour ce " +"faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> " +"Produits` et cliquez sur le produit souhaité. Sur la fiche du produit, " +"cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`➡️ (flèche droite)` à côté du champ " +":guilabel:`Catégorie de produits` qui ouvre un lien interne permettant de " +"modifier la catégorie de produits. Ensuite, définissez la :guilabel:`Méthode" +" de coût` sur :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` et la " +":guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` sur :guilabel:`Automatisée`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" -"Allez à la catégorie de produit en allant à l'application " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Catégories de produits`, et" -" sur la bonne fiche, définissez la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` sur `First In" -" First Out (FIFO)` et la :guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` sur " -"`Automatisée`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez également accéder au tableau de bord des :guilabel:`Catégories " -"de produits` en cliquant sur la flèche :guilabel:`lien interne` sur la fiche" -" individuelle du produit, en survolant le champ :guilabel:`Catégorie de " -"produit`." +"de produits` en allant à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> " +"Configuration --> Catégories de produits` et sélectionnez la catégorie de " +"produits souhaitée." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, imaginons que 10 tables sont achetées à un prix de $10,00 chacune. " -"Le bon de commande de ces tables affichera le sous-total de l'achat comme " -"$100, plus tous les frais ou taxes supplémentaires." +"Ensuite, imaginons que 10 tables sont achetées à un prix de 10,00 $ chacune." +" Le bon de commande de ces tables affichera le sous-total de l'achat de 100 " +"$, plus tous les frais ou taxes supplémentaires." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." -msgstr "Bon de commande avec 10 tables de $10 chacune." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." +msgstr "Bon de commande avec 10 tables d'une valeur de 10,00 $ chacune." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" -"Après avoir cliqué sur :guilabel:`Valider` sur le bon de commande, utilisez " -"le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Valorisation` pour afficher comment la " -"valeur de l'inventaire a été impactée." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "Bouton intelligent de valorisation sur une réception." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." -msgstr "" -"Le :ref:`Mode développeur ` doit être activé pour voir le " -"bouton intelligent *Valorisation*." +"Après avoir cliqué sur :guilabel:`Valider` sur le bon de commande, le bouton" +" intelligent :guilabel:`Valorisation` s'affiche. Si vous cliquez sur ce " +"bouton, un rapport s'affiche montrant comment la valorisation des stocks de " +"la table a été impactée par cet achat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" +"Le :ref:`mode développeur ` **doit** être activé pour voir " +"le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Valorisation`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " @@ -5626,104 +6414,108 @@ msgstr "" " d'autres entreprises ne sont pas pris en compte dans la valorisation des " "stocks de l'entreprise hôte." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" -"Le tableau de bord de la :guilabel:`valorisation du stock` affiche alors la " -"valorisation de tous les produits de la livraison, ainsi que leurs quantités" -" et valorisation. Dans l'exemple de l'achat de 10 tables, la colonne " -":guilabel:`Valeur totale` du tableau de bord affiche une valorisation " -"calculée de $100." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" -"La page de la valorisation du stock décrivant les produits d'une livraison." +"Voir le bouton intelligent Valorisation sur une réception, avec le mode " +"développeur activé." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les enregistrements automatiques de valorisation des stocks sont " -"également enregistrés dans l'application *Comptabilité*. Pour accéder à ces " -"écritures comptables, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Pièces " -"comptables` et recherchez les écritures de valorisation des stocks avec le " -"préfixe `STJ` dans les colonnes :guilabel:`Journal` et :guilabel:`Numéro`, " -"respectivement." +"Pour obtenir un tableau de bord complet comprenant la valorisation des " +"stocks de toutes les expéditions de produits, les ajustements d'inventaire " +"et les opérations d'entrepôt, consultez le :ref:`rapport de valorisation des" +" stocks `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "Pièce comptable pour la valorisation des stocks de 10 tables." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "Livrer un produit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" "Dans la même logique, lorsqu'une table est expédiée à un client et quitte " -"l'entrepôt, la valorisation de l'inventaire diminue. De même, le bouton " -"intelligent de :guilabel:`Valorisation` sur le bon de livraison affiche " -"l'enregistrement de valorisation de l'inventaire comme il le fait sur un bon" -" de commande. " +"l'entrepôt, la valorisation des stocks diminue. De même, le bouton " +"intelligent :guilabel:`Valorisation` sur le bon de livraison affiche " +"l'enregistrement de la valorisation des stocks comme il le fait sur un bon " +"de commande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." -msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire réduite après l'expédition d'un produit." +msgstr "Valorisation des stocks réduite après l'expédition d'un produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "Le rapport de valorisation des stocks" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" +msgstr "Rapport de valorisation des stocks" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" -"Pour afficher la valeur actuelle de tous les produits dans l'entrepôt, allez" -" à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation des" -" stocks`. Les enregistrements dans le tableau sont organisés par produit et " -"la sélection du menu déroulant d'un produit permet d'afficher des " -"enregistrements détaillés avec la :guilabel:`Date`, la :guilabel:`Quantité` " -"et la :guilabel:`Valeur totale` de l'inventaire." +"Pour afficher la valeur totale de tous les produits de l'entrepôt, activez " +"d'abord le :ref:`mode développeur ` et allez à l'application" +" :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation`. Le tableau de " +"bord de la :guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` affiche des enregistrements " +"détaillés des produits avec la :guilabel:`Date`, la :guilabel:`Quantité`, la" +" :guilabel:`Valeur unitaire`, et la :guilabel:`Valeur totale` de " +"l'inventaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." +msgstr "" +"Le :ref:`mode développeur ` **doit** être activé pour voir " +"l'option :guilabel:`Valorisation` dans la section :guilabel:`Analyse`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" "Le rapport de valorisation des stocks affichant de multiples produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" "Le bouton :guilabel:`Valorisation à la date`, situé dans le coin supérieur " -"gauche du tableau de bord de la :guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire`, " -"affiche la valorisation des stocks des produits disponibles à une date " -"antérieure précisée." +"gauche de la page :guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks`, fait apparaître une " +"fenêtre contextuelle. Dans cette fenêtre, vous pouvez sélectionner et voir " +"la valorisation des stocks des produits disponibles à une date antérieure " +"précise." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez voir un enregistrement détaillé de la valeur d'inventaire, des " +"mouvements de stock et du stock disponible d'un produit en sélectionnant le " +"bouton sarcelle :guilabel:`➡️ (flèche droite)` à droite de la valeur de la " +"colonne :guilabel:`Référence`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "Mettre à jour le prix unitaire d'un produit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -5736,56 +6528,146 @@ msgstr "" "stock, la *valorisation manuelle* est un outil supplémentaire pour mettre à " "jour le prix unitaire des produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" -"La valorisation manuelle s'applique aux produits qui peuvent être achetés et" -" reçus pour un coût supérieur à 0 ou qui ont des catégories de produits dont" -" la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` est `Coût moyen (AVCO)` ou `First In First " -"Out (FIFO)`." +"La valorisation manuelle est destinée aux produits qui peuvent être achetés " +"et reçus pour un coût supérieur à 0 ou qui ont des catégories de produits " +"dont la :guilabel:`Méthode de coût` est définie sur :guilabel:`Coût moyen " +"(AVCO)` ou :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "Ajouter une valorisation manuelle de la valeur du stock à un produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" "Créez des entrées de valorisation manuelle sur le tableau de bord de la " -":guilabel:`Valorisation de l'inventaire` en allant d'abord à l'application " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation des stocks`, puis " -"cliquez sur la petite icône grise déroulante à gauche d'un nom de produit " -"pour faire apparaître les lignes de valorisation des stocks en dessous ainsi" -" qu'un bouton :guilabel:`+ (plus)` bleu-vert sur la droite." +":guilabel:`Valorisation des stocks` en allant d'abord à l'application " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Analyse --> Valorisation`. Ensuite, pour " +"activer la fonctionnalité *Revalorisation du produit*, sélectionnez " +":menuselection:`Regrouper par --> Produit` pour organiser tous les " +"enregistrements par produit. Cliquez sur l'icône grise :guilabel:`▶️ " +"(triangle déroulant)` pour faire apparaître les lignes de valorisation des " +"stocks, ainsi qu'un bouton sarcelle :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` à droite." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`+ (plus)` bleu-vert pour ouvrir le " -"formulaire :guilabel:`Revalorisation du produit`, qui permet de mettre à " -"jour le calcul de la valorisation des stocks en augmentant ou en diminuant " -"le prix unitaire de chaque produit." +"Cliquez sur le bouton sarcelle :guilabel:`+ (plus)` pour ouvrir le " +"formulaire de :guilabel:`revalorisation du produit`. Ce formulaire permet de" +" recalculer la valeur des stocks d'un produit, en augmentant ou en diminuant" +" le prix unitaire de chaque produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." +msgstr "" +"Les boutons :guilabel:`▶️ (triangle déroulant)` et :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` ne " +"sont visibles qu'après avoir regroupé les entrées par produit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "" -"Le formulaire de revalorisation du produit ajoutant une valeur de $1,00 en " +"Le formulaire de revalorisation du produit ajoutant un montant de 1,00 $ en " "raison de l'inflation." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "Pièces comptables pour la valorisation des stocks" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, les enregistrements de valorisation automatique des stocks sont " +"également enregistrés dans l'application :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " +"Comptabilité --> Pièces comptables`. Dans cette liste exhaustive des pièces " +"comptables, les enregistrements de valorisation des stocks sont identifiés " +"en vérifiant les valeurs dans la colonne :guilabel:`Journal` ou en " +"recherchant la valeur de la colonne :guilabel:`Référence` de l'opération " +"d'entrepôt (par ex. `WH/IN/00014` pour les réceptions)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur une pièce comptable de valorisation des stocks, un " +"enregistrement de *comptabilité en partie double*. Ces enregistrements sont " +"générés par Odoo afin de suivre la variation de la valeur de l'inventaire au" +" fur et à mesure que les produits entrent et sortent de l'entrepôt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir la valorisation des stocks de 10 *tables*, d'une valeur de 10,00 $" +" chacune, lors de la réception du fournisseur, allez à la page " +":menuselection:`Pièces comptables` accessible via " +":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Comptabilité --> Pièces comptables`. " +"Cliquez sur l'écriture comptable dont la valeur de la colonne " +":guilabel:`Référence` correspond à la référence sur la réception, " +"`WH/IN/00014`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" +"La page de la valorisation des stocks décrivant les produits d'une " +"expédition." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" +"`Stock provisoire` est un compte d'attente de l'argent destiné à payer le " +"produit aux fournisseurs. Le compte `valorisation des stocks` contient la " +"valeur de tout le stock disponible." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "Pièce comptable pour la valorisation des stocks de 10 tables." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriels Odoo : Valorisation des stocks " +"`_" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "Réceptions et bons de livraison" @@ -11240,14 +12122,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" -"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire`, allez à " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Livraison --> Modes d'expédition`. " -"Choisissez un mode de livraison et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier`. Dans " -"l'exemple suivant, nous utiliserons *FedEx International*." +"Dans le module :menuselection:`Inventaire`, allez à " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Livraison --> Modes d'expédition.` Cliquez" +" sur un mode de livraison pour en choisir un. Dans l'exemple suivant, nous " +"utilisons *FedEx International*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." @@ -11256,12 +12138,12 @@ msgstr "Différents modes d'expédition." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration`, sous :guilabel:`Type d'étiquette`, " -"choisissez un des types d'étiquettes disponibles. La disponibilité varie " -"selon le transporteur. :guilabel:`Enregistrez` les changements." +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration`, dans :guilabel:`Type d'étiquette`, " +"choisissez l'un des types d'étiquette disponibles. La disponibilité varie en" +" fonction du transporteur." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." @@ -11466,6 +12348,11 @@ msgstr "" "cliquez sur **Paramètres généraux**. Cliquez sur le premier lien " "**Configurer les données de votre société**." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configuration du produit" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -13683,59 +14570,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "Appliquer des composants à plusieurs variantes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" -"Que vous vouliez contrôler la qualité de votre production ou celle de votre " -"sous-traitant avant d'enregistrer les produits dans votre stock, vous pouvez" -" compter sur le module Qualité d'Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" -"Pour contrôler la qualité de votre production, vous devez configurer un " -"*Point de contrôle qualité* sur le type d'opération de fabrication, comme " -"indiqué ci-dessous. Pour le créer, allez à :menuselection:`Qualité --> " -"Contrôle qualité --> Points de contrôle` et cliquez sur **Créer**. Si le " -"contrôle s'applique uniquement à des produits ou des catégories de produit " -"spécifiques, vous pouvez également les préciser lors de la configuration." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" -"En ce qui concerne la réception des produits sous-traités, vous devez " -"sélectionner le type d'opération 'Réceptions' au lieu du type d'opération " -"'Fabrication'. Pour le reste, les mêmes principes s'appliquent." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" -"Ce faisant, un contrôle qualité est automatiquement créé à chaque fois qu'un" -" produit fini est fabriqué et/ou reçu. Notez que plusieurs *types* de " -"contrôle qualité peuvent être choisis dans la liste déroulante. Notez " -"également que plusieurs points de contrôle qualité peuvent être définis pour" -" le même type d'opération." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "Gérer des produits semi-finis" @@ -14740,11 +15574,11 @@ msgstr "" "prochaine défaillance` sont calculés automatiquement en fonction de la date " "de la dernière défaillance, s'il y en a eu une." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "Intégrer des appareils IoT" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" @@ -14752,15 +15586,15 @@ msgstr "" "L'onglet des :guilabel:`Déclencheurs IoT` permet d'intégrer des appareils " ":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` à un poste de travail :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`Appareil` : précise l'appareil IoT à déclencher" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr ":guilabel:`Clé` : la clé de sécurité de l'appareil" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr ":guilabel:`Action` : l'action de l'appareil IoT déclenchée" @@ -14768,11 +15602,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Action` : l'action de l'appareil IoT déclenchée" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "L'onglet des déclencheurs IoT du formulaire du poste de travail." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "Cas d'utilisation : configurer un poste de travail alternatif" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -14784,7 +15618,7 @@ msgstr "" "libère, il est possible de déterminer un poste de travail alternatif où les " "ordres de travail excédentaires doivent être exécutés." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -14799,7 +15633,7 @@ msgstr "" "poste de travail principal et incluez le nouveau poste de travail dans le " "champ de sélection :guilabel:`Postes de travail alternatifs` " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -14821,7 +15655,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur le bouton programmer pour sélectionner automatiquement un poste " "de travail disponible." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -14834,11 +15668,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "Le poste de travail alternatif est sélectionné automatiquement." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "Contrôler les performances d'un poste de travail" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -14851,7 +15685,7 @@ msgstr "" "performances d'un poste de travail peuvent être affichées en haut à droite " "du formulaire :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" @@ -14859,11 +15693,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`TRS` : taux de rendement synthétique, le pourcentage de temps " "pendant lequel le poste de travail a été pleinement productif" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr ":guilabel:`Perdu` : le temps perdu en raison des arrêts de travail" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" @@ -14871,7 +15705,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Charge` : le temps nécessaire à l'exécution de la charge de " "travail actuelle" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 6c78a9756..4fe0412d4 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -1710,196 +1710,197 @@ msgstr "Cibler un public" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5 msgid "" -"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when " -"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` " -"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, " -"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right " -"customers at the right time." +"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when " +"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps" +" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can " +"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at " +"the right time." msgstr "" -"Proposer des campagnes de marketing au *bon* public est primordial lorsqu'on" -" cherche à développer une entreprise. L'application :guilabel:`Odoo " -"Marketing Automation` aide les agents de marketing à y parvenir en " -"fournissant des outils de filtrage, qui peuvent être aussi simples ou aussi " -"complexes que nécessaire, pour atteindre les bons clients au bon moment." +"Proposer des campagnes de marketing au bon audience est primordial lorsqu'on" +" cherche à développer une entreprise. L'application *Marketing Automation* " +"d'Odoo aide les agents de marketing à y parvenir en fournissant des outils " +"de filtrage, qui peuvent être aussi simples (ou aussi complexes) que " +"nécessaire, pour atteindre les bons clients au bon moment." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11 -msgid "Work with target filters" -msgstr "Travailler avec des filtres cibles" +msgid "Configure target filters" +msgstr "Configurer des filtres de ciblage" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13 msgid "" -"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options" -" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter " -"has more refined parameters within it." +"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some " +"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The " +":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more " +"refined parameters within it that can be customized." msgstr "" -"Lors de la configuration des filtres sur une campagne marketing, certaines " -"options sont accompagnées d'une icône en forme de flèche. Cette flèche " -"indique que le filtre contient des paramètres plus précis." +"Lors de la configuration des filtres de ciblage sur une campagne marketing, " +"certaines options sont accompagnées d'une icône :guilabel:`> (flèche)`. " +"L'icône :guilabel:`> (flèche)` signifie que le filtre en question contient " +"des paramètres plus précis qui peuvent être personnalisés." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" "Le menu déroulant des filtres dans l'application Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21 msgid "" "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds " "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new " "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, " -"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements." +"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` " +"statements." msgstr "" "Les filtres peuvent être étendus en ajoutant des *branches* et des *nœuds*. " "Un *nœud* ajoute un autre paramètre de filtrage à un groupe de conditions de" " ciblage (par ex. une nouvelle ligne) et une *branche* crée un groupe de " "paramètres plus précis, permettant aux filtres d'être regroupés avec les " -"instructions *une* ou *toutes*." +"instructions :guilabel:`UNE` ou :guilabel:`TOUTES`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" msgstr "Chaque fois qu'une nouvelle branche est créée, il y a deux options :" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28 msgid "" "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules" -" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)." +" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)." msgstr "" -"Soit les enregistrements peuvent correspondre à :guilabel:`TOUS` les " -"critères des règles à venir (une instruction ET où tous les critères doivent" -" correspondre)." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules " -"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)." -msgstr "" -"Soit les enregistrements peuvent correspondre à :guilabel:`UN` critère pour " -"les règles à venir (une instruction OU où un seul des critères doit " +"Soit les enregistrements correspondent à :guilabel:`TOUS` les critères des " +"règles à venir (créer une instruction ET où *tous* les critères doivent " "correspondre)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules " +"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)." +msgstr "" +"Soit les enregistrements correspondent à :guilabel:`UN` critère pour les " +"règles à venir (créer une instruction OU où *un seul* des critères doit " +"correspondre)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33 msgid "" "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon " -"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`." +"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`." msgstr "" -"Pour passer d'une option à l'autre, cliquez simplement sur la flèche du menu" -" déroulant dans la boîte verte et sélectionnez :guilabel:`une` ou " -":guilabel:`toutes`." +"Pour passer d'une option à l'autre, cliquez simplement sur l'icône du menu " +"déroulant dans la case verte et sélectionnez :guilabel:`UNE` ou " +":guilabel:`TOUTES`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36 msgid "" -"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add " -"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a " -":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`." +"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add " +"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node" +" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un nœud, cliquez sur :guilabel:`+ (signe plus)` et pour ajouter" -" une autre branche, cliquez sur :guilabel:`... (ellipse)`. Pour exclure un " -":guilabel:`nœud` (ou une :guilabel:`branche`), cliquez sur :guilabel:`x " -"(supprimer)`." +"Pour ajouter un nœud, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`➕ (signe plus)` et pour" +" ajouter une autre branche, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipse)`. " +"Pour exclure un nœud ou une branche, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`✖ " +"(supprimer)` pour le/la supprimer." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47 msgid "" -"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a " +"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a " "marketing campaign might commonly use." msgstr "" "Les scénarios suivants décrivent différentes combinaisons de filtres qu'une " "campagne de marketing peut utiliser couramment." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51 +msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" msgstr "Scénario #1 : Cibler les nouvelles opportunités dans le pipeline" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53 msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it." msgstr "" -"En mode Édition sur un formulaire de modèle de campagne, sélectionnez le " -"champ :guilabel:`Cible` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Recherche avancée` dans le" -" menu déroulant. Cherchez ensuite :guilabel:`Piste/Opportunité` et " -"sélectionnez-la." +"En *mode édition* sur un formulaire de modèle de campagne (en cliquant sur " +"le bouton :guilabel:`Modifier`), sélectionnez le champ :guilabel:`Cible` et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Recherche avancée` dans le menu déroulant. Recherchez" +" ensuite :guilabel:`Piste/Opportunité`, et sélectionnez-la." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" -" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" -" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From " -"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, " +"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of " +"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter " +"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." msgstr "" "Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un filtre` dans le champ " ":guilabel:`Filtre`. Cliquez sur l'option de filtrage :guilabel:`ID` par " "défaut dans la première partie de l'équation. Cette opération fait " "apparaître un menu déroulant rempli d'options de filtrage. Dans ce menu " -"déroulant, descendez jusqu'à (ou cherchez) :guilabel:`Type`." +"déroulant, faites défiler jusqu'à (ou recherchez) :guilabel:`Type`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62 msgid "" -"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." +"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." msgstr "" -"Restez la deuxième partie de l'équation inchangée sur l'option :guilabel:`= " -"(signe égal)` par défaut." +"Laissez la deuxième partie de l'équation sur l'icône :guilabel:`🟰 (signe " +"égal)` par défaut." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64 msgid "" -"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " +"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of " -":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as " -"the equation is customized." +":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the " +"equation is customized." msgstr "" -"Changez ensuite la troisième (et dernière) partie de l'équation de " +"Modifiez ensuite la troisième (et dernière) partie de l'équation de " ":guilabel:`Piste` en :guilabel:`Opportunité`. Le nombre " -"d':guilabel:`enregistrements` correspondant à cette équation spécifique " -"changera au fur et à meure que l'équation sera personnalisée." +"d':guilabel:`Enregistrements` qui correspondent à cette équation spécifique " +"change au fur et à mesure que l'équation est personnalisée." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to" -" the right of the equation." +"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` " +"icon to the right of the equation." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez un autre nœud à ce filtre en cliquant sur :guilabel:`+ (signe plus)`" -" à droite de l'équation." +"Ajoutez un autre nœud à ce filtre en cliquant sur l'icône :guilabel:`➕ " +"(signe plus)` à droite de l'équation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71 msgid "" "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node " -"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " +"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Les \"nouvelles\" opportunités étant ciblées par ce filtre, le deuxième " -"noeud se concentrera uniquement sur les opportunités qui se trouvent dans " +"Les \"nouvelles\" opportunités étant ciblées par ce filtre, le deuxième nœud" +" se concentrera *uniquement* sur les opportunités qui se trouvent dans " "l'étape :guilabel:`Nouveau` du pipeline. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez " -"l':guilabel:`ID` par défaut dans la première partie de l'équation et " -"descendez jusqu'à (ou cherchez) :guilabel:`Étape` dans le menu déroulant du" -" champ." +":guilabel:`ID` par défaut dans la première partie de l'équation et faites " +"défiler jusqu'à (ou recherchez) :guilabel:`Étape` dans le menu déroulant du " +"champ. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76 msgid "" -"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." +"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." msgstr "" -"De nouveau, laissez la deuxième partie de l'équation inchangée sur " -":guilabel:`= (signe égal)`." +"De nouveau, laissez la deuxième partie de l'équation sur l'icône " +":guilabel:`🟰 (signe égal)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78 msgid "" "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the " -"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, " -"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the " -"pipeline." +"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only " +"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline." msgstr "" -"Enfin, mettez en évidence la valeur par défaut dans la troisième (et " -"dernière) option de la deuxième équation et tapez :guilabel:`Nouveau`. Une " -"fois cette étape terminée, Odoo ciblera uniquement les opportunités qui se " -"trouvent dans l'étape \"Nouveau\" du pipeline." +"Finalement, mettez en évidence la valeur par défaut dans la troisième (et " +"dernière) partie de l'équation et tapez `Nouveau`. Une fois cette étape " +"terminée, Odoo ciblera uniquement les opportunités qui se trouvent dans " +"l'étape \"Nouveau\" du pipeline." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1908,27 +1909,28 @@ msgstr "" "Un scénario standard utilisant des filtres dans l'application Marketing " "Automation d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87 msgid "" -"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a " -"specific ticket" +"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific " +"ticket" msgstr "" "Scénario #2 : Cibler les participants à un événement qui ont acheté un " "ticket spécifique" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89 msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select " -"it." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or " +"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it." msgstr "" -"En mode édition sur un formulaire de modèle de campagne, sélectionnez le " -"champ :guilabel:`Cible` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Recherche avancée` dans le" -" menu déroulant. Ensuite, descendez jusqu'à (ou cherchez) " -":guilabel:`Événement` et sélectionnez-le." +"En *mode édition* sur un formulaire de modèle de campagne (en cliquant sur " +"le bouton :guilabel:`Modifier`), sélectionnez le champ :guilabel:`Cible` et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Recherche avancée` dans le menu déroulant. Ensuite, " +"faites défiles jusqu'à (ou recherchez) :guilabel:`Événement`, et " +"sélectionnez-la." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" @@ -1941,59 +1943,72 @@ msgstr "" "apparaître un menu déroulant rempli d'options de filtrage. Dans ce menu " "déroulant, descendez jusqu'à (ou cherchez) :guilabel:`Événement`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98 msgid "" -"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of " -"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select " -":guilabel:`contains`." +"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of " +"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down " +"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`= (signe égal)` par défaut dans la deuxième partie de" -" l'équation. Cette option fait apparaître un menu déroulant. Dans ce menu, " -"sélectionnez :guilabel:`contient`." +"Cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🟰 (signe égal)` par défaut dans la deuxième " +"partie de l'équation. Cette opération fait apparaître un menu déroulant. " +"Dans ce menu, sélectionnez :guilabel:`contient`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101 msgid "" "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the " -"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign " -"filter." +"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter." msgstr "" -"Dans la troisième (et dernière) partie vide de l'équation, écrivez le nom de" -" l'événement ou des événements que vous voulez que Odoo prenne en compte " -"pour ce filtre de campagne." +"Dans la troisième (et dernière) partie vide de l'équation, tapez le nom de " +"l'événement que vous voulez qu'Odoo prenne en compte pour ce filtre de " +"campagne." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez ensuite un autre nœud à ce filtre en cliquant sur l'icône " +":guilabel:`➕ (signe plus)` à droite de l'équation." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107 msgid "" "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who " -"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the " -"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " -"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " -"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that " -"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`." +"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned " +"in the first filter equation." msgstr "" -"Le deuxième nœud de cette campagne ciblera les participants qui achètent un " -"type spécifique de ticket pour le ou les événements susmentionné(s) dans la " -"première équation. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez l':guilabel:`ID` par défaut " -"dans la première partie de la deuxième équation et descendez jusqu'à (ou " -"cherchez) :guilabel:`Ticket d'événement` dans le menu déroulant. Ensuite, " -"dans le même menu déroulant, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Nom`." +"Le deuxième nœud permettra de cibler cette campagne sur les participants qui" +" achètent un type de ticket spécifique pour l'événement mentionné dans la " +"première équation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110 msgid "" -"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second " +"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the " +"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event " +"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, sélectionnez :guilabel:`ID` par défaut dans la première " +"partie de l'équation et faites défiler jusqu'à (ou recherchez) " +":guilabel:`Ticket d'événement` dans le menu déroulant. Ensuite, dans ce même" +" menu déroulant, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Nom`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second " "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -"Une fois de plus, cliquez sur le :guilabel:`= (signe égal) par défaut dans " -"la deuxième partie de l'équation et sélectionnez` :guilabel:`contient`." +"De nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🟰 (signe égal)` par défaut dans " +"la deuxième partie de l'équation et sélectionnez :guilabel:`contient`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117 msgid "" "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, " -"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used" -" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event" -" ticket type for this sample filter." +"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for " +"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event " +"ticket type for this sample filter." msgstr "" "Enfin, dans la troisième (et dernière) partie de la deuxième équation, qui " -"sera vide, écrivez le nom du type de ticket qui doit être utilisé pour le " +"est vide, tapez le nom du type de ticket qui doit être utilisé pour le " "filtre. Dans ce cas, :guilabel:`Standard` est le nom du type de ticket " "d'événement pour cet exemple de filtre." @@ -2004,8 +2019,8 @@ msgstr "" "d'Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 -msgid "Testing and running a campaign" -msgstr "Tester et lancer une campagne" +msgid "Testing/running campaigns" +msgstr "Tester/lancer des campagnes" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2017,83 +2032,124 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 msgid "" -"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a " -"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or" -" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this " -"documentation `). To start a test, click the " -":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form." +"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " +"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, ouvrez l'application :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` et " -"cliquez sur une campagne. Assurez-vous que la campagne a déjà des activités " -"configurées (ou créez une campagne en suivant les instructions ici dans " -":doc:`cette documentation `). Pour lancer un test, " -"cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lancer un test` en haut du formulaire du " -"modèle." +"Ouvrez d'abord l'application :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` et " +"sélectionnez la campagne souhaitée, qui affiche le formulaire détaillé de la" +" campagne." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " +":doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" +"Sur le formulaire détaillé de la campagne, assurez-vous que la campagne a " +"déjà des activités configurées (ou créez une campagne en suivant les " +"instructions que vous trouvez dans :doc:`cette documentation " +"`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form." +msgstr "" +"Pour lancer un test, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lancer un test` en " +"haut du formulaire de campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Le bouton Lancer un test dans Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a " -"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking" -" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and" -" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button." +"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " +"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " +"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " +"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur ce bouton, une fenêtre contextuelle apparaît. Dans " -"le menu déroulant, choisissez un enregistrement spécifique pour effectuer le" -" test ou créez un nouvel enregistrement en cliquant sur le lien " +"Lorsque vous cliquez sur ce bouton, une fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Lancer un test` apparaît. Dans le menu déroulant, choisissez un " +"enregistrement existant (ou créez-en un nouveau) pour effectuer un test. " +"Pour créer un tout nouvel enregistrement, cliquez sur le lien " ":guilabel:`Recherche avancée...` au bas du menu déroulant et cliquez sur le " "bouton :guilabel:`Créer`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will " -"redirect to the campaign test page." +"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " +"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " +":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." msgstr "" -"Une fois l'enregistrement sélectionné, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Continuer` et " -"Odoo vous redirigera vers la page de test de la campagne." +"Cette opération fait apparaître un formulaire de contact vierge, dans lequel" +" vous **devez** saisir le :guilabel:`Nom` et l':guilabel:`Email`. Lorsque " +"toutes les informations nécessaires ont été saisies, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer` et Odoo retourne à la fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Lancer un test`, avec ce nouvel enregistrement dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Choisissez un enregistrement existant ou créez-en un nouveau pour" +" tester`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " +"campaign test page." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un enregistrement est sélectionné, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Continuer` et Odoo vous redirige vers la page de test de la " +"campagne. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Écran de test dans Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 msgid "" -"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with" -" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first " -"activity (or activities) in the workflow." +"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " +"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " +"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the " +"workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -"Ici, le nom de l':guilabel:`Enregistrement` testé est visible, ainsi que " -"l'heure précise à laquelle ce flux de test a été lancé. En-dessous se trouve" -" la première activité (ou activités) du flux de travail." +"Sur la page de test de la campagne, le nom de l':guilabel:`Enregistrement` " +"en cours de test est visible, tout comme l'heure précise à laquelle ce flux " +"de test a été lancé dans le champ :guilabel:`Flux de travail commencé le`. " +"En dessous, dans la section :guilabel:`Flux de travail`, se trouve la " +"première activité (ou activités) du flux de travail qui est testée." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 msgid "" -"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in" -" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the " -"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity." +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " +":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." +" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and " +"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" -"Pour lancer un test, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`Exécuter` à côté de la " -"première activité du flux de travail. Lorsque vous cliquez dessus, la page " -"se recharge et Odoo vous montre les différents résultats (et analyses) liés " -"à cette activité spécifique. " +"Pour lancer un test, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Exécuter`, représenté " +"par une icône :guilabel:`▶️ (bouton de lecture)` à côté de la première " +"activité du flux de travail. Lorsque vous cliquez sur le bouton, la page " +"recharge et Odoo montre les différents résultats (et analyses) liés à cette " +"activité spécifique au fur et à mesure qu'ils se produisent, en temps réel." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Progression du flux de test dans Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be " -"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the " -"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " +"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " +"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the campaign test page." msgstr "" -"Une fois toutes les activités du flux de travail accomplies, le test se " -"termine et passe à l'étape :guilabel:`Terminé`. Pour arrêter un test avant " -"que toutes les activités du flux de travail ne soient terminées, cliquez sur" -" le bouton :guilabel:`Arrêter`." +"Une fois toutes les activités du flux de travail accomplies, le test prend " +"fin et passe à l'étape :guilabel:`Terminé`. Pour arrêter un test avant que " +"toutes les activités du flux ne soient terminées, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Arrêter` dans le coin supérieur gauche de la page de test de la " +"campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 msgid "Marketing activities" @@ -2101,44 +2157,54 @@ msgstr "Activités de marketing" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users " -"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get " -"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add" -" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can " -"be set for that specific activity." +"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " +"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." msgstr "" -"Lors de la création d'une campagne dans l'application :guilabel:`Marketing " -"Automation`, les utilisateurs peuvent planifier des activités de marketing, " -"telles qu'une campagne email ou SMS. Pour commencer, allez au " -":guilabel:`Flux de travail` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une nouvelle " -"activité`. Un modèle d'activité vierge apparaîtra où vous pouvez définir des" -" paramètres pour cette activité spécifique." +"Lors de la création d'une campagne dans l'application *Marketing " +"Automation*, les utilisateurs peuvent planifier des activités de marketing, " +"telles que des campagnes par email ou par SMS." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template " -"will appear with the following customizable fields:" +"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " +"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " +"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " +"activity." msgstr "" -"En sélectionnant :guilabel:`Ajouter une nouvelle activité`, un modèle " -"d'activité vierge apparaîtra avec les champs personnalisables suivants :" +"Pour commencer, allez jusqu’au bas d'un formulaire détaillé d'une campagne " +"d'automatisation du marketing et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une nouvelle" +" activité`. Cette action fait apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Créer des activités`. Cette fenêtre contextuelle est un modèle " +"d'activité vierge, dans lequel vous pouvez définir des paramètres " +"spécifiques pour cette activité particulière." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" +"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +msgstr "" +"Les champs suivants sont disponibles dans la fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Créer des activités` (lorsque vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter" +" une nouvelle activité`) :" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Un modèle d'activité dans Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom de l'activité` : le titre de l'activité." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal " -"Odoo operation), or SMS." +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" +" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Type d'activité` : choisissez entre Email, Action de serveur " -"(opération interne à Odoo) ou SMS." +":guilabel:`Type d'activité` : choisissez entre `Email`, `Action de serveur` " +"(opération interne à Odoo), ou `SMS`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" " new one on-the-fly)." @@ -2146,12 +2212,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Modèle d'email` : choisissez parmi les modèles préconfigurés (ou " "créez-en un nouveau à volée)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Déclencheur` : choisissez si cette activité doit être déclenchée." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " @@ -2165,15 +2231,15 @@ msgstr "" "peut choisir le nombre d':guilabel:`heures, jours, semaines ou mois` après " "lequel il souhaite que les actions cessent après la date initiale." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent Child Activities)." +"subsequent child activities)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Filtre d'activité` : domaine lié à cette activité (et à toutes " "les activités enfants suivantes)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " "satisfies the specified domain (filter)." @@ -2181,96 +2247,121 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Filtre appliqué` : l'activité ne sera exécutée *que* si elle " "satisfait au domaine précisé (filtre)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " -"Close` to finish creating the activity." +"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " +"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create " +"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing " +"automation campaign form." msgstr "" -"Après après entièrement configuré les paramètres de l'activité, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour finaliser la création de l'activité." +"Après avoir configuré tous les paramètres de l'activité, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour enregistrer l'activité et retourner au" +" formulaire de campagne d'automatisation du marketing, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer l'activité et " +"immédiatement en créer une autre dans une nouvelle fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Créer des activités` ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ignorer` pour " +"supprimer l'activité et retourner au formulaire de campagne d'automatisation" +" du marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "Activité du flux de travail" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where " -"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger " -"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow " -"Activity` card." +"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" +" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -"Une fois enregistrée, l':guilabel:`activité du flux de travail` apparaîtra " -"dans Odoo, où chaque activité sera affichée sous forme de graphique par " -"défaut. L'heure de déclenchement configurée pour cette activité se trouve à " -"gauche de la carte de l':guilabel:`activité du flux de travail`." +"Une fois qu'une activité est enregistrée, la section :guilabel:`Flux de " +"travail` apparaît au bas du formulaire de campagne d'automatisation du " +"marketing. Chaque activité est affichée sous forme de graphique linéaire." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of " -"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and " -":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference" -" (in green and red, respectively)." +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." msgstr "" -"Dans la section :guilabel:`Activité du flux de travail`, vous trouverez " -"également le nombre d'activités qui sont des réussites ou des échecs. Les " -"chiffres des :guilabel:`Réussites` et des :guilabel:`Échecs` ont un code " -"couleur dans le graphique pour que vous puissiez les identifier facilement " -"(respectivement en vert en en rouge)." +"L'heure de :guilabel:`déclenchement` configurée pour cette activité se " +"trouve à gauche de la carte :guilabel:`Activité du flux de travail` dans la " +"section :guilabel:`Flux de travail`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que l'activité a été déclenchée, un chiffre représentant le nombre " +"de :guilabel:`Réussites` ou d':guilabel:`Échecs` s'affiche à droite du " +"graphique." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Activité du flux de travail typique dans Odoo Marketing Automation" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the " -":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been " -":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been " -":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`." +":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " +"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -"Si le :guilabel:`Type d'activité` est :guilabel:`Email`, il y a des analyses" -" plus approfondies sous les données de l':guilabel:`activité du flux de " -"travail` précisant combien d'emails ont été :guilabel:`envoyés` et quel " -"pourcentage de ces emails ont été :guilabel:`cliqués`, :guilabel:`répondus` " -"ou :guilabel:`rejetés`." +"Si le :guilabel:`Type d'activité` de l'activité est défini sur " +":guilabel:`Email`, des analyses plus détaillés sont disponibles sous les " +"données du graphique d'activité, présentant le nombre d'emails " +":guilabel:`envoyés`, et le pourcentage de ceux qui ont été " +":guilabel:`cliqués`, qui ont été :guilabel:`répondus` ou qui ont été " +":guilabel:`rejetés`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "Activités enfants" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 msgid "" -"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child " -"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the " -"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*." +"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." msgstr "" -"Odoo offre également la possibilité d':guilabel:`Ajouter une activité " -"enfant`. Les *Activités enfants* sont des sous-activités qui sont liées à " -"(et déclenchées par) l'activité supérieure, connue sous le nom d'*Activité " +"Vous avez également la possibilité d'ajouter une *activité enfant* en " +"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une activité enfant`, situé en bas de chaque" +" bloc d'activité dans la section :guilabel:`Flux de travail` d'un formulaire" +" de marketing automation." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" +" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +msgstr "" +"Les activités enfants sont des sous-activités qui sont liées à (et " +"déclenchées par) l'activité supérieure, connue sous le nom d'*activité " "parent*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child " -"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the" -" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over " -":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:" +"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" +" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" msgstr "" "Odoo propose un certain nombre d'options de déclenchement pour lancer une " -":guilabel:`Activité enfant` - toutes dépendant des configurations de " -"déclenchement liées à l'activité parent. En-dessous de l'activé parent " -"souhaitée, survolez :guilabel:`Ajouter une activité enfant` et choisissez le" -" déclencheur :" +"activité enfant - qui dépendent toutes des configurations de déclenchement " +"de l'activité parent. Sous l'activité parent souhaitée, survolez " +":guilabel:`Ajouter une activité enfant` et sélectionnez l'un des " +"déclencheurs suivants :" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ajouter une autre activité` : ajouter instantanément une autre " "activité." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " "recipient opens the mailing." @@ -2278,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ouvert` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire (de l'email) ouvre l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." @@ -2286,7 +2377,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Pas ouvert` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire n'ouvre pas l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." @@ -2294,7 +2385,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Répondu` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire répond à l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." @@ -2302,7 +2393,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Pas répondu` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire ne répond pas à l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." @@ -2310,7 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cliqué` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire clique sur un lien inclus dans l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." @@ -2318,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Pas cliqué` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire ne clique pas sur un lien inclus dans l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." @@ -2326,16 +2417,20 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Rejeté` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si l'email est " "rejeté (pas envoyé)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 msgid "" "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity." +"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " +"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " +"indented position beneath its parent activity." msgstr "" -"Une fois un déclencheur sélectionné, l'utilisateur peut configurer " -"l'activité enfant (elle a la même configuration qu'une activité normale) et " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour terminer la création de " -"l'activité enfant." +"Une fois qu'un déclencheur est sélectionné, un utilisateur peut configurer " +"l'activité enfant (elle a les mêmes options de configuration qu'une activité" +" normale) et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour terminer la " +"création de l'activité enfant, qui sera alors affichée dans la section " +":guilabel:`Flux de travail`, dans une position légèrement indentée sous " +"l'activité parent." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" @@ -3723,8 +3818,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Pour obtenir plus d'informations détaillées, sélectionnez un SMS dans le " "tableau de bord principal (dans la vue :guilabel:`Kanban`) et cliquez sur " -"n'importe quel lien dans la bannière bleue au-dessus du formulaire de détail" -" du SMS pour en apprendre plus." +"n'importe quel lien dans la bannière bleue au-dessus du formulaire détaillé " +"du SMS pour en apprendre plus." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index c2d1863ab..28c728a57 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,9 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2022 -# Laura Piraux , 2022 -# Fernanda Marques , 2022 # Renaud de Colombel , 2023 # Cécile Collart , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 @@ -17,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -843,18 +840,18 @@ msgstr "Créer un compte Twilio" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" " per their instructions." msgstr "" -"Allez d'abord sur le site de `Twilio `_ et cliquez " -"sur :guilabel:`S'inscrire` pour créer un nouveau compte Twilio. Ensuite, " -"saisissez votre nom et votre adresse email, créez un mot de passe et " -"acceptez les conditions générales de Twilio. Cliquez ensuite sur " -":guilabel:`Commencez votre essai gratuit`. Vérifiez votre adresse email " -"auprès de Twilio, en suivant les instructions." +"Allez d'abord à `Twilio `_ et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`S'inscrire` pour créer un nouveau Compte Twilio. Saisissez votre " +"nom et adresse email, créez un mot de passe et acceptez les conditions " +"générales de Twilio. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Commencer votre essai " +"gratuit`. Vérifiez votre adresse email auprès de Twilio, en suivant les " +"instructions." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1615,189 +1612,561 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Connecter une IoT Box à votre base de données" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" +msgstr "Connecter une IoT box à Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" -"Installez l'application Internet des objets (IoT) sur votre base de données " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans l'application IoT et cliquez sur Connecter sur la page des IoT " -"Box." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Pour connecter votre IoT Box, suivez les étapes suivantes :" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Connexion Ethernet" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -"Connectez à votre IoT Box tous les appareils qui doivent être connectés par " -"câble (ethernet, périphériques USB, etc.)." +"Une IoT (Internet of Things - Internet des objets) box est un dispositif " +"micro-informatique qui permet de connecter des périphériques d'entrée et de " +"sortie à une base de données Odoo. Un abonnement à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box est nécessaire pour utiliser l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box avec une connexion sécurisée. Un ordinateur est également " +"nécessaire pour configurer l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Allumez l'IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "`FAQ IoT Box `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" +"Commencez le processus de configuration de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` en :ref:`installant l'application IoT ` sur la " +"base de données Odoo via l'application :menuselection:`Apps`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "L'application Internet of Things (IoT) sur la base de données Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, après avoir installé l'*app IoT*, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`IoT --> IoT Box` et cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Connecter` situé dans le coin supérieur gauche du tableau de bord" +" des :menuselection:`IoT Box`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." +msgstr "Connecter une IoT Box à la base de données Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -"Lisez le code d'appariement depuis un écran ou une imprimante de reçu qui " -"est connecté à l'IoT Box." +"Nous recommandons deux façons de connecter l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box à la base de données après l'installation de l'*application " +"IoT*. Suivez les étapes de l'une des deux sections pour connecter " +"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box via une :ref:`connexion Ethernet " +"câblée ` ou via :ref:`WiFi `." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "Saisissez le code d'appariement et cliquez sur le bouton \"Appairer\"." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." +msgstr "Étapes de connexion pour une connexion câblée ou une connexion WiFi." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -"Des changements récents dans les navigateurs web récents nous ont obligés à " -"modifier l'assistant de connexion. Si votre écran diffère des captures " -"d'écran, assurez-vous que le module ``iot_pairing`` est installé." +"L'image de disque avec laquelle la carte SD de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box est formatée est unique à la version de la base de données Odoo" +" sur laquelle l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box fonctionne. Assurez-" +"vous que l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box est :doc:`flashée " +"` avec l'image de disque la plus récente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "Connexion Wi-Fi" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Allumez l'IoT Box." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Copiez le jeton" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" +msgstr "Connexion Ethernet" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous au réseau Wi-Fi de l'IoT Box (assurez-vous qu'aucun câble " -"ethernet n'est connecté à votre ordinateur)." +"Vous trouverez ci-après la procédure à suivre pour connecter l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box à la base de données Odoo via un câble Ethernet " +"(par l'intermédiaire du port Ethernet; RJ-45)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -"Vous allez être redirigé vers la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box (si cela ne " -"fonctionne pas, connectez-vous à l'adresse IP de la box). Donnez un nom à " -"votre IoT Box (pas obligatoire) et saisissez le jeton, puis cliquez sur " -"suivant." +"Tout d'abord, connectez tous les périphériques câblés à l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box (ethernet, périphériques :abbr:`USB (Universal " +"Serial Bus)`, etc.). Un écran HDMI doit au moins être connecté. Branchez " +"ensuite l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box sur une source " +"d'alimentation." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes sur Runbot, n'oubliez pas d'ajouter le -all ou -base dans le " -"jeton (par ex. ce jeton " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** doit " -"devenir " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immédiatement après la mise sous tension et le démarrage de l'unité, lisez " +"le *code d'appariement* sur l'écran ou sur la page imprimée par une " +"imprimante de reçus connectée à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -"Choisissez le réseau Wi-Fi auquel vous voulez vous connecter (saisissez le " -"mot de passe s'il y en a un) et cliquez sur Envoyer. Vous serez redirigé " -"vers votre base de données en quelques secondes." +"Par défaut, l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box affiche le *code " +"d'appariement* pendant un maximum de 5 minutes après le démarrage de " +"l'unité. Après 5 minutes, le *code d'appariement* disparaît pour des raisons" +" de sécurité et l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box doit être redémarrée " +"manuellement en débranchant l'unité de la source d'alimentation pendant dix " +"secondes et en la rebranchant." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "L'IoT Box devrait maintenant s'afficher." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." +msgstr "" +"Si aucun écran n'est relié à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, le " +"*code d'appariement* est accessible à partir de la page d'accueil de " +"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box en cliquant sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Affichage PdV`. Consultez :ref:`iot_connect/token` pour savoir " +"comment accéder à la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" +"Sur l'ordinateur, allez à l'application :menuselection:`IoT --> IoT Box`, " +"puis cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Connecter` situé dans le coin " +"supérieur gauche du tableau de bord des :menuselection:`IoT Box`. Saisissez " +"le *code d'appariement* dans le champ :guilabel:`Code d'appariement` et " +"cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Appairer`. La base de données est " +"maintenant connectée à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box et celle-ci " +"apparaît sur la page des :menuselection:`IoT Box`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "Connexion WiFi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez ci-après la procédure à suivre pour connecter l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box à la base de données Odoo via une connexion WiFi." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, assurez-vous qu'aucun câble Ethernet n'est branché sur " +"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Ensuite, connectez tous les " +"périphériques câblés à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (périphériques" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, etc.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir connecté les périphériques, branchez l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box sur une source d'alimentation. Sur l'ordinateur, allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`IoT --> IoT Box`, puis cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Connecter` situé dans le coin supérieur gauche du tableau de bord" +" des :menuselection:`IoT Box`. Copiez ensuite le :guilabel:`Jeton` de la " +"section :guilabel:`connexion WiFi`, car il sera utilisé ultérieurement pour " +"connecter la base de données Odoo à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" +"De retour sur l'ordinateur, allez aux réseaux WiFi disponibles et connectez-" +"vous au réseau WiFi de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Le réseau " +"WiFi diffusé par l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box commencera par " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "Réseaux WiFi disponibles sur l'ordinateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" +"Lors de la connexion au WiFi de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, un " +"navigateur sera automatiquement redirigé vers l'assistant de " +":menuselection:`Configuration de l'Iot Box`. Donnez un nom à l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box, puis collez le *jeton* précédemment copié dans le" +" champ :guilabel:`Jeton de serveur` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Suivant`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "Saisissez le jeton de serveur dans l'IoT box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Si l'assistant de connexion WiFi de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"ne démarre pas, consultez la documentation relative à la :ref:`connexion à " +"l'aide d'un jeton `." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez à présent le réseau WiFi auquel l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box se connectera (saisissez le mot de passe s'il y en a un) et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Connecter`. Attendez quelques secondes et le " +"navigateur sera redirigé vers la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box. Il se peut que l'ordinateur doive être reconnecté " +"manuellement à la connexion WiFi d'origine si cela ne se fait pas " +"automatiquement." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "Configurer le WiFi pour l'IoT box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir effectué chaque étape, l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"devrait apparaître lorsque vous allez à l'application :menuselection:`IoT " +"--> IoT Box` sur la base de données Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "L'IoT Box a été configuré avec succès sur la base de données Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" +"Il se peut que l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box doive être redémarrée " +"manuellement après avoir réussi à se connecter via le WiFi pour la box " +"apparaisse dans l'*application IoT* sur la base de données Odoo. Pour ce " +"faire, il suffit de débrancher l'appareil et de le rebrancher sur la source " +"d'alimentation après dix secondes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "Connecter l'IoT Box manuellement à l'aide du jeton" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez connecter l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box manuellement à " +"l'application :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` à l'aide du *jeton*, à partir" +" d'un ordinateur. Vous pouvez trouver le *jeton* en allant à l'application " +":menuselection:`IoT --> IoT Box` et en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Connecter`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" +"Dans la section :guilabel:`Connexion WiFi` de la page :guilabel:`Connecter " +"une IoT Box` qui s'affiche, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Copier` à droite du " +":guilabel:`Jeton`. Ce jeton sera saisi sur la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" +"Accédez à la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box en " +"saisissant l'adresse :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` de l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box dans une fenêtre de navigateur à partir d'un " +"ordinateur sur le même réseau que l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (de" +" préférence via une connexion Ethernet)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'accéder à l'adresse :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` via la " +"console d’administration du routeur auquel l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box est connectée ou en connectant une imprimante de reçu à " +"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Un reçu sera imprimé avec l'adresse " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Sur la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, saisissez " +"le *jeton* dans la section :guilabel:`Serveur` en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Configurer`. Puis collez le *jeton* dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Jeton de serveur` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Connecter`. " +"L':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box sera alors connectée à la base de " +"données Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" msgstr "Schéma de l'IoT Box" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "Raspberry Pi 4" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "Le schéma de l'IoT box d'Odoo (Raspberry Pi 4) avec indications." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "Raspberry Pi 3" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." +msgstr "Le schéma de l'IoT box d'Odoo (Raspberry Pi 3) avec indications." + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Flasher votre carte SD" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" +msgstr "Flasher la carte SD" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -"Dans certains cas, vous devrez peut-être reflasher la carte SD de votre IoT " -"Box pour bénéficier de nos dernières mises à jour." +"Dans certaines circonstances, la carte micro SD de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box peut avoir besoin d'être reflashée afin de bénéficier de la " +"dernière mise à jour de l'image de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`. Cela " +"signifie que le logiciel de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box d'Odoo " +"peut avoir besoin d'être mis à jour." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "Mettre à niveau depuis la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" +msgstr "Mise à niveau depuis la page d'accueil de l'IoT box" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -"Allez à la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box, cliquez sur *Mettre à jour*, à côté " -"du numéro de la version. Si une nouvelle version de l'IoT Box est " -"disponible, vous verrez un bouton *Mise à niveau vers ___* au bas de la " -"page, l'IoT Box se mettra alors à clignoter pour passer à la nouvelle " -"version de l'IoT Box. Toutes vos configurations seront enregistrées." +"Allez à la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box en " +"allant à l'application :menuselection:`IoT --> IoT Boxes` et en cliquant sur" +" l':guilabel:`adresse IP` de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Cliquez" +" ensuite sur :guilabel:`Mettre à niveau` (à côté du numéro de version)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" +"Si une nouvelle version de l'image de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box" +" est disponible, un bouton :guilabel:`Mise à niveau vers _xx.xx_` s'affiche " +"au bas de la page. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour mettre à niveau l'unité et " +"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box se mettra alors à jour avec la " +"nouvelle version. Toutes les configurations précédentes seront enregistrées." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -"Ce processus peut prendre plus de 30 minutes. N'éteignez pas et ne " -"débranchez pas l'IoT Box, car cela la laisserait dans un état incohérent." +"Ce processus peut durer plus de 30 minutes. N'éteignez pas et ne débranchez " +"pas l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, car cela la laisserait dans un " +"état incohérent. Cela signifie que l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"devra flasher une nouvelle image. Consultez :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "Mettre à niveau avec Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" +"Mise à niveau du logiciel de l'IoT Box depuis la page d'accueil de l'IoT " +"Box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "Mise à niveau avec Etcher Software" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -"Allez au site web de Balena et téléchargez `Etcher " -"`__. C'est un logiciel gratuit et open source " -"utilisé pour la gravure d'images. Installez-le et lancez-le. Téléchargez la " -"dernière image depuis `nightly `__." +"Vous avez besoin d'un ordinateur avec un lecteur/adaptateur carte micro SD " +"afin de reflasher la carte micro SD." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." msgstr "" -"Ouvrez ensuite *Etcher* et sélectionnez *Flasher depuis fichier*, trouvez " -"l'image que vous venez de télécharger. Insérez la carte SD de l'IoT Box dans" -" votre ordinateur et sélectionnez-la. Cliquez sur *Flasher* et attendez que " -"le processus se termine." +"Naviguez au site web de Balena et téléchargez `Etcher " +"`_. Il s'agit d'un utiliaire gratuit et open source " +"permettant de graver des fichiers images sur des lecteurs. Cliquez sur " +"`télécharger `_. Installez et " +"lancez le programme sur l'ordinateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" +"Téléchargez ensuite l'image :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` spécifique à la" +" version de `nightly `_." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez ci-dessous les versions des images sur le site web de " +"`nightly `_ avec la version de la " +"base de données d'Odoo correspondante :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" +"Les images peuvent être téléchargées et extraites dans un emplacement de " +"fichier pratique." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cette étape terminée, insérez la carte micro SD de l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box' dans l'ordinateur ou le lecteur. Ouvrez *Etcher* " +"et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Flasher depuis fichier`, puis trouvez et " +"sélectionnez l'image que vous venez de télécharger et d'extraire. Ensuite, " +"sélectionnez le lecteur sur lequel l'image doit être gravée. Enfin, cliquez " +"sur :guilabel:`Flasher` et attendez la fin du processus." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "Tableau de bord du logiciel Etcher de Balena." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Un autre logiciel pour flasher la carte micro SD est *Raspberry Pi Imager*. " +"Vous pouvez télécharger le logiciel *Raspberry Pi* `ici " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" @@ -2369,137 +2738,206 @@ msgstr "" "`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Utiliser l'IoT Box dans le Point de Vente" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" +msgstr "Utiliser une IoT box avec un Point de Vente" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Prérequis" +msgstr "Conditions préalables" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" +"Avant de commencer, assurez-vous que l'équipement suivant est disponible :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" +"Une :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, avec son adaptateur " +"d'alimentation." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Avant de commencer, assurez-vous d'avoir :" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." +msgstr "" +"Une instance Odoo Online ou une instance Odoo sur laquelle les applications " +"*Point de Vente* et *IoT* sont installées." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "Une IoT Box, avec son adaptateur d'alimentation ;" +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." +msgstr "" +"Un réseau local configuré avec :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (il s'agit du paramètre par défaut)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour ;" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -"Une instance Odoo Online ou Odoo active avec les applications Point de Vente" -" et IoT Box installées ;" +"Un câble Ethernet RJ45 (facultatif, mais préféré au WiFi qui est déjà " +"intégré)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "Un réseau local configuré avec DHCP (c'est le réglage par défaut) ;" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Un câble Ethernet RJ45 (en option, le Wi-Fi est intégré) ;" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -"Tout matériel pris en charge (imprimante de reçu, lecteur de codes-barres, " -"tiroir caisse, terminal de paiement, balance, écran client, etc.). La liste " -"du matériel pris en charge se trouve sur la `page du matériel PdV " -"`__" +"N'importe quel matériel pris en charge (imprimante de reçu, lecteur de " +"codes-barres, tiroir caisse, terminal de paiement, balance, écran client, " +"etc.). Vous trouverez la liste du matériel pris en charge sur la `page du " +"matériel PdV `_." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." -msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir connecter du matériel à votre PdV, vous devez d'abord connecter" -" une IoT Box à votre base de données. Pour ce faire, consultez cette " -":doc:`documentation `." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." +msgstr "Une proposition de configuration d'un système de point de vente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "Vous devez ensuite connecter les périphériques à votre IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." +msgstr "" +"Pour connecter le matériel au :abbr:`PdV (Point de Vente)`, la première " +"étape consiste à connecter une :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box à la " +"base de données. Pour ce faire, suivez ces instructions : :doc:`Connecter " +"une Internet of Things (IoT) box à la base de données Odoo `." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" +"Connectez ensuite les périphériques à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "Nom du périphérique" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Imprimante** : Connectez une imprimante de reçu prise en charge à un port " -"USB ou au réseau et mettez-la en marche." +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "Instructions" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Imprimante" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." msgstr "" -"**Tiroir caisse** : Le tiroir caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante avec " -"un câble RJ25." +"Connectez une imprimante de reçu prise en charge à un port :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` ou au réseau et mettez-la sous tension. Consultez " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" +msgstr "Tiroir caisse" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." +msgstr "Le tiroir caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante via un câble RJ25." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "Lecteur de codes-barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -"**Lecteur de codes-barres** : Connectez votre lecteur de codes-barres. Pour " -"que votre lecteur de codes-barres soit compatible, il doit terminer les " -"codes-barres avec un caractère Enter (keycode 28). Il s'agit probablement de" -" la configuration standard de votre lecteur de codes-barres." +"Pour que le lecteur de codes-barres soit compatible, il doit terminer les " +"codes-barres par un caractère `ENTER` (keycode 28). Il s'agit probablement " +"de la configuration par défaut du lecteur de codes-barres." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Balance" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Balance** : Connectez votre balance et mettez-la en marche." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." +msgstr "" +"Connectez la balance et mettez-la sous tension. Consultez " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "Écran client" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." -msgstr "" -"**Écran client** : Connectez un écran à l'IoT Box pour afficher la commande " -"du point de vente. Veuillez consulter la section " +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" +"Connectez un écran à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box pour afficher la" +" commande :abbr:`PdV (Point de Vente)`. Consultez " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" +msgstr "Terminal de paiement" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -"**Terminal de paiement** : Le processus de connexion dépend du terminal, " -"veuillez consulter la :doc:`documentation relative aux terminaux de paiement" -" `." +"Le processus de connexion dépend du terminal. Consultez la " +":doc:`documentation relative aux terminaux de paiement " +"`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." msgstr "" -"Une fois que cela est fait, vous pouvez connecter l'IoT Box à votre Point de" -" Vente. Pour cela, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration " -"--> PdV`, cochez la case à côté d'*IoT Box* et sélectionnez les " -"périphériques que vous voulez utiliser dans ce Point de Vente. Enregistrez " -"les changements." +"Une fois cette opération terminée, connectez l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box à l'application :menuselection:`PdV`. Pour ce faire, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, cochez la " +"case à côté de l'option :guilabel:`IoT Box` et sélectionnez les " +"périphériques à utiliser dans ce :abbr:`PdV (Point de Vente)`. " +":guilabel:`Enregistrez` les changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." +msgstr "" +"Configuration des périphériques connectés dans l'application Point de Vente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" -"La configuration est faite, vous pouvez lancer votre nouvelle session PdV." +"Une fois la configuration effectuée, vous pouvez lancer une nouvelle session" +" :abbr:`PdV (Point de Vente)` " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 @@ -2507,21 +2945,22 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Aide au dépannage" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "Connexion IoT Box" +msgid "IoT box connection" +msgstr "Connexion à l'IoT box" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "Je ne trouve pas le code d'appariement pour connecter mon IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" +msgstr "Je ne trouve pas le code d'appariement pour connecter l'IoT box" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" -"Le code d'appariement devrait être imprimé sur les imprimantes de reçu " -"connectées à l'IoT Box et devrait également figurer sur les moniteurs " -"connectés." +"Le code d'appariement doit être imprimé sur les imprimantes de reçu " +"connectées à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box et doit également " +"s'afficher sur les moniteurs connectés." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" @@ -2529,140 +2968,207 @@ msgstr "" "Le code d'appariement ne s'affiche pas dans les circonstances suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "L'IoT Box est déjà connectée à une base de données Odoo ; " +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" +"L':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box est déjà connectée à une base de " +"données Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"L':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box n'est pas connectée à Internet." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "L'IoT Box n'est pas connectée à Internet ;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." +msgstr "" +"Le code n'est valable que pendant 5 minutes après le démarrage de " +"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Il est automatiquement supprimé des " +"écrans connectés passé ce délai." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -"Le code n'est valable que pendant 5 minutes après le démarrage de l'IoT Box." -" Il est automatiquement supprimé des écrans connectés une fois ce délai " -"passé ; " +"La version de l'image de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box est trop " +"ancienne. Si l'image de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box provient " +"d'une version antérieure, la carte SD de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box doit être reflashée pour mettre à jour l'image (voir :doc:`Flasher la " +"carte SD `)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -"La version de l'image de l'IoT Box est trop ancienne. Elle devrait utiliser " -"une version 20.06 ou plus récente. Si l'image de votre IoT Box est plus " -"ancienne, vous devrez reflasher la carte SD de votre IoT Box pour mettre à " -"jour l'image (voir :doc:`Flasher votre carte SD `)" +"Si aucun des cas énumérés ci-dessus ne permet de résoudre le problème, " +"assurez-vous que l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box a correctement " +"démarré, en vérifiant qu'un LED vert fixe s'affiche à côté du port " +"d'alimentation." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "L'IoT box est connectée, mais n'apparaît pas dans la base de données" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -"Si votre cas ne figure pas dans la liste ci-dessus, assurez-vous que l'IoT " -"Box a correctement démarré, en vérifiant qu'un LED vert fixe s'affiche à " -"côté du port micro-USB." +"Lorsqu'une :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box se connecte à une base de " +"données, elle peut redémarrer. Dans ce cas, il peut s'écouler jusqu'à cinq " +"minutes avant qu'elle n'apparaisse dans la base de données. Si l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box n'apparaît toujours pas au bout de cinq minutes, " +"assurez-vous que l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box peut accéder à la " +"base de données et que le serveur n'utilise pas un environnement avec " +"plusieurs bases de données." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" -"J'ai connecté mon IoT Box, mais elle n'apparaît pas dans ma base de données" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous connectez une IoT Box à une base de données, il se peut que " -"l'IoT Box redémarre. Dans ce cas, il peut s'écouler jusqu'à une minute avant" -" qu'elle n'apparaisse dans votre base de données. Si, après un certain " -"temps, l'Iot Box n'apparaît toujours pas, assurez-vous que votre base de " -"données est accessible à partir de l'IoT Box et que votre serveur n'utilise " -"pas un environnement de bases de données multiples." +"Pour accéder à la base de données à partir de l':`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box, ouvrez un navigateur et tapez l'adresse de la base de données." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -"Mon IoT Box est connectée à ma base de données, mais elle n'est pas " -"accessible" +"L'IoT box est connectée à la base de données Odoo, mais n'est pas accessible" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box et le périphérique exécutant le navigateur se " -"trouvent sur le même réseau, car l'IoT Box n'est pas accessible depuis " -"l'extérieur du réseau local." +"Assurez-vous que l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box et l'ordinateur " +"exécutant le navigateur se trouvent sur le même réseau, car l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box n'est pas accessible en dehors du réseau local." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Imprimante" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" +msgstr "Le certificat HTTPS n'est pas généré" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "Mon imprimante n'est pas détectée" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -"Si une de vos imprimantes n'apparaît pas dans la liste de vos périphériques," -" allez à la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box et assurez-vous qu'elle apparaît " -"sous *Imprimantes*." +"Afin de générer un certificat :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)`, un abonnement IoT box est nécessaire pour l':abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box. La connexion de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"avant la configuration d'un abonnement :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` pour" +" la base de données et l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box avec le " +"gestionnaire de compte entraînera un connexion non sécurisée." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -"Si votre imprimante ne figure pas sur la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box, " -"cliquez sur *Serveur d'imprimantes*, allez à l'onglet *Administration* et " -"cliquez sur *Ajouter une imprimante*. Si vous ne trouvez pas votre " -"imprimante dans la liste, elle n'est probablement pas connectée " -"correctement." +"De plus, un pare-feu peut également empêcher la génération correcte du " +"certificat :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`. Dans ce cas, " +"désactivez le pare-feu jusqu'à ce que le certificat est généré avec succès. " +"Notez également que certains périphériques, tels qu'un router avec un pare-" +"feu intégré, peuvent empêcher la génération du certificat :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "Mon imprimante produit un texte aléatoire" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" +msgstr ":doc:`certificat HTTPS (IoT) `" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "L'imprimante n'est pas détectée" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." +msgstr "" +"Si une imprimante n'apparaît pas dans la liste des périphériques, allez à la" +" page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box et assurez-vous " +"qu'elle apparaît dans la section :guilabel:`Imprimantes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "La page d'accueil de l'IoT box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." +msgstr "" +"Si l'imprimante n'apparaît pas sur la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Serveur d'imprimantes`, " +"allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Administration` et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Ajouter une imprimante`. Si l'imprimante n'apparaît pas dans la " +"liste, elle n'est probablement pas connectée correctement." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "L'imprimante produit un texte aléatoire" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 msgid "" "For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " "selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " "characters." msgstr "" -"Pour la plupart des imprimantes, le pilote approprié doit être " -"automatiquement détecté et sélectionné. Cependant, dans certains cas, le " -"mécanisme de détection automatique pourrait ne pas suffire et si aucun " -"pilote n'est trouvé, l'imprimante peut imprimer des caractères aléatoires." +"Pour la plupart des imprimantes, le bon pilote est automatiquement détecté " +"et sélectionné. Cependant, dans certains cas, il se peut que le mécanisme de" +" détection automatique ne soit pas suffisant et que, si aucun pilote n'est " +"trouvé, l'imprimante puisse imprimer des caractères aléatoires." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." msgstr "" -"La solution est de sélectionner manuellement le pilote correspondant. Sur la" -" page d'accueil de l'IoT Box, cliquez sur *Serveur d'imprimantes*, allez à " -"l'onglet *Imprimantes* et sélectionnez l'imprimante dans la liste. Dans le " -"menu déroulant Administration, cliquez sur *Modifier l'imprimante*. Suivez " -"les étapes et sélectionnez la marque et le modèle de votre imprimante." +"La solution est de sélectionner le bon pilote manuellement. Sur la page " +"d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Serveur d'imprimantes`, allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Imprimantes` " +"et sélectionnez l'imprimante dans la liste. Dans le menu déroulant " +":guilabel:`Administration`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier l'imprimante`. " +"Suivez les étapes et sélectionnez la *marque* et le *modèle* de " +"l'imprimante." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "Modifiez l'imprimante connectée à l'IoT box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." @@ -2671,98 +3177,120 @@ msgstr "" "n'ont pas besoin de pilote pour fonctionner. Assurez-vous qu'aucun pilote " "n'est sélectionné pour ces imprimantes." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "Mon imprimante Zebra n'imprime rien" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "L'imprimante Zebra n'imprime rien" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -"Les imprimantes Zebra sont très sensibles au format du code ZPL qui est " -"imprimé. Si rien ne sort de l'imprimante ou si des étiquettes vierges sont " -"imprimées, essayez de changer le format du rapport qui est envoyé à " -"l'imprimante en allant à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Vues` " -"en mode développeur et recherchez le modèle correspondant." +"Les imprimantes Zebra sont très sensibles au format du code Zebra " +"Programming Language (ZPL) qui est imprimé. Si l'imprimante n'imprime rien " +"ou des étiquettes vierges, essayez de modifier le format du rapport qui est " +"envoyé à l'imprimante en accédant aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " +"Technique --> Interface utilisateur --> Vues` en :ref:`mode développeur " +"` et recherchez le modèle correspondant." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Lecteur de codes-barres" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" +"Consultez les instructions de Zebra relatives à l'impression des " +":abbr:`fichiers ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)` `ici " +"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" "Les caractères lus par le lecteur de codes-barres ne correspondent pas au " "code-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, nous présumons que votre lecteur de codes-barres est configuré " -"en US QWERTY. C'est la configuration par défaut de la plupart des lecteurs " -"de codes-barres. Si votre lecteur de codes-barres utilise une configuration " -"différente, allez à la vue de formulaire de votre périphérique et " -"sélectionnez la configuration correcte." +"Par défaut, la plupart des lecteurs de codes-barres sont configurés au " +"format QWERTY américain. Si le lecteur de codes-barres utilise une " +"disposition différente, allez à la vue formulaire de l'appareil " +"(:menuselection:`IoT --> Périphériques --> Lecteur de codes-barres`) et " +"sélectionnez le bon format." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "Rien ne se passe lorsqu'un code-barres est scanné" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que le bon périphérique est sélectionné dans la configuration " -"de votre Point de Vente et que votre code-barres est configuré pour envoyer " -"un caractère ENTER (keycode 28) à la fin de chaque code-barres." +"Assurez-vous que vous avez sélectionné le bon périphérique dans la " +"configuration du :menuselection:`Point de Vente` et que le code-barres est " +"configuré pour envoyer un caractère `ENTER` (keycode 28) à la fin de chaque " +"code-barres. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Point de " +"Vente --> Menu trois points sur le PdV --> Section IoT Box --> Modifier`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "Le lecteur de codes-barres est détecté comme un clavier" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Certains lecteurs de codes-barres mal conçus ne s'annoncent pas comme un " -"lecteur de codes-barres, mais plutôt comme un clavier USB et ne seront pas " -"reconnus par l'IoT Box." +"Certains lecteurs de codes-barres ne s'affichent pas comme des lecteurs de " +"codes-barres, mais comme des claviers USB et ne seront pas reconnus par " +"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez modifier manuellement le type de périphérique en allant à sa vue" -" de formulaire et en activant l'option *Est un lecteur*." +"Vous pouvez manuellement modifier le type de périphérique en allant à sa " +"fiche (:menuselection:`IoT --> Périphériques --> Lecteur de codes-barres`) " +"et en activant l'option :guilabel:`Est un lecteur`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Tiroir caisse" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "Modifiez le formulaire du lecteur de codes-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "Le tiroir caisse ne s'ouvre pas" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" -"Le tiroir caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante et la case à côté de " -"*Tiroir caisse* doit être cochée dans la configuration du Point de Vente." +"Le tiroir caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante et la case de " +":guilabel:`Tiroir caisse` doit être cochée dans la configuration du " +":abbr:`PdV (Point of Sale)`. Pour ce faire, naviguez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Menu trois points sur le PdV --> Section " +"IoT Box --> Modifier --> Imprimante de reçu --> Case à cocher du tiroir " +"caisse`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" @@ -3239,538 +3767,709 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "Périphériques" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "Connecter un appareil photo" +msgid "Connect a camera" +msgstr "Connecter une caméra" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous utilisez votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo, vous pourriez avoir besoin " -"d'utiliser un appareil photo. Ce périphérique est très facile à configurer, " -"il ne faut que quelques étapes. Vous pouvez alors l'utiliser dans votre " -"processus de fabrication et le relier à un point de contrôle. Cela vous " -"permettra de prendre des photos lorsque vous atteindrez le point de contrôle" -" qualité choisi." +"Il est possible de connecter une caméra à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box dans une base de données Odoo en quelques étapes seulement. Une fois " +"qu'une caméra est connectée à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, elle " +"peut être utilisée dans le processus de fabrication ou liée à un point de " +"contrôle qualité. Ceci permet de prendre des photos lorsque vous atteignez " +"un point de contrôle qualité choisi ou lorsque vous appuyez sur une touche " +"spécifique pendant la fabrication." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Connexion" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" -"Pour connecter l'appareil photo à l'*IoT Box*, il suffit de les relier par " -"câble." +"Pour connecter une caméra à une :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, il " +"suffit de les relier pa un câble, généralement à l'aide d'un câble " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." msgstr "" -"Si votre appareil photo est `*pris en charge* " -"`__, vous ne devez rien configurer, " -"car l'appareil photo sera détecté dès sa connexion." +"Si la caméra est `prise en charge `_, rien ne doit être configuré et elle sera détectée dès sa " +"connexion." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "Caméra reconnue par l'IoT box." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "Connecter un appareil photo à un point de contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "Avec l'application Fabrication" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -"Dans votre *application Qualité*, vous pouvez configurer le périphérique sur" -" un *Point de contrôle qualité*. Allez au menu *Points de contrôle* sous " -"*Contrôle qualité* et ouvrez le point de contrôle que vous souhaitez relier " -"à l'appareil photo." +"Lier une caméra à un point de contrôle qualité dans le processus de " +"fabrication" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " -"périphérique dans la liste déroulante. Cliquez ensuite sur enregistrer." +"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Qualité`, un périphérique peut être " +"configuré sur un :guilabel:`Point de contrôle qualité`. Pour ce faire, allez" +" à l'application :menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité --> Points de " +"contrôle` et ouvrez le :guilabel:`Point de contrôle` souhaité auquel la " +"caméra doit être liée." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" +"Sur le formulaire du point de contrôle, modifiez le point de contrôle en " +"sélectionnant le champ :guilabel:`Type` et :guilabel:`Prendre une photo` " +"dans le menu déroulant. Cette opération fait apparaître un champ intitulé " +":guilabel:`Périphérique`, où vous pouvez sélectionner le *périphérique* lié." +" Le cas échéant, :guilabel:`enregistrez` les changements." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "Configuration du périphérique sur le point de contrôle qualité." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." msgstr "" -"Votre appareil photo peut alors être utilisé avec le *point de contrôle* " -"choisi. Au cours du processus de fabrication, le fait d'atteindre le *Point " -"de contrôle qualité* que vous avez choisi auparavant vous permettra de " -"prendre une photo." +"Vous pouvez à présent utiliser la caméra au point de contrôle qualité " +"sélectionné. Lorsque vous atteignez ce point de contrôle qualité pendant le " +"processus de fabrication, la base de données invite l'opérateur à prendre " +"une photo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "Interface graphique du périphérique sur le point de contrôle qualité." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également accéder aux points de contrôle qualité en allant à " +"l'application :menuselection:`IoT --> Périphériques`, puis, sélectionnez le " +"périphérique. Allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Points de contrôle qualité` où " +"vous pouvez les ajouter au périphérique." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" +"Sur un formulaire de contrôle qualité, vous pouvez définir le " +":guilabel:`Type` de contrôle sur :guilabel:`Prendre une photo`. Allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité --> Contrôles " +"qualité --> Nouveau` pour créer un nouveau contrôle qualité à partir de la " +"page :guilabel:`Contrôles qualité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "Lier une caméra à un poste de travail dans l'application Fabrication" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" +"Pour lier une caméra à une action, elle doit d'abord être configurée sur un " +"poste de travail. Allez à l'application :menuselection:`Fabrication --> " +"Configuration --> Postes de travail`. Allez ensuite au :guilabel:`Poste de " +"travail` sur lequel une caméra sera utilisée pour afficher le formulaire " +"détaillé de ce poste de travail. Sur ce formulaire, ajoutez le périphérique " +"dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Déclencheurs IoT`, dans la colonne " +":guilabel:`Périphérique`, en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" +"La caméra peut désormais être liée à l'option libellée :guilabel:`Prendre " +"une photo` dans la colonne déroulante :guilabel:`Action`. Vous pouvez " +"également ajouter une clé afin de déclencher l'action." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" +"Le premier déclencheur de la liste est choisi en premier. L'ordre des " +"déclencheurs est important et ils peuvent être glissés dans l'ordre " +"souhaité." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" +"Sur l'écran de l':guilabel:`Ordre de travail`, un graphique de statut " +"indique si la base de données est correctement connectée à la caméra." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" +msgstr ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "Connecter une pédale de commande" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'on travaille, il est toujours préférable d'avoir les mains libres. " -"L'utilisation de l'*IoT Box* d'Odoo avec une pédale de commande vous en " -"donne la possibilité." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -"En effet, vous pourrez passer d'un écran à l'autre et effectuer des actions " -"en utilisant votre pied et la pédale. C'est très pratique et le périphérique" -" peut être configuré en quelques étapes." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -"La connexion de la pédale de commande à l'*IoT Box* est très simple, reliez " -"simplement les deux par câble." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -"Si votre pédale de commande est `*prise en charge* " -"`__, vous ne devez rien configurer, " -"car le périphérique sera automatiquement détecté dès sa connexion." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "Relier une pédale de commande à un poste de travail" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"Pour relier la pédale de commande à une action, elle doit être configurée " -"sur un poste de travail. Allez au poste de travail dans lequel vous voulez " -"utiliser la pédale de commande et ajoutez le périphérique dans l'onglet " -"*Déclencheurs IoT*. Vous pouvez alors le lier à une action et ajouter une " -"clé pour le déclencher." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -"Notez que c'est le premier périphérique de la liste qui sera choisi. Donc, " -"l'ordre a son importance ! Dans l'image susmentionnée, l'utilisation de la " -"pédale de commande permet, par exemple, de passer automatiquement la partie " -"du processus sur lequel vous travaillez actuellement." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous êtes sur l'écran de commande du poste de travail, un bouton de " -"statut vous indique si vous êtes correctement connecté à la pédale de " -"commande." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "Connecter un outil de mesure" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -"Avec l'*IoT Box* d'Odoo, il est possible de connecter des outils de mesure à" -" votre base de données. Veuillez trouver la liste des périphériques pris en " -"charge ici : `Périphériques pris en charge `__,." +"Avec l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box d'Odoo, il est possible de " +"connecter des outils de mesure à la base de données Odoo afin de les " +"utiliser dans l'application *Qualité* lors d'un point de contrôle qualité ou" +" sur un poste de travail pendant le processus de fabrication." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "Se connecter via USB" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un périphérique connecté par USB, branchez simplement le câble " -"USB dans l'*IoT Box* et le périphérique devrait apparaître dans votre base " +"Vous trouverez la liste des périphériques pris en charge ici : " +"`Périphériques pris en charge `_." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" +msgstr "Connecter via USB (universal serial bus)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter un périphérique connecté via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)`, connectez le câble :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` à l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box et le périphérique apparaît dans la base de " "données Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "Se connecter via Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "Outil de mesure reconnu par l'IoT box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" +msgstr "Connecter via Bluetooth" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." msgstr "" -"Activez le Bluetooth sur votre périphérique (consultez le manuel de votre " -"périphérique pour plus d'explications) et l'IoT Box essaiera automatiquement" -" de se connecter au pariphérique." +"Activez la fonctionnalité Bluetooth sur le périphérique (consultez le manuel" +" du périphérique pour plus d'explications) et l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box se connecte automatiquement au périphérique." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "Voici un exemple de ce à quoi ça doit ressembler :" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "Indicateur Bluetooth sur l'outil de mesure." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "Relier un outil de mesure à un point de contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" msgstr "" -"Dans votre *application Qualité*, vous pouvez configurer le périphérique sur" -" vos *Points de contrôle qualité*. Pour cela, allez au menu *Points de " -"contrôle*, sous *Contrôle qualité* et ouvrez le point de contrôle que vous " -"souhaitez relier à l'outil de mesure." +"Relier un outil de mesure à un point de contrôle qualité dans le processus " +"de fabrication" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'application *Qualité*, un périphérique peut être configuré sur un " +"point de contrôle qualité. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité --> Points de contrôle` et " +"ouvrez le point de contrôle souhaité auquel l'outil de mesure doit être lié." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez à présent modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " -"périphérique dans la liste déroulante. Cliquez ensuite sur enregistrer." +"À partir de là, modifiez le point de contrôle en sélectionnant le champ " +":guilabel:`Type` et :guilabel:`Mesure` dans le menu déroulant. Cette " +"opération fait apparaître un champ intitulé :guilabel:`Périphérique`, où " +"vous pouvez sélectionner le périphérique lié." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -"Votre outil de mesure est à présent relié au ¨*Point de contrôle* choisi. La" -" valeur, qui doit être modifiée manuellement, sera automatiquement mise à " -"jour lorsque l'outil est utilisé." +"Vous pouvez également configurer les champs :guilabel:`Norme` et " +":guilabel:`Tolérance`. :guilabel:`Enregistrez` les changements le cas " +"échéant." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" +"À ce stade, l'outil de mesure est lié au point de contrôle qualité " +"sélectionné. La valeur, qui doit généralement être modifiée manuellement, " +"est automatiquement mise à jour pendant l'utilisation de l'outil." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "Saisie de l'outil de mesure dans la base de données Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également accéder aux points de contrôle qualité en allant à " +"l'application :menuselection:`IoT --> Périphérique`, puis sélectionnez le " +"périphérique. Allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Points de contrôle qualité` où " +"vous pouvez les ajouter au périphérique." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" +"Sur le formulaire détaillé du contrôle qualité, vous pouvez définir le " +":guilabel:`Type` de contrôle sur :guilabel:`Mesure`. Accédez à la page " +"détaillée d'un nouveau contrôle qualité en allant à l'application " +":menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité --> Contrôles qualité --> " +"Nouveau`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" +"Lier un outil de mesure à un poste de travail dans l'application Fabrication" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" +"Pour lier un outil de mesure à une action, il doit d'abord être configuré " +"sur un poste de travail. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Fabrication --> Configuration --> Postes de travail`. Puis " +"sélectionnez le poste de travail souhaité dans lequel l'outil de mesure sera" +" utilisé." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" +"Sur la page du poste de travail, ajoutez le périphérique dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Déclencheurs IoT` dans la colonne :guilabel:`Périphérique` en " +"sélectionnant :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. Ensuite, l'outil de mesure peut" +" être lié à l'option intitulée :guilabel:`Prendre la mesure` dans le menu " +"déroulant :guilabel:`Action`. Vous pouvez ajouter une clé pour déclencher " +"l'action." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" +"Il convient de noter que le premier déclencheur répertorié est choisi en " +"premier. L'ordre est important et ces déclencheurs peuvent être glissés dans" +" n'importe quel ordre." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." +msgstr "" +"Sur l'écran de l':guilabel:`Ordre de travail`, un graphique de statut " +"indique si la base de données est correctement connectée à l'outil de " +"mesure." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "Connecter une imprimante" +msgid "Connect a printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous utilisez votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo, vous pourriez avoir besoin " -"d'une imprimante. La configuration est facile, pratique et ne prend que " -"quelques étapes. Vous pourrez ainsi l'utiliser pour imprimer des reçus, des " -"commandes ou même des rapports dans différentes applications d'Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -"L'IoT Box prend en charge les imprimantes connectées via USB, le réseau ou " -"Bluetooth. Les `imprimantes prises en charge `__ seront détectées automatiquement et apparaîtront dans la liste " -"des *Périphériques* de votre application IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -"L'imprimante peut prendre jusqu'à deux minutes avant d'apparaître dans la " -"liste de vos périphériques." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "Relier l'imprimante" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "À des ordres de travail" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez relier des *Ordres de travail* à des imprimantes via le *Point " -"de contrôle qualité* pour imprimer des étiquettes pour les produits " -"fabriqués." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, vous devez créer un *Point de contrôle qualité* dans " -"l'application *Qualité*. Vous pouvez ensuite choisir les opérations de " -"production et d'ordre de travail souhaitées. Dans le champ Type, " -"sélectionnez *Imprimer l'étiquette*, puis cliquez sur Enregistrer." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -"Désormais, chaque fois que vous atteignez le point de contrôle qualité pour " -"le produit choisi, un bouton *Imprimer l'étiquette* apparaîtra." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "À des rapports" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également relier un type de rapport à une imprimante donnée. " -"Dans l'application *IoT*, allez au menu *Périphériques* et sélectionnez " -"l'imprimante que vous voulez configurer." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "Allez à présent à l'onglet *Rapports d'imprimante*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur modifier, puis sur *Ajouter une ligne*. Dans la fenêtre qui " -"s'affiche, cochez tous les types de rapports qui doivent être liés à cette " -"imprimante. Cliquez sur sélectionner et enregistrez." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -"Désormais, à chaque fois que vous cliquez sur *Imprimer* dans le panneau de " -"commande, le rapport ne sera pas téléchargé en format PDF, mais il sera " -"automatiquement envoyé vers l'imprimante sélectionnée et imprimé." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "Imprimer des reçus à partir du Point de Vente" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez relier une imprimante à votre application *Point de Vente* pour " -"pouvoir imprimer des reçus directement depuis votre *PdV*. " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -"Cette configuration est très facile. Allez à votre application *Point de " -"Vente* et ouvrez les paramètres de votre *Point de Vente*, sous " -"*Configuration*. Là, cliquez sur *Modifier* et activez la fonctionnalité " -"*IoT Box*. Ensuite, choisissez votre *Imprimante de reçu* dans le menu " -"déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -"À présent, vous pourrez imprimer différents types de tickets depuis votre " -"*PdV* : **reçus**, **détails de vente** et **additions**." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -"Les reçus sont imprimés dès que la commande est validée. Le processus est " -"automatisé lorsque vous activez la fonctionnalité dans la configuration de " -"votre *Point de Vente*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -"Les détails des ventes de la journée peuvent être imprimés en cliquant sur " -"l'icône de l'imprimante dans la barre de navigation en haut du *PdV*. " -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -"En ce qui concerne l'addition, cette fonctionnalité est uniquement " -"disponible en mode restaurant. Dans les paramètres de votre restaurant, " -"activez *Imprimer des additions* et un bouton *Addition* apparaîtra dans le " -"panneau gauche du *PdV*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "Imprimer des commandes dans la cuisine" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" -"En mode restaurant, vous pouvez envoyer des tickets de commandes vers la " -"cuisine." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application *Point de Vente* et ouvrez les " -"paramètres de votre *Point de Vente*. Puis cochez la case à côté " -"d'*Imprimante de commandes*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -"À présent, allez au menu *Imprimantes*, Cliquez sur créer, sélectionnez " -"l'imprimante dans le menu déroulant et, dans le champ *Catégories de produit" -" d'imprimante*, choisissez toutes les catégories de produit qui doivent être" -" imprimées sur cette imprimante." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" -"Dans le *Point de Vente*, lorsque vous ajoutez ou supprimez un produit d'une" -" des catégories sélectionnées, le bouton *Commande* sera vert. Si vous " -"cliquez dessus, l'IoT Box imprimera un reçu sur l'imprimante correspondante." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" -msgstr "Connecter une balance" +msgid "Connect a scale" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous utilisez votre **IoT Box** dans Odoo, vous pourriez également " -"avoir besoin d'utiliser une balance. La configuration est facile, pratique " -"et ne prend que quelques étapes. Vous pourrez ensuite l'utiliser dans votre " -"**application Point de Vente** pour peser vos produits, ce qui est utile si " -"leur prix est basé sur le poids." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" -"Pour relier la balance à l'**IoT Box**, reliez-les à l'aide d'un câble." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" -"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " -"nécessaire." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." msgstr "" -"Si votre balance est `compatible avec l'IoT Box d'Odoo " -"`_, il n'y a rien à configurer, " -"parce que la balance sera détectée automatiquement dès sa connexion." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "Détection automatique de l'IoT Box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" -"Dans certains cas, vous devrez redémarrer votre box et télécharger les " -"pilotes de votre balance à partir de la box. Pour ce faire, allez à la *Page" -" d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur la *liste des pilotes*. Cliquez " -"ensuite sur charger les pilotes." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "Vue des paramètres de l'IoT Box et de la liste des pilotes." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Utiliser une balance dans Point de Vente" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser la balance dans votre application *Point de Vente*, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente`, ouvrez" -" celui que vous voulez configurer, cliquez sur *Modifier* et activez la " -"fonctionnalité *IoT Box*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -"Vue de la fonctionnalité IoT Box dans les paramètres du Point de Vente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" -"À présent, choisissez l'*IoT Box* dans le menu déroulant et cochez l'option " -"*Balance électronique*. Cliquez ensuite sur enregistrer." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." @@ -3778,17 +4477,13 @@ msgstr "" "Liste des outils externes qui peuvent être utilisés avec Point de Vente et " "l'IoT Box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" -"La balance est désormais disponible dans toutes vos sessions du *PdV*. " -"Ensuite, si un produit a un prix basé sur le poids, le fait de cliquer sur " -"le produit sur l'écran du *PdV* ouvre l'écran de la balance, où le caissier " -"peut peser le produit et ajouter le prix correct au panier." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." @@ -3802,120 +4497,136 @@ msgstr "Connecter un écran" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, une :abbr:`IoT (Internet des objets)` Box peut être connectée à " -"un écran. Après avoir été connecté, l'écran peut être utilisé pour afficher " -"une commande du :abbr:`PdV (Point de Vente)` à un client." +"Dans Odoo, une :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box peut être connectée à un" +" écran. Après l'avoir configuré, l'écran peut être utilisé pour afficher une" +" commande Point de Vente (PdV) à un client." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "Un exemple d'une commande de PdV (Point de Vente) sur un écran." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -"Accédez à l'écran client à partir d'un autre ordinateur en allant à la page " -"d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet des objets)` Box et en cliquant sur le " -"bouton :guilabel:`Affichage PdV`." +"Accédez à l'écran client en allant à la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box et en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Affichage " +"PdV`. Vous pouvez accéder à la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box en allant à l'application :menuselection:`IoT --> IoT Box` et " +"en cliquant sur le lien de la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -"La manière de connecter l'écran à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet des objets)` Box " -"diffère selon le modèle." +"La façon de connecter l'écran à l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box varie" +" en fonction du modèle." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "IoT Box modèle 4" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -"Connectez jusqu'à deux écrans à l'aide de câbles Micro-HDMI situés sur le " -"côté de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet des objets)` Box. Si deux écrans sont " -"connectés, ils peuvent afficher des contenus différents (voir utilisation " -"ci-dessous)." +"Connectez jusqu'à deux écrans à l'aide de câbles micro-HDMI situés sur le " +"côté de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Deux écrans connectés " +"peuvent diffuser différents contenus (voir :ref:`Utilisation de l'écran " +"`)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "IoT Box modèle 3" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Connectez l'écran à l'aide d'un câble HDMI situé sur le côté de l':abbr:`IoT" -" (Internet des objets)` Box." +"Connectez l'écran à l'aide d'un câble HDMI sur le côté de l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr ":ref:`Voir le schéma Raspberry Pi `." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -"Les écrans doivent être connectés avant que l':abbr:`IoT (Internet des " -"objets)` Box ne soit allumée. Si elle est déjà allumée, connectez les écrans" -" et redémarrez l':abbr:`IoT (Internet des objets)` Box en la débranchant et " -"la rebranchant sur sa source d'alimentation." +"Vous devez connecter l'écran ou les écrans avant d'allumer l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Si elle est déjà allumée, connectez l'écran ou " +"les écrans et redémarrez l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box en la " +"débranchant pendant dix secondes et en la rebranchant sur sa source " +"d'alimentation." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -"L'utilisation d'adaptateurs HDMI/Micro-HDMI peut entraîner des problèmes qui" -" se traduiront par un écran noir et vide. L'utilisation d'un câble est " -"recommandée." +"L'utilisation d'adaptateurs HDMI/micro HDMI peut entraîner des problèmes qui" +" se traduiront par un écran noir vide. Il est recommandé d'utiliser un câble" +" spécifique pour la connexion de l'écran." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." msgstr "" -"Si la connexion a réussi, l'écran doit afficher l':guilabel:`écran client du" -" PdV`." +"Si la connexion a réussi, l'écran doit afficher l':guilabel:`affichage " +"client du PdV`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -"L'\"écran client du PdV\" par défaut qui apparaît lorsqu'un écran est connecté avec succès\n" -"à une IoT Box." +"L'Affichage client PdV par défaut qui s'affiche lorsqu'un écran est connecté \n" +"avec succès à une IoT box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" -"L'écran doit également apparaître dans la liste des :guilabel:`Affichages` " -"sur la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet des objets)` Box." +"L'écran doit également apparaître dans la liste des :guilabel:`Écrans` sur " +"la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Il est " +"également possible de voir l'écran en allant à l'application " +":menuselection:`IoT --> Périphériques`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -"Un exemple d'un nom d'écran affiché sur la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box." +"Un exemple d'un nom d'écran affiché sur la page d'accueil de l'IoT box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" -"Si aucun écran n'est détecté, un affichage par défaut intitulé " -":guilabel:`Affichage distant` sera utilisé à la place." +"Si aucun écran n'est sélectionné, un écran par défaut intitulé " +":guilabel:`Écran distant` sera utilisé à la place. Cela indique qu'aucun " +"matériel n'est connecté." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." @@ -3923,63 +4634,63 @@ msgstr "" "Le nom d'écran \"Affichage distant\" sera utilisé si aucun écran n'est " "détecté." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Utilisation" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "Afficher les commandes du Point de Vente aux clients" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser l'écran dans l'application :guilabel:`Point de Vente`, allez à" -" :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente`, " -"ouvrez l'écran souhaité, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` et activez la " -"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Périphériques IoT Box`." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"À présent, sélectionnez :guilabel:`IoT Box` dans le menu déroulant et " -"choisissez l'écran dans l'option :guilabel:`Écran client`. Cliquez ensuite " -"sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." -msgstr "Connecter l'écran à l'application Point de Vente." +"Pour utiliser l'écran dans l'*application Point de Vente*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente`, " +"sélectionnez un :abbr:`PdV (Point de Vente)`, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Modifier` si nécessaire et activez la fonctionnalité " +":guilabel:`IoT Box`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -"L'écran est à présent disponible pour les sessions :abbr:`PdV (Point de " -"Vente)`. Une icône \"écran\" apparaîtra dans la barre supérieure pour " -"indiquer le statut de la connexion avec l'écran." +"Sélectionnez ensuite l'écran dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Affichage " +"client`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`, le cas échéant." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "Connecter l'écran à l'application Point de Vente." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" +"L'écran est à présent disponible pour les sessions de :abbr:`PdV (Point de " +"Vente)`. Une icône d'écran s'affiche dans le menu en haut de l'écran pour " +"indiquer le statut de connexion de l'écran." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -"L'icône \"écran\" sur l'écran du Point de Vente affiche le statut de la connexion avec\n" +"L'icône \"écran\" sur l'affichage du Point de Vente affiche le statut de la connexion avec\n" "l'écran." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" -"L'écran affichera automatiquement les commandes du :abbr:`PdV (Point de " +"L'écran affiche automatiquement les commandes du :abbr:`PdV (Point de " "Vente)` et se met à jour lorsque des modifications sont apportées à la " "commande." @@ -3987,20 +4698,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "Un exemple d'écran affichant une commande du PdV." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" -msgstr "Afficher un site web" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" +msgstr "Afficher un site web à l'écran" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" -"L'ouverture de la vue du formulaire de l'écran en allant à " -":menuselection:`IoT --> Périphériques --> (écran)` permet à l'utilisateur de" -" choisir une URL spécifique de site web à afficher sur l'écran avec le champ" -" :guilabel:`URL écran`." +"Ouvrez la vue de formulaire de l'écran en allant à l'application " +":menuselection:`IoT --> Périphériques --> Affichage client`. Cette " +"fonctionnalité permet à l'utilisateur de choisir une URL de site web à " +"afficher à l'écran en complétant le champ :guilabel:`Afficher l'URL`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index b0aeae699..28c250bb9 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ # Renaud de Colombel , 2022 # Jérôme Tanché , 2022 # 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2022 -# Priscilla (prs) Odoo , 2022 # Fernanda Marques , 2022 +# Priscilla (prs) Odoo , 2022 # Maxime Chambreuil , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Cécile Collart , 2023 @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -95,6 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -114,7 +115,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -3387,68 +3387,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "Créer un nouveau mode de paiement pour un PdV." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" -"La sélection d'un journal :guilabel:`bank` ajoute automatiquement le champ " -":guilabel:`Utiliser un terminal de paiement` où vous pouvez saisir les " -"informations de votre terminal." +"La sélection d'un journal a :guilabel:`bank` ajoute automatiquement le champ" +" :guilabel:`Utiliser un terminal de paiement` où vous pouvez saisir les " +":doc:`informations de votre terminal de paiement " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" -"Les identifiants sont obligatoires pour utiliser un terminal de paiement. " -"Pour savoir comment configurer les différents terminaux, consultez les pages" -" de documentation suivantes :" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr ":doc:`configuration Adyen `" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr ":doc:`configuration Ingenico `" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr ":doc:`configuration Six `" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr ":doc:`configuration Stripe `" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr ":doc:`configuration Vantiv `" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr ":doc:`configuration Worldline `" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" "Une fois le mode de paiement créé, vous pouvez le sélectionner pour " -"l'utiliser dans votre Point de Vente. Pour ce faire, allez aux " -":ref:`paramètres du Point de Vente `, sélectionnez " -"le Point de Vente pour lequel vous souhaitez rendre le mode de paiement " -"disponible dans le champ :guilabel:`Point de Vente` et ajoutez le(s) mode(s)" -" de paiement dans la section :guilabel:`Paiement`." +"l'utiliser dans vos paramètres PdV. Pour ce faire, allez aux " +":ref:`paramètres PdV `, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Modifier` et ajoutez le mode de paiement dans la section " +":guilabel:`Paiements`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "Terminaux de paiement" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" +"La connexion et l'intégration d'un terminal de paiement à votre système de " +"point de vente vous permettent d'accepter plusieurs options de paiement, y " +"compris les cartes de crédit et de débit, ce qui rend le processus de " +"paiement plus efficace." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" +"Allez aux :doc:`paramètres de l'application <../configuration>`, faites " +"défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Terminaux de paiement` et cochez la " +"case à côté de votre terminal." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" +"case à cocher dans les paramètres permettant d'activer un terminal de " +"paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" +"Consultez ensuite la documentation correspondante pour configurer votre " +"appareil :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr ":doc:`configuration Adyen `" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr ":doc:`configuration Ingenico `" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr ":doc:`configuration SIX `" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr ":doc:`configuration Stripe `" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr ":doc:`configuration Vantiv `" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr ":doc:`configuration Worldline `" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le terminal est configuré, vous pouvez :doc:`créer le mode de " +"paiement correspondant et l'ajouter au point de vente <../payment_methods>`." + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -7746,223 +7780,436 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Méthode de facturation" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "Demander un acompte" +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "Acomptes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" "Un acompte est un paiement partiel effectué par l'acheteur lors de la " "conclusion d'un contrat de vente. Il implique l'engagement total des deux " -"parties (vendeur et acheteur) à honorer le contrat. Avec un acompte, " -"l'acheteur montre son intention d'acheter le produit et accepte de payer le " -"montant restant dû plus tard, alors que le vendeur est tenu de fournir les " -"marchandises en l'acceptant." +"parties (vendeur et acheteur) à honorer le contrat." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -"Parfois un acompte est requis pour des commandes ou des projets onéreux. De " -"cette façon, vous pourrez vous protéger et vous assurer que votre client est" -" fiable." +"Avec un acompte, l'acheteur paie une partie du montant total dû tout en " +"s'engageant à payer le reste à une date ultérieure. En échange, le vendeur " +"fournit les biens ou les services à l'acheteur après avoir accepté " +"l'acompte, en espérant que le reste sera payé ultérieurement." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "La première fois que vous demandez un acompte" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" +msgstr "Demande d'acompte initial" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une commande client est confirmée, vous avez la possibilité de créer " -"une facture. Les factures sont automatiquement créées en brouillon, pour que" -" vous puissiez les revoir avant validation. Pour créer une facture, Odoo " -"Ventes vous propose 3 options :" +"Lorsqu'une commande client est confirmée, il est possible de créer une " +"facture en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une facture`, situé dans " +"le coin supérieur gauche du formulaire de commande. Lorsque l'on clique sur " +"le bouton, une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer les factures` apparaît." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "Facture normale" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "Acompte (pourcentage)" +msgid "" +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." +msgstr "" +"Les factures sont automatiquement créées en brouillon pour qu'elles puissent" +" être révisées avant d'être validées." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "Acompte (montant fixe)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" msgstr "" -"L'acompte peut donc être un montant fixe ou un pourcentage du montant total." -" La première fois que vous demandez un acompte, vous pouvez fixer le " -"pourcentage ou le montant fixe de votre choix et sélectionner le compte des " -"revenus et les taxes appropriés. Ces paramètres seront réutilisés pour les " -"acomptes ultérieurs." +"Dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer les factures`, vous avez le " +"choix entre trois options dans le champ :guilabel:`Créer une facture` :" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "Comment payer un acompte dans Odoo Ventes ?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Facture normale`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" +"Si l'option :guilabel:`Facture normale` est sélectionnée, les autres champs " +"disparaissent, car ils ne concernent que les configurations de l'acompte." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Acompte (pourcentage)`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Acompte (montant fixe)`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." +msgstr "" +"L'acompte peut être soit un montant fixe, soit un pourcentage du montant " +"total." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous demandez votre premier acompte, un nouveau produit appelé " -"**Acompte** sera créé. Ce produit sera enregistré comme un **service** avec " -"une politique de facturation basée sur les **quantités commandées**. Pour " -"rappel, vous pouvez modifier ce produit à tout moment. Notez que si vous " -"choisissez une politique de facturation basée sur les **quantités livrées*, " -"**vous ne serez pas en mesure de créer une facture**." +"Une fois que l'option d'acompte souhaitée est sélectionnée dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Créer une facture`, définissez le montant souhaité (soit un " +"pourcentage, soit un montant fixe) dans le champ :guilabel:`Montant de " +"l'acompte`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "Flux de vente de base avec acomptes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" -"Pour ce premier exemple, nous utiliserons un acompte de 50 % avec un produit" -" utilisant une politique de facturation basée sur les **quantités " -"commandées**. N'hésitez pas à consulter notre documentation sur les " -"politiques de facturation ici : :doc:`invoicing_policy`, avant de demander " -"votre premier acompte. Au moment de créer et de visualiser la facture, vous " -"aurez uniquement accès à une facture brouillon mentionnant l'acompte (comme " -"vous pouvez le voir ci-dessous)." +"Ensuite, sélectionnez le compte des revenus approprié pour la facture dans " +"le champ :guilabel:`Compte des revenus` et ajoutez un montant de taxe, le " +"cas échéant, dans le champ :guilabel:`Taxes à la vente`. Ces paramètres " +"seront réutilisés pour les acomptes futurs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" -msgstr "" -"Quel est le flux de vente de base utilisant des acomptes dans Odoo Ventes " -"(1) ?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "Comment configurer un acompte dans Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez y comptabiliser la facture et enregistrer le paiement de votre " -"client. Toutefois, nous savons tous que, dans la vraie vie, ce flux n'est " -"pas immédiat. Donc, pour l'instant, retournez simplement à la commande " -"client. Vous y aurez la possibilité d'afficher la commande comme un client " -"grâce au bouton **Aperçu client** ou d'accéder facilement à la facture " -"brouillon précédente grâce au bouton **Facture**. Dans tous les cas, " -"l'acompte sera mentionné sur la commande client et la facture brouillon." +"Lorsqu'un acompte est demandé pour la première fois, un nouveau produit " +"appelé :guilabel:`Acompte` est créé. Ce produit est enregistré comme un " +"produit :guilabel:`Service`, avec une politique de facturation de " +":guilabel:`Quantités commandées`. Ce produit peut être modifié à tout " +"moment." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" +"Si vous choisissez les :guilabel:`Quantités livrées` comme politique de " +"facturation, il ne sera **pas** possible de créer une facture." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "Demander un acompte de 50%" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'exemple suivant, le flux implique un acompte de 50% sur un produit " +"dont la politique de facturation est définie sur :guilabel:`Quantités " +"commandées`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque la commande est confirmée (via le bouton :guilabel:`Confirmer`), il " +"est temps de créer/voir la facture en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer une " +"facture`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer les factures` qui " +"s'affiche, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Acompte (pourcentage)` et saisissez `50` " +"dans le champ :guilabel:`Montant de l'acompte`. Enfin, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Créer et voir la facture` pour créer et voir la facture." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Quel est le flux de vente de base utilisant des acomptes dans Odoo ventes " -"(2) ?" +"Fenêtre contextuelle permettant de créer des factures dans Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" -"Pour compléter le flux, lorsque le client veut payer le montant restant dû " -"de cette commande client, vous devez créer une autre facture. Là encore, " -"vous aurez le choix de verser un autre acompte ou de déduire tous les " -"acomptes et ainsi, payer le montant restant dû de la facture comme une " -"facture normale." +"Cette opération permet d'afficher la facture brouillon, qui reprend " +"l'acompte." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Quel est le flux de vente de base utilisant des acomptes dans Odoo Ventes " -"(3) ?" +"Un exemple de facture brouillon avec acompte mentionné dans Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -"Ce flux est également possible avec un acompte tenant compte d'un montant " -"fixe." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Attention, si vous effectuez un acompte avec un produit utilisant la " -"politique de facturation basée sur les **quantités livrées**, vous ne " -"pourrez pas déduire tous les acomptes au moment de facturer votre client. En" -" effet, vous devez livrer un produit avant de créer la facture finale. Si " -"rien n'a été livré, vous créez une **note de crédit** qui annule la facture " -"brouillon créée après le versement de l'acompte. Pour ce faire, vous devez " -"installer l'**application Inventaire** pour confirmer la livraison. Sinon, " -"vous pouvez saisir la quantité livrée manuellement sur la commande client." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "Modifier le compte des revenus et les taxes à la vente" +"À partir de là, la facture peut être confirmée/comptabilisée et le paiement " +"peut être enregistrée. Retournez à la commande client via le fil d'Ariane." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." -msgstr "À partir de la liste des produits, cherchez le produit **Acompte**." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." +msgstr "" +"Sur la commande, vous avez la possibilité de voir ce que le client verra, " +"via le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Aperçu client` et le bouton " +":guilabel:`Facture` permet d'afficher la facture brouillon. Dans les deux " +"cas, l'acompte est mentionné sur la commande client et la facture brouillon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Création d'un produit appelé acompte dans Odoo Ventes" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "Comment l'acompte est indiqué sur la commande dans Odoo Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez le modifier et sous l'onglet **Informations générales**, vous " -"pourrez modifier les taxes à la vente. À présent, pour changer le compte des" -" revenus, vous devrez installer l'**application Comptabilité** pour avoir la" -" possibilité de voir l'onglet **Comptabilité** sur la fiche produit." +"Pour confirmer et enregistrer le premier paiement de l'acompte, cliquez sur " +"le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Factures` pour retourner à la facture. Sur " +"la page :guilabel:`Facture client`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`, puis " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` pour ouvrir un formulaire " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" +"Comment se présente la fenêtre contextuelle permettant d'enregistrer un " +"paiement dans Odoo Ventes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" +"Sur ce formulaire, sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Journal` approprié et " +"confirmez que le montant de l'acompte est correct dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Montant`. Apportez d'autres modifications aux autres champs si " +"nécessaire avant de cliquer sur :guilabel:`Créer un paiement`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Odoo revient à la facture, qui comporte désormais une bannière verte " +":guilabel:`En paiement` dans le coin supérieur droit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" +"Comment la facture d'acompte initial a une bannière verte affichant payé " +"dans Odoo Ventes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" +"À présent, lorsque le client souhaite payer le montant restant de la " +"commande, une autre facture doit être créée. Pour ce faire, retournez à la " +"commande et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une facture`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" +"Dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer les factures`, vous avez " +"maintenant l'option :guilabel:`Déduire les acomptes`, qui est sélectionnée " +"par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" +"L'option de déduction des acomptes sur la fenêtre contextuelle de création " +"de factures dans Odoo Ventes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" +"Si le montant restant est prêt à être payé, l'option :guilabel:`Facture " +"normale` doit être sélectionnée et l'option :guilabel:`Déduire les acomptes`" +" doit *rester* sélectionnée. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Créer et voir la" +" facture`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" +"Cette opération permet d'afficher une page :guilabel:`Factures` distinctes, " +"qui répertorie toutes les factures relatives à cette commande client. Chaque" +" ligne de facture présente toutes les informations nécessaires relatives à " +"chaque facture, ainsi que le :guilabel:`Statut de paiement` actuel." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "La page des factures d'acompte dans Odoo Ventes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" +"Pour compléter le flux, sélectionnez la facture dont le statut est " +":guilabel:`Non payé`, qui permet d'ouvrir la facture. Sur la page de la " +"facture, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`, puis :guilabel:`Enregistrer un " +"paiement`, et confirmez que le :guilabel:`Montant` restant est correct. Puis" +" cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer un paiement`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" +"La fenêtre contextuelle disparaît et une bannière verte :guilabel:`En " +"paiement` s'affiche maintenant sur la facture. Les lignes de la facture " +"indiquent que le montant total a été payé, y compris les mentions de " +"l'acompte et que le flux est terminé." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" +"Ce flux est également possible avec l'option d'acompte :guilabel:`Montant " +"fixe`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" +"Si un acompte est utilisé avec un produit dont la politique de facturation " +"est :guilabel:`Quantités livrées`, l'acompte ne pourra **pas** être déduite " +"au moment de facturer le client. En effet, en raison de la politique de " +"facturation, le ou les produits doivent être livrés *avant* de créer la " +"facture finale." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" +"Si rien n'a été livré, un :guilabel:`Avoir` est créé, qui annule la facture " +"brouillon qui a été créée après l'acompte. Pour utiliser l'option " +":guilabel:`Avoir`, l'application *Inventaire* doit être installée, afin de " +"confirmer la livraison. Sinon, la quantité livrée peut être saisie " +"manuellement directement sur la commande client." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "Modifications du compte des revenus et des taxes à la vente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajuster le compte des revenus et les taxes à la vente liés à un " +"acompte, allez à la page :guilabel:`Produits` (:menuselection:`App Ventes " +"--> Produits --> Produits`), recherchez le produit `Acompte` dans la barre " +"de recherche et sélectionnez-le pour afficher les détails du produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." +msgstr "" +"Sur la page du produit :guilabel:`Acompte`, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Modifier`, puis faites défiler jusqu'à l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Informations générales`. Dans cet onglet, les taxes à la vente " +"peuvent être modifiées dans le champ :guilabel:`Taxes à la vente`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "Comment modifier le compte des revenus liés aux acomptes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier ou ajuster le compte des revenus liés à la page du produit " +":guilabel:`Acompte`, l'application *Comptabilité* **doit** est installée. " +"Une fois que l'application *Comptabilité* est installée, l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Comptabilité` devient disponible sur la page du produit. Cet " +"onglet ne sera **pas** accessible si l'application *Comptabilité* n'est pas " +"installée." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Comptabilité`, le compte des revenus peut être " +"modifié dans le champ :guilabel:`Compte des revenus`, dans la section " +":guilabel:`Créances clients`. Une fois que tous les changements souhaités " +"sont apportés, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -8311,54 +8558,124 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "Vous pouvez ensuite facturer ce premier jalon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "Envoyer une facture pro forma" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "Factures pro forma" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -"Une facture pro forma est une facture abrégée ou estimée avant une livraison" -" de marchandises. Elle indique le type et la quantité de marchandises, leur " -"valeur et d'autres informations importantes telles que le poids et les frais" -" de transport. Les factures pro forma sont habituellement utilisées comme " -"factures préliminaires à un devis ou à des fins douanières lors d'une " -"importation. Elles diffèrent d'une facture normale en ce qu'elles ne " -"constituent pas une demande ou une requête de paiement." +"Une *facture pro forma* est une facture abrégée ou estimée envoyée avant la " +"livraison des marchandises. Elle indique la nature et la quantité des " +"marchandises, leur valeur et d'autres informations importantes, telles que " +"le poids et les frais de transport." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" +"Les factures pro forma sont généralement utilisées comme factures " +"préliminaires à un devis. Elles sont également utilisées à des fins " +"douanières lors de l'importation. Elles diffèrent d'une facture normale en " +"ce sens qu'elles ne constituent pas une demande de paiement." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Activer la fonctionnalité" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez " -"la fonctionnalité *Facture pro forma*." +"Pour utiliser les factures pro forma, vous **devez** activer la " +"fonctionnalité *Facture pro forma*. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et dans la section " +":guilabel:`Devis & Commandes`, cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Facture " +"pro forma`. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer " +"tous les changements." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -"À partir de n'importe quel devis ou commande client, vous avez l'option " -"d'envoyer une facture pro forma." +"La fonctionnalité de facture pro forma dans l'application Ventes d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "Envoyer une facture pro forma" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur envoyer, Odoo vous enverra un email avec la facture" -" pro forma en pièce jointe." +"Une fois que la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Facture pro forma` est activée, " +"l'option d'envoyer une facture pro forma est désormais disponible sur tous " +"les devis ou commandes clients, en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Envoyer" +" la facture pro forma`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" +"Le bouton Envoyer la facture pro forma sur une commande typique dans Odoo " +"Ventes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Envoyer la facture pro forma`," +" une fenêtre contextuelle d'email s'affiche. Le champ " +":guilabel:`Destinataires` est automatiquement rempli avec le client de la " +"commande ou du devis. Ensuite, le cas échéant, modifiez le champ " +":guilabel:`Sujet` et le corps de l'email. La facture pro forma est " +"automatiquement ajoutée en pièce jointe à l'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Quand l'email est prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer` et Odoo envoie " +"l'email instantanément avec la facture pro forma en pièce jointe au client." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" +"La fenêtre contextuelle de l'email apparaît avec la facture pro forma en " +"pièce jointe dans Odoo Ventes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" +"Pour avoir un aperçu de la facture pro forma, cliquez sur le PDF en bas de " +"la fenêtre contextuelle d'email *avant* de cliquer sur :guilabel:`Envoyer`. " +"Lorsque vous cliquez sur ce bouton, la facture pro forma est immédiatement " +"téléchargée. Ouvrez ce PDF pour voir (et réviser) la facture pro forma." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." +msgstr "Exemple d'une facture pro forma au format PDF dans Odoo Ventes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" @@ -8948,7 +9265,6 @@ msgstr "" "`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "Configurer les paramètres" @@ -9616,8 +9932,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Pour appliquer des prix différents par produit, sélectionnez *Prix " "différents par segment de clients* dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> " -"Paramètres`. Ouvrez ensuite l'onglet *Ventes* dans la fiche du produit. Vous" -" pouvez définir les stratégies suivantes." +"Paramètres`. Ouvrez ensuite l'onglet *Ventes* dans la fiche détaillée du " +"produit. Vous pouvez définir les stratégies suivantes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:31 msgid "Prices per customer segment" @@ -9637,8 +9953,8 @@ msgid "" "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" "La liste de prix par défaut appliquée à tout nouveau client est la *liste de" -" prix publique*. Pour segmenter vos clients, ouvrez la fiche du client et " -"changez la *liste de prix* dans l'onglet *Ventes & Achats*." +" prix publique*. Pour segmenter vos clients, ouvrez la fiche détaillée du " +"client et changez la *liste de prix* dans l'onglet *Ventes & Achats*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 msgid "Temporary prices" @@ -10959,142 +11275,9 @@ msgstr "Comment sont affichées les échéances dans Odoo Ventes ?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "Livrer et facturer à des adresses différentes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" -"Les particuliers et les sociétés utilisent souvent des adresses distinctes " -"pour la facturation et la livraison. Avec l'application *Ventes* d'Odoo, les" -" contacts peuvent préciser différentes adresses pour la livraison et la " -"facturation." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Facturation --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " -"faites défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Factures clients`. Ensuite, " -"cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Adresses du client` et cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" -"Il ne sera pas possible d'aller à l'application *Facturation* lorsque " -"l'application *Comptabilité* a été installée. Allez plutôt à " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` pour activer " -"la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Adresses du client`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "Activez le paramètre Adresses du client." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "Configurer le formulaire de contact" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" -"Allez à l'application :menuselection:`Contacts` (ou à :menuselection:`Ventes" -" --> Commandes --> Clients`) et cliquez sur un client pour ouvrir sa fiche " -"de contact." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Contacts & Adresses`, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Ajouter`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "Ajouter un contact/une adresse à la fiche de contact" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, sélectionnez le type d'adresse que vous voulez ajouter à la fiche " -"de contact (par ex. :guilabel:`Adresse de facturation` ou :guilabel:`Adresse" -" de livraison`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" -"Créez un nouveau contact/une nouvelle adresse sur une fiche de contact." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" -"Saisissez les informations d'adresse. Cliquez ensuite sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour enregistrer l'adresse et fermer la " -"fenêtre :guilabel:`Créer contact`. Ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & " -"Nouveau` pour enregistrer cette adresse et immédiatement créer un autre " -"contact." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "Ajouter des adresses au devis" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'un client est ajouté à un devis, les champs :guilabel:`Adresse de " -"facturation` et :guilabel:`Adresse de livraison` se remplissent " -"automatiquement en fonction des adresses précisées sur la fiche de contact " -"du client." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" -"Les adresses de facturation et de livraison se remplissent automatiquement " -"dans un devis." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" -"Il est également possible de modifier l':guilabel:`Adresse de facturation` " -"et l':guilabel:`Adresse de livraison` à partir du devis en cliquant sur les " -"boutons de :guilabel:`Lien interne` à côté de chaque ligne d'adresse." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" -"Ces adresses peuvent être mises à jour à tout moment pour garantir " -"l'exactitude de la facturation et de la livraison." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "Recevoir le paiement pour confirmer une commande" @@ -11578,369 +11761,178 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "Ligne par élément de la grille des variantes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "Utiliser des modèles de devis" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "Modèles de devis" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" -"La création des modèles de devis personnalisés vous permet de gagner " -"beaucoup de temps. En effet, grâce à l'utilisation de modèles, vous pourrez " -"envoyer des devis complets rapidement." +"L'utilisation des modèles de devis accélère la création des commandes " +"clients en complétant automatiquement la plupart des champs du devis." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez les **Modèles de devis**." +"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez " +"l'option :guilabel:`Modèles de devis`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "Comment activer les modèles de devis dans Odoo Ventes ?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" +msgstr "Créer un modèle" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"Pour encore plus de facilité, il est également recommandé d'ajouter la " -"fonctionnalité **Constructeur de devis** qui vous aidera à construire très " -"facilement vos modèles de devis. Cette option installe automatiquement " -"l'application Site Web d'Odoo." +"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Modèles de devis` et " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "Comment activer le constructeur de devis dans Odoo Ventes ?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "À l'exception du nom, tous les champs du modèle sont optionnels." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" +"Après avoir nommé le modèle, choisissez les valeurs par défaut pour les " +"champs suivants :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Le devis expire après` : choisissez le nombre de jours pendant " +"lesquels le devis est valable." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Confirmation en ligne` : après avoir envoyé le devis par email, " +"vous pouvez demander au client de le confirmer en ligne sur son portail " +"client :" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," +msgstr "en fournissant une :guilabel:`Signature`," #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "Créer votre premier modèle" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," +msgstr "en effectuant un :guilabel:`Paiement`," -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." -msgstr "" -"Les modèles de devis se trouvent dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> " -"Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." +msgstr "ou les deux." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors créer un nouveau modèle ou modifier un modèle existant. " -"Une fois nommé, vous pourrez sélectionner les produits et les quantités, " -"ainsi que la date d'expiration du devis." +":guilabel:`Email de confirmation` : sélectionnez un modèle d'email pour " +"envoyer automatiquement un email au client lors de la confirmation du devis." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes`, ajoutez les produits par défaut, ainsi que" +" leur quantité. Ajoutez les :doc:`produits optionnels ` " +"dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Produits optionnels`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" +"Enfin, ajoutez des conditions générales de vente spécifiques dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Conditions générales`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Si les conditions générales sont standards pour tous les devis, " +":doc:`définissez-les plutôt dans les paramètres Comptabilité/Facturation " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "Concevoir un modèle" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" +"Personnalisez l'apparence des devis sur le portail client en allant à " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et en activant la " +"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Constructeur de devis`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" +"Si nécessaire, Odoo active automatiquement l'application :doc:`Site Web " +"` lors de l'activation de cette " +"fonctionnalité." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez un modèle en allant à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration " +"--> Modèles de devis` et en cliquant sur un modèle. Cliquez ensuite sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Concevoir un modèle`. Sur le constructeur de site web, " +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier`. Glissez et déposez les blocs de " +"construction et :guilabel:`Enregistrez`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Créer un nouveau modèle de devis dans Odoo Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "Concevoir votre modèle" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez la possibilité de concevoir votre modèle et de modifier " -"l'interface client afin de gérer ce que les clients verront avant d'accepter" -" et de payer le devis. Par exemple, vous pourrez décrire votre entreprise, " -"vos services et vos produits. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur **Modifier** et " -"vous serez conduit au constructeur de devis." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Créer votre modèle de devis dans Odoo Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez facilement modifier le contenu de votre modèle en glissant & " -"déposant différents blocs de construction pour organiser votre devis. Par " -"exemple, vous pouvez ajouter un bloc de contenu pour décrire vos produits." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Glisser & déposer des blocs de construction pour créer votre modèle de devis" -" dans Odoo Ventes" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" +msgstr "Utilisez le constructeur de devis" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" -msgstr "Utiliser un modèle de devis" +msgid "Use a template" +msgstr "Utiliser un modèle" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" -"Lors de la création d'un devis, vous pouvez choisir un modèle spécifique." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Sélectionner un modèle spécifique dans Odoo Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez sélectionner le modèle de votre choix et le suggérer comme " -"modèle par défaut dans les paramètres de **Ventes**." +"Lors de la création d'un devis, choisissez un modèle dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Modèle de devis`. Tous les champs sont ensuite complétés en " +"conséquence. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez modifier manuellement les champs " +"préremplis." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "Confirmer le devis" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" -"Les modèles facilitent le processus de confirmation en permettant à vos " -"clients de signer électroniquement ou de payer en ligne. Vous pouvez " -"activement ces deux options directement dans le modèle de devis lui-même. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Autoriser vos clients à signer électroniquement ou à payer en ligne dans " -"Odoo Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" -"Tous les devis seront désormais configurés de cette manière. Bien entendu, " -"vous pouvez toujours le modifier et le rendre spécifique chaque devis. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "Ajouter des conditions générales" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" -"Il est essentiel de définir des conditions générales pour fixer les éléments" -" contractuels importants tels que les conditions de paiement, la limitation " -"de la responsabilité et les délais de livraison entre les clients et les " -"vendeurs. Chaque vendeur doit déclarer toutes les informations formelles " -"concernant les produits et la politique de l'entreprise. D'autre part, " -"chaque client doit prendre connaissance de ces conditions avant de s'engager" -" à quoi que ce soit. Avec Odoo Ventes, il est très facile d'inclure vos " -"conditions générales par défaut sur chaque devis, commande client et facture" -" que vous gérez." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Conditions générales par défaut" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " -"activez les *Conditions générales par défaut*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" -"Comment activer des conditions générales par défaut dans Odoo Ventes ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" -"Notez que cette fonctionnalité s'active dans les paramètres de " -"l'**application Comptabilité** et **pas** dans les paramètres de " -"l'**application Ventes**. De plus, vous n'avez pas besoin d'installer " -"l'application Comptabilité, car cela se fait automatiquement avec " -"l'installation de l'application Ventes." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" -"Conditions générales par défaut sur vos devis, commandes clients et factures" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" -"Dans les paramètres de **l'application Comptabilité**, vous avez la " -"possibilité d'insérer vos conditions générales par défaut." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Conditions générales par défaut sur un devis dans Odoo Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" -"Elles apparaissent ensuite sur chaque devis, commande client et facture." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "Conditions générales par défaut sur vos modèles de devis" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" -"Selon les besoins de votre entreprise, vous pouvez définir vos conditions " -"générales sur vos modèles de devis. Ceci est intéressant si vous avez des " -"conditions générales différentes au sein de votre entreprise." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Ajouter des conditions générales par défaut à vos modèles de devis sur Odoo " -"Ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas de consulter notre documentation sur les modèles de devis : " -":doc:`quote_template` pour maîtriser chaque étape de cette fonctionnalité " -"étonnante." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Conditions générales" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "Conditions générales sur votre site web" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" -"Utilisez l'**application Site Web** et créez votre propre page de conditions" -" générales. Par exemple, voici la page des conditions générales d'Odoo :" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "Conditions générales sur votre site web" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez faire référence à cette page dans le pied de page de tous vos " -"documents. La mise en page est disponible dans les **Paramètres généraux** " -"sous la catégorie **Documents commerciaux**. Par exemple, ce pied de page " -"apparaît dans tous les documents d'Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "Conditions générales dans vos documents commerciaux" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "Conditions générales en pièce jointe à vos emails" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Joignez un document externe avec vos conditions générales lorsque vous êtes " -"sur le point d'envoyer votre devis par email à vos clients." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "Conditions générales en pièce jointe à votre email" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "Conditions générales en pièce jointe à vos modèles de devis" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" -"Créez et modifiez des modèles d'email pour définir une pièce jointe par " -"défaut pour tous les emails de devis que vous enverrez à l'avenir. Pour ce " -"faire, vous devez vous rendre à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration -->" -" Modèles de devis` et modifier un modèle de devis existant ou en créer un " -"nouveau. Sous l'onglet de confirmation, vous pouvez à présent activer les " -"signatures en ligne, les paiements en ligne et définir un mail de " -"confirmation dans lequel vous avez la possibilité de configurer la pièce " -"jointe par défaut. Vous pouvez y insérer vos conditions générales." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "Conditions générales en pièce jointe à vos modèles de devis" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" -"Pour personnaliser vos modèles d'email, activez le **mode développeur** et " -"allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Email --> Modèles`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo Ventes, il est désormais très simple de gérer les conditions " -"générales." +"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` pour " +"sélectionner un :guilabel:`Modèle par défaut`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "Subscriptions" @@ -12047,11 +12039,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez définir différentes adresses de facturation et de livraison en " -"activant la fonctionnalité :doc:`Adresses du client " -"`." +"Vous pouvez définir des adresses de facturation et de livraison différentes " +"en activant la fonctionnalité :doc:`Adresses du client " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 msgid "Confirmation" @@ -12896,14 +12889,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" "Si le plan d'abonnement a des :doc:`Conditions générales " -"` uniques, " -"ajoutez-les dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Conditions générales`. Si les " +"` " +"uniques, ajoutez-les dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Conditions générales`. Si les " "conditions générales sont précisées sur un plan, celles-ci seront utilisées " "au lieu des conditions générales par défaut définies dans les paramètres de " "l'application *Ventes*." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index a326851a1..0107cca22 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Services sur Feuilles de temps` sur la page du " -"produit. Le formulaire de détail du produit s'affiche. Le produit est " +"produit. Le formulaire détaillé du produit s'affiche. Le produit est " "configuré avec le :guilabel:`Type de produit` sur :guilabel:`Service` et la " ":guilabel:`Politique de facturation` sur :guilabel:`Basé sur les feuilles de" " temps`." @@ -1352,8 +1352,8 @@ msgid "" "detail form." msgstr "" "Pour créer un nouveau produit de service, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes -->" -" Produits --> Produits` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. Un formulaire de" -" détail de produit vierge s'affiche." +" Produits --> Produits` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. Un formulaire " +"détaillé de produit vierge s'affiche." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " ":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." msgstr "" -"Sur le formulaire de détail du ticket, cliquez sur l'onglet " +"Sur le formulaire détaillé du ticket, cliquez sur l'onglet " ":guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un ligne`. " "Choisissez un :guilabel:`Employé`, ajoutez une :guilabel:`Description` de la" " tâche et saisissez le nombre d':guilabel:`Heures passées`." @@ -1664,8 +1664,8 @@ msgstr "" "vue kanban. Cette action fait apparaître le formulaire de détails du ticket." " S'il n'y a pas de ticket existant pour ce problème client, cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Nouveau` pour créer un nouveau ticket et saisissez les " -"informations nécessaires relatives au client sur le formulaire de détails du" -" ticket vierge." +"informations nécessaires relatives au client sur le formulaire détaillé du " +"ticket vierge." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -1804,160 +1804,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "Forum et eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Forum" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" -"Pour aller au-delà des emails, du live chat, des formulaires web et des " -"appels téléphoniques, proposez à vos clients un forum d'assistance. De cette" -" façon, les clients seront encore plus attachés à votre entreprise, car ils " -"consacreront du temps à aller dans les détails de votre activité. Vous " -"encouragez également l'échange d'expériences et de connaissances, favorisant" -" le sentiment d'appartenance à une communauté (votre communauté !)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Équipes` et activez" -" *Centre d'assistance*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Aperçu de la page des paramètres d'une équipe d'assistance mettant en évidence la fonctionnalité de centre d'assistance dans\n" -"Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" -"Créez ou modifiez un forum en cliquant sur le lien externe. Parmi les " -"options d'édition, choisissez si vous souhaitez que le *Mode Forum* soit " -"*Questions* : une seule réponse est autorisée par question ou *Discussions* " -": plusieurs réponses sont autorisées par question." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Aperçu d'une page des paramètres d'un forum dans Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" -"Désormais, les utilisateurs connectés peuvent démarrer leurs discussions. " -"Pour garder une trace des publications, allez à :menuselection:`Site Web -->" -" Forum --> Messages`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Aperçu de la page des Forums d'un site web pour montrer les forums " -"disponibles dans Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" -"Transformez les tickets en publications sur le forum en cliquant simplement " -"sur *Partager sur le forum* sur la page du ticket." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" -"En plus d'un forum, proposez des cours en ligne. Vous reliez ainsi les " -"besoins et les questions de vos clients et utilisateurs à un contenu utile, " -"ce qui contribue à accroître l'efficacité, car ils peuvent également y " -"trouver leurs réponses." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Équipes` et activez" -" *eLearning*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Aperçu de la page des paramètres d'une équipe d'assistance mettant en évidence la fonctionnalité eLearning dans\n" -"Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" -"Une fois la structure et le contenu de votre cours prêts, *Publiez-le* en " -"cliquant sur *Non publié*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Vue d'un cours publié pour Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" -"Pour suivre les statistiques de votre cours, allez à *eLearning* et *Voir le" -" cours*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vue du tableau de bord de l'application eLearning pour Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "À faire" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" -"LES DÉTAILS/INFOS DOIVENT PROVENIR DE DOCUMENTS ELEARNING. PAR CONSÉQUENT, " -"LIEZ LES DOCUMENTS DÈS QU'ILS SONT DISPONIBLES !" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "Démarrer avec Assistance" @@ -2367,6 +2213,1090 @@ msgstr "" "Replier manuellement une étape dans la vue kanban ne clôturera pas les " "tickets de l'étape." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Centre d'assistance" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Assistance* s'intègre aux applications *Forums*, *eLearning* et " +"*Connaissances* pour créer le *centre d'assistance*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" +"Aperçu de la page des paramètres d'une équipe mettant en évidence les " +"fonctionnalités du centre d'assistance." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" +"Le *centre d'assistance* est un lieu centralisé où les équipes et les " +"clients peuvent rechercher et partager des informations détaillées sur les " +"produits et les services." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer n'importe laquelle de ces fonctionnalités sur une équipe " +"d'*Assistance*, (*Forums*, *eLearning*, ou *Connaissances*), la " +":guilabel:`Visibilité` de l'équipe doit être définie sur :guilabel:`Tous les" +" utilisateurs internes et les utilisateurs portail invités`. Consultez " +":doc:`Démarrer ` " +"pour plus d'informations sur les paramètres et la configuration de l'équipe " +"d'*Assistance*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" +"Puisque toutes les fonctionnalités du *centre d'assistance* nécessitent " +"d'être intégrées aux autres applications, leur activation peut entraîner " +"l'installation de modules ou d'applications supplémentaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" +"L'installation d'une nouvelle application sur une base de données *Une app " +"gratuite* déclenche une période d'essai de 15 jours. À la fin de la période " +"d'essai, si aucun abonnement payant n'est ajouté à la base de données, elle " +"ne sera plus active ou accessible." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Connaissances" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" +"L'application *Connaissances* d'Odoo est une bibliothèque collaborative où " +"les utilisateurs peuvent sauvegarder, modifier et partager des informations." +" L'application *Connaissances* est représentée dans la base de données par " +"une icône de *livre*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" +"Vue d'un message dans Assistance mettant en évidence l'icône de livre de " +"Connaissances." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "Activer Connaissances sur une équipe d'assistance" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Connaissances* sur une équipe " +"d'*Assistance*, allez à :menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> " +"Équipes` et sélectionnez une équipe ou créez-en une :doc:`nouvelle " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une équipe a été sélectionnée ou créée, Odoo affiche le formulaire " +"détaillé de cette équipe." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" +"Sur le formulaire détaillé de l'équipe, faites défiler jusqu'à la section " +":guilabel:`Self-Service`. Cochez la case à côté de :guilabel:`Connaissances`" +" pour activer la fonctionnalité *Connaissances*. Une fois la case cochée, un" +" nouveau champ libellé :guilabel:`Article` apparaît." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" +"Le fait de cliquer sur le champ :guilabel:`Article` fait apparaître un menu " +"déroulant. Au début, il n'y a qu'une seule option dans le menu déroulant, " +"intitulée :guilabel:`Help`, qu'Odoo propose par défaut. Sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Help` dans le menu déroulant pour choisir cet article." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouvel article, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Connaissances`, puis passez le curseur à côté de l'en-tête " +"de la section :guilabel:`Espace de travail`, située dans la barre latérale " +"gauche. En déplaçant le curseur à cet endroit, vous verrez apparaître une " +"icône masquée :guilabel:`➕ (signe plus)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`➕ (signe plus)` pour créer un nouvel article dans " +"l':guilabel:`Espace de travail`. Dans le coin supérieur droit de la page, " +"cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Partager` et faites basculer le commutateur" +" :guilabel:`Partager sur internet` sur :guilabel:`Article publié`. L'article" +" peut alors être ajouté à l'équipe d'*Assistance*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un article a été créé et assigné à une équipe d'*Assistance*, le" +" contenu peut être ajouté et organisé via l'application *Connaissances*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`Modifier des articles de Connaissances " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "Rechercher des articles à partir d'un ticket d'assistance" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque les membres d'une équipe d'*Assistance* tentent de résoudre un " +"ticket, ils peuvent rechercher dans le contenu de l'application " +"*Connaissances* pour avoir plus d'informations relatives à la question." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" +"Pour rechercher des articles de *Connaissances*, ouvrez un ticket — soit à " +"partir du tableau de bord de l'application *Assistance*, soit en allant à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Assistance --> Tickets --> Tous les tickets`, " +"et en sélectionnant un :guilabel:`Ticket` dans la liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un :guilabel:`Ticket` est sélectionné, Odoo affiche le formulaire " +"détaillé de ce ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`Connaissances (livre)`, située au-dessus du " +"chatter pour ouvrir une fenêtre de recherche." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" +"Vue d'une fenêtre de recherche de Connaissances sur un ticket d'assistance." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" +"Il est également possible de rechercher des articles de *Connaissances* en " +"appuyant sur :command:`Ctrl + K` pour ouvrir la palette de commande, puis en" +" tapant :command:`?`, suivi par le nom de l'article souhaité." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'Odoo affiche l'article souhaité, cliquez dessus ou mettez en " +"surbrillance le titre de l':guilabel:`Article` et appuyez sur " +":command:`Enter`. Cette option permet d'ouvrir l'article dans l'application " +":guilabel:`Connaissances`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" +"Pour ouvrir l'article dans un nouvel onglet, appuyez sur :command:`Ctrl + " +"Enter`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" +"Si une recherche plus approfondie est nécessaire, appuyez sur :command:`Alt " +"+ B`. Une page séparée s'affiche, dans laquelle vous pouvez effectuer une " +"recherche plus détaillée." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "Partager des articles avec le centre d'assistance" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" +"Pour qu'un article de *Connaissances* soit disponible aux clients et aux " +"visiteurs du site web, il doit être publié." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" +"Même si l'article *Help* a été activé sur une équipe, Odoo ne partagera pas " +"tous les sous-articles sur le site web. Les articles individuels destinés " +"aux clients **doivent** être publiés pour être visibles sur le site web. " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" +"Pour publier un article, allez jusqu'à l'article souhaité, en suivant les " +"étapes ci-dessus et cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`Partager` dans le coin " +"supérieur droit. Un menu apparaît alors. Faites basculer le bouton intitulé " +":guilabel:`Partager sur internet` sur :guilabel:`Article publié`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" +"Vue d'un article de connaissances mettant en évidence les options de partage" +" et de publication." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "Résoudre des tickets avec des modèles" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'ajouter des boîtes de *modèle* aux articles de " +"*Connaissances* pour permettre de le réutiliser, de le copier, de l'envoyer " +"comme message ou de l'ajouter à la description d'un ticket. Cela permet aux " +"équipes de maintenir une certaine cohérence lorsqu'elles répondent aux " +"tickets des clients et de minimiser le temps passé à répondre à des " +"questions répétées." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "Ajouter des modèles aux articles" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un modèle, allez à :menuselection:`Connaissances --> Help`. " +"Cliquez sur un sous-article existant ou créez un nouvel article en cliquant " +"sur l'icône :guilabel:`➕ (signe plus)` à côté de *Help*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" +"Tapez `/` pour ouvrir la :guilabel:`Boîte à outils` et afficher une liste de" +" :doc:`commandes `. " +"Sélectionnez ou tapez `modèle`. Un bloc de modèle gris sera ajouté à la " +"page. Ajoutez le contenu que vous voulez à ce bloc." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" +"Vue d'un modèle dans Connaissances mettant en évidence les options d'envoi " +"et de copie." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" +"Les modèles afficheront uniquement les options :guilabel:`Utiliser comme " +"description` ou :guilabel:`Envoyer en tant que message` s'ils sont " +"accessibles directement depuis *Assistance*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "Utiliser des modèles dans les tickets" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" +"Les modèles peuvent être utilisés pour répondre directement à un ticket " +"d'*Assistance* sous forme de message ou pour ajouter des informations à la " +"description du ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser des modèles dans un ticket d'*Assistance*, ouvrez d'abord un " +"ticket, soit à partir du tableau de bord :guilabel:`Assistance`, soit en " +"allant à :menuselection:`Assistance --> Tickets --> Tous les tickets` et en " +"sélectionnant un :guilabel:`Ticket` dans la liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`Connaissances (livre)` au-dessus du chatter " +"du ticket. Une fenêtre de recherche s'affiche. Dans cette fenêtre de " +"recherche, sélectionnez ou recherchez l'article souhaité. Cette option " +"permet d'afficher la page de l'article dans l'application *Connaissances* " +"d'Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser un modèle afin de répondre à un ticket, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Envoyer en tant que message` dans le coin supérieur droit de la " +"boîte de modèle, située dans le corps de l'article." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" +"Une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Composer un email` s'affiche. Dans cette" +" fenêtre, sélectionnez les destinataires, faites les ajouts ou les " +"modifications nécessaires au modèle, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Envoyer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser un modèle afin d'ajouter des informations à la description " +"d'un ticket, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Utiliser comme description` dans le coin" +" supérieur droit de la boîte de modèle, située dans le corps de l'article. " +"Cela ne remplace pas le texte existant dans la description d'un ticket. Le " +"modèle sera ajouté en tant que texte supplémentaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "Forum de la communauté" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" +"Un *Forum de la communauté* offre aux clients un espace où ils peuvent " +"répondre aux questions des autres et partager des informations. En intégrant" +" un forum à une équipe d'*Assistance*, les tickets soumis par les clients " +"peuvent être convertis en posts et partagés." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "Activer les forums sur une équipe d'assistance" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer les :guilabel:`Forums de la communauté` sur une équipe " +"d'*Assistance*, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Assistance --> " +"Configuration --> Équipes` et sélectionnez une équipe ou créez-en une " +":doc:`nouvelle `." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" +"La sélection ou la création d'une équipe fait apparaître le formulaire " +"détaillé de cette équipe. Faites défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Self-" +"Service` des fonctionnalités et activez :guilabel:`Forum de la communauté`, " +"en cochant la case à côté de la fonctionnalité." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'il est activé, un nouveau champ libellé :guilabel:`Forums` apparaît " +"en dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le champ :guilabel:`Forums` vide pour faire apparaître un menu " +"déroulant. Par défaut, il n'y a qu'une seule option pour commencer, " +"intitulée :guilabel:`Help`. C'est l'option qu'Odoo a automatiquement créée " +"lorsque la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Forums de la communauté` a été activée." +" Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Help` dans le menu déroulant pour activer ce forum." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouveau forum, tapez un nom dans le champ :guilabel:`Forums` " +"vide, puis cliquez sur l'option :guilabel:`Créer et Modifier`. Il est " +"possible de sélectionner plusieurs forums dans ce champ." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "Configurer un forum" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" +"Les paramètres d'un forum sont gérés par l'intermédiaire de l'application " +"*Site Web* ou *eLearning*. Depuis le tableau de bord d'Odoo, allez à " +":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Forums` ou " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. Dans les deux cas, " +"sélectionnez un forum à modifier dans la liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "Sur le formulaire détaillé du forum, sélectionnez un mode." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" +"Le mode :guilabel:`Questions` permet d'obtenir une réponse pour chaque post," +" alors que le mode :guilabel:`Discussion` permet d'obtenir plusieurs " +"réponses. Pour limiter le forum à un seul site web, sélectionnez-le dans le " +"champ :guilabel:`Site web`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" +"Dans la section :guilabel:`Ordre et Visibilité`, dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Options`, choisissez le mode de tri des messages en modifiant le " +"champ :guilabel:`Tri par défaut`. Modifiez le paramètre " +":guilabel:`Confidentialité` pour déterminer quels utilisateurs auront accès " +"au forum." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" +"En dessous de ces paramètres, un espace est prévu pour ajouter une " +"description du forum. Cette description sera visible sur le site web où le " +"forum est publié." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "Aperçu d'une page des paramètres d'un forum dans Odoo Assistance." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "Gains de karma et droits liés au karma" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque les utilisateurs interagissent sur les forums - que ce soit en " +"posant des questions, en soumettant des réponses ou en votant pour des " +"réponses, ils gagnent des points, appelés *karma*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" +"Les points de karma sont utilisés pour renforcer la crédibilité d'un " +"utilisateur au sein de la communauté. Plus un utilisateur a des interactions" +" positives sur le forum, plus il gagne des points de karma. Certaines " +"activités, telles que la publication de posts sans validation ou la " +"modification de posts, exigent des utilisateurs qu'ils aient gagné un " +"certain nombre de points de karma pour prouver leur légitimité et leur " +"fiabilité." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajuster ces chiffres dans les onglets :guilabel:`Gains de karma`" +" et :guilabel:`Droits liés au karma`, situés sur le formulaire détaillé du " +"forum." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "Gains de karma" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Gains de karma`, une liste d'actions permet aux " +"utilisateurs de gagner (ou de perdre) des points de karma. Ces actions sont " +"les suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "Poser une question" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "Question votée positivement" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "Question votée négativement" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "Réponse votée positivement" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "Réponse votée négativement" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "Valider une réponse" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "Réponse validée" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "Réponse signalée" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "Droits liés au karma" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Droits liés au karma`, vous trouverez une liste " +"d'activités que les utilisateurs ne peuvent pas effectuer sans avoir un " +"niveau spécifique de points de karma. Ces activités sont les suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "Poser des questions" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "Répondre aux questions" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "Voter positivement" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "Voter négativement" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "Modifier ses propres posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "Modifier tous les posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "Fermer ses propres posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "Fermer tous les posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "Supprimer ses propres posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "Supprimer tous les posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "Liens nofollow" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "Accepter une réponse sur sa propre question" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "Valider une réponse à toutes les questions" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités d'éditeur : image et liens" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "Commenter sur ses propres posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "Commenter sur tous les posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "Convertir ses propres réponses en commentaires (et vice versa)" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "Convertir toutes les réponses en commentaires (et vice versa)" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "Délier vos propres commentaires" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "Délier tous les commentaires" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "Poser une question sans validation" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "Signaler un post comme insultant" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "Modérer les posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "Changer les étiquettes des questions" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "Créer de nouvelles étiquettes" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "Créer un post de forum à partir d'un ticket d'assistance" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une équipe d'*Assistance* a un *Forum* activé, les tickets soumis à " +"cette équipe peuvent être convertis en posts de forum." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, sélectionnez un ticket, soit dans le pipeline d'une équipe, " +"soit dans :menuselection:`Tickets --> Tous les tickets` dans l'application " +":guilabel:`Assistance`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" +"En haut du formulaire détaillé du ticket, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Partager sur le forum`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" +"Aperçu de la page des forums d'un site web pour montrer ceux qui sont " +"disponibles dans Odoo Assistance." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous cliquez sur ce bouton, une fenêtre contextuelle s'affiche. Vous" +" pouvez y modifier le poste et le titre pour corriger d'éventuelles faute de" +" frappe ou supprimer toute information relative au propriétaire ou au " +"client. Des :guilabel:`Étiquettes` peuvent être ajoutées pour aider à " +"organiser le post dans le forum, ce qui permet aux utilisateurs de le " +"retrouver plus facilement. Lorsque toutes les modifications ont été " +"effectuées, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer et voir le post`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" +"Les cours Odoo *eLearning* proposent aux clients des formations et des " +"contenus supplémentaires sous forme de vidéos, présentations et " +"certifications/quiz. Ces formations supplémentaires permettent aux clients " +"de résoudre les problèmes et de trouver des solutions par eux-mêmes. Ils " +"peuvent également mieux comprendre les services et les produits qu'ils " +"utilisent." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "Activer les cours eLearning sur une équipe d'assistance" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer les cours d'*eLearning* sur une équipe d'*Assistance*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Équipes` et sélectionnez " +"une équipe ou créez-en une :doc:`nouvelle " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" +"Sur la page des paramètres de l'équipe, faites défiler jusqu'à la section " +":guilabel:`Self-Service` et cochez la case à côté d':guilabel:`eLearning`. " +"Un nouveau champ intitulé :guilabel:`Cours` apparaît en dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le champ vide à côté de :guilabel:`Cours` sous la fonctionnalité" +" :guilabel:`eLearning` pour faire apparaître un menu déroulant. Sélectionnez" +" un cours disponible dans le menu déroulant ou tapez un titre dans le champ " +"et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer et modifier` pour créer un nouveau cours à " +"partir de cette page. Plusieurs cours peuvent être assignés à une seule " +"équipe." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "Créer un cours d'eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" +"Un nouveau cours d'*eLearning* peut être créé à partir de la page des " +"paramètres de l'équipe d':guilabel:`Assistance`, comme dans l'étape ci-" +"dessus, ou à partir de l'application *eLearning*." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un cours directement dans l'application *eLearning*, allez à " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Nouveau`. Ceci révèle un modèle de cours " +"vierge qui peut être personnalisé et modifié selon les besoins." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" +"Sur la page de modèle du cours, ajoutez un :guilabel:`Titre de cours` et en " +"dessous, des :guilabel:`Étiquettes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Options`. Sous :guilabel:`Droits d'accès`, " +"choisissez la :guilabel:`Politique d'inscription`. Celle-ci détermine quels " +"utilisateurs seront autorisés à suivre le cours. Sous :guilabel:`Affichage`," +" choisissez le :guilabel:`Type` de cours et la :guilabel:`Visibilité`. Le " +"paramètre :guilabel:`Visibilité` détermine si le cours sera accessible aux " +"visiteurs du site public ou aux membres." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "Ajouter du contenu à un cours d'eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter du contenu à un cours, cliquez sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Contenu`" +" et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Ajouter du contenu`. Choisissez le " +":guilabel:`Type de contenu` dans le menu déroulant et chargez le fichier, ou" +" collez le lien, selon les instructions. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`" +" quand vous avez terminé. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une section` pour " +"organiser le cours en sections." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "Vue d'un cours en cours de publication dans Odoo Assistance." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" +"Afin d'ajouter une certification à un cours, allez à " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, cochez la case " +"intitulée :guilabel:`Certifications`, et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`" +" pour activer le paramètre." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriels Odoo : eLearning `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "Publier un cours d'eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" +"Pour permettre aux clients de s'inscrire à un cours, vous devez publier le " +"cours et son contenu." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" +"Si le cours est publié, mais que son contenu ne l'est pas, les clients " +"peuvent s'inscrire au cours sur le site web, mais ils ne pourront pas " +"consulter le contenu du cours. Ainsi, il peut être intéressant de publier le" +" cours en premier si son contenu est destiné à être diffusé au fil du temps," +" par exemple dans le cas de cours à horaire hebdomadaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" +"Pour que l'ensemble du cours soit disponible en une seule fois, chaque " +"élément du contenu du cours doit d'abord être publié, puis le cours peut " +"être publié." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" +"Pour publier un cours, choisissez un cours dans le tableau de bord " +"*eLearning*. Sur la page du modèle du cours, cliquez sur le bouton " +"intelligent :guilabel:`Aller au site web` " + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" +"Le frontend de la page web du cours s'affiche alors. En haut de la page web " +"du cours, faites basculer le commutateur de :guilabel:`Non publié` sur " +":guilabel:`Publié`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "Publier le contenu d'un cours d'eLearning depuis le backend" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" +"Pour publier le contenu d'un cours d'*eLearning* depuis le backend, " +"choisissez un cours dans le tableau de bord d'*eLearning. Sur la page du " +"modèle de cours, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Contenus " +"publiés`." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" +"Cette opération fait apparaître une page séparée affichant tout le contenu " +"publié lié à ce cours. Supprimez le filtre :guilabel:`Publié` par défaut de " +"la barre der cherche dans le coin supérieur droit, pour afficher tout le " +"contenu lié au cours - même le cours non publié." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`≣ (vue Liste)` dans le coin supérieur droit, " +"directement sous la barre de recherche pour passer à la vue de liste." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" +"Dans la :guilabel:`vue Liste`, une case à cocher se trouve à l'extrême " +"gauche de l'écran, au-dessus des cours répertoriés, à gauche de la colonne " +":guilabel:`Titre`. Lorsque vous cliquez sur cette case, tout le contenu du " +"cours est sélectionné en même temps." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque tout le contenu du cours est sélectionné, doublez-cliquez sur l'une " +"des cases de la colonne :guilabel:`Est publié`. Une fenêtre contextuelle " +"s'affiche et vous demande de confirmer que tous les enregistrements " +"sélectionnés sont destinés à être publiés. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`OK` pour " +"automatiquement publier tout le contenu du cours." + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" +"Vue du contenu d'un cours en cours de publication dans le backend d'Odoo " +"Assistance." + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "Évaluations des clients" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index f23715870..e85ea1d04 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ # 2bb6a6c9c26c6796aa3f72da499aab31_c4bf95e <50ab448b17d7dd714d37f715e9558f9f_400401>, 2022 # Fernanda Marques , 2022 # Shark McGnark , 2022 -# Cécile Collart , 2023 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Cécile Collart , 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -656,6 +656,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -3412,187 +3413,681 @@ msgstr "Live Chat" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" -"Le Live Chat a le taux de satisfaction le plus élevé de tous les outils de " -"communication. Il permet de fournir des réponses rapidement et il est " -"accessible et pratique, car vos clients peuvent continuer à faire ce qu'ils " -"font tout en interagissant avec vous. N'oubliez pas : vos clients veulent " -"vous parler, alors simplifions leur la vie." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" -msgstr "`Live Chat : page produit `_" +"Odoo *Live Chat* permet aux utilisateurs de communiquer avec les visiteurs " +"du site web en temps réel. Avec *Live Chat*, vous pouvez qualifier les " +"pistes en raison de leur potentiel de vente, vous pouvez rapidement répondre" +" aux questions d'assistance et vous pouvez rediriger les problèmes vers la " +"bonne équipe pour qu'elle les examine (ou suive) plus en détail. *Live Chat*" +" permet également d'obtenir un feedback instantané de la part des clients." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" -msgstr ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" +msgstr "Activer le Live Chat" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" -msgstr ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." +msgstr "" +"Afin d'activer le *Live Chat*, l'application *Live Chat* doit être " +"installée. Il y a deux façons de le faire." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Installer`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Une fois que le *Live Chat* est installé sur votre base de données, si votre" -" site web a été créé avec Odoo, l'application y est automatiquement ajoutée." -" Tout ce qu'il reste à faire est d'aller à :menuselection:`Site web --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres --> Live Chat`." +"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Site Web`, allez à " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres`, faites défiler jusqu'à la " +"section :guilabel:`Email & Marketing`, cochez la case à côté de " +":guilabel:`Live Chat` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" "Vue de la page des paramètres et de la fonctionnalité de live chat pour Odoo" -" Live Chat" +" Live Chat." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le canal à relier à votre site web ou créez-en un à la volée." +"Après l'installation de l'application :guilabel:`Live Chat`, un " +":guilabel:`Canal` de live chat est créé par défaut et automatiquement " +"sélectionné dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "Créer un nouveau canal de live chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouveau *Canal* de live chat, allez au :menuselection:`Tableau" +" de bord principal d'Odoo --> Application Live Chat --> Nouveau`. Un " +"formulaire détaillé de canal vierge s'affiche. Saisissez le nom du nouveau " +"canal dans le champ :guilabel:`Nom du canal`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Vue d'un formulaire de canal live chat pour Odoo Live Chat" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "Pour les deux scénarios, sous :" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" -"- **Opérateurs** : ajoutez des agents pour répondre aux demandes de chat. " -"Ajoutez-en autant que vous le souhaitez, et gardez à l'esprit que les " -"opérateurs qui ne montrent aucune activité dans Odoo pendant plus de 30 " -"minutes sont considérés comme déconnectés." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" -"- **Options** : définissez le texte par défaut à afficher sur le bouton du " -"Live Chat ; un message de bienvenue automatisé qui sera vu par les visiteurs" -" lorsqu'une conversation est lancée, et le texte qui invite l'utilisateur à " -"lancer un chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "Vue d'un formulaire de canal de live chat pour Odoo Live Chat." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -"- **Règles de canal** : choisissez une action pour une URL donnée, et/ou par" -" pays. Dans l'exemple ci-dessous, la fenêtre de chat s'ouvre automatiquement" -" 3 secondes après que les utilisateurs (de n'importe quel pays) aient " -"atterri sur la page \"Contactez-nous\"." +"Pour configurer les autres onglets du formulaire détaillé du canal " +"(:guilabel:`Opérateurs`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Règles de canal` et" +" :guilabel:`Widgets`), suivez les étapes suivantes." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Vue d'un formulaire de règles de canal pour Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "Opérateurs" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -"GeoIP désigne le processus permettant de trouver l'emplacement géographique " -"d'un terminal informatique via son adresse IP et doit être installée sur " -"votre serveur. Sinon, dans le cadre des *Règles de canal*, les pays ne sont " -"pas pris en compte." +"Les *Opérateurs* sont les utilisateurs qui répondront aux demandes de live " +"chat des clients. Lorsqu'un utilisateur est ajouté en tant qu'opérateur dans" +" un canal de live chat, ils pourront recevoir des messages des visiteurs du " +"site web où qu'ils se trouvent dans la base de données. Des fenêtres de chat" +" s'ouvriront dans le coin inférieur droit de l'écran." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "Options externes" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Si votre site web n'a pas été créé avec Odoo, vous trouverez le code à " -"ajouter au vôtre, sous l'onglet *Widget*." +"Vue d'une fenêtre contextuelle de live chat dans une base de données Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." msgstr "" -"Odoo propose également une URL que vous pouvez envoyer aux utilisateurs pour" -" qu'ils aient accès à une page unique de Live Chat." +"L'utilisateur qui a initialement créé le canal de live chat sera par défaut " +"ajouté en tant qu'opérateur." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires, retournez au tableau de bord " +"des :guilabel:`Canaux de live chat du site web` par le fil d'Ariane et " +"cliquez sur le :guilabel:`Canal de live chat` approprié. Ensuite, sur le " +"formulaire détaillé du canal, dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérateurs`, cliquez " +"sur :guilabel:`AJOUTER` pour afficher une fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Ajouter : Opérateurs`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" +"Dans la fenêtre contextuelle, recherchez le ou les utilisateurs souhaités. " +"Cochez la case à coté du ou des utilisateurs à ajouter et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`SÉLECTIONNER`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de créer et d'ajouter de nouveaux opérateurs à la liste " +"directement dans cette fenêtre contextuelle en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Nouveau` et en remplissant le formulaire :guilabel:`Créer des " +"opérateurs`. Une fois le formulaire complété, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`ENREGISTRER & FERMER` (ou :guilabel:`ENREGISTRER & NOUVEAU` pour " +"créer plusieurs enregistrements)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de modifier (ou de supprimer) les opérateurs actuels en " +"cliquant sur leurs cases respectives dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Opérateurs`, " +"qui fait apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle séparée :guilabel:`Ouvrir : " +"Opérateurs`. Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, faites tous les changements " +"nécessaires et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`, ou cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Supprimer` pour supprimer cet opérateur du canal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Options" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" +"L'onglet :guilabel:`Options` sur le formulaire détaillé du canal de live " +"chat contient les paramètres visuels et textuels de la fenêtre de live chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "Bouton Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Le *Bouton Live Chat* est l'icône qui apparaît dans le coin inférieur du " +"site web." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Vue de l'onglet widget pour Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." +msgstr "Vue d'un site web d'Odoo mettant en évidence le bouton Live Chat." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "Gestion des demandes de chat" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." msgstr "" -"Les conversations initiées par les visiteurs apparaissent sous forme de " -"message direct et sont affichées dans *Discussion*. Par conséquent, il est " -"possible de répondre aux demandes de renseignements où que vous soyez dans " -"Odoo." +"Modifiez le texte dans le champ :guilabel:`Texte du bouton` pour mettre à " +"jour le message d'accueil affiché dans la bulle de texte lorsque le bouton " +"de live chat apparaît sur le site web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" +"Modifiez la :guilabel:`Couleur du bouton de live chat` en cliquant sur une " +"bulle de couleur pour ouvrir la fenêtre de sélection des couleurs. Cliquez " +"sur l'icône :guilabel:`🔄 (rafraîchir)` à droite des bulles de couleur pour " +"rétablir les couleurs par défaut." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" +"La sélection des couleurs du bouton ou de l'en-tête peuvent être " +"sélectionnés manuellement à l'aide d'un curseur ou en entrant le code " +"couleur RGB, HSL ou HEX dans la fenêtre contextuelle de sélection des " +"couleurs qui s'affiche lorsque vous cliquez sur l'une des bulles de couleur." +" Différentes options sont disponibles en fonction de votre système " +"d'exploitation." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "Fenêtre de live chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" +"La *Fenêtre de live chat* est l'espace où se déroule la conversation en " +"direct avec les visiteurs du site web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" +"Modifiez le :guilabel:`Message d'accueil` pour changer le message qu'un " +"visiteur voit lorsqu'il ouvre une nouvelle session de chat. Ce message " +"semblera avoir été envoyé par un opérateur de live chat et servira à la fois" +" de message d'accueil et d'invitation à poursuivre la conversation." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" +"Modifiez le :guilabel:`Placeholder de l'entrée de conversation` pour " +"modifier le texte qui apparaît qui apparaît dans la case où les visiteurs " +"saisissent leur réponse." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" +"L'*En-tête du canal* est la barre colorée située en haut de la fenêtre de " +"chat. La :guilabel:`Couleur de l'en-tête du canal` peut être modifiée de la " +"même manière que la *Couleur du bouton de live chat* ci-dessus." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" +"La fenêtre de live chat avec un en-tête violet. Le placeholder de l'entrée " +"de conversation indique \"Posez une question...\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "Règles de canal" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" +"L'onglet :guilabel:`Règles de canal` sur le formulaire détaillé du canal de " +"live chat détermine quand la *Fenêtre de live chat* s'ouvre sur le site web," +" par la configuration du déclenchement d'une action :guilabel:`URL Regex` " +"(par ex. la visite d'une page)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer une nouvelle règle de canal, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une " +"ligne`. Une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Ouvrir : Règles` s'affiche." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "Vue d'un formulaire de règles de canal pour Odoo Live Chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "Créer de nouvelles règles" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Remplissez les champs de la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Ouvrir : Règles`" +" comme il est indiqué ci-dessus, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "Bouton Live Chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" +"Le *Bouton Live Chat* est l'icône qui s'affiche dans le coin inférieur du " +"site web. Choisissez parmi les options d'affichage suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Afficher` affiche le bouton de chat sur la ou les pages." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Afficher avec notification` affiche le bouton de chat, ainsi " +"qu'une bulle de texte flottant à côté du bouton." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ouvrir automatiquement` affiche le bouton et ouvre " +"automatiquement la fenêtre de chat après un certain laps de temps (défini " +"dans le champ :guilabel:`Minuteur pour l'ouverture automatique`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Masquer` masque le bouton de chat sur la ou les pages." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "Chatbot" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" +"Si un *Chatbot* est prévu sur ce canal, sélectionnez-le dans le menu " +"déroulant. Si le chatbot n'est actif que quand aucun opérateur n'est actif, " +"cochez la case intitulée :guilabel:`Activé uniquement s'il n'y a aucun " +"opérateur`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "URL Regex" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ :guilabel:`URL Regex`, saisissez l'URL relative de la page où " +"le bouton de chat doit s'afficher." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "Minuteur pour ouvrir automatiquement" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Ce champ indique le laps de temps (en secondes) pendant lequel une page doit" +" être ouverte avant que la fenêtre de chat ne s'ouvre. Si le " +":guilabel:`Bouton Live Chat` de cette règle n'est pas défini sur " +":guilabel:`Ouvrir automatiquement`, ce champ sera ignoré." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Pays" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" +"Si ce canal ne doit être accessible qu'aux visiteurs de certains pays, " +"ajoutez ces pays dans le champ :guilabel:`Pays`. Si ce champ est laissé " +"vide, le canal sera accessible à tous les visiteurs du site web, quel que " +"soit leur lieu de résidence." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" +"Afin de suivre la localisation géographique des visiteurs, :guilabel:`GeoIP`" +" doit être installé sur la base de données. Alors que cette fonctionnalité " +"est installée par défaut sur *Odoo Online*, les bases de données *On " +"premise* nécessitent des :doc:`étapes de configuration " +"` supplémentaires." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Widget" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" +"L'onglet :guilabel:`Widget` sur le formulaire détaillé du canal de live chat" +" fournit un code court pour le widget de site web intégrable. Ce code peut " +"être ajouté à un site web pour donner accès à une fenêtre de live chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" +"Le widget de live chat peut être ajouté aux sites web créés via Odoo en " +"allant à :menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. " +"Ensuite, faites défiler jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Live Chat` et " +"sélectionnez le canal à ajouter au site. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`" +" pour l'appliquer." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter le widget à un site web créé sur une plateforme externe, " +"cliquez sur le premier bouton :guilabel:`COPIER` dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Widget` et collez le code dans l'étiquette `` sur le site." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" +"De même, pour envoyer une session de live chat à un client, cliquez sur le " +"deuxième bouton :guilabel:`COPIER` dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Widget`. Ce lien" +" peut être envoyé directement à un client et une fois qu'il aura cliqué sur " +"le lien, il ouvrira une nouvelle session de chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "Vue de l'onglet widget pour Odoo Live Chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "Participer à une conversation" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Comme il est expliqué ci-dessus, les *opérateurs* sont les utilisateurs qui " +"répondent aux demandes de live chat des clients. Les informations suivantes " +"décrivent les étapes nécessaires pour que les opérateurs participent à des " +"conversations de live chat dans une base de données Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "Définir un nom de chat en ligne" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" +"Avant de participer à un live chat, les opérateurs doivent mettre à jour " +"leur *Nom de chat en ligne*. C'est le nom qui sera affiché aux visiteurs du " +"site web dans la conversation de live chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" +"Pour mettre à jour le :guilabel:`Nom de chat en ligne`, cliquez sur le nom " +"d'utilisateur dans le coin supérieur droit de n'importe quelle page sur la " +"base de données. Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Mon profil` pour ouvrir la page du " +"profil. Dans la partie droite de l'onglet :guilabel:`Préférences`, repérez " +"le champ :guilabel:`Nom de chat en ligne` et saisissez le nom que vous " +"préférez." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "Vue de l'option Mon profil dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" +"Si un utilisateur n'a pas défini de :guilabel:`Nom de chat en ligne`, le nom" +" affiché sera par défaut le :guilabel:`Nom d'utilisateur`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" +"Un utilisateur a son nom complet comme :guilabel:`Nom d'utilisateur`, mais " +"il ne veut pas inclure son nom de famille dans une conversation de live " +"chat. Il doit alors définir son :guilabel:`Nom de chat en ligne` de manière " +"à ce qu'il ne contienne que son prénom." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" +"Vue d'un profil utilisateur dans Odoo, mettant en évidence le champ de Nom " +"de chat en ligne." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "Rejoindre ou quitter un canal" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"Pour rejoindre un canal de live chat, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Live Chat` et cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`REJOINDRE` " +"sur la carte kanban du canal approprié." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" +"Tout canal où l'utilisateur est actuellement actif affichera un bouton " +":guilabel:`QUITTER`. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour vous déconnecter du canal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" +"Vue d'un formulaire de canal et de l'option de rejoindre un canal pour Odoo " +"Live Chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"Les *Opérateurs* qui ne montrent aucune activité dans Odoo pendant plus de " +"trente minutes seront considérés comme déconnectés et ensuite supprimés du " +"canal." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "Gérer les demandes de live chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un opérateur est actif dans un canal, des fenêtres de chat s'ouvrent " +"dans le coin inférieur de l'écran, quel que soit l'endroit où il se trouve " +"dans la base de données. Il peut ainsi participer à des conversations sans " +"quitter sa page actuelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" +"Il est également possible d'accéder aux conversations en cliquant sur " +"l'icône :guilabel:`Conversations` dans la barre de menu." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" +"Vue de la barre de menu dans Odoo mettant en évidence l'icône des " +"conversations." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." +msgstr "" +"Les conversations de live chat peuvent également être visualisées en allant " +"au :menuselection:`Tableau de bord --> Discussion`. Les nouvelles " +"conversations apparaîtront en gras sous l'en-tête :guilabel:`LIVE CHAT` dans" +" le panneau de gauche." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" "Vue de l'application Discussion avec un message envoyé par le live chat " -"d'Odoo" +"d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -"Les conversations sont réparties en fonction de la charge de travail " -"actuelle des opérateurs en ligne." +"Cliquez sur une conversation dans le panneau de gauche pour la sélectionner." +" Cela ouvrira la conversation. À partir de cette vue, un opérateur peut " +"participer au chat comme il le ferait dans une fenêtre de chat normale." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "Quitter ou rejoindre un canal" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Site web --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, accédez " -"à votre canal en cliquant sur *Live Chat* et *Rejoindre le canal* ou " -"*Quitter le canal*." +":doc:`Démarrer avec Discussion " +"`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" -"Vue d'un formulaire de canal et l'option de rejoindre un canal dans Odoo " -"Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" @@ -3681,127 +4176,454 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr ":doc:`responses`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" msgstr "Commandes et réponses enregistrées" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" -"L'utilisation de réponses enregistrées peut vous aider à gagner du temps et " -"à obtenir une réponse préalable et réfléchie à certaines des questions et " -"commentaires les plus courants." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Utiliser des commandes" +"Dans l'application *Live Chat* d'Odoo, les *commandes* permettent à " +"l'utilisateur d'effectuer des actions spécifiques à la fois dans la fenêtre " +"de chat et à travers d'autres applications d'Odoo. L'application *Live Chat*" +" comprend également des *réponses enregistrées*. Il s'agit de substitutions " +"préconfigurées personnalisées qui permettent aux utilisateurs de remplacer " +"les raccourcis par des réponses plus longues et pertinentes aux questions et" +" aux commentaires les plus courants." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" -"Les commandes sont des raccourcis qui effectuent des actions spécifiques " -"dans la fenêtre de discussion :" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "**/help** : affiche un message d'aide." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk** : crée un ticket d'assistance." +"Les commandes et les réponses enregistrées font gagner du temps et " +"permettent aux utilisateurs de maintenir un niveau de cohérence tout au long" +" de leurs conversations." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk_search** : recherche un ticket d'assistance." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "**/history** : affiche les 15 dernières pages visitées." +msgid "Execute a command" +msgstr "Exécuter une commande" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead** : crée une nouvelle piste." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "**/leave** : quitte le canal." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -"- Pour les *tickets d'assistance* : assurez-vous que l'application est " -"installée sur votre base de données et que l'option *Live Chat* sous " -":menuselection:`Assistance --> Configuration --> Équipe d'assistance` est " -"activée." +"Les *commandes* de live chat sont des mots-clés qui déclenchent des actions " +"préconfigurées. Lorsqu'un *opérateur* de live chat participe à une " +"conversation avec un client ou un visiteur du site web, il peut exécuter une" +" commande en tapant `/`, suivi de la commande." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" -"- Pour les *pistes* : l'application *CRM* doit être installée sur votre base" -" de données." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder au ticket ou à la piste créé à partir du chat, cliquez sur le " -"lien de raccourci." +"Les commandes et les actions qui en résultent ne sont visibles que dans la " +"fenêtre de conversation de l'opérateur de live chat. Un client ne verra pas " +"les commandes qu'un opérateur utilise dans une conversation depuis sa vue du" +" chat." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" "Vue de la fenêtre de chat avec un ticket d'assistance créé dans Odoo Live " -"Chat" +"Chat." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." msgstr "" -"Les tickets d'assistance créés à partir du chat ajoutent automatiquement la " -"conversation en tant que description du ticket. Il en va de même pour la " -"création d'une piste." +"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur chaque commande disponible ci-" +"dessous." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Aide" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Si un opérateur tape `/help` dans la fenêtre de chat, un message informatif " +"qui inclut les types d'entrées potentielles s'affiche." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Envoyer des réponses enregistrées" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Tapez `@nomdutilisateur` pour mentionner un utilisateur dans la " +"conversation. Une notification sera envoyée à la boîte de réception ou à " +"l'adresse email de cet utilisateur, en fonction de ses paramètres de " +"notification." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." +msgstr "Tapez `#canal` pour mentionner un canal de *Discussion*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." -msgstr "" -"Les réponses enregistrées vous permettent d'insérer un texte complet lorsque" -" vous tapez un raccourci. Pour les créer, allez à :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Réponses enregistrées`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." +msgstr "Tapez `/commande` pour exécuter une commande." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" -"Pour les utiliser lors d'une conversation, tapez simplement **:** suivi du " -"raccourci que vous avez créé." +"Tapez `:raccourci` pour insérer une :ref:`réponse enregistrée `." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" -"Vue d'une fenêtre de chat et l'utilisation d'une réponse enregistrée dans " -"Odoo Live Chat" +"Vue du message généré par l'utilisation de la commande /help dans Odoo Live " +"Chat." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "Assistance & Rechercher des tickets d'assistance" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" +"Les commandes `/helpdesk` et `/helpdesk_search` permettent aux opérateurs de" +" créer des tickets d'assistance directement dans une conversation et de " +"rechercher des tickets existants par mot-clé ou numéro de ticket." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" +"Les commandes `/helpdesk` et `/helpdesk_search` ne peuvent être utilisées " +"que si l'application *Assistance* est installée, et la fonctionnalité *Live " +"Chat* a été activée sur l'équipe d'*Assistance*. Pour activer " +":guilabel:`Live Chat`, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Assistance --> " +"Configuration --> Équipes` et sélectionnez une équipe. Faites défiler " +"jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Canaux` et cochez la case intitulée " +":guilabel:`Live Chat`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "Créer un ticket à partir d'un live chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" +"Si un opérateur tape `/helpdesk` dans la fenêtre de chat, la conversation " +"est utilisée pour créer un ticket d'*Assistance*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir saisi la commande `/helpdesk`, donnez un nom au ticket dans la " +"fenêtre de chat et appuyez sur `Enter`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" +"Vue des résultats d'une recherche dans les tickets d’assistance dans une " +"conversation de live chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" +"Le ticket nouvellement créé sera ajouté à l'équipe d'*Assistance* qui a " +"activé le live chat. Si plusieurs équipes ont activé le live chat, le ticket" +" sera automatiquement assigné en fonction de la priorité de l'équipe." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" +"La transcription de la conversation sera ajoutée au nouveau ticket, dans " +"l'onglet :guilabel:`Description`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder au nouveau ticket, cliquez sur le lien dans la fenêtre de chat " +"ou allez à l'application :menuselection:`Assistance` et cliquez sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Tickets` sur la carte kanban de l'équipe appropriée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "Rechercher un ticket dans une fenêtre de live chat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" +"Si un opérateur tape `/helpdesk_search` dans la fenêtre de chat, il peut " +"rechercher des tickets d'*Assistance* par numéro de ticket ou par mot-clé." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir saisi la commande `/helpdesk_search`, saisissez un mot-clé ou un" +" numéro de ticket et appuyez sur `Enter`. Si un ou plusieurs tickets " +"associés sont trouvés, une liste de liens sera générée dans la fenêtre de " +"conversation." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" +"Les résultats de la commande de recherche ne sont visibles que par " +"l'opérateur, et non par le client." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Historique" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" +"Si un opérateur tape `/history` dans la fenêtre de chat, il obtient une " +"liste des pages les plus récentes que le visiteur a consultées sur le site " +"web (jusqu'à 15)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" +"Vue des résultats d'une commande /history dans une conversation de Live " +"Chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Piste" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" +"En saisissant `/lead` dans la fenêtre de chat, un opérateur peut créer une " +"*piste* dans l'application *CRM*." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" +"Vue des résultats d'une commande /lead dans une conversation de Live Chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" +"La commande `/lead` ne peut être utilisée que si l'application *CRM* est " +"installée." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir saisi `/lead`, donnez à nom à cette nouvelle piste, puis appuyez" +" sur `Enter`. Un lien avec le nom de la piste s'affiche. Cliquez sur le lien" +" ou allez à l'application :menuselection:`CRM` pour afficher le " +":guilabel:`Pipeline`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" +"Le lien vers la nouvelle piste ne peut être affichée et accédée que par " +"l'opérateur, pas par le client." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" +"La transcription de cette conversation de live chat en particulier (dans " +"laquelle la piste a été créée) est ajoutée à l'onglet :guilabel:`Notes " +"internes` du formulaire de la piste." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations supplémentaires` du formulaire de la " +"piste, :guilabel:`Live Chat` sera mentionné comme :guilabel:`Source`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Quitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" +"Si un opérateur tape `/leave` dans la fenêtre de chat, il peut " +"automatiquement quitter la conversation. Cette commande n'entraîne pas la " +"suppression du client de la conversation et ne met pas automatiquement fin à" +" la conversation." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "Réponses enregistrées" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" +"Les *réponses enregistrées* sont des entrées personnalisables dans " +"lesquelles un *raccourci* remplace une réponse plus longue. Un opérateur " +"saisit le raccourci, qui est automatiquement remplacé par la réponse de " +"*substitution* plus longue dans la conversation." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "Créer des réponses enregistrées" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" +"Pour créer une nouvelle réponse enregistrée, allez à l’application " +":menuselection:`Live Chat --> Configuration --> Réponses enregistrées --> " +"Nouveau`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" +"À partir de là, tapez la commande de raccourci dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Raccourci`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, cliquez sur le champ :guilabel:`Substitution` et saisissez le " +"message personnalisé qui sera envoyé aux visiteurs à la place du raccourci. " +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" +"Essayez d'associer le raccourci au sujet de la substitution. Plus les " +"opérateurs s'en souviennent facilement, plus il sera facile d'utiliser les " +"réponses enregistrées dans les conversations." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" +"Utiliser des réponses enregistrées dans une conversation de live chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser une réponse enregistrée dans une conversation de live chat, " +"tapez deux points (`:`) dans la fenêtre de chat, suivi du raccourci." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" +"Un opérateur est en train de discuter avec un visiteur. Dès qu'il saisit " +"`:`, il voit une liste des réponses disponibles. Il peut en sélectionner une" +" manuellement dans la liste ou continuer à écrire. S'il veut utiliser la " +"réponse enregistrée `'I am sorry to hear that.'`, il peut taper `:sorry`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" +"Vue d'une fenêtre de chat et de l'utilisation d'une réponse enregistrée dans" +" Odoo Live Chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" +"Le fait de taper `:` dans une fenêtre de chat génère une liste des réponses " +"enregistrées disponibles. Vous pouvez sélectionner les réponses manuellement" +" dans la liste ou utiliser le raccourci." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." +msgstr "" +"Vue d'une fenêtre de chat et de la liste des réponses enregistrées " +"disponibles." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" @@ -4511,6 +5333,224 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "La base de données GeoIP n'a pas pu résoudre l'adresse IP donnée." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "reCAPTCHA v3 sur les formulaires" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" +"Le reCAPTCHA de Google protège les formulaires de site web contre les spams " +"et les abus. Il tente de faire la distinction entre les soumissions humaines" +" et celles des robots." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 fonctionne en arrière-plan et n'interrompt pas les visiteurs. " +"Toutefois, si la vérification échoue, les visiteurs ne peuvent pas soumettre" +" le formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Guide reCAPTCHA v3 de Google " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "Dans Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez `la page d'inscription au site web reCAPTCHA " +"`_. Connectez-vous ou créez " +"un compte Google le cas échéant." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "Sur la page d'inscription au site web :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "Donnez un :guilabel:`Libellé` au site web." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" +"Laissez le :guilabel:`type de reCAPTCHA` sur :guilabel:`Basé sur le score " +"(v3)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Saisissez un ou plusieurs :guilabel:`Domaines` (par ex. *example.com* ou " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" +"Sur :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, un projet est automatiquement " +"sélectionné s'il a déjà été créé avec le compte Google connecté. Si ce n'est" +" pas le cas, un projet est automatiquement créé. Cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` pour sélectionner un projet vous-même ou " +"pour renommer le projet créé automatiquement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "Acceptez les conditions d'utilisation." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Soumettre`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "Exemple d'inscription au site web reCAPTCHA" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" +"Une nouvelle page contenant les clés générées s'affiche alors. Laissez-la " +"ouverte pour plus de facilité, car vous devrez copier les clés dans Odoo " +"ultérieurement." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "Dans Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" +"Depuis le tableau de bord de la base de données, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Paramètres`. Sous :guilabel:`Intégrations`, activez " +":guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` le cas échéant." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" +"Ne désactivez pas la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` ou ne désinstallez" +" pas le module :guilabel:`Intégration Google reCAPTCHA`, car de nombreux " +"autres modules seraient également supprimés." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez la page Google reCAPTCHA, copiez la :guilabel:`Clé du site` et " +"collez-la dans le champ :guilabel:`Clé du site` dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez la page Google reCAPTCHA, copiez la :guilabel:`Clé secrète` et " +"collez-la dans le champ :guilabel:`Clé secrète` dans Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" +"Changez le :guilabel:`Score minimum` par défaut (`0.5`) si nécessaire, en " +"utilisant une valeur entre `1.0` et `0.0`. Plus le seuil est élevé, plus il " +"est difficile de passer le reCAPTCHA, et vice versa." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les pages utilisant les snippets :guilabel:`Formulaire`, " +":guilabel:`Bloc Newsletter`, :guilabel:`Fenêtre contextuelle Newsletter` et " +"le formulaire d'eCommerce :guilabel:`Étape supplémentaire lors du paiement` " +"sont désormais protégés par reCAPTCHA." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" +"Si la vérification reCAPTCHA échoue, le message d'erreur suivant s'affiche :" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "Message d'erreur de vérification reCAPTCHA Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 est gratuit jusqu'à `1 million de vérifications par mois " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" +"Des analyses et des paramètres supplémentaires sont disponibles sur la `page" +" d'administration reCAPTCHA de Google " +"`_. Par exemple, vous pouvez " +"recevoir des alertes par email lorsque Google détecte un trafic suspect sur " +"votre site web ou afficher le pourcentage de demandes suspectes, ce qui peut" +" vous aider à déterminer le score minimum adéquat." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez informer les visiteurs que reCAPTCHA protège un formulaire. Pour" +" ce faire, ouvrez l'éditeur de site web et allez au formulaire. Ensuite, " +"cliquez quelque part sur le formulaire et dans l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Personnaliser` de la barre latérale droite, cochez la case " +":guilabel:`Afficher la politique reCAPTCHA` qui se trouve dans la section " +":guilabel:`Formulaire`." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "Message de politique reCAPTCHA affiché sur un formulaire" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "Traductions" @@ -4731,10 +5771,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "Ajoutez un menu de sélection de langue." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "Unsplash (images gratuites)" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 3fb6af7f8..01a427b02 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -13,7 +13,6 @@ # Lilach Gilliam , 2023 # Ha Ketem , 2023 # Roy Sayag, 2023 -# ExcaliberX , 2023 # NoaFarkash, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # דודי מלכה , 2023 @@ -21,15 +20,16 @@ # Amit Spilman , 2023 # Netta Waizer, 2023 # ZVI BLONDER , 2023 +# ExcaliberX , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: ExcaliberX , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -531,16 +531,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -560,7 +560,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2546,6 +2547,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2602,8 +2604,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "בנק" @@ -3220,6 +3222,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4507,9 +4575,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "חשבון" @@ -4518,9 +4586,9 @@ msgstr "חשבון" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "חובה" @@ -4530,9 +4598,9 @@ msgstr "חובה" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "זכות" @@ -4541,8 +4609,8 @@ msgstr "זכות" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "חשבון לקוחות" @@ -4683,6 +4751,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "התחל" @@ -5407,6 +5540,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -5803,6 +5937,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" @@ -6012,6 +6158,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6380,6 +6527,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7104,190 +7252,202 @@ msgstr "שיקים" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -msgid "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "תקבולים שטרם הופקדו" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 @@ -11556,6 +11716,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "דוחות" @@ -13545,9 +13706,9 @@ msgstr "הוצאות" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -13556,16 +13717,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13574,26 +13735,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -13602,13 +13777,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -13616,22 +13799,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -13640,109 +13823,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -13750,103 +13950,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13854,7 +14077,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -13864,15 +14087,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -13881,12 +14104,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13894,116 +14130,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14012,91 +14287,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14104,51 +14387,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14156,19 +14472,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14176,37 +14493,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14214,61 +14541,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14276,188 +14605,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "הכנה" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -14872,6 +15224,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -14886,6 +15239,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "שם" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -14899,6 +15253,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "שם טכני" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16293,11 +16648,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "בלגיה" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "חשבונית דיגיטלית" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16305,87 +17211,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "הוסמך" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16393,52 +17299,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16447,7 +17353,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16455,17 +17361,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16475,7 +17381,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16483,39 +17389,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -16525,7 +17431,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -16540,44 +17446,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "קופסת IoT" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -16589,7 +17495,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -16597,17 +17503,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -19294,7 +20200,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -19637,11 +20543,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -24760,10 +25661,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -25276,10 +26173,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "חשבונית דיגיטלית" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -28809,10 +29702,6 @@ msgstr "העברת נזילות" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "תקבולים שטרם הופקדו" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -29754,7 +30643,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -29975,7 +30864,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30195,7 +31084,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -31465,8 +32354,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -31505,7 +32395,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -31527,48 +32417,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -31576,189 +32466,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -31766,39 +32659,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -32331,35 +33224,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "גליון אלקטרוני" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -32369,40 +33263,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -32510,3 +33404,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "תבניות" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index f60a952e2..43933e6cf 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,15 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # ExcaliberX , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# דודי מלכה , 2023 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ExcaliberX , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -132,3 +135,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "עובדים" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "הוסף עובד חדש" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "קורות חיים" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "מיומנויות" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 46f2324c3..5c642e15d 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -515,9 +515,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -941,97 +940,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "תאריכי תפוגה" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "התראות תפוגה" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1063,11 +1452,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1400,11 +1784,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1562,11 +1941,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -2968,237 +3342,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "מוצרים" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3878,49 +4409,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3928,104 +4466,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4033,32 +4570,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4067,6 +4612,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -7949,9 +8547,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -7961,8 +8559,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8128,6 +8726,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9788,42 +10391,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "בקרת איכות" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10556,25 +11123,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10582,11 +11149,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10594,7 +11161,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10603,7 +11170,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10617,7 +11184,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10627,11 +11194,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10639,23 +11206,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 4f666c964..330a661c1 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,9 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# שהאב חוסיין , 2022 # Leandro Noijovich , 2022 -# Netta Waizer, 2022 # דודי מלכה , 2022 # Jonathan Spier, 2023 # Roy Sayag, 2023 @@ -15,17 +13,18 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Ha Ketem , 2023 # ilan kl , 2023 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # Yihya Hugirat , 2023 +# Netta Waizer, 2023 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yihya Hugirat , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -627,7 +626,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1213,146 +1212,400 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "תצורה" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 @@ -1785,107 +2038,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "הכנה" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "הוראות" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "מדפסת" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "קנה מידה" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 @@ -1894,17 +2203,18 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1912,175 +2222,232 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "מדפסת" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "סורק ברקוד" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "מגירת מזומנים" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 @@ -2425,355 +2792,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "מכשירים" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "חיבור" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgid "Connect a printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -2783,48 +3347,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 @@ -2837,64 +3407,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2903,87 +3480,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "שימוש" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index a6028071b..368b614f2 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ # Yihya Hugirat , 2023 # Roy Sayag, 2023 # ZVI BLONDER , 2023 +# NoaFarkash, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: NoaFarkash, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -81,6 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -100,7 +102,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2527,56 +2528,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -5776,159 +5801,311 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "חשבונית רגילה" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "מקדמה (אחוזים)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "מקדמה (סכום קבוע)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -6190,40 +6367,88 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 @@ -6654,7 +6879,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8128,105 +8352,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" @@ -8576,285 +8704,137 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "תבניות הצעת מחיר" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgid "Use a template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "תנאים והגבלות ברירת מחדל" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 @@ -8942,7 +8922,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9540,10 +9521,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index f744ffce3..3f98560ce 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -6,18 +6,22 @@ # Translators: # Yihya Hugirat , 2022 # דודי מלכה , 2022 -# Martin Trigaux, 2022 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # Adi Sharashov , 2023 +# Ha Ketem , 2023 +# Netta Waizer, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# david danilov, 2023 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 +# NoaFarkash, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Adi Sharashov , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: NoaFarkash, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1307,124 +1311,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "סקירה כללית" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "פורום" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "למידה אלקטרונית" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr " לביצוע" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1723,6 +1609,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "מרכז סיוע טלפוני" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "ידע" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "פורום קהילתי" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "לשאול שאלה" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "קבלת תשובה" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "התשובה התקבלה" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "תשובה מסומנת" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "שאל שאלות" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "ענה על שאלות" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "הצביע בעד" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "הצביע נגד" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "ערוך את הפוסטים שלך" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "ערוך את כל הפוסטים" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "סגור פוסטים משלך" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "סגור את כל הפוסטים" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "מחק פוסטים שלך" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "מחק את כל הפוסטים" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "קבל תשובה לכל השאלות" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "בטל את הקישור בין כל התגובות שלך" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "בטל את הקישור בין כל התגובות" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "שאל שאלות ללא אישור" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "סמן פוסט כפוגעני" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "שנה תגיות שאלות" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "צור תגיות חדשות" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "למידה אלקטרונית" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index f0cbdd518..150d93482 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Netta Waizer, 2023 # ExcaliberX , 2023 # Ha Ketem , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Adi Sharashov , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # Yihya Hugirat , 2023 # @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yihya Hugirat , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -492,6 +492,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "תצורה" @@ -2528,141 +2529,494 @@ msgstr " צ'אט חי" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "אפשרויות" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "ארץ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "יישומון" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2737,101 +3091,335 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgid "Execute a command" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "עזרה" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "היסטוריה" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "ליד " + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "עזוב" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 @@ -3366,6 +3954,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "תרגום" @@ -3541,10 +4291,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 4a960a31a..4a5bf7992 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Abe Manyo, 2023 # Wahyu Setiawan , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Abe Manyo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" -"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" +"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -43,93 +43,181 @@ msgid "Install" msgstr "Pasang" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up a Content Delivery Network (CDN)" +msgid "Set up a content delivery network (CDN)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:8 -msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN_" +msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:10 msgid "" -"This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with " -"your Odoo powered website." +"A :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` or *content distribution network*, " +"is a geographically distributed network of servers that provides high speed " +"internet content. The :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` provides quick," +" high-quality content delivery for content-heavy websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:16 -msgid "Step 1: Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:21 +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:14 msgid "" -"When creating the zone, enable the CORS option in the :guilabel:`advanced " -"features` submenu. (more on that later)" +"This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with an " +"Odoo powered website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once done, you'll have to wait a bit while KeyCDN_ is crawling your website." +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:17 +msgid "Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:19 msgid "" -"a new URL has been generated for your Zone, in this case it is " -"``http://pulltest-b49.kxcdn.com``" +"On the KeyCDN dashboard, start by navigating to the :menuselection:`Zones` " +"menu item on the left. On the form, give a value to the :guilabel:`Zone " +"Name`, which will appear as part of the :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery " +"Network)`'s :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Zone Status` to :guilabel:`active` to engage the zone. For the " +":guilabel:`Zone Type` set the value to :guilabel:`Pull`, and then, finally, " +"under the :guilabel:`Pull Settings`, enter the :guilabel:`Origin URL`— this " +"address should be the full Odoo database :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " +"Locator)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Use ``https://yourdatabase.odoo.com`` and replace the *yourdatabase* " +"subdomain prefix with the actual name of the database. A custom :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)` can be used, as well, in place of the Odoo " +"subdomain that was provided to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "KeyCDN's Zone configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 -msgid "Step 2: Configure the odoo instance with your zone" +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`General Settings` heading below the zone form, click " +"the :guilabel:`Show all settings` button to expand the zone options. This " +"should be the last option on the page. After expanding the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` ensure that the :guilabel:`CORS` option is " +":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:41 msgid "" -"In the Odoo back end, go to the :guilabel:`Website Settings`: menu, then " -"activate the CDN support and copy/paste your zone URL in the :guilabel:`CDN " -"Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable if you have " -"developer mode activated." +"Next, scroll to the bottom of the zone configuration page and " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes. KeyCDN will indicate that the new zone will be" +" deployed. This can take about 10 minutes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Now your website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " -":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "KeyCDN deploying the new Zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can have a look to the HTML of your website in order to check if the CDN" -" integration is properly working." +"A new :guilabel:`Zone URL` has been generated for your Zone, in this example" +" it is ``pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com``. This value will differ for each " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Copy this :guilabel:`Zone URL` to a text editor for later, as it will be " +"used in the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:55 +msgid "Configure the Odoo instance with the new zone" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 -msgid "Why should I activate CORS?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:59 msgid "" -"A security restriction in some browsers (Firefox and Chrome at time of " -"writing) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " -"this same external server." +"In the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` and" +" then activate the :guilabel:`Content Delivery Network (CDN)` setting and " +"copy/paste the :guilabel:`Zone URL` value from the earlier step into the " +":guilabel:`CDN Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable " +"when :doc:`Developer Mode <../../applications/general/developer_mode>` is " +"activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 msgid "" -"If you don't activate the CORS option in the CDN zone, the more obvious " -"resulting problem on a default Odoo website will be the lack of font-awesome" -" icons because the font file declared in the font-awesome CSS won't be " -"loaded on the remote server." +"Ensure that there are two *forward slashes* (`//`) before the :guilabel:`CDN" +" Base URL` and one forward slash (`/`) after the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:68 -msgid "Here's what you would see on your homepage in such a case:" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings when complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:73 -msgid "A security error message will also appear in the browser's console:" +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the CDN setting in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:78 -msgid "Enabling the CORS option in the CDN fixes this issue." +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now the website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " +":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the HTML of the Odoo website, the :abbr:`CDN (content delivery network)` " +"integration is evidenced as working properly by checking the :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locators)` of images. The *CDN Base URL* value can be seen" +" by using your web browser's :guilabel:`Inspect` feature on the Odoo " +"website. Look for it's record by searching within the :guilabel:`Network` " +"tab inside of devtools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The CDN Base URL can be seen using the inspect function on the Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Prevent security issues by activating cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A security restriction in some browsers (such as Mozilla Firefox and Google " +"Chrome) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " +"this same external server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option isn't enabled in " +"the :guilabel:`CDN Zone`, the more obvious resulting problem on a standard " +"Odoo website will be the lack of *Font Awesome* icons because the font file " +"declared in the *Font Awesome* CSS won't be loaded from the remote server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When these cross-origin resource issues occur, a security error message " +"similar to the output below will appear in the web browser's developer " +"console:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:98 +msgid "" +"``Font from origin 'http://pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com' has been blocked from " +"loading /shop:1 by Cross-Origin Resource Sharing policy: No 'Access-Control-" +"Allow-Origin' header is present on the requested resource. Origin " +"'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' is therefore not allowed access.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "Error message populated in the browser console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option in the " +":abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` settings fixes this issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 @@ -207,7 +295,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 @@ -450,7 +538,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" @@ -503,7 +591,7 @@ msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 @@ -550,11 +638,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -564,32 +652,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:366 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:368 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 msgid "" "Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " ":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 msgid "" "Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " "network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " @@ -597,7 +685,7 @@ msgid "" "False`` in the configuration file" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 msgid "" "The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" " most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" @@ -605,7 +693,7 @@ msgid "" "each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 msgid "" "This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " "worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " @@ -613,12 +701,12 @@ msgid "" "for notifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" "The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 msgid "" "Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " "one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " @@ -626,17 +714,17 @@ msgid "" "cron instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 msgid "" "Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " "``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:404 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -644,11 +732,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -656,41 +744,41 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:418 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path ` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " "and :file:`/opt/odoo/enterprise` respectively and the :option:`--addons-path" " ` is " -"``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." +"``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:460 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -698,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:471 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -712,19 +800,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:481 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:492 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile ` option and navigate to " @@ -733,18 +821,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:501 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 msgid "Security" msgstr "Keamanan" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:503 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -754,20 +842,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:513 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:516 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -776,14 +864,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:524 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:528 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -793,7 +881,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:535 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -803,7 +891,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -812,20 +900,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:546 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:550 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:553 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -835,7 +923,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:560 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -845,28 +933,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:566 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:570 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:574 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:578 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -881,7 +969,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:589 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -896,19 +984,19 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:600 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:603 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:610 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1103,62 +1191,62 @@ msgid "" " script for every new incoming email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:10 msgid "" "The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, " "and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:13 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:15 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:17 msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:18 msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:19 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:21 msgid "For Postfix" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:20 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:23 msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:27 -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:45 msgid "Resources" msgstr "Sumber Daya" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:32 msgid "`Postfix `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:33 msgid "`Postfix aliases `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:34 msgid "`Postfix virtual `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:38 msgid "For Exim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:43 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:47 msgid "`Exim `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:50 msgid "" "If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound " "messages `." @@ -1256,9 +1344,9 @@ msgid "Demo_ instances require no local installation, just a web browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:59 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:136 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:206 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:3 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" @@ -1312,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:366 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:431 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:504 -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:671 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:673 msgid "Windows" msgstr "" @@ -1353,7 +1441,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:388 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:451 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:539 -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:682 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:684 msgid "Linux" msgstr "" @@ -1573,8 +1661,9 @@ msgid "" "that you have basic knowledge of Git commands. To clone a Git repository, " "you must choose between cloning with HTTPS or SSH. If you do not know the " "difference between the two, the best option is most likely HTTPS. If you are" -" following the :doc:`Getting started ` " -"developer tutorial, or plan on contributing to Odoo source code, choose SSH." +" following the :doc:`Getting started `" +" developer tutorial, or plan on contributing to Odoo source code, choose " +"SSH." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:286 @@ -1605,7 +1694,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:407 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:474 #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:603 -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:692 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:694 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" @@ -1906,62 +1995,62 @@ msgid "" "(homebrew_, macports_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:649 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:651 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:651 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:653 msgid "" "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" " the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:654 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:656 msgid "" "To configure the server, you can either specify :ref:`command-line arguments" " ` or a :ref:`configuration file " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:658 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:660 msgid "" "For the Enterprise edition, you must add the path to the `enterprise` addons" " to the `addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other " "paths in `addons-path` for addons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:662 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:664 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:664 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:666 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:665 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:667 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults, to load your own modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:667 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:669 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:678 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:680 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " "and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:689 -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:699 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:691 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:701 msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:702 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:704 msgid "" "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " "loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in your web browser and log" @@ -1970,29 +2059,30 @@ msgid "" "it, you just logged into your own Odoo database!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:708 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:710 msgid "" "From there, you can create and manage new :doc:`users " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:710 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:712 msgid "" "The user account you use to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:714 +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:716 msgid "" -":doc:`The exhaustive list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:719 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:147 -msgid "Docker" +":doc:`The exhaustive list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:721 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:149 +msgid "Docker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/install.rst:723 msgid "" "The full documentation on how to use Odoo with Docker can be found on the " "official Odoo `docker image `_ page." @@ -2023,14 +2113,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:19 msgid "Setup in Microsoft Azure Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:18 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:22 msgid "Create a new application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:20 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:24 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " "`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " @@ -2041,7 +2139,7 @@ msgid "" "Directory`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:26 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, click on :guilabel:`Add (+)`, located in the top menu, and then select " ":guilabel:`App registration`. On the :guilabel:`Register an application` " @@ -2051,7 +2149,7 @@ msgid "" "- Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:36 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " "platform, and then input `https:///microsoft_outlook/confirm`" @@ -2059,26 +2157,26 @@ msgid "" "which your Odoo instance can be reached in the URL field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:41 msgid "" "*mydatabase.odoo.com*, where *mydatabase* is the actual prefix of the " "database's subdomain, assuming it's hosted on Odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:44 msgid "" "After the URL has been added to the field, :guilabel:`Register` the " "application so it is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:43 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:47 msgid "API permissions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:45 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`API permissions` should be set next. Odoo will need specific " -"API permissions to be able to read (IMAP) and send (IMAP) emails in the " +"API permissions to be able to read (IMAP) and send (SMTP) emails in the " "Microsoft 365 setup. First, click the :guilabel:`API permissions` link, " "located in the left menu bar. Next, click on the :guilabel:`(+) Add a " "Permission` button and select :guilabel:`Microsoft Graph` under " @@ -2086,41 +2184,41 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delegated Permissions` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:55 msgid "" "In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Deregulated " "permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP.AccessAsUser.All`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:62 msgid "The :guilabel:`User.Read` permission will be added by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "API permissions needed for Odoo integration are listed under the Microsoft " "Graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:69 msgid "Assign users and groups" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:71 msgid "" "After adding the API permissions, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Overview` " "of the :guilabel:`Application` in the top of the left sidebar menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, add users to this application. Under the :guilabel:`Essentials` " "overview table, click on the link labeled :guilabel:`Managed Application in " @@ -2128,13 +2226,13 @@ msgid "" "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "Add users/groups by clicking the Managed application in local directory link for the\n" "created application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:83 msgid "" "In the left sidebar menu, select :guilabel:`Users and Groups`. Next, click " "on :guilabel:`(+) Add User/Group`. Depending on the account, either a " @@ -2143,7 +2241,7 @@ msgid "" "to be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:84 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:88 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Users` or :guilabel:`Groups`, click on :guilabel:`None " "Selected` and add the users or group of users that will be sending emails " @@ -2152,11 +2250,11 @@ msgid "" "the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:94 msgid "Create credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:96 msgid "" "Now that the Microsoft Azure app is set up, credentials need to be created " "for the Odoo setup. These include the :guilabel:`Client ID` and " @@ -2166,11 +2264,11 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Essentials` overview of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Application/Client ID located in the Overview of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:102 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:106 msgid "" "Next, the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` needs to be retrieved. To get this" " value, click on :guilabel:`Certificates & Secrets` in the left sidebar " @@ -2178,14 +2276,14 @@ msgid "" " this, click on the :guilabel:`(+) New Client Secret` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:110 msgid "" "A window on the right will populate with a button labeled :guilabel:`Add a " "client secret`. Under :guilabel:`Description`, type in `Odoo Fetchmail` or " "something recognizable, and then set the :guilabel:`expiration date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:115 msgid "" "A new :guilabel:`Client Secret` will need to be produced and configured if " "the first one expires. In this event, there could be an interruption of " @@ -2193,7 +2291,7 @@ msgid "" "possible date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:119 msgid "" "Next, click on :guilabel:`Add` when these two values are entered. A " ":guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and :guilabel:`Secret ID` will be created. " @@ -2202,38 +2300,38 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Secret ID` is not needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Client Secret Value or Value in the app's credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:128 msgid "" "After these steps, the following items should be ready to be set up in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:126 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:130 msgid "A client ID (:guilabel:`Client ID` or :guilabel:`Application ID`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:131 msgid "A client secret (:guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret Value`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:133 msgid "" "This completes the setup on the :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Portal` side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:132 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:84 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:135 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:139 msgid "Enter Microsoft Outlook credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:141 msgid "" "First, open the Odoo database and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. " "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in " @@ -2241,7 +2339,7 @@ msgid "" "Outlook`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:141 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:145 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under " "the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for " @@ -2249,62 +2347,62 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Outlook Credentials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the progress." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:147 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, copy and paste the :guilabel:`Client ID` (Application ID) and " ":guilabel:`Client Secret (Client Secret Value)` into the respective fields " "and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Outlook Credentials in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:155 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:98 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:127 msgid "Configure outgoing email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:157 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:161 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`General Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Custom Email " "Servers` setting, click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link to " "configure the Microsoft account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:164 msgid "" "Then, create a new email server and check the box for :guilabel:`Outlook`. " "Next, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` (it can be anything) and the Microsoft " "Outlook email :guilabel:`Username`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:163 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:167 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`From Filter` field is empty, enter either a :ref:`domain " -"or email address `." +"or email address `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:166 -msgid "Then, cick on :guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:170 +msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:168 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:172 msgid "" "A new window from Microsoft opens to complete the :guilabel:`authorization " "process`. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Permission page to grant access between newly created app and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:175 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:179 msgid "" "Then, allow Odoo to access the Microsoft account by clicking on " ":guilabel:`Yes`. After this, the page will navigate back to the newly " @@ -2313,22 +2411,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` appears in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Valid Outlook Token indicator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:184 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:188 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`. A confirmation message should " "appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Microsoft" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:188 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 msgid "Multiple user configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:190 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 msgid "" "Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " "should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " @@ -2336,7 +2434,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 msgid "" "After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " "to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " @@ -2347,7 +2445,7 @@ msgid "" "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:201 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " @@ -2356,11 +2454,11 @@ msgid "" " menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 msgid "Configure incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " @@ -2372,7 +2470,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -2463,43 +2561,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 -msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" +msgid "Indexing of domain names by search engines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:53 msgid "" +"Search engines, such as Google and Bing, rely on web crawlers (:dfn:`robots " +"that explore and analyze the web`) to index all websites and their related " +"domain names. These crawlers discover new URLs thanks to links on known web " +"pages. As a result, search engines should index domain names automatically " +"after a while, as long as their URLs are mentioned elsewhere on the " +"Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Improving the appearance and positioning of web pages on search engines is a" +" practice named \"Search Engine Optimization\" (SEO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Adding relevant content, optimizing metadata, and building high-quality " +"backlinks can all help improve a website's search engine visibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Some search engines provide tools for web admins, such as `Google Search " +"Console `_ and `Bing Webmaster " +"Tools `_, to help you analyze and improve " +"your page ranking. To use these services, you must prove that you are the " +"owner of your domain name. One way to verify the ownership of your domain " +"name is by adding a DNS record. You can do this for :ref:`domain names " +"registered with Odoo ` and for domain names managed" +" by other providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 +msgid "" +"`Google Search Console Help - Verify your site ownership " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 +msgid "" +"`Bing Webmaster Tools - Add and Verify site " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 +msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:83 +msgid "" "You can register a domain name for your Odoo Online database directly from " "Odoo Website or your database manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:87 msgid "" "Your domain name is **free for one year** if you register it with Odoo!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:88 msgid "" "The domain name is registered with `Gandi `_, the " "domain name registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:90 msgid "" "You are the owner of the domain name and can use it for other purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:91 msgid "Odoo manages payment and technical support for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:92 msgid "" "This offer doesn't include any mailbox. However, you can :ref:`configure " "your MX records ` to use your own email server or " "solution such as Google Workspace." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Domain Name`. Alternatively, " "open your `database manager `_, click on " @@ -2507,35 +2659,35 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Domain names`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Clicking on Domain Names from an Odoo website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:103 msgid "" "Search for the domain name of your choice to check its availability, then " "select the one you want to register for your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "" "The search of the domain name example.com shows which associated domains are" " available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:110 msgid "" "Next, fill in the form with your information to become the domain name " "owner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:112 msgid "" "Your domain name is directly linked to your database, but you still have to " ":ref:`map your domain name with your website `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:116 msgid "" "Free domain names are also available for free Odoo Online databases (if you " "installed one app only, for example). In this case, Odoo reviews your " @@ -2543,15 +2695,15 @@ msgid "" "days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:89 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 msgid "This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:124 msgid "Manage your domain name registered with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:96 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:126 msgid "" "To manage the DNS records of your domain name registered with Odoo or to " "visualize the contacts associated with it, open your `database manager " @@ -2560,86 +2712,86 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contacts` or :guilabel:`DNS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Management of the domain names linked to an Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:136 msgid "" "Please `submit a support ticket `_ if you need " "further assistance to manage your domain name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:112 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:142 msgid "Configure your existing domain name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 msgid "" "If you already own a domain name, you can use it to point to your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:116 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:146 msgid "" "To avoid any issue with the :ref:`SSL certificate validation `, we highly recommend that you proceed with the following actions " "in this order:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:149 msgid "" ":ref:`Add a CNAME record ` on your domain name's DNS " "zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 msgid "" ":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:121 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:151 msgid "" ":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo website `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:126 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:156 msgid "Add a CNAME record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:128 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:158 msgid "" "A **CNAME record** is a type of DNS record that points to the domain of " "another website rather than directly to an IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:131 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:161 msgid "" "You need a CNAME record that points to your Odoo database. The requirements " "are detailed in your database manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:168 msgid "" "The target address is the current address of your database, as defined at " "its creation (e.g., ``example.odoo.com``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:141 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:220 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:3 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 msgid "" "Your project's main address is defined in :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Project Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 msgid "" "If you want to target a specific branch (production, staging or " "development), go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> " @@ -2647,29 +2799,29 @@ msgid "" "domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:222 msgid "Open your domain name's manager dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:151 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:181 msgid "" "Open the **DNS zone** management page for the domain name you want to " "configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:182 msgid "Create a **CNAME record** pointing to the address of your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:184 msgid "" "While Odoo suggests creating a CNAME record for your ``www.`` subdomain " "(``www.example.com``), you can of course use any domain name of your choice," " with any subdomain (e.g., ``anything.example.com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:189 msgid "" "You own the domain name ``example.com``, and you have an Odoo Online " "database at the address ``example.odoo.com``. You want to access your Odoo " @@ -2677,7 +2829,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`naked domain ` ``example.com``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:164 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:194 msgid "" "To do so, you create a CNAME record for the ``www`` subdomain, with " "``example.odoo.com`` as the target. The DNS zone manager generates the " @@ -2685,81 +2837,81 @@ msgid "" "example.odoo.com.``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:168 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 msgid "" "You also create a redirection from ``example.com`` to ``wwww.example.com``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:200 msgid "Your new DNS records are propagated to all DNS servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:203 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 msgid "`GoDaddy `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:176 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:206 msgid "" "`Namecheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:207 msgid "" "`OVH " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:178 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:208 msgid "" "`CloudFlare `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:209 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:184 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:214 msgid "Naked domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:186 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:216 msgid "" "A **naked domain** is a domain name that doesn't have any subdomain at the " "beginning of the address (e.g., ``odoo.com`` instead of ``www.odoo.com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:219 msgid "" "You may want your naked domain to redirect to your website as some visitors " "may not type the full domain name to access your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 msgid "" "Create a **redirection** from the naked domain (``example.com``) to your " "main domain name (``www.example.com``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:197 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:227 msgid "" "Depending on your domain name registrar, this redirection may be already " "pre-configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:232 msgid "Map your domain name with your Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:238 msgid "" "Open your `database manager `_, click on " "the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain " @@ -2767,7 +2919,7 @@ msgid "" " column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:242 msgid "" "Type the domain name you want to add to this database, then click on " ":guilabel:`Verify` to check if the CNAME record is correctly configured. " @@ -2780,7 +2932,7 @@ msgid "" "database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:222 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> Settings --> " "Custom domains`, type the domain name you want to add to this database, then" @@ -2791,19 +2943,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mapping a domain name with an Odoo.sh branch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:260 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo.sh branches: settings tab `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:233 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:263 msgid "" "Make sure to :ref:`add a CNAME record ` to your domain " "name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name with your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:266 msgid "" "Failing to do so may impede the validation of the :ref:`SSL certificate " "` and would result in a *certificate name mismatch* error. " @@ -2811,7 +2963,7 @@ msgid "" "connection is not private\"*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:270 msgid "" "If this is the case and you have added the domain name to your database's " "settings less than five days ago, wait 24 hours as the validation may still " @@ -2819,11 +2971,11 @@ msgid "" "`_ including screenshots of your CNAME records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:247 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:277 msgid "SSL encryption (HTTPS protocol)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 msgid "" "**SSL encryption** is an encryption-based Internet security protocol. It " "allows your visitors to navigate your website through a secure connection, " @@ -2831,7 +2983,7 @@ msgid "" "address, rather than a non-secure ``http://`` protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:283 msgid "" "Odoo generates a separate SSL certificate for each domain :ref:`mapped in " "the database manager `, using integration with `Let's " @@ -2839,147 +2991,147 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 msgid "The certificate generation may take up to 24h." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:289 msgid "" "Several attempts to validate your certificate are made during the five days " "following the moment you add your domain name in your database's settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:261 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:291 msgid "" "If you already use another service, you can keep using it or simply change " "for Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 msgid "Web base URL of a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:299 msgid "" "If you have Odoo Website, you can disregard this part and directly :ref:`map" " your domain name with your website `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:302 msgid "" "The **web base URL** of a database, or **root URL** affects your main " "website address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, " "portal links, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:305 msgid "" "To configure it, access your Odoo database with your custom address, then " "log in as an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " "group) from the login screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:309 msgid "" "Connecting to your database with the original Odoo subdomain address (e.g., " "``example.odoo.com`` also updates the web base URL of your database. See " "below to prevent these automatic updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:312 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can do it manually. To do so, activate the " ":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:285 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:315 msgid "" "Find the key called ``web.base.url`` (or create it if it does not exist) and" " enter the full address of your website as value, such as " "``https://www.example.com``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:319 msgid "" "The URL must include the protocol ``https://`` (or ``http://``) and must not" " end with a slash (``/``)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:322 msgid "" "To prevent the automatic update of the web base URL when an administrator " "logs in the database, you can create the following System Parameter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:325 msgid "key: ``web.base.url.freeze``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:326 msgid "value: ``True``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:331 msgid "Map your domain name with your website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:303 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:333 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your website isn't the same as mapping it with " "your database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:335 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" " engines to index your website properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:307 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:337 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including the" " portal links sent by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:339 msgid "" "If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name with the appropriate" " website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:341 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website " "Info`. If you have multiple websites, select the one you want to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:314 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:344 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Domain` field, fill in the web address of your website " "(e.g., ``https://www.example.com``) and click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Configuring https://www.example.com as the Domain of the website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:352 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name with your Odoo website prevents Google from " "indexing both your custom domain name ``www.example.com`` and your original " "odoo database address ``example.odoo.com``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:325 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:355 msgid "" "If both addresses are already indexed, it may take some time before Google " "removes the indexation of the second address. You may also try using the " -"`Google Search Console `_ " -"to fix this." +"`Google Search Console `_ to fix " +"this." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:330 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:360 msgid "" "If you have multiple websites and companies on your database, make sure that" " you select the right :guilabel:`Company` in the website settings, next to " @@ -2988,12 +3140,12 @@ msgid "" "use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:336 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:366 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 -msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise" +msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 @@ -3136,201 +3288,246 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:19 msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:18 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:22 msgid "Create a new project" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:20 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:24 msgid "" -"To get started, go to the `Google API Platform " -"`_. Log in with " -"your *Google Workspace* account if you have one, otherwise log in with your " -"personal Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to " -"configure in Odoo)." +"To get started, go to the `Google API Console " +"`_. Log in with your *Google " +"Workspace* account if you have one, otherwise log in with your personal " +"Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in " +"Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:28 msgid "" "After that, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, located on the far right of" -" the OAuth consent screen. If a project has already been created in this " -"account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on the top " -"left under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." +" the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen`. If a project has already been created" +" in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on" +" the top right under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:33 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`New Project` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Project name` " -"to `Odoo` and browse for the :guilabel:`Location`. Set the " -":guilabel:`Location` as the `Google Workspace` organization. If you are " -"using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as `No " -"Organization`." +"On the :menuselection:`New Project` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Project " +"name` to `Odoo` and browse for the :guilabel:`Location`. Set the " +":guilabel:`Location` as the *Google Workspace organization*. If you are " +"using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as " +":guilabel:`No Organization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rstNone -msgid "Project Name and Location for Google Oauth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step. On the next screen, " -":guilabel:`User Type` options, select the :guilabel:`External` option, and " -"then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally navigate to the " -":guilabel:`Edit app registration` page." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Project Name and Location for Google OAuth." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:42 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:45 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If the page doesn't redirect to the :menuselection:`User Type` options, " +"click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` in the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`User Type` options, select the appropriate :guilabel:`User " +"Type`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Edit app registration` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63 msgid "Edit app registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:65 +msgid "Next we will configure the app registration of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:67 msgid "" -"On the :guilabel:`Oauth consent screen` step, under the :guilabel:`App " +"On the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` step, under the :guilabel:`App " "information` section, enter `Odoo` in the :guilabel:`App name` field. Select" " the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:71 msgid "" "Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on " ":guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:74 msgid "" "After that, under the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section, " "enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to " "notify the organization about any changes to your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:52 -msgid "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:53 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:78 msgid "" -"Then, skip the :guilabel:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and " -"clicking on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. Then, skip the " +":menuselection:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:81 msgid "" -"Next, add the email being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step " -"by clicking on :guilabel:`Add Users` and then the :guilabel:`Save and " -"Continue` button. A summary of the :guilabel:`App registration` appears." +"If continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses being " +"configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:85 msgid "" -"Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +"Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard` to " +"finish setting up the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:89 msgid "Create Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:91 msgid "" -"Now that you have set up the project, you need to create credentials, which " -"includes the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. First, " -"click on :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." +"Now that the project is set up, credentials should be created, which " +"includes the *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. First, click on " +":guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu and select " ":guilabel:`OAuth client ID` from the dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Application Type`, select :guilabel:`Web Application` from " "the dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:71 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Client ID` field, enter `Odoo`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:98 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter `Odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:99 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` label, click the button " ":guilabel:`ADD URI`, and then input " "`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the :guilabel:`URIs 1`" -" field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with your actual" -" Odoo database name." +" field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with the actual " +"Odoo database name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, click on :guilabel:`Create` to generate an OAuth :guilabel:`Client ID`" " and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Finally, copy each generated value for later" " use when configuring in Odoo, and then navigate to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Client ID and Client Secret for Google OAuth." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:114 msgid "Enter Google Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:89 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:116 msgid "" "First, open Odoo and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. Then, remove " "the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in `Google`. " "Install the module called :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:120 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under " "the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for " -":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for" -" :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials`. Then, copy and paste the :guilabel:`Client " -"ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` into the respective fields and " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` or :guilabel:`External Email Servers` is " +"checked. This populates a new option for :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials` or " +":guilabel:`Use a Gmail Sever`. Then, copy and paste the respective values " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and " ":guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:129 msgid "" -"After that, on the :guilabel:`General Settings` page, under " -":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, click :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` " -"to configure the external Gmail account." +"To configure the external Gmail account, return to the top of the " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rstNone -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:136 msgid "" -"Then, :guilabel:`Create` a new email server and select the option for " -":guilabel:`Gmail`. Next, fill in the :guilabel:`Description` (can be " -"anything) and the email :guilabel:`Username` and click on :guilabel:`Connect" -" your Gmail account`." +"Then, click on :guilabel:`New` or :guilabel:`Create` to create a new email " +"server, and fill in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and the " +"email :guilabel:`Username` (if required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:139 msgid "" -"A new window from :guilabel:`Google` opens to complete the authorization " +"Next, click on :guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication` or :guilabel:`Gmail` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Authenticate with` or :guilabel:`Connection` section)." +" Finally, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:143 +msgid "" +"A new window labeled :guilabel:`Google` opens to complete the authorization " "process. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:146 msgid "" -"If the email address is a personal account, an extra step pops up, click " -":guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail account" -" to Odoo." +"If the email address is a personal account, then an extra step pops up, so " +"click :guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail " +"account to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:117 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:149 msgid "" "Then, allow Odoo to access the Google account by clicking on " ":guilabel:`Continue` or :guilabel:`Allow`. After that, the page navigates " @@ -3339,32 +3536,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail Token Valid` appears in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:126 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:158 msgid "" -"Finally, save the settings and :guilabel:`Test the Connection`. A " -"confirmation message should appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, " -"secure emails through Google using OAuth authentication." +"Finally, :guilabel:`Test the Connection`. A confirmation message should " +"appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google " +"using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:131 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:162 msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:134 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:165 msgid "Production VS Testing Publishing Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:167 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` " -"(instead of Testing) will display the following warning message:" +"(instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) will display the following warning message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "OAuth is Limited to 100 Sensitive Scope Logins." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:174 msgid "" "To correct this warning, navigate to the `Google API Platform " "`_. If the " @@ -3372,76 +3569,73 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Back to Testing` to correct the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:179 msgid "No Test Users Added" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:181 msgid "" "If no test users are added to the OAuth consent screen, then a 403 access " "denied error will populate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "403 Access Denied Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:157 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:188 msgid "" "To correct this error, return to the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` under " ":guilabel:`APIs & Services` and add test user(s) to the app. Add the email " "that you are configuring in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:192 msgid "Gmail Module not updated" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:164 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:194 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Gmail Module` in Odoo has not been updated to the latest " +"If the *Google Gmail* module in Odoo has not been updated to the latest " "version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "Forbidden you don't have the permission to access the requested resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:201 msgid "" -"To correct this error, go to the :guilabel:`Apps` module and clear out the " -"search terms. Then, search for `Gmail` or `Google` and upgrade the " +"To correct this error, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` module and clear out " +"the search terms. Then, search for `Gmail` or `Google` and upgrade the " ":guilabel:`Google Gmail` module. Finally, click on the three dots on the " "upper right of the module and select :guilabel:`Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:176 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:206 msgid "Application Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:178 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:208 msgid "" -"When creating the :guilabel:`Credentials` (OAuth Client ID and Client " -"Secret), if :guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the " -":guilabel:`Application Type`, an :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." +"When creating the credentials (OAuth *Client ID* and *Client Secret*), if " +":guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an" +" :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Error 400 Redirect URI Mismatch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:186 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:215 msgid "" "To correct this error, delete the credentials already created and create new" " credentials, selecting :guilabel:`Web Application` for the " ":guilabel:`Application Type`. Then, under :guilabel:`Authorized redirect " "URIs`, click :guilabel:`ADD URI` and type: " -"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the Odoo database name." +"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the field, being sure " +"to replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the Odoo database name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:6 @@ -3695,7 +3889,7 @@ msgid "" "API Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "" "SMTP and Send API Settings link in the Senders & Domains section of Mailjet." msgstr "" @@ -3724,7 +3918,7 @@ msgid "" "reference here `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "SMTP configuration from Mailjet." msgstr "" @@ -3757,7 +3951,7 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Add a sender domain or address in the Mailjet interface." msgstr "" @@ -3876,7 +4070,7 @@ msgid "" "System)` provider to complete validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "The TXT record information to input on the domain's DNS." msgstr "" @@ -3921,7 +4115,7 @@ msgid "" "correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Check DNS record in Mailjet." msgstr "" @@ -3933,7 +4127,7 @@ msgid "" "Mail) records to input into the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Authenticate the domain with SPF/DKIM records in Mailjet." msgstr "" @@ -3976,7 +4170,7 @@ msgid "" "server(s). Finally, save the settings and :guilabel:`Test the Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Odoo outgoing email server settings." msgstr "" @@ -3991,7 +4185,7 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`From Filter` needs to be set on the server configuration. It " "is recommended to set it as a domain and not a full email address. It should" " match the domain in the two proceeding steps. More information can be " -"referenced :ref:`here `." +"referenced :ref:`here `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:205 @@ -4028,268 +4222,270 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To manage a database, sign in to https://www.odoo.com and access the " "`database management page `_ by clicking " -"on the user icon, then on *My Databases*." +"on the user icon, then on :guilabel:`My Databases`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 msgid "" "Clicking on the user icon opens a drop-down menu. \"My databases\" button is" " highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:13 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:14 msgid "" -"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" -" manage." +"Make sure to connect as the administrator of the database that changes will " +"be made on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 msgid "Clicking on the gear icon opens the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:19 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:20 msgid "" -"Open the drop-down menu next to the database you want to manage by clicking " -"on the gear icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:21 -msgid "Several actions are available:" +"Open the drop-down menu next to the database that changes will be made on by" +" clicking on the gear icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:23 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:24 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" +msgid "Several actions are available:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:25 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:26 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:27 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/contact-support`" +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/contact-support`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:33 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/users`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:36 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:285 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:293 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:113 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:10 msgid "Upgrade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you are *not* on the latest **Online version**, you should receive an " -"invitation to :doc:`upgrade <../upgrade>` your database. A **Rolling Release" -" button** on your database's main screen proposes an upgrade to the latest " -"version (e.g., 13.0 to 15.1)." +"If the database is *not* on the latest **Online version**, the administrator" +" should receive an invitation to :doc:`upgrade <../upgrade>` the database. A" +" :guilabel:`Rolling Release`` button on the database's main screen proposes " +"an upgrade to the latest version (e.g., 14.0 to 16.1)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:0 msgid "" -"**If your Odoo database's version is lower than the latest major release:**" +"**If the Odoo database's version is lower than the latest major release:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:0 msgid "" -"You must upgrade your database within two months. After these two months, an" -" automatic upgrade is initiated." +"The database must be upgraded within two months. After these two months, an " +"automatic upgrade is initiated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:0 msgid "" -"**If your Odoo database's version is equal to or higher than the latest " -"major release:**" +"**If the Odoo database's version is equal to or higher than the latest major" +" release:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:0 msgid "" -"You can disregard the invitation to upgrade as you probably wouldn't benefit" -" from new features every two months." +"Disregard the invitation to upgrade as the database probably wouldn't " +"benefit from new features every two months." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:53 msgid "" "Versions that are not supported anymore become deprecated and need to be " -"updated to avoid security issues. We recommend you initiate the upgrade of " -"the database yourself, as this method allows you to request a test upgrade " -"of your database to check for any discrepancies." +"updated to avoid security issues. Odoo recommends that the company initiate " +"the upgrade, as this method allows for the company to request a test upgrade" +" of the database to check for any discrepancies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:58 msgid ":doc:`../upgrade`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:64 msgid "Duplicate" msgstr "Gandakan" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:66 msgid "" -"Make an exact copy of the database to be able to perform testing without " -"compromising the daily operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By checking *For testing purposes*, all external communication (emails, " -"payments, delivery orders, etc.) are disabled by default on the duplicated " -"database." +"This allows to make an exact copy of the database to be able to perform " +"testing without compromising the daily operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:70 +msgid "" +"By checking :guilabel:`For testing purposes`, all external communication " +"(emails, payments, delivery orders, etc.) are disabled by default on the " +"duplicated database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:72 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:77 msgid "Rename" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:79 msgid "Rename the database and its URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:84 msgid "Download" msgstr "Unduh" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:84 -msgid "Download instantly a ZIP file with a backup of the database." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:86 +msgid "Instantly download a ZIP file with a backup of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:89 msgid "" "Databases are backed up daily according to the `Odoo Cloud SLA " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:95 msgid "Domains" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:97 msgid "Configure custom domains to access the database via another URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:98 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`domain_names`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:105 msgid "Tags" msgstr "Label" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:107 msgid "" "Add tags to sort your databases out. You can search the tags in the search " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:110 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:539 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:112 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:550 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Hapus" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:112 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:114 msgid "Delete a database instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:117 msgid "" "Deleting a database means that all data is permanently lost. The deletion is" " instant and for all users. It is recommended to create a backup of the " "database before deleting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:118 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:120 msgid "" -"Read carefully the warning message that pops up and proceed only if you " -"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +"Carefully read the warning message that pops up and proceed only if the " +"implications of deleting a database are fully understood:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 msgid "A warning message is prompted before deleting a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:126 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:128 msgid "Only an administrator can delete a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:129 msgid "The database name is immediately available for a new database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:128 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:130 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "subscription. If needed, please get in touch with `Odoo Support " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:130 -msgid "" -"To delete your account, please get in touch with `Odoo Support " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:135 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:136 msgid "Contact Support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:138 msgid "" "Access the Odoo `support page `_ with your " "database's details already pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:144 msgid "Invite / Remove Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:146 msgid "" "To invite users, fill out the email address of the new user and click on " -"*Invite*. To add multiple users, click on *Add more users*." +":guilabel:`Invite`. To add multiple users, click on :guilabel:`Add more " +"users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 msgid "Clicking on \"Add more users\" adds additional email fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:152 -msgid "To remove users, select the users to remove and click on *Remove*." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To remove users, select the users to remove and click on :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:155 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 msgid "On-premise database management" msgstr "" @@ -4318,15 +4514,15 @@ msgid "" "message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "" -"Something went wrong while registering your database,\n" -"you can try again or contact Odoo Help" +"Something went wrong while registering your database, you can try again or contact Odoo\n" +"Help" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:27 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:106 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:134 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:127 msgid "Solutions" msgstr "" @@ -4358,24 +4554,24 @@ msgid "" "database\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:47 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:53 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:159 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:58 msgid "" "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." " Please check on your `Odoo Contract " @@ -4383,81 +4579,81 @@ msgid "" "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:66 msgid "" "In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:69 msgid "" "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:73 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:75 msgid "" "The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" " servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " "outgoing connections towards:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:79 msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:83 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:80 msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:82 msgid "" "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " "Update notification runs once a week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:86 msgid "Error message due to too many users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:88 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "" -"This database will expire in X days, you\n" -"have more users than your subscription allows" +"This database will expire in X days, you have more users than your " +"subscription allows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:102 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:96 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:102 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:104 msgid "" "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation " "`_ and **Reject** the upsell " "quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:107 msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " @@ -4466,62 +4662,62 @@ msgid "" "message disappear right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:114 msgid "Database expired error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:122 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:116 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "This database has expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:130 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:123 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:131 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:130 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:133 msgid "Contact our `Support `__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:142 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:135 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:151 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:143 msgid "Duplicate a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:145 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:152 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -4530,7 +4726,7 @@ msgid "" "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:162 msgid "" "The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" @@ -4584,272 +4780,344 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:3 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Release date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 msgid "End of support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:59 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:83 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:99 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:119 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:127 msgid "|green|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "October 2022" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -msgid "October 2025 (planned)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:59 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:59 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:117 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:122 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:134 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:135 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:146 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:147 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:152 msgid "N/A" msgstr "N/A" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "March 2022" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "June 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 -msgid "January 2023" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:47 +msgid "September 2023 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "March 2023" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:47 +msgid "July 2023 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.1" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:49 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:51 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:53 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:53 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:53 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:59 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:98 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:99 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:121 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:128 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:139 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:141 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:151 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:153 msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "February 2022" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 -msgid "July 2022" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "October 2021" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 -msgid "October 2024 (planned)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 -msgid "October 2023 (planned)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo saas~12.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "Odoo saas~11.3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:47 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:47 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:49 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:51 -msgid "January 2017" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "February 2023" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgid "April 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:53 -msgid "October 2016" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 -msgid "October 2015" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:89 +msgid "October 2022" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgid "October 2025 (planned)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:59 -msgid "February 2015" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "March 2022" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 -msgid "September 2014" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:65 +msgid "January 2023" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:68 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:70 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgid "February 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:71 +msgid "July 2022" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:72 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:101 +msgid "October 2021" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "October 2024 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:78 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:113 +msgid "October 2020" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "October 2023 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:84 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:131 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:90 +msgid "Odoo saas~12.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:94 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:96 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:143 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo saas~11.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:106 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:108 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:112 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:155 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:114 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:118 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:120 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:124 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:126 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:130 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:132 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:136 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:138 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:142 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:144 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:148 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:150 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:154 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:159 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:161 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:163 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:165 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:176 msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:178 msgid "" "OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:180 msgid "" "TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:89 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:182 msgid "" "Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from " "any version `_." @@ -5025,7 +5293,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:108 msgid "" "If you have originally installed Odoo with the \"tarball\" version (source " "code archive), you have to replace the installation directory with a newer " @@ -5034,7 +5302,7 @@ msgid "" "the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:112 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" "You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " @@ -5045,7 +5313,7 @@ msgid "" " just extracted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:118 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:119 msgid "" "Be sure to match the folder layout, for example the new \"addons\" folder " "included in the source code should end up exactly at the same path it was " @@ -5055,11 +5323,11 @@ msgid "" " you are all set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:125 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:126 msgid "Source Install (Github)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:126 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:128 msgid "" "If you have originally installed Odoo with a full Github clone of the " "official repositories, the update procedure requires you to pull the latest " @@ -5068,7 +5336,7 @@ msgid "" "commands::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:134 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:136 msgid "" "The last command may encounter source code conflicts if you had edited the " "Odoo source code locally. The error message will give you the list of files " @@ -5076,19 +5344,19 @@ msgid "" "editing them and deciding which part of the code to keep." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:140 msgid "" "Alternatively, if you prefer to simply discard the conflicting changes and " "restore the official version, you can use the following command::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:145 msgid "" "Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you should be " "done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:149 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:151 msgid "" "Please refer to our `Docker image documentation " "`_ for specific update instructions." @@ -5104,12 +5372,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:7 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:9 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:6 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:9 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:6 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:9 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:7 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:6 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:8 msgid "Overview" @@ -5272,7 +5540,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:169 msgid "" "More options are available and detailed in the :doc:`CLI documentation " -"`." +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:172 @@ -5364,7 +5632,7 @@ msgid "" "code/function/method you want to debug." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst-1 msgid "Console screenshot showing ``pdb`` running in an Odoo.sh shell." msgstr "" @@ -5429,7 +5697,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:170 msgid "Submodules" msgstr "" @@ -5541,8 +5809,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:82 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:94 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:364 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:498 msgid "Replace" msgstr "Ganti" @@ -5603,35 +5871,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get started" msgstr "Mulai" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:4 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:3 msgid "Branches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:8 msgid "" "The branches view gives you an overview of the different branches your " "repository has." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:17 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:16 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:41 msgid "Stages" msgstr "Tahap" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:19 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo.sh offers three different stages for your branches: production, staging" " and development." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:21 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:20 msgid "" "You can change the stage of a branch by drag and dropping it into the stage " "section title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:43 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:44 msgid "Production" msgstr "Produksi" @@ -5660,7 +5928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This method is equivalent to perform an upgrade of the module through the " "Apps menu, or through the :code:`-u` switch of :doc:`the command line " -"`." +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:47 @@ -5687,11 +5955,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:61 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 msgid "Staging" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:63 msgid "" "Staging branches are meant to test your new features using the production " "data without compromising the actual production database with test records. " @@ -5699,11 +5967,11 @@ msgid "" " database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:67 msgid "The neutralization includes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:69 msgid "" "Disabling scheduled actions. If you want to test them, you can trigger their" " action manually or re-enable them. Be aware that the platform will trigger " @@ -5711,7 +5979,7 @@ msgid "" "resources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:72 msgid "" "Disabling outgoing emails by intercepting them with a mailcatcher. An " ":ref:`interface to view ` the " @@ -5719,15 +5987,15 @@ msgid "" " about sending test emails to your contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:75 msgid "Setting payment providers and shipping providers in test mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:76 msgid "Disabling IAP services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:78 msgid "" "The latest database will be kept alive indefinitely, older ones from the " "same branch may get garbage collected to make room for new ones. It will be " @@ -5737,7 +6005,7 @@ msgid "" " data files overriding the default configuration or views." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:83 msgid "" "The unit tests are not performed as, in Odoo, they currently rely on the " "demo data, which is not loaded in the production database. In the future, if" @@ -5746,12 +6014,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:88 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:80 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 msgid "Development" msgstr "Pengembangan" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:89 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:90 msgid "" "Development branches create new databases using the demo data to run the " "unit tests. The installed modules are the ones included in your branches. " @@ -5759,7 +6027,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:94 msgid "" "When you push a new commit in one of these branches, a new server is " "started, with a database created from scratch and the new revision of the " @@ -5770,89 +6038,89 @@ msgid "" "gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:101 msgid "" "Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent but are intercepted by " "a mailcatcher and scheduled actions are not triggered as often is the " "database is not in use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:104 msgid "" "The databases created for development branches are meant to live around " "three days. After that, they can be automatically garbage collected to make " "room for new databases without prior notice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:109 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 msgid "Merging your branches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:112 msgid "" "You can merge your branches easily by drag and dropping them into each " "other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:117 msgid "" "When you want to test the changes of your development branches with the " "production data, you can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:118 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:120 msgid "" "merge the development branch into your staging branch, by drag and dropping " "it onto the desired staging branch," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:119 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:121 msgid "" "drag and dropping the development branch on the staging section title, to " "make it become a staging branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:121 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:123 msgid "" "When your latest changes are ready for production, you can drag and drop " "your staging branch onto your production branch to merge and deploy in " "production your newest features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:125 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:127 msgid "" "If you are bold enough, you can merge your development branches into your " "production branch as well. It just means you skip the validation of your " "changes with the production data through a staging branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:131 msgid "" "You can merge your development branches into each other, and your staging " "branches into each other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:131 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:133 msgid "" "Of course, you can also use :code:`git merge` directly on your workstation " "to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have " "been pushed in your branches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:134 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:136 msgid "" "Merging a staging branch in the production branch only merges the source " "code: Any configuration changes you made in the staging databases are not " "passed to the production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:139 msgid "" "If you test configuration changes in staging branches, and want them to be " "applied in the production, you have to either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:139 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:141 msgid "" "write the configuration changes in XML data files overriding the default " "configuration or views in your branches, and then increase the version of " @@ -5863,37 +6131,37 @@ msgid "" " therefore have a traceability for your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:147 msgid "" "pass them manually from your staging to your production database, by " "copy/pasting them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:152 msgid "Tabs" msgstr "Tab" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:155 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:85 msgid "History" msgstr "Riwayat" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 msgid "An overview of your branch history:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:159 msgid "The messages of the commits and their authors," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:160 msgid "" "The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database " "imports, backup restores." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:165 msgid "" "For each event, a status is displayed in the top right-hand corner. It can " "provide information about the ongoing operation on the database " @@ -5902,13 +6170,13 @@ msgid "" "access the database thanks to the *connect* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:170 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:173 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:101 msgid "Mails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:175 msgid "" "This tab contains the mail catcher. It displays an overview of the emails " "sent by your database. The mail catcher is available for your development " @@ -5916,127 +6184,127 @@ msgid "" "sent instead of being intercepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:184 msgid "Shell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:181 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:186 msgid "" "A shell access to your container. You can perform basic linux commands " "(:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) and open a shell on your database by typing " ":code:`psql`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:187 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 msgid "" "You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as " "you wish, for instance side by side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 msgid "" "Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be " "disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:200 msgid "Editor" msgstr "Editor" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:197 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:202 msgid "" "An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. " "You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:207 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 msgid "Monitoring" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:214 msgid "This link contains various monitoring metrics of the current build." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:219 msgid "" "You can zoom, change the time range or select a specific metric on each " "graph. On the graphs, annotations help you relate to changes on the build " "(database import, git push, etc...)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:219 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 msgid "Logs" msgstr "Catatan" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:232 msgid "Different logs are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:234 msgid "" "install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch," " the logs of the tests are included." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:235 msgid "pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:236 msgid "odoo.log: The logs of the running server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:237 msgid "update.log: The logs of the database updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:238 msgid "" "pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:233 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:240 msgid "" "If new lines are added in the logs, they will be displayed automatically. If" " you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a" " new line is added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:243 msgid "" "You can pause the logs fetching by clicking on the according button in the " "upper right corner of the view. The fetching is automatically stopped after " "5 minutes. You can restart it using the play button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:242 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:109 msgid "Backups" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:251 msgid "" "A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to " "perform a manual backup and to import a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:257 msgid "" "Odoo.sh makes daily backups of the production database. It keeps 7 daily, 4 " "weekly and 3 monthly backups. Each backup includes the database dump, the " "filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:260 msgid "" "Staging and development databases are not backed up. You nevertheless have " "the possibility to restore a backup of the production database in your " @@ -6044,21 +6312,21 @@ msgid "" " been deleted by accident from the production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:264 msgid "" "The list contains the backups kept on the server your production database is" " hosted on. This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 " "weekly backups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:267 msgid "" "Dedicated backup servers keep the same backups, as well as 3 additional " "monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please" " `contact us `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:262 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:270 msgid "" "If you merge a commit updating the version of one or several modules (in " ":file:`__manifest__.py`), or their linked python dependencies (in " @@ -6069,7 +6337,7 @@ msgid "" "cases, we are doing a backup as it may potentially break things." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:268 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 msgid "" "If you merge a commit that only changes some code without the above-" "mentioned modifications, then no backup is done by Odoo.sh, as neither the " @@ -6080,59 +6348,59 @@ msgid "" "abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:282 msgid "" "The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format " "provided by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:284 msgid "" "the standard Odoo databases manager, (available for on-premise Odoo servers " "under :code:`/web/database/manager`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:278 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:286 msgid "the Odoo online databases manager," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:279 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:287 msgid "the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:280 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:288 msgid "" "the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:287 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:295 msgid "Available for production and staging branches for valid projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:290 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:298 msgid ":doc:`Upgrade - Odoo.sh <../../upgrade/odoo_sh>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:295 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:4 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:303 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:117 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:124 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Pengaturan" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:297 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:305 msgid "" "Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently " "selected branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 msgid "**Behaviour upon new commit**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:312 msgid "" "For development and staging branches, you can change the branch's behavior " "upon receiving a new commit. By default, a development branch will create a " @@ -6145,48 +6413,48 @@ msgid "" "back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:312 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 msgid "**Modules installation**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:314 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:322 msgid "" "Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:319 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:327 msgid "" "*Install only my modules* will install the modules of the branch only. This " "is the default option. The :ref:`submodules ` " "are excluded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:321 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:329 msgid "" "*Full installation (all modules)* will install the modules of the branch, " "the modules included in the submodules and all standard modules of Odoo. " "When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:323 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 msgid "" "*Install a list of modules* will install the modules specified in the input " "just below this option. The names are the technical name of the modules, and" " they must be comma-separated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:334 msgid "" "If the tests are enabled, the standard Odoo modules suite can take up to 1 " "hour. This setting applies to development builds only. Staging builds " "duplicate the production build and the production build only installs base." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:339 msgid "**Test suite**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:333 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:341 msgid "" "For development branches, you can choose to enable or disable the test " "suite. It's enabled by default. When the test suite is enabled, you can " @@ -6194,31 +6462,31 @@ msgid "" "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:337 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:345 msgid "**Odoo Version**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:339 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:347 msgid "" "For development branches only, you can change the version of Odoo, should " "you want to test upgraded code or develop features while your production " "database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:342 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:350 msgid "" "In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code " "update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:352 msgid "" "You can choose to benefit from the latest bug, security and performance " "fixes automatically. The sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly." " This is the 'Latest' option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:354 msgid "" "You can choose to pin the Odoo sources to a specific revision by selecting " "them from a list of dates. Revisions will expire after 3 months. You will be" @@ -6226,75 +6494,75 @@ msgid "" "action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the latest revision." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:351 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:359 msgid "**Custom domains**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:361 msgid "" "Here you can configure additional domains for the selected branch. It's " "possible to add other *.odoo.com* domains or your own custom domains. " "For the latter you have to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:356 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:364 msgid "own or purchase the domain name," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:365 msgid "add the domain name in this list," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:358 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:366 msgid "" "in your registrar's domain name manager, configure the domain name with a " "``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:361 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:369 msgid "" "For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database " "*mycompany.odoo.com*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:363 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:371 msgid "" "in Odoo.sh, add *www.mycompany.com* in the custom domains of your project " "settings," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:372 msgid "" "in your domain name manager (e.g. *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, *ovh.com*), " "configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value " "*mycompany.odoo.com*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:367 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:375 msgid "Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:369 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:377 msgid "they can only be configured using ``A`` records," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:378 msgid "``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:371 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:379 msgid "" "the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware" " failure or your wish to host your database in another country or continent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:382 msgid "" "Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change" " of IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:384 msgid "" "In addition, if you would like both *mycompany.com* and *www.mycompany.com* " "to work with your database, having the first redirecting to the second is " @@ -6306,11 +6574,11 @@ msgid "" " redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:391 msgid "**HTTPS/SSL**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:385 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:393 msgid "" "If the redirection is correctly set up, the platform will automatically " "generate an SSL certificate with `Let's Encrypt " @@ -6318,18 +6586,18 @@ msgid "" "accessible through HTTPS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:389 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:397 msgid "" "While it is currently not possible to configure your own SSL certificates on" " the Odoo.sh platform we are considering the feature if there is enough " "demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:401 msgid "**SPF and DKIM compliance**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:395 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:403 msgid "" "In case the domain of your users email addresses use SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework) or DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail), don't forget to authorize " @@ -6340,23 +6608,23 @@ msgid "" "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:410 msgid "" "Forgetting to configure your SPF or DKIM to authorize Odoo as a sending host" " can lead to the delivery of your emails as spam in your contacts inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:408 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:414 msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:416 msgid "" "In the top right-hand corner of the view, different shell commands are " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:414 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:421 msgid "" "Each command can be copied in the clipboard to be used in a terminal, and " "some of them can be used directly from Odoo.sh by clicking the *run* button " @@ -6364,178 +6632,178 @@ msgid "" "placeholders such as ````, ````, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:420 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:427 msgid "Clone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:421 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:429 msgid "Download the Git repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:427 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:435 msgid "Clones the repository *odoo/odoo*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:437 msgid "" ":code:`--recurse-submodules`: Downloads the submodules of your repository. " "Submodules included in the submodules are downloaded as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:430 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:438 msgid "" ":code:`--branch`: checks out a specific branch of the repository, in this " "case *master*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:432 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:440 msgid "" "The *run* button is not available for this command, as it is meant to be " "used on your machines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:435 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:443 msgid "Fork" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:436 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:445 msgid "Create a new branch based on the current branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:451 msgid "" "Creates a new branch called *feature-1* based on the branch *master*, and " "then checkouts it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:448 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:457 msgid "Uploads the new branch *feature-1* on your remote repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:451 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:460 msgid "Merge" msgstr "Gabung" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:452 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 msgid "Merge the current branch in another branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:458 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:468 msgid "Merges the branch *staging-1* in the current branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:464 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:536 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:547 msgid "" "Uploads the changes you just added in the *master* branch on your remote " "repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:477 msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:469 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Pengaturan" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " "is not already done). To do so, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:473 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:485 msgid "" "`Generate a new SSH key `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:475 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:487 msgid "" "`Copy the SSH key to your clipboard " "`_ (only apply the step 1)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:478 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:490 msgid "Paste the copied content to your profile SSH keys and press \"Add\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:495 msgid "The key should appear below" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:489 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:501 msgid "Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:503 msgid "" "To connect to your builds using ssh use the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:497 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:509 msgid "" "You will find a shortcut for this command into the SSH tab in the upper " "right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:514 msgid "" "Provided you have the :ref:`correct access rights ` on the project, you'll be granted ssh access to the" " build." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:518 msgid "" "Long running ssh connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections will be " "disconnected in order to free up resources." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:511 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:522 msgid "Submodule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:513 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:524 msgid "" "Add a branch from another repository in your current branch as a " "*submodule*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:526 msgid "" "*Submodules* allows you to use modules from other repositories in your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:517 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:528 msgid "" "The submodules feature is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:524 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:535 msgid "" "Adds the branch *master* of the repository ** as a submodule under the " "path ** in your current branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:530 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:541 msgid "Commits all your current changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:541 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:552 msgid "Delete a branch from your repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:547 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:558 msgid "Deletes the branch in your remote repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:553 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:564 msgid "Deletes the branch in your local copy of the repository." msgstr "" @@ -6553,13 +6821,13 @@ msgid "" "this revision." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:19 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:20 msgid "" "In this view, a row represents a branch, and a cell of a row represents a " "build of this branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:21 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:22 msgid "" "Most of the time, builds are created following pushes on your Github " "repository branches. They can be created as well when you do other " @@ -6567,26 +6835,26 @@ msgid "" "a branch in your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:26 msgid "" "A build is considered successful if no errors or warnings come up during its" " creation. A successful build is highlighted in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:29 msgid "" "A build is considered failed if errors come up during its creation. A failed" " build is highlighted in red." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:32 msgid "" "If warnings come up during the creation, but there are no errors, the build " "is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the " "developer warnings were raised." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:35 msgid "" "Builds do not always create a database from scratch. For instance, when " "pushing a change on the production branch, the build created just starts the" @@ -6595,110 +6863,110 @@ msgid "" "and otherwise failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:45 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:46 msgid "" "The first build of a production branch creates a database from scratch. If " "this build is successful, this database is considered as the production " "database of your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:48 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:49 msgid "" "From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that " "attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:52 msgid "" "If the build is successful, or has warnings but no errors, the production " "database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to" " this build." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:55 msgid "" "If the build fails to load or update the database, then the previous " "successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database" " will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:59 msgid "" "The build used to run the production database is always the first of the " "builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running " "the production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:65 msgid "" "Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this " "duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:68 msgid "" "Each time you push a new revision on a staging branch, the build created " "uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used " "between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:71 msgid "" "staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks " "like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:74 msgid "" "you can play around as much as you want in the same staging database, and " "you can then ask for a rebuild when you want to restart with a new copy of " "the production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:77 msgid "" "Nevertheless, this means that if you make configuration changes in staging " "databases and do not apply them in the production, they will not be passed " "on the next build of the same staging branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:83 msgid "" "Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit" " tests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:84 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:85 msgid "" "A build will be considered failed and highlighted in red if tests fail " "during the installation, as they are meant to raise errors if something " "wrong occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:88 msgid "" "If all tests pass, and there is no error, the build will be considered " "successful." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:89 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:90 msgid "" "According to the list of modules to install and test, a development build " "can take up to 1 hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests " "set in the default Odoo modules suite." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:94 msgid "Features" msgstr "Fitur" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:96 msgid "" "The production branch will always appear first, and then the other branches " "are ordered by last build created. You can filter out the branches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:101 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:102 msgid "" "For each branch, you can access the last build's database using the " "*Connect* link and jump to the branch code using the *Github* link. For " @@ -6708,7 +6976,7 @@ msgid "" "branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:109 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:110 msgid "" "For each build, you can access the revision changes using the button with " "the Github icon. You can access the build's database as the administrator " @@ -6717,7 +6985,7 @@ msgid "" "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:121 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:122 msgid "" "In the dropdown menu of the build, you can access the same features than in " ":ref:`the branches view `: *Logs*, *Web" @@ -6749,149 +7017,149 @@ msgid "" " *Create an account* link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:26 msgid "Authorize Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:28 msgid "" "Grant Odoo.sh the required accesses to your account by clicking the " "*Authorize* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:33 msgid "Odoo.sh basically needs:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:35 msgid "to know your Github login and email," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:36 msgid "to create a new repository in case you decide to start from scratch," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:37 msgid "" "to read your existing repositories, including the ones of your " "organizations, in case you want to start from an existing repository," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:39 msgid "to create a webhook to be notified each time you push changes," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:40 msgid "" "to commit changes to make your deployment easier, merging branches or adding" " new `submodules `_ for" " example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:41 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:44 msgid "Submit your project" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:43 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Choose if you want to start from scratch by creating a new repository, or if" " you want to use an existing repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:45 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:49 msgid "Then, choose a name or select the repository you want to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:51 msgid "" "Choose the Odoo version you want to use. If you plan to import an existing " "database or an existing set of applications, you might need to choose the " "according version. If you start from scratch, use the latest version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter your *subscription code*. This is also called *subscription referral*," " *contract number* or *activation code*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:58 msgid "" "It should be the code of your Enterprise subscription that includes Odoo.sh." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:53 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:60 msgid "" "Partners can use their partnership codes to start a trial. Should their " "clients start a project, they ought to get an Enterprise subscription " -"including Odoo.sh and use its subscription code. The partner will get the " -"full amount as back commission. Contact your sales representative or account" +"including Odoo.sh and use its subscription code. The partner will get 50% of" +" the amount back as commission. Contact your sales representative or account" " manager in order to get it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:65 msgid "" "When submitting the form, if you are notified your subscription is not " "valid, it either means:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:67 msgid "it is not an existing subscription," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:68 msgid "it is not a partnership subscription," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:69 msgid "it is an enterprise subscription, but which does not include Odoo.sh," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:70 msgid "" "it is neither a partnership subscription or an enterprise subscription (e.g." " an online subscription)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:73 msgid "" "In case of doubt with your subscription, please contact the `Odoo support " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:80 msgid "You're done !" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:82 msgid "" "You can start using Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You " "will soon be able to connect to your first database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:91 msgid "Import your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:93 msgid "" "You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as it is in a " ":doc:`supported version ` of " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:97 msgid "Push your modules in production" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:99 msgid "" "If you use community or custom modules, add them in a branch in your Github " "repository. Databases hosted on the Odoo.com online platform do not have any" " custom modules. Users of these databases can therefore skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:103 msgid "" "You can structure your modules as you wish, Odoo.sh will automatically " "detect the folders containing Odoo addons. For instance, you can put all " @@ -6899,86 +7167,86 @@ msgid "" "modules in folders by categories that you define (accounting, project, ...)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:108 msgid "" "For community modules available in public Git repositories, you can also " "consider to add them using :ref:`Submodules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:98 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:111 msgid "" "Then, either :ref:`make this branch the production branch `, or :ref:`merge it into your production " "branch `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:102 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:115 msgid "Download a backup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:118 msgid "On-premise databases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:120 msgid "" "Access the URL :file:`/web/database/manager` of your on-premise database and" " download a backup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:124 msgid "" "If you cannot access the database manager, it may have been disabled by your" " system administrator. See the :ref:`database manager security documentation" " `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:127 msgid "" "You will need the master password of your database server. If you do not " "have it, contact your system administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:119 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:133 msgid "Choose a zip including the filestore as the backup format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:125 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:139 msgid "Odoo Online databases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:141 msgid "" "`Access your databases manager " "`_ and download a backup of " "your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:134 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:149 msgid "Online versions (e.g. *saas-**) are not supported on Odoo.sh." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:152 msgid "Upload the backup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:139 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:154 msgid "" "Then, in your Odoo.sh project, in the backups tab of your production branch," " import the backup you just downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:144 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:160 msgid "" "Once the backup imported, you can access the database using the *Connect* " "button in the history of the branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:167 msgid "Check your outgoing email servers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:169 msgid "" "There is a default mail server provided with Odoo.sh. To use it, there must " "be no enabled outgoing mail server configured in your database in " @@ -6986,27 +7254,27 @@ msgid "" "(:ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:157 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:174 msgid "" "After the import of your database, all outgoing email servers are disabled " "so you use the Odoo.sh email server provided by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:178 msgid "" "Port 25 is (and will stay) closed. If you want to connect to an external " "SMTP server, you should use ports 465 and 587." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:165 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:182 msgid "Check your scheduled actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:184 msgid "All scheduled actions are disabled after the import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:169 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:186 msgid "" "This is to prevent your newly imported database to perform actions that " "could impact your running production, such as sending the mails remaining in" @@ -7014,7 +7282,7 @@ msgid "" "synchronization (Calendars, files hosting, ...)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:173 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:190 msgid "" "If you plan to make the imported database your production, enable the " "scheduled actions you need. You can check what is enabled in the database of" @@ -7023,22 +7291,22 @@ msgid "" "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:178 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:196 msgid "Register your subscription" msgstr "Daftarkan langganan Anda" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:198 msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:182 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:200 msgid "" "The imported database is considered a duplicate by default and the " "enterprise subscription is therefore removed, as you can only have one " "database linked per subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:185 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:203 msgid "" "If you plan to make it your production, unlink your former database from the" " subscription, and register the newly imported database. Read the " @@ -7128,60 +7396,58 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|pic1| |pic2|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:40 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:40 msgid "pic1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:43 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:43 msgid "pic2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the build created, you can access the editor and browse to the folder " "*~/src/user* to access to the code of your development branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:56 msgid "From your computer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:58 msgid "Clone your Github repository on your computer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:67 msgid "Create a new branch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:74 msgid "Create the module structure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:77 msgid "Scaffolding the module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:79 msgid "" "While not necessary, scaffolding avoids the tedium of setting the basic Odoo" " module structure. You can scaffold a new module using the executable *odoo-" "bin*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:82 msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor, in a terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:88 msgid "" "Or, from your computer, if you have an :ref:`installation of Odoo " "`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:94 msgid "" "If you do not want to bother installing Odoo on your computer, you can also " ":download:`download this module structure template " @@ -7189,11 +7455,11 @@ msgid "" "*my_module* to the name of your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:101 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:98 msgid "The below structure will be generated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:121 msgid "" "Do not use special characters other than the underscore ( _ ) for your " "module name, not even an hyphen ( - ). This name is used for the Python " @@ -7201,75 +7467,75 @@ msgid "" "other than the underscore is not valid in Python." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:128 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:125 msgid "Uncomment the content of the files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:130 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:127 msgid "*models/models.py*, an example of model with its fields," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:129 msgid "" "*views/views.xml*, a tree and a form view, with the menus opening them," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:134 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:131 msgid "*demo/demo.xml*, demo records for the above example model," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:133 msgid "" "*controllers/controllers.py*, an example of controller implementing some " "routes," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:135 msgid "" "*views/templates.xml*, two example qweb views used by the above controller " "routes," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:137 msgid "" "*__manifest__.py*, the manifest of your module, including for instance its " "title, description and data files to load. You just need to uncomment the " "access control list data file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:149 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:146 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manual" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:151 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:148 msgid "" -"If you want to create your module structure manually, you can follow " -":doc:`Build an Odoo module ` to understand the " +"If you want to create your module structure manually, you can follow the " +":doc:`/developer/tutorials/getting_started` tutorial to understand the " "structure of a module and the content of each file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:153 msgid "Push the development branch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:155 msgid "Stage the changes to be committed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:164 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:395 msgid "Commit your changes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:167 msgid "Push your changes to your remote repository" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:169 msgid "From an Odoo.sh editor terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:178 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:175 msgid "" "The above command is explained in the section :ref:`Commit & Push your " "changes ` of the :ref:`Online " @@ -7278,109 +7544,109 @@ msgid "" "and password, and what to do if you use the two-factor authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:186 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:387 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:413 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:183 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:409 msgid "Or, from your computer terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:189 msgid "" "You need to specify *-u origin feature-1* for the first push only. From that" " point, to push your future changes from your computer, you can simply use" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:197 msgid "Test your module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:199 msgid "" "Your branch should appear in your development branches in your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:204 msgid "" "In the branches view of your project, you can click on your branch name in " "the left navigation panel to access its history." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:210 msgid "" "You can see here the changes you just pushed, including the comment you set." " Once the database ready, you can access it by clicking the *Connect* " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:216 msgid "" "If your Odoo.sh project is configured to install your module automatically, " "you will directly see it amongst the database apps. Otherwise, it will be " "available in the apps to install." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:220 msgid "" "You can then play around with your module, create new records and test your " "features and buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:227 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:223 msgid "Test with the production data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:225 msgid "" "You need to have a production database for this step. You can create it if " "you do not have it yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:227 msgid "" "Once you tested your module in a development build with the demo data and " "believe it is ready, you can test it with the production data using a " "staging branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:234 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:230 msgid "You can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:232 msgid "" "Make your development branch a staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto " "the *staging* section title." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:238 msgid "" "Merge it in an existing staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto the " "given staging branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:247 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:293 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:289 msgid "You can also use the :code:`git merge` command to merge your branches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:245 msgid "" "This will create a new staging build, which will duplicate the production " "database and make it run using a server updated with your latest changes of " "your branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:255 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:297 msgid "Once the database ready, you can access it using the *Connect* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:260 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:300 msgid "Install your module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:262 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:258 msgid "" "Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it from" " the apps menu. Indeed, the purpose of the staging build is to test the " @@ -7389,50 +7655,50 @@ msgid "" " on demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:263 msgid "" "Your module may not appear directly in your apps to install either, you need" " to update your apps list first:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:270 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:266 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:267 msgid "in the apps menu, click the *Update Apps List* button," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:268 msgid "in the dialog that appears, click the *Update* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:277 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:273 msgid "Your module will then appear in the list of available apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:283 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:279 msgid "Deploy in production" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:285 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:281 msgid "" "Once you tested your module in a staging branch with your production data, " "and believe it is ready for production, you can merge your branch in the " "production branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:288 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:284 msgid "Drag and drop your staging branch on the production branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:295 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:291 msgid "" "This will merge the latest changes of your staging branch in the production " "branch, and update your production server with these latest changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:306 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:302 msgid "" "Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it " "manually as explained in the :ref:`above section about installing your " @@ -7440,127 +7706,127 @@ msgid "" "productiondata-install>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:312 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:308 msgid "Add a change" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:310 msgid "" "This section explains how to add a change in your module by adding a new " "field in a model and deploy it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:319 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:315 msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:318 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 msgid "browse to your module folder *~/src/user/my_module*," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:319 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:315 msgid "then, open the file *models/models.py*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:325 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:321 msgid "Or, from your computer," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:318 msgid "" "use the file browser of your choice to browse to your module folder " "*~/src/odoo-addons/my_module*," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:324 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:320 msgid "" "then, open the file *models/models.py* using the editor of your choice, such" " as *Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, *vim*, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:327 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:323 msgid "Then, after the description field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:333 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:329 msgid "Add a datetime field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:339 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:335 msgid "Then, open the file *views/views.xml*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:341 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:477 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:337 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:473 msgid "After" msgstr "Sesudah" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:347 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:454 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:471 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:343 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:450 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:479 msgid "Add" msgstr "Tambah" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:349 msgid "" "These changes alter the database structure by adding a column in a table, " "and modify a view stored in database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:356 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:352 msgid "" "In order to be applied in existing databases, such as your production " "database, these changes requires the module to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:359 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:355 msgid "" "If you would like the update to be performed automatically by the Odoo.sh " "platform when you push your changes, increase your module version in its " "manifest." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:362 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:358 msgid "Open the module manifest *__manifest__.py*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:370 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:508 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:366 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:504 msgid "with" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dengan" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:376 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:372 msgid "" "The platform will detect the change of version and trigger the update of the" " module upon the new revision deployment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:379 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:375 msgid "Browse to your Git folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:381 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:377 msgid "Then, from an Odoo.sh terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:389 msgid "Then, stage your changes to be committed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:401 msgid "Push your changes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:407 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:403 msgid "From an Odoo.sh terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:419 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:415 msgid "The platform will then create a new build for the branch *feature-1*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:424 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:420 msgid "" "Once you tested your changes, you can merge your changes in the production " "branch, for instance by drag-and-dropping the branch on the production " @@ -7570,18 +7836,18 @@ msgid "" "module within the apps list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:430 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:426 msgid "Use an external Python library" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:432 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:428 msgid "" "If you would like to use an external Python library which is not installed " "by default, you can define a *requirements.txt* file listing the external " "libraries your modules depends on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:436 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:432 msgid "" "It is not possible to install or upgrade system packages on an Odoo.sh " "database (e.g., apt packages). However, under specific conditions, packages " @@ -7590,81 +7856,81 @@ msgid "" "modules**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:440 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:436 msgid "**PostgreSQL extensions** are not supported on Odoo.sh." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:441 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:437 msgid "" "For more information, consult our `FAQ " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:443 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:439 msgid "" "The platform will use this file to automatically install the Python " "libraries your project needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:445 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:441 msgid "" "The feature is explained in this section by using the `Unidecode library " "`_ in your module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:448 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:444 msgid "Create a file *requirements.txt* in the root folder of your repository" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:450 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:446 msgid "" "From the Odoo.sh editor, create and open the file " "~/src/user/requirements.txt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:452 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:448 msgid "" "Or, from your computer, create and open the file ~/src/odoo-" "addons/requirements.txt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:460 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:456 msgid "" "Then use the library in your module, for instance to remove accents from " "characters in the name field of your model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:459 msgid "Open the file *models/models.py*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:461 msgid "Before" msgstr "Sebelum" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:498 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:494 msgid "" "Adding a Python dependency requires a module version increase for the " "platform to install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:496 msgid "Edit the module manifest *__manifest__.py*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:514 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:510 msgid "Stage and commit your changes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:522 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:518 msgid "Then, push your changes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:524 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:520 msgid "In an Odoo.sh terminal:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:530 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:526 msgid "In your computer terminal:" msgstr "" @@ -7839,7 +8105,7 @@ msgid "" "suffices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:137 msgid "" "The Git source folder *~/src/user* is not checked out on a branch but rather" " on a detached revision: This is because builds work on specific revisions " @@ -7847,7 +8113,7 @@ msgid "" "builds on the same branch, but on different revisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:142 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:141 msgid "" "Once your changes are pushed, according to your :ref:`branch push behavior " "`, a new build may be created." @@ -7856,11 +8122,11 @@ msgid "" " in an editor of a build using the latest revision of your branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:149 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:148 msgid "Consoles" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:151 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:150 msgid "" "You can open Python consoles, which are `IPython interactive shells " "`_. One " @@ -7871,20 +8137,20 @@ msgid "" " in HTML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:158 msgid "" "You can for instance display cells of a CSV file using `pandas " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:165 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:164 msgid "" "You can also open an Odoo Shell console to play around with the Odoo " "registry and model methods of your database. You can also directly read or " "write on your records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:169 msgid "" "In an Odoo Console, transactions are automatically committed. This means, " "for instance, that changes in records are applied effectively in the " @@ -7893,13 +8159,13 @@ msgid "" "on production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:176 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:174 msgid "" "You can use *env* to invoke models of your database registry, e.g. " ":code:`env['res.users']`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:186 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:184 msgid "" "The class :code:`Pretty` gives you the possibility to easily display lists " "and dicts in a pretty way, using the `rich display " @@ -7907,60 +8173,60 @@ msgid "" "display>`_ mentioned above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:194 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:192 msgid "" "You can also use `pandas `_ to display graphs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:8 msgid "The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:15 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:14 msgid "Project name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:16 msgid "The name of your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:21 msgid "" "This defines the address that will be used to access your production " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:24 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:23 msgid "" "Addresses of your staging and development builds are derived from this name " "and assigned automatically. However, when you change your project name, only" " future builds will use the new name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:29 msgid "Collaborators" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:31 msgid "Manage the Github users who can access your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:36 msgid "There are two levels of users:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:39 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:38 msgid "Admin: has access to all features of Odoo.sh." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:40 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:39 msgid "" "User: does not have access to the project settings nor to the production and" " staging databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:41 msgid "" "The user group is meant for developers who can make modifications in your " "code but are not allowed to access the production data. Users of this group " @@ -7969,110 +8235,90 @@ msgid "" "databases if they have one, using their regular credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:46 msgid "" "In addition, they cannot use the webshell nor have access to the server " "logs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 msgid "User" msgstr "Pengguna" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:55 msgid "Admin" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:52 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:60 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:68 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:72 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:76 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:89 msgid "1-click connect" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 msgid "Shell/SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:84 msgid "Production & Staging" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:80 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:4 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:118 +msgid "|green|\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:3 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 +msgid "\\* Only in staging branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:145 msgid "Public Access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 msgid "Allow public access to your development builds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:152 msgid "" "If activated, this option exposes the Builds page publicly, allowing " "visitors to connect to your development builds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:155 msgid "" "In addition, visitors have access to the logs, shell and mails of your " "development builds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:157 msgid "" "Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their " "status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:162 msgid "Custom domains" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:164 msgid "" "To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's " ":ref:`settings tab `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:112 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:172 msgid "" "Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules" " in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:116 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:176 msgid "" "These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are " "looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the " @@ -8080,7 +8326,7 @@ msgid "" "documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 msgid "" "When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its " "branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key " @@ -8088,106 +8334,106 @@ msgid "" "revisions of this private repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:128 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:188 msgid "" "To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:190 msgid "" "in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on " "*Add*," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:133 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:193 msgid "" "it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even " "your own self-hosted server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:135 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:196 msgid "copy the public key," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:198 msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:139 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:200 msgid "" "in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst " "the deploy keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:141 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:202 msgid "" "Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:142 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:203 msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:204 msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:144 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:205 msgid "" "Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its " ".ssh directory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:208 msgid "Storage Size" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:149 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:210 msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:215 msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:217 msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:219 msgid "" "the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, " "sessions storage directory..." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:222 msgid "" "In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu " "`_ in your Web Shell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:163 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:225 msgid "" "Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in " "your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 msgid "Database Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:169 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:231 msgid "" "Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help " "increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add " "more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:239 msgid "" "Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only" " allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some " @@ -8196,38 +8442,38 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:245 msgid "Staging Branches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:185 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:247 msgid "" "Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at " "the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with " "your subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:254 msgid "Activation" msgstr "Pengaktifan" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:194 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:256 msgid "" "Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's " "activation code if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:8 msgid "" "The status page shows statistics regarding the servers your project uses. It" " includes the servers availability." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:4 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:11 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your Odoo.sh project in no " "time." @@ -8261,7 +8507,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:259 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119 @@ -8434,7 +8680,7 @@ msgid "" "`_ and select *Testing* purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst-1 msgid "Selection of the \"Testing\" purpose in the upgrade form on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -8573,7 +8819,7 @@ msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 -msgid "Contact our Upgrade service support" +msgid "Contact our upgrade service support" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 @@ -8597,80 +8843,101 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 -msgid "Service Level Agreement" +msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 -msgid "What is covered by the Enterprise Licence?" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " +"Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " +"discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "" -"Databases hosted on Odoo's Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-" -"Premise (Self-Hosting) enjoy the following services at all times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 -msgid "The upgrade of:" +"Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" +" available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " +"However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 -msgid "standard applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Studio customization (as long as the :guilabel:`Studio` app is still active)" +msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 msgid "" -"customizations *if* they are covered by a \"Maintenance of Customizations\" " -"subscription" +"Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " +"self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 msgid "" -"The Upgrade Service is limited to your database's technical conversion and " -"adaptation (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the " -"targeted version." +"the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " +"as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " +"active; and" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 -msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 -msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading" +msgid "" +"the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " +"maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" -"Any new developments and/or upgrades of your own :ref:`custom modules " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 -msgid "`Training `_ on the latest version" +"Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" +" database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" +" targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 +msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 msgid "" -"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo" -" Enterprise Subscription Agreement ` page." +"the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +msgid "" +"the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " +"including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 -msgid ":doc:`upgrade/faq`" +msgid "" +"lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " +"outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " +"using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255 -msgid ":doc:`odoo_sh`" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 +msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:262 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:264 +msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:8 @@ -9050,55 +9317,113 @@ msgid "" "test upgrade before upgrading your production instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:6 -msgid "Requesting a test upgrade" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website." +" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager " +"`_ page and sign in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8 -msgid "Go to your `database manager `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:9 -msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 -msgid "Selecting My Databases under my profile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:14 msgid "" -"Click on the up arrow button next to your main database name to proceed to " -"the test upgrade." +"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with" +" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent " +"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database " +"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 -msgid "Selecting the action settings icon" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid "Test database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19 msgid "" -"In the pop-up message that appears, select the target version and then " -":guilabel:`Test` as purpose." +"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the" +" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that " +"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, " +"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the " +"database upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Production` purpose doesn't appear if you didn't test your " -"upgraded database at least once." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to " +"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, " +"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to " +"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:26 -msgid "" -"This triggers the automated upgrade process. A confirmation email is then " -"sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide " -"information if the upgrade failed." +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* " -"page." +"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up" +" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade " +"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is " +"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database " +"manager `_ page. To access the test " +"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main " +"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, " +"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test " +"version's row to go to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "A test database on the database manager page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact" +" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in " +"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any " +"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:57 +msgid "Production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database " +"manager `_ page. Once again, click on the" +" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The " +":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that " +"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the" +" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"appears next to the name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:68 +msgid "" +"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10 @@ -9113,7 +9438,7 @@ msgid "" "available for valid projects with a valid production build." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 msgid "Click on the upgrade menu" msgstr "" @@ -9188,7 +9513,7 @@ msgid "" " Then, click on :guilabel:`Test Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" @@ -9265,7 +9590,7 @@ msgid "" "Upgrade` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" @@ -9282,7 +9607,7 @@ msgid "" "tab of the main branch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rstNone +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 msgid "View showing the progress of the upgrade" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 937a25e3e..1df46820f 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ # whenwesober, 2023 # arfa simoncelli, 2023 # PAS IRVANUS , 2023 -# Abe Manyo, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Abe Manyo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -522,16 +522,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -551,7 +551,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2537,6 +2538,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2593,8 +2595,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bank" @@ -3211,6 +3213,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4498,9 +4566,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "Akun" @@ -4509,9 +4577,9 @@ msgstr "Akun" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debit" @@ -4521,9 +4589,9 @@ msgstr "Debit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Kredit" @@ -4532,8 +4600,8 @@ msgstr "Kredit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Akun Piutang" @@ -4674,6 +4742,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "Mulai" @@ -5398,6 +5531,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -5794,6 +5928,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" @@ -6003,6 +6149,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6371,6 +6518,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7095,190 +7243,202 @@ msgstr "Cek" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -msgid "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "Tanda Terima yang Belum Lunas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 @@ -11547,6 +11707,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Laporan" @@ -13536,9 +13697,9 @@ msgstr "Pengeluaran" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -13547,16 +13708,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13565,26 +13726,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -13593,13 +13768,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -13607,22 +13790,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -13631,109 +13814,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -13741,103 +13941,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13845,7 +14068,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -13855,15 +14078,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -13872,12 +14095,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13885,116 +14121,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14003,91 +14278,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14095,51 +14378,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14147,19 +14463,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14167,37 +14484,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14205,61 +14532,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14267,188 +14596,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Pengaturan" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -14863,6 +15215,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -14877,6 +15230,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "Nama" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -14890,6 +15244,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16284,11 +16639,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Belgia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "Faktur elektronik" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16296,87 +17202,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16384,52 +17290,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16438,7 +17344,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16446,17 +17352,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16466,7 +17372,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16474,39 +17380,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -16516,7 +17422,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -16531,44 +17437,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -16580,7 +17486,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -16588,17 +17494,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -19285,7 +20191,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -19628,11 +20534,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -24751,10 +25652,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -25267,10 +26164,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Faktur elektronik" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -28800,10 +29693,6 @@ msgstr "Liquidity Transfer" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "Tanda Terima yang Belum Lunas" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -29745,7 +30634,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -29966,7 +30855,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30186,7 +31075,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -31045,7 +31934,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "PayPal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PayPal" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -31430,7 +32319,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -31456,8 +32345,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -31496,7 +32386,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -31518,48 +32408,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -31567,189 +32457,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -31757,39 +32650,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -32322,35 +33215,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -32360,40 +33254,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -32501,3 +33395,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Contoh" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 8a540dc88..bba3884bc 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ msgstr "Otentifikasi" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autentikasi Dua-faktor" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 msgid "All Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Semua Sales" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`" @@ -1977,6 +1977,61 @@ msgid "" " and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode `, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "Contoh Email" @@ -3653,9 +3708,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 msgid "" -"You can also **custom groups** by using a wide selection of fields present " -"on the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom " -"Group`, select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 @@ -3939,32 +3994,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions " -"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -3978,13 +4032,13 @@ msgid "" " Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:102 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:105 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " @@ -3995,7 +4049,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:112 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -4003,7 +4057,7 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:116 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " @@ -4015,23 +4069,23 @@ msgid "" "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:125 msgid "" "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " "the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:128 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multi_currency`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:132 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index eaf373ec0..edcb212ab 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Bayu Indra Kusuma, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wahyu Setiawan , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Bayu Indra Kusuma, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wahyu Setiawan , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -133,3 +134,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Karyawan" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Tambah karyawan baru" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Kemampuan" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 48fcd8ccd..326bdbc1e 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -509,9 +509,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -935,97 +934,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "Tanggal Kadaluarsa" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1057,11 +1446,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1394,11 +1778,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1556,11 +1935,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -2962,237 +3336,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Produk" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3872,49 +4403,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3922,104 +4460,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4027,32 +4564,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4061,6 +4606,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -7943,9 +8541,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -7955,8 +8553,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8122,6 +8720,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9782,42 +10385,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Kontrol Kualitas" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10550,25 +11117,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10576,11 +11143,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10588,7 +11155,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10597,7 +11164,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10611,7 +11178,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10621,11 +11188,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10633,23 +11200,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 26a38fe45..00daf8963 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Abe Manyo, 2023 # Wahyu Setiawan , 2023 +# Abe Manyo, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1203,146 +1203,400 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 @@ -1775,107 +2029,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Setup" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +msgid "Instructions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Printer" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Timbangan" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 @@ -1884,17 +2194,18 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1902,175 +2213,232 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Printer" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Pemindai Barcode" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Laci Kas" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 @@ -2415,355 +2783,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "Perangkat" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgid "Connect a printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -2773,48 +3338,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 @@ -2827,64 +3398,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2893,87 +3471,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Penggunaan" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 @@ -3384,7 +3964,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:171 msgid "Navigation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navigasi" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Link`" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index b3535f470..e43779b61 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Abe Manyo, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Abe Manyo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -93,7 +94,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2520,56 +2520,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "" @@ -2947,7 +2971,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -5769,159 +5793,311 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" +msgid "" +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "Down Payment (persentase)" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "Down Payment (jumlah tetap)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -6183,40 +6359,88 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 @@ -6647,7 +6871,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8121,105 +8344,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" @@ -8569,285 +8696,137 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgid "Quotation templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgid "Use a template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Syarat & Ketentuan Standar" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 @@ -8935,7 +8914,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9533,10 +9513,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 6c9e19d2d..50bb8fa43 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Wahyu Setiawan , 2023 # Abe Manyo, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # @@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -1304,124 +1305,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overview" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Forum" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Todo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1720,6 +1603,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Pusat bantuan" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Pengetahuan" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "Mengajukan pertanyaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "Pertanyaan di-upvote" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "Pertanyaan di-downvote" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "Jawaban di-upvote" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "Jawaban di-downvote" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "Menerima jawaban" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "Jawaban yang Diterima" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "Jawaban yang diberikan tanda" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "Tanyakan pertanyaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "Jawab pertanyaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "Upvote" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "Downvote" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "Edit post sendiri" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "Edit semua post" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "Tutup post sendiri" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "Menutup semua post" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "Hapus post sendiri" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "Hapus semua post" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "Link nofollow" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "Terima jawaban untuk semua pertanyaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "Hapus link untuk komentar diri sendiri" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "Hapus semua link untuk komentar" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "Tanyakan pertanyaan tanpa validasi" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "Berikan tanda bahwa post bersifat ofensif" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "Moderasi post" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "Ganti tag pertanyaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "Buat tag-tag baru" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index cdfc6d52c..3fa28643e 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -486,6 +486,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi" @@ -2522,141 +2523,494 @@ msgstr "Live Chat" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opsi" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Negara" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Widget" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2731,101 +3085,335 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgid "Execute a command" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Help" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Riwayat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Prospek" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Keluar" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 @@ -3360,6 +3948,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "Terjemahan" @@ -3535,10 +4285,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 63f86f47e..aa39bc86b 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -523,16 +523,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -552,7 +552,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2538,6 +2539,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2594,8 +2596,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "銀行" @@ -3212,6 +3214,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4499,9 +4567,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "勘定科目" @@ -4510,9 +4578,9 @@ msgstr "勘定科目" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" @@ -4522,9 +4590,9 @@ msgstr "借方" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "貸方" @@ -4533,8 +4601,8 @@ msgstr "貸方" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "売掛金勘定" @@ -4675,6 +4743,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "はじめましょう" @@ -5399,6 +5532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -5795,6 +5929,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" @@ -6004,6 +6150,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6372,6 +6519,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7096,190 +7244,202 @@ msgstr "小切手" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -msgid "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "未消込入金" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 @@ -9667,7 +9827,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:70 msgid "Commodity code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "コモディティコード" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -11548,6 +11708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "レポート" @@ -13537,9 +13698,9 @@ msgstr "経費" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -13548,16 +13709,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13566,26 +13727,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -13594,13 +13769,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -13608,22 +13791,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -13632,109 +13815,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -13742,103 +13942,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13846,7 +14069,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -13856,15 +14079,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -13873,12 +14096,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13886,116 +14122,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14004,91 +14279,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14096,51 +14379,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14148,19 +14464,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14168,37 +14485,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14206,61 +14533,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14268,188 +14597,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "セットアップ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -14864,6 +15216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -14878,6 +15231,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -14891,6 +15245,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "技術名" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16285,11 +16640,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "ベルギー" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "電子請求" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16297,87 +17203,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "認証済み" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16385,52 +17291,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16439,7 +17345,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16447,17 +17353,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16467,7 +17373,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16475,39 +17381,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -16517,7 +17423,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -16532,44 +17438,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "IoT Box" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -16581,7 +17487,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -16589,17 +17495,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -19286,7 +20192,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -19629,11 +20535,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -24752,10 +25653,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -25268,10 +26165,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "電子請求" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -28801,10 +29694,6 @@ msgstr "資金移動" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "未消込入金" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -29746,7 +30635,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -29967,7 +30856,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30187,7 +31076,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -31457,8 +32346,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -31497,7 +32387,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -31519,48 +32409,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -31568,189 +32458,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -31758,39 +32651,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -32323,35 +33216,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "スプレッドシート" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -32361,40 +33255,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -32502,3 +33396,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "テンプレート" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index ee090a6ef..b98da007a 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,15 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # Andy Yiu, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Norimichi Sugimoto , 2023 +# Tim Siu Lai , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Andy Yiu, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tim Siu Lai , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -132,3 +135,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "従業員" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "新しい従業員を追加" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "履歴" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "スキル" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 71818913e..7be7b4dfc 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -9,15 +9,16 @@ # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Junko Augias, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -512,9 +513,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -938,97 +938,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "有効期限" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1060,11 +1450,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1397,11 +1782,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1559,11 +1939,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -2965,237 +3340,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "商品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3453,7 +3985,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49 msgid "Packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "梱包" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3875,49 +4407,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3925,104 +4464,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4030,32 +4568,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4064,6 +4610,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -7946,9 +8545,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -7958,8 +8557,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8125,6 +8724,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9785,42 +10389,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "品質管理" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10553,25 +11121,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10579,11 +11147,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10591,7 +11159,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10600,7 +11168,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10614,7 +11182,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10624,11 +11192,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10636,23 +11204,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 7a57b2d63..1f0214d40 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ # Noma Yuki, 2023 # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Junko Augias, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -877,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:128 msgid "Lead Generation Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "リード生成ルール" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:130 msgid "With Odoo, leads can be generated from events." @@ -1203,137 +1204,137 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5 msgid "" -"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when " -"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` " -"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, " -"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right " -"customers at the right time." +"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when " +"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps" +" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can " +"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at " +"the right time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11 -msgid "Work with target filters" +msgid "Configure target filters" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13 msgid "" -"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options" -" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter " -"has more refined parameters within it." +"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some " +"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The " +":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more " +"refined parameters within it that can be customized." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21 msgid "" "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds " "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new " "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, " -"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24 -msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" +"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` " +"statements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 +msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28 msgid "" "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules" -" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)." +" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30 msgid "" "Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules " -"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)." +"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33 msgid "" "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon " -"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`." +"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36 msgid "" -"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add " -"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a " -":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`." +"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add " +"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node" +" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47 msgid "" -"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a " +"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a " "marketing campaign might commonly use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51 +msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53 msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" -" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" -" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From " -"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, " +"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of " +"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter " +"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62 msgid "" -"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." +"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64 msgid "" -"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " +"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of " -":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as " -"the equation is customized." +":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the " +"equation is customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to" -" the right of the equation." +"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` " +"icon to the right of the equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71 msgid "" "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node " -"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " +"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76 msgid "" -"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." +"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78 msgid "" "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the " -"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, " -"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the " -"pipeline." +"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only " +"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 @@ -1341,21 +1342,21 @@ msgid "" "A standard scenario using filters in the Odoo Marketing Automation app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87 msgid "" -"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a " -"specific ticket" +"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific " +"ticket" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89 msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select " -"it." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or " +"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" @@ -1363,42 +1364,52 @@ msgid "" "this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98 msgid "" -"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of " -"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select " -":guilabel:`contains`." +"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of " +"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down " +"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101 msgid "" "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the " -"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign " -"filter." +"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107 msgid "" "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who " -"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the " -"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " -"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " -"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that " -"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`." +"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned " +"in the first filter equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110 msgid "" -"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second " +"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the " +"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event " +"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second " "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117 msgid "" "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, " -"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used" -" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event" -" ticket type for this sample filter." +"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for " +"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event " +"ticket type for this sample filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 @@ -1406,7 +1417,7 @@ msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 -msgid "Testing and running a campaign" +msgid "Testing/running campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 @@ -1417,58 +1428,83 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 msgid "" -"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a " -"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or" -" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this " -"documentation `). To start a test, click the " -":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form." +"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " +"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " +":doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a " -"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking" -" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and" -" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will " -"redirect to the campaign test page." +"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " +"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " +"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " +"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " +"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " +":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " +"campaign test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 msgid "" -"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with" -" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first " -"activity (or activities) in the workflow." +"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " +"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " +"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the " +"workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 msgid "" -"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in" -" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the " -"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity." +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " +":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." +" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and " +"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be " -"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the " -"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " +"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " +"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the campaign test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 @@ -1477,44 +1513,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users " -"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get " -"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add" -" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can " -"be set for that specific activity." +"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " +"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template " -"will appear with the following customizable fields:" +"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " +"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " +"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" +"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal " -"Odoo operation), or SMS." +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" +" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" " new one on-the-fly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " @@ -1523,127 +1565,144 @@ msgid "" "cease after the initial date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent Child Activities)." +"subsequent child activities)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " "satisfies the specified domain (filter)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " -"Close` to finish creating the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 -msgid "Workflow activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where " -"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger " -"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow " -"Activity` card." +"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " +"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create " +"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing " +"automation campaign form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Workflow activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of " -"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and " -":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference" -" (in green and red, respectively)." +"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" +" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"displayed as a line graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the " -":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been " -":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been " -":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`." +":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " +"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 msgid "" -"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child " -"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the " -"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*." +"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child " -"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the" -" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over " -":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:" +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" +" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" +" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " "recipient opens the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 msgid "" "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity." +"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " +"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " +"indented position beneath its parent activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 6ee09bbf3..9766d26b1 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1203,146 +1203,400 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "コンフィグレーション" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 @@ -1775,107 +2029,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "セットアップ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "説明" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "プリンタ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "スケール" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 @@ -1884,17 +2194,18 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1902,175 +2213,232 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "プリンタ" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "バーコードスキャナ" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "現金箱" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 @@ -2415,355 +2783,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "装置" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "接続" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgid "Connect a printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -2773,48 +3338,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 @@ -2827,64 +3398,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2893,87 +3471,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "用途" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 757e28f14..c124d08fc 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -9,15 +9,16 @@ # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Junko Augias, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -77,6 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -96,7 +98,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2523,56 +2524,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -5772,159 +5797,311 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "通常の請求書" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "前受金 (パーセント)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "前受金 (固定金額)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -6186,40 +6363,88 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 @@ -6650,7 +6875,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8124,105 +8348,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" @@ -8572,285 +8700,137 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "見積書テンプレート：" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgid "Use a template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "デフォルトの諸条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 @@ -8938,7 +8918,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9536,10 +9517,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 @@ -9684,7 +9665,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:59 msgid "Time-based pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "時間課金価格" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 0c05230a4..228000e91 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Andy Yiu, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ryoko Tsuda , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1305,124 +1305,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "概要" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "フォーラム" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "Eラーニング" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Todo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1721,6 +1603,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "ヘルプセンター" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "ナレッジ" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "コミュニティフォーラム" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "質問する" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "上げ投票済質問" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "下げ投票済質問" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "回答に同意" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "回答に非同意" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "回答を受け入れる" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "回答が受け入れられました" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "回答フラグ済み" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "質問をする" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "質問に答える" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "上げ投票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "下げ投票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "自分の投稿を編集" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "どの投稿でも編集" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "自分の投稿をクローズ" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "どの投稿でもクローズ" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "自分の投稿を削除" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "どの投稿でも削除" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "nofollowリンク" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "どの質問への回答も受入可" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "自分のコメントを削除" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "どのコメントでも削除" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "検証なしで質問する" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "投稿を攻撃的とフラグ" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "投稿をモデレート" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "質問タグを変更" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "タグを新規作成" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "Eラーニング" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 0b57e7d06..37ab6f439 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,18 +6,18 @@ # Translators: # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Yoshi Tashiro (Quartile) , 2023 +# Junko Augias, 2023 # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Junko Augias, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -489,6 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "コンフィグレーション" @@ -2525,141 +2526,494 @@ msgstr "Webチャット" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "オペレーター" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "オプション" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "Webチャットボタン" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "チャットボット" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "URL" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "自動で開くのタイマー" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "国" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "ウィジェット" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2734,101 +3088,335 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgid "Execute a command" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "ヘルプ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "履歴" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "リード" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "解除" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 @@ -3363,6 +3951,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "翻訳" @@ -3538,10 +4288,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index a02f44f25..cbc91aec3 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ # Linkup , 2023 # JH CHOI , 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -521,16 +521,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -550,7 +550,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2547,6 +2548,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2603,8 +2605,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "은행" @@ -3221,6 +3223,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4508,9 +4576,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "계정" @@ -4519,9 +4587,9 @@ msgstr "계정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "차변" @@ -4531,9 +4599,9 @@ msgstr "차변" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "대변" @@ -4542,8 +4610,8 @@ msgstr "대변" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "외상매출금" @@ -4684,6 +4752,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "시작함" @@ -5408,6 +5541,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -5804,6 +5938,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "유용한 회계 정보 요약" @@ -6041,6 +6187,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6409,6 +6556,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7133,190 +7281,202 @@ msgstr "검사" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -msgid "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "미결제 미수금" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 @@ -11587,6 +11747,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "보고서" @@ -13576,9 +13737,9 @@ msgstr "비용" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -13587,16 +13748,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13605,26 +13766,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -13633,13 +13808,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -13647,22 +13830,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -13671,109 +13854,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -13781,103 +13981,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13885,7 +14108,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -13895,15 +14118,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -13912,12 +14135,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13925,116 +14161,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14043,91 +14318,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14135,51 +14418,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14187,19 +14503,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14207,37 +14524,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14245,61 +14572,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14307,188 +14636,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "설정" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -14903,6 +15255,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -14917,6 +15270,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -14930,6 +15284,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "기술적 명칭" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16324,11 +16679,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "벨기에" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "전자 청구서" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16336,87 +17242,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "인증함" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16424,52 +17330,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16478,7 +17384,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16486,17 +17392,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16506,7 +17412,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16514,39 +17420,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -16556,7 +17462,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -16571,44 +17477,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "IoT 박스" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -16620,7 +17526,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -16628,17 +17534,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -19325,7 +20231,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -19668,11 +20574,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -24791,10 +25692,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -25307,10 +26204,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "전자 청구서" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -28840,10 +29733,6 @@ msgstr "유동성 이동" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "미결제 미수금" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -29785,7 +30674,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -30006,7 +30895,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30226,7 +31115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -31496,8 +32385,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -31536,7 +32426,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -31558,48 +32448,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -31607,189 +32497,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -31797,39 +32690,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -32362,35 +33255,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "스프레드시트" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -32400,40 +33294,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -32541,3 +33435,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "템플릿(서식)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 9b4a67d77..acc42f954 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -4341,12 +4341,10 @@ msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 레코드 그룹 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 msgid "" -"You can also **custom groups** by using a wide selection of fields present " -"on the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom " -"Group`, select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -"모델에 있는 다양한 필드를 사용하여 **사용자 지정 그룹**을 만들 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`그룹 --> 사용자 지정 " -"그룹 추가`를 클릭하여 필드를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 0db44c015..37956165a 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# JH CHOI , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: JH CHOI , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -138,3 +139,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "임직원 관리" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "새 직원 추가" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "경력 사항" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "업무 능력" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 0904e67d6..db013935d 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -510,9 +510,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -936,97 +935,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "유통 기한" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "만료 경고" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1058,11 +1447,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1395,11 +1779,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1557,11 +1936,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -2963,237 +3337,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "품목" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3873,49 +4404,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3923,104 +4461,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4028,32 +4565,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4062,6 +4607,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -7949,9 +8547,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -7961,8 +8559,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8128,6 +8726,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9788,42 +10391,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "품질 관리" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10556,25 +11123,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10582,11 +11149,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10594,7 +11161,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10603,7 +11170,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10617,7 +11184,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10627,11 +11194,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10639,23 +11206,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 4795d8eeb..22ee06474 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -1285,189 +1285,159 @@ msgstr "잠재 고객 타겟팅" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5 msgid "" -"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when " -"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` " -"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, " -"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right " -"customers at the right time." +"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when " +"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps" +" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can " +"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at " +"the right time." msgstr "" -"비즈니스를 더 확장시키고자 위해서는 대상 고객을 *정확하게* 정하여 홍보 마케팅 캠페인을 펼치는 것이 무엇보다도 중요합니다. " -":guilabel:`Odoo 마케팅 자동화` 애플리케이션은 마케팅 담당자가 필요에 따라 간단한 기능 또는 복잡한 내용이 있는 필터링 툴을" -" 통해서 적절한 고객에게 적절한 타이밍에 다가갈 수 있도록 도와줍니다. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11 -msgid "Work with target filters" -msgstr "대상 필터 작업" +msgid "Configure target filters" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13 msgid "" -"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options" -" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter " -"has more refined parameters within it." +"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some " +"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The " +":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more " +"refined parameters within it that can be customized." msgstr "" -"마케팅 캠페인에서 필터를 설정할 때 옆에 화살표가 표시되어 있는 몇 가지 옵션을 확인할 수 있습니다. 화살표 표시가 있으면 해당 옵션에 " -"세부 선택 사항이 더 있다는 것을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21 msgid "" "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds " "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new " "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, " -"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements." +"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` " +"statements." msgstr "" -"*브랜치* 와 *노드*를 추가하여 필터를 확장할 수도 있습니다. *노드*를 추가하면 대상 조건 그룹에 필터링을 위한 다른 변수를 추가하고" -" (예: 새로운 항목), *브랜치*는 변수 모음의 범위를 좀 더 좁게 만들어서 *ANY* 또는 *ALL* 필터로 그룹을 만들 수 있게 " -"됩니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" msgstr "브랜치를 새로 생성하는 경우 다음의 두 가지 옵션을 선택합니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28 msgid "" "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules" -" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)." +" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)." msgstr "" -"해당 레코드가 이후의 규칙에 대해서 :guilabel:`ALL` 기준과 일치할 수 있습니다 (전체 기준이 일치해야만 하는 AND 구문)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30 msgid "" "Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules " -"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)." +"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)." msgstr "" -"또는 해당 레코드가 이후의 규칙에 대해서 :guilabel:`ANY` 기준과 일치할 수 있습니다 (일부 기준만 일치하면 되는 OR " -"구문)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33 msgid "" "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon " -"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`." +"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`." msgstr "" -"이 두 가지 옵션 중에 변경하려면, 초록색 박스 안에 있는 드롭다운 화살표 아이콘을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`Any`나 " -":guilabel:`All`을 클릭하기만 하면 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36 msgid "" -"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add " -"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a " -":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`." +"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add " +"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node" +" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it." msgstr "" -"노드를 추가하려면 :guilabel:`+ (더하기 아이콘)`을 클릭하면 되며, 브랜치를 추가하려면 :guilabel:`... (줄임표 " -"아이콘)`을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`node` (:guilabel:`branch`)를 삭제하려면, click on " -":guilabel:`x (삭제)`를 클릭하십시오." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "사용 사례" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47 msgid "" -"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a " +"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a " "marketing campaign might commonly use." -msgstr "아래의 시나리오를 통해 마케팅 캠페인에서 일반적으로 사용하는 다양한 필터 조합을 설명드립니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" -msgstr "시나리오 #1: 파이프라인에서의 새로운 영업기회로 목표 범위를 좁히십시오" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52 -msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it." msgstr "" -"캠페인 서식 양식란의 편집 모드에서 :guilabel:`대상` 필드를 선택하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`검색 모드` 를 " -"클릭합니다. 그런 다음, :guilabel:`영업제안/영업기회`를 검색하여 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" -" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" -" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From " -"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51 +msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" msgstr "" -"그 후 :guilabel:`필터` 필드에서 :guilabel:`필터 추가`를 클릭합니다. 필터 수식의 첫 부분에서 기본 " -":guilabel:`ID` 필터 옵션을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 수많은 필터 옵션들을 선택할 수 있는 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타납니다. 이 " -"드롭다운 메뉴 중 스크롤을 내려서 (검색도 가능합니다) :guilabel:`유형`을 검색합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53 msgid "" -"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." -msgstr "필터 수식의 두번째 부분은 기본인 :guilabel:`= (등호 표시)`로 둡니다." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57 msgid "" -"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, " +"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of " +"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter " +"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of " -":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as " -"the equation is customized." +":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the " +"equation is customized." msgstr "" -"그런 다음, 필터 수식에서 세번째 (마지막) 부분을 :guilabel:`영업제안` to :guilabel:`영업기회`로 변경합니다. 해당" -" 특정 필터 수식에 맞도록 :guilabel:`레코드` 숫자는 수식 편집에 따라서 변경됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to" -" the right of the equation." -msgstr "수식의 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`+ (더하기 표시)`를 클릭하여 필터에 노드를 추가합니다." +"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` " +"icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71 msgid "" "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node " -"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " +"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"\"신규\" 영업기회를 이 필터의 대상으로 하려는 경우, 두번째 노드는 파이프라인의 :guilabel:`신규` 단계에 있는 영업기회를 " -"확인하는데만 주력하게 됩니다. 그렇게 하시려면, 두번째 필터 수식의 첫번째 부분에 있는 기본 :guilabel:`ID`를 선택한 후, " -"스크롤을 내려서 (검색도 가능합니다) 필드의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`단계`를 확인합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76 msgid "" -"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." -msgstr "이번에도 필터 수식의 두번째 부분은 :guilabel:`= (등호 표시)` 로 둡니다." +"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78 msgid "" "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the " -"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, " -"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the " -"pipeline." +"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only " +"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline." msgstr "" -"마지막으로, 두번째 필터 서식의 세번째 (마지막) 부분의 기본 값을 강조 표시한 후 :guilabel:`신규` 항목을 입력합니다. 입력을" -" 마치면, Odoo에서는 파이프라인 상에서 \"신규\" 단계에 있는 영업기회만을 대상으로 하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "" "A standard scenario using filters in the Odoo Marketing Automation app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87 msgid "" -"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a " -"specific ticket" -msgstr "시나리오 #2: 특정한 티켓을 구입한 행사 참석자로 대상 범위를 좁힙니다" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88 -msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select " -"it." +"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific " +"ticket" msgstr "" -"캠페인 서식 양식란의 편집 모드에서 :guilabel:`대상` 필드를 선택하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`검색 모드` 를 " -"클릭합니다. 그런 다음, 스크롤을 내려서 (검색도 가능합니다) :guilabel:`행사`를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89 +msgid "" +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or " +"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" @@ -1478,60 +1448,60 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ID` 필터 옵션을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 수많은 필터 옵션들을 선택할 수 있는 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타납니다. 이 " "드롭다운 메뉴 중 스크롤을 내려서 (검색도 가능합니다) :guilabel:`행사`를 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98 msgid "" -"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of " -"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select " -":guilabel:`contains`." +"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of " +"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down " +"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -"필터 수식의 두번째 부분에서 기본 :guilabel:`= (등호 표시)`를 클릭합니다. 클릭하면 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타납니다. 해당 " -"메뉴에서 :guilabel:`포함`을 선택합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101 msgid "" "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the " -"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign " -"filter." +"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107 msgid "" "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who " -"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the " -"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " -"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " -"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that " -"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`." +"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned " +"in the first filter equation." msgstr "" -"두번째 노드를 통해서는, 첫번째 필터 수식에서 앞서 확인한 행사 관련 특정한 유형의 티켓을 구입한 참석자들을 대상으로 이 캠페인을 " -"진행하는데 주력할 것입니다. 그렇게 하려면, 두번째 필터 수식의 첫번째 부분에서 기본 :guilabel:`ID`를 선택한 후, 스크롤을 " -"내려서 (검색도 가능) 드롭다운 메뉴 필드에서 :guilabel:`행사 티켓`을 선택합니다. 그리고, 동일한 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " -":guilabel:`이름`을 선택합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110 msgid "" -"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second " +"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the " +"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event " +"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second " "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -"다시 한번, 필터 수식의 두번째 부분에서 기본 :guilabel:`= (등호 표시)`를 클릭한 후, :guilabel:`포함`을 " -"선택합니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117 msgid "" "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, " -"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used" -" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event" -" ticket type for this sample filter." +"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for " +"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event " +"ticket type for this sample filter." msgstr "" -"마지막으로, 두번째 필터 수식에서 비어있는 세번째 (마지막) 부분에 필터에서 사용할 티켓 유형의 이름을 입력합니다. 이 사례에서는 이 " -"예시 필터의 행사 티켓 타입 이름은 :guilabel:`일반형`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 -msgid "Testing and running a campaign" +msgid "Testing/running campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 @@ -1542,58 +1512,83 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 msgid "" -"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a " -"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or" -" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this " -"documentation `). To start a test, click the " -":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form." +"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " +"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " +":doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a " -"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking" -" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and" -" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will " -"redirect to the campaign test page." +"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " +"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " +"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " +"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " +"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " +":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " +"campaign test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 msgid "" -"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with" -" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first " -"activity (or activities) in the workflow." +"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " +"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " +"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the " +"workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 msgid "" -"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in" -" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the " -"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity." +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " +":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." +" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and " +"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be " -"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the " -"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " +"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " +"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the campaign test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 @@ -1602,44 +1597,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users " -"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get " -"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add" -" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can " -"be set for that specific activity." +"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " +"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template " -"will appear with the following customizable fields:" +"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " +"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " +"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" +"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal " -"Odoo operation), or SMS." +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" +" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" " new one on-the-fly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " @@ -1648,127 +1649,144 @@ msgid "" "cease after the initial date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent Child Activities)." +"subsequent child activities)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " "satisfies the specified domain (filter)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " -"Close` to finish creating the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 -msgid "Workflow activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where " -"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger " -"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow " -"Activity` card." +"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " +"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create " +"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing " +"automation campaign form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Workflow activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of " -"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and " -":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference" -" (in green and red, respectively)." +"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" +" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"displayed as a line graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the " -":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been " -":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been " -":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`." +":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " +"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 msgid "" -"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child " -"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the " -"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*." +"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child " -"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the" -" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over " -":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:" +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" +" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" +" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " "recipient opens the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 msgid "" "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity." +"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " +"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " +"indented position beneath its parent activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 8ae76dc5c..68b078391 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Sarah Park, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1233,146 +1233,400 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 @@ -1805,107 +2059,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "전제 조건" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "설정" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "지침" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "프린터" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "크기" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 @@ -1914,17 +2224,18 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1932,175 +2243,232 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "프린터" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "바코드 스캐너" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "금전등록기" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 @@ -2445,355 +2813,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "장치" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "연결" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgid "Connect a printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -2803,48 +3368,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 @@ -2857,64 +3428,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2923,87 +3501,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "사용량" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index c0b3034b3..0899ef6c7 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -94,7 +95,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2521,56 +2521,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -5770,159 +5794,311 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "일반 청구서" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "계약금(%)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "계약금(고정금액)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -6184,40 +6360,88 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 @@ -6648,7 +6872,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8122,105 +8345,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" @@ -8570,285 +8697,137 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "견적 서식" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgid "Use a template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "기본 조건" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 @@ -8936,7 +8915,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9534,10 +9514,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 1c0bef85b..7e0597634 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Daye Jeong, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1420,133 +1421,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "입출고 현황" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "포럼 및 온라인 학습" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "게시판" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" -"고객 지원 포럼을 통해 이메일이나 실시간 채팅, 웹사이트 양식 또는 직접 통화하는 이상의 서비스를 고객들에게 지원해드립니다.. 이를 통해" -" 고객이 귀하의 비즈니스 세부 정보를 더욱 자세히 알 수 있게 되므로 회사에 더 큰 애착을 가질 수 있게 됩니다. 또한고객들간의 경험과 " -"전문 지식의 나눌 수 있도록 하여 고객들이 커뮤니티 (귀하의 커뮤니티입니다!)에 소속감을 가질 수 있도록 합니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr ":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 헬프데스크 팀` 메뉴로 이동하여 *헬프데스크*를 활성화합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 헬프 센터 기능이 강조되어 있는 헬프데스크 팀 설정 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" -"외부 링크를 클릭하여 포럼 게시판을 생성하거나 편집합니다. 편집 옵션의 *포럼 모드*에서 *질문*을 선택하면 질문글 당 하나의 답글만 " -"허용할 수 있으며 *토론*을 선택하면 질문당 여러 답글을 허용하도록 할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 포럼 설정 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" -"이제 사용자가 로그인하면 글을 올릴 수 있습니다. 게시물을 추적하려면 :menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 포럼 --> 게시글` " -"메뉴를 확인하십시오." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 사용할 수 있는 내용을 표시해놓은 포럼 웹사이트 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "상담 페이지에서 *포럼에서 공유하기*를 클릭하기만 하면 상담 내용을 포럼 게시물로 전환할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "온라인 학습 관리" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" -"포럼 게시판 외에도 온라인 학습 과정도 서비스할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해서 고객 및 사용자들이 필요한 내용이나 문의 사항이 있을 경우 " -"자세한 콘텐츠를 이용하여 답변을 찾으므로 효율적으로 진행할 수 있게 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr ":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동하여 *온라인 학습* 메뉴를 활성화합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 온라인 학습 항목이 강조되어 있는 고객지원팀 설정 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "교육 과정의 개요와 수업 내용 준비가 완료되면 *미게시*를 클릭하여 *게시*합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 게시가 완료된 교육 과정 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "교육 과정에 관한 통계를 확인하려면 *온라인 학습* 및 *과정 보기*로 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크용 온라인 학습앱에서의 현황판 화면" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "할 일" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "세부 정보/정보는 온라인 학습 문서에서 불러와야 합니다. 따라서 완료된 경우 문서를 링크시키시기 바랍니다!" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "헬프데스크 시작하기" @@ -1889,6 +1763,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "칸반 화면에서 단계를 수동으로 접기 처리해도 단계에 해당하는 상담은 종료되지 않습니다. " +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "고객센터" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "전문 지식 사항" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "커뮤니티 포럼" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "질문하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "질문에 찬성투표됨" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "질문에 반대투표됨" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "답변에 찬성투표함" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "답변에 반대투표함" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "답변으로 채택하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "답변으로 채택됨" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "신고한 답변" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "질문하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "질문 답변" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "찬성투표" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "반대투표" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "자신의 게시물 편집하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "모든 게시물 편집하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "자신의 게시물 마감하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "모든 게시물 마감하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "자신의 게시물 삭제하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "모든 게시물 삭제하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "링크 팔로우 없음" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "모든 질문에 대한 답변 채택하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "자신의 댓글 링크 해제" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "모든 댓글 링크 해제" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "승인없이 질문하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "모욕 게시물 신고하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "중재 게시물" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "질문 태그 변경" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "새 태그 만들기" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "온라인 학습 관리" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "고객 평가" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 3ae2bae66..a2aeda8e3 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # JH CHOI , 2023 -# Sarah Park, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2023 +# Sarah Park, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -488,6 +488,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" @@ -2525,141 +2526,496 @@ msgstr "실시간 채팅" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "설정" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "운영자" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "옵션" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" +"웹사이트에 실시간 채팅 버튼이 표시될 때 말풍선으로 인사말을 나타나게 하려면 :guilabel:`버튼용 텍스트` 필드에 있는 텍스트 " +"내용을 변경하십시오." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "실시간 채팅 버튼" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "챗봇" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "URL 정규식" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "자동으로 타이머 열기" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "국가" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "위젯" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2734,101 +3090,335 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgid "Execute a command" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "도움말" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "기록" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "영업제안" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "나가기" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 @@ -3363,6 +3953,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "번역하기" @@ -3538,10 +4290,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 8640b2254..2b7e91f8c 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ # Dylan Kiss, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -526,16 +526,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -555,7 +555,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2606,6 +2607,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2662,8 +2664,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bank" @@ -3280,6 +3282,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4599,9 +4667,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "Rekening" @@ -4610,9 +4678,9 @@ msgstr "Rekening" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debet" @@ -4622,9 +4690,9 @@ msgstr "Debet" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Credit" @@ -4633,8 +4701,8 @@ msgstr "Credit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Debiteurenrekening" @@ -4775,6 +4843,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "Ga van start" @@ -5499,6 +5632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -5895,6 +6029,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" @@ -6104,6 +6250,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Balans = Debet - Credit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6472,6 +6619,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7196,190 +7344,202 @@ msgstr "Cheques" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" -msgstr "100.00" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "100.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "Openstaande ontvangsten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 @@ -11759,6 +11919,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Rapportages" @@ -13750,9 +13911,9 @@ msgstr "Declaraties" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -13761,16 +13922,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13779,26 +13940,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -13807,13 +13982,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -13821,22 +14004,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -13845,109 +14028,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -13955,103 +14155,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14059,7 +14282,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -14069,15 +14292,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -14086,12 +14309,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14099,116 +14335,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Uitleg:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14217,91 +14492,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14309,51 +14592,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14361,19 +14677,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14381,37 +14698,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14419,61 +14746,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "Boekhouding: boekhouder of adviseur" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "Declaraties: Manage" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14481,188 +14810,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Uitgaven herfactureren naar klanten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Instellingen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -15077,6 +15429,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -15091,6 +15444,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -15104,6 +15458,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "Technische naam" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16498,11 +16853,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "België" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "Niet-aftrekbare belastingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "Elektronische facturatie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16510,87 +17416,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "Gecertificeerd" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16598,52 +17504,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16652,7 +17558,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16660,17 +17566,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16680,7 +17586,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16688,39 +17594,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -16730,7 +17636,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -16745,44 +17651,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "IoT Box" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -16794,7 +17700,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -16802,17 +17708,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -19499,7 +20405,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -19842,11 +20748,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -24966,10 +25867,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -25482,10 +26379,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Elektronische facturatie" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -29015,10 +29908,6 @@ msgstr "Liquiditeit overschrijving" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "Openstaande ontvangsten" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -29960,7 +30849,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -30181,7 +31070,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30401,7 +31290,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -31672,8 +32561,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -31712,7 +32602,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -31734,48 +32624,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -31783,189 +32673,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -31973,39 +32866,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -32538,35 +33431,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "Spreadsheet" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -32576,40 +33470,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -32717,3 +33611,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Sjablonen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 742241060..41f950d7f 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Sven Coeck, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sven Coeck, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -133,3 +133,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Werknemers" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Nieuwe werknemer toevoegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "CV" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Vaardigheden" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index d05d1b4d0..4003f4c9f 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -535,9 +535,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -961,97 +960,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "Vervaldatums" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Applicatie configuratie" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Product configuratie" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Verval waarschuwingen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1083,11 +1472,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1420,11 +1804,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1582,11 +1961,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -2988,237 +3362,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Producten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminologie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Maak op order" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3898,49 +4429,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3948,104 +4486,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4053,32 +4590,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4087,6 +4632,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -7980,9 +8578,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -7992,8 +8590,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8162,6 +8760,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Product configuratie" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9826,42 +10429,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Kwaliteitscontrole" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10594,25 +11161,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10620,11 +11187,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10632,7 +11199,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10641,7 +11208,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10655,7 +11222,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10665,11 +11232,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10677,23 +11244,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 8af1486fc..4cccee99e 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Gunther Clauwaert , 2022 # Eric Geens , 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2023 @@ -16,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -620,7 +619,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1206,161 +1205,400 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Verbind een IoT box aan uw databank" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "Installeer de Internet of Things (IoT) App in uw Odoo Databank." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "Ga naar de IoT App en klik op Connecteer met de IoT Boxes pagina." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Volg de stappen om uw IoT Box te connecteren" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Ethernet Verbinding" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -"Connecteer aan de IoT Box alle apparaten die moeten worden verbonden met " -"kabels (ethernet, usb-apparaten, enz.)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "WiFi Verbinding" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Schakel de IoT box in." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Kopieer de token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -"Maak verbinding met het IoT Box WiFi-netwerk (zorg ervoor dat er geen " -"ethernetkabel op uw computer is aangesloten)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -"U wordt doorverwezen naar de IoT Box Homepagina (indien dit niet lukt, kan u" -" verbinden met het IP-adres van de box). Geef een naam aan uw IoT-box (niet " -"verplicht) en gebruik het token, klik vervolgens op Volgende." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Gebruik je Runbot, vergeet dan niet om de -all of -base in het token (bvb. " -"dit token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** moet " -"worden " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -"Kies het WiFi-netwerk waarmee u verbinding wilt maken (voer het wachtwoord " -"in als dit er is) en klik op Verzenden. Wacht een paar seconden voordat u " -"wordt omgeleid naar uw database." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Je zou nu de IoT Box moeten zien." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 @@ -1793,110 +2031,164 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Gebruik de IoT Box voor de Kassa" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Vereisten" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Controleer voordat u begint of u over het volgende beschikt:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Een computer of tablet met een geüpdatet webbrowser" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "Een lokale netwerk opzet met DHCP (dit is de standaard instelling)" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Een RJ45 Ethernet kabel (optioneel, WiFi is ingebouwd)" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Instellen" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "Vervolgens moet u de randapparatuur op uw IoT Box aansluiten." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "Apparaat naam" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "Instructies" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Printer" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" -"**Kassalade**: De kassalade moet geconnecteerd zijn met de printer via een " -"RJ25 kabel." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Schaal" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Weegschaal**: Connecteer uw weegschaal en zet ze aan." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "De installatie is voltooid, u kunt een nieuwe Kassa-sessie starten." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 @@ -1904,17 +2196,18 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Problemen oplossen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1922,175 +2215,232 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Printer" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Barcode scanner" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Kassa" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "De kassalade opent niet" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 @@ -2435,355 +2785,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "Apparaten" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Connectie" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgid "Connect a printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -2793,48 +3340,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 @@ -2847,64 +3400,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2913,87 +3473,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Gebruik" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e3337f567..0a4fb631b 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ # Gunther Clauwaert , 2022 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2022 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -106,7 +107,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2556,56 +2556,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -5840,159 +5864,311 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Factuur methode" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "Standaard factuur" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "Aanbetaling (percentage)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "Aanbetaling (vast bedrag)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -6256,40 +6432,88 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "Verstuur een proforma factuur" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Activeer de optie" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "Verstuur een proforma factuur" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 @@ -6720,7 +6944,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8226,105 +8449,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "Lever en factureer aan afwijkende adressen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" @@ -8674,285 +8801,137 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "Gebruik offerte sjablonen" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "Offertesjablonen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgid "Use a template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Standaard algemene voorwaarden" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 @@ -9040,7 +9019,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9638,10 +9618,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 854a1533c..62d1a707d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2022 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2022 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -1316,151 +1316,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "Forum en eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Forum" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" -"Om verder te gaan dan e-mail, livechat, webformulieren en telefoonlijnen, " -"biedt u uw klanten een ondersteuningsforum aan. Op deze manier kunnen " -"klanten meer gehecht raken aan uw bedrijf omdat ze tijd zouden investeren om" -" in de details van uw bedrijf te komen. Je stimuleert ook de uitwisseling " -"van ervaringen en kennis en ondersteunt het gevoel bij een gemeenschap te " -"horen (jouw gemeenschap!)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Opgericht" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar :menuselectie:`Helpdesk --> Configuratie --> Helpdeskteam` en " -"activeer *Helpcentrum*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" -"Maak of bewerk een forum door op de externe link te klikken. Kies onder de " -"bewerkingsopties of u de *Forummodus* *Vragen* wilt hebben: er is slechts " -"één antwoord toegestaan per vraag of *Discussies*: er zijn meerdere " -"antwoorden toegestaan per vraag." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" -"Vanaf nu kunnen ingelogde gebruikers hun discussies starten. Om berichten " -"bij te houden, ga naar :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Berichten`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" -"Verander tickets in forumberichten door simpelweg op *Delen op het forum* op" -" de ticketpagina te klikken." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" -"Bied naast een forum ook online cursussen aan. Daarbij koppelt u de " -"behoeften en vragen van uw klanten en gebruikers aan nuttige inhoud, wat de " -"efficiëntie verhoogt, omdat ze daar ook hun antwoorden kunnen vinden." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuratie --> Helpdesk Teams` en " -"schakel *eLearning* in." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" -"Zodra de structuur en inhoud van je cursus klaar zijn, *Publiceer* deze door" -" op *Niet gepubliceerd* te klikken." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" -"Om uw cursusstatistieken bij te houden, gaat u naar *eLearning* en *View " -"Course*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Te doen" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" -"DETAILS/INFO MOETEN KOMEN UIT ELEARNING DOCS. DAAROM LINK DOCS EENMAAL " -"BESCHIKBAAR!" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1759,6 +1614,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Helpcentrum" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Kennis" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "Community forum" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "Een vraag stellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "Vraag omhoog gestemd" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "Vraag omlaag gestemd" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "Antwoord omhoog gestemd" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "Antwoord omlaag gestemd" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "Accepteer een vraag" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "Antwoord geaccepteerd" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "Antwoord gekenmerkt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "Stel vragen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "Beantwoorde vragen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "Omhoog stemmen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "Omlaag stemmen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "Wijzig eigen bericht" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "Alle berichten bewerken" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "Sluit eigen bericht" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "Sluit alle berichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "Verwijder eigen berichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "Alle berichten verwijderen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "Nofollow links" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "Accepteer een antwoord op alle vragen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "Ontkoppel eigen reacties" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "Alle reacties ontkoppelen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "Stel vragen zonder bevestiging" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "Kenmerk een bericht als beledigend" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "Modereer berichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "Wijzig de vraag labels" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "Maak nieuwe labels aan" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 77840b9a5..0b58ecf1d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,19 +6,19 @@ # Translators: # Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2022 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2022 -# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -490,6 +490,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" @@ -2527,141 +2528,494 @@ msgstr "Live Chat" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Opgericht" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "Operators" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opties" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "Live chat knop" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "Chatbot" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "URL Regex" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "Automatisch de timer openen" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Land" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Widget" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2736,101 +3090,335 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Gebruik commando's" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgid "Execute a command" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Help" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Verzend standaard antwoorden" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Geschiedenis" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Lead" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Verlaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 @@ -3365,6 +3953,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "Vertalingen" @@ -3540,10 +4290,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index f8b33e1d0..1edeb459e 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -13,20 +13,20 @@ # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Éder Brito , 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Marcel Savegnago , 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 # Layna Nascimento, 2023 # adrianojprado , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: adrianojprado , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -535,16 +535,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -564,7 +564,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2709,6 +2710,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2771,8 +2773,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banco" @@ -3432,6 +3434,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4774,9 +4842,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "Conta" @@ -4785,9 +4853,9 @@ msgstr "Conta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débito" @@ -4797,9 +4865,9 @@ msgstr "Débito" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédito" @@ -4808,8 +4876,8 @@ msgstr "Crédito" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Conta de Recebimento" @@ -4950,6 +5018,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "Começar" @@ -5723,6 +5856,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -6119,6 +6253,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" @@ -6330,6 +6476,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Saldo = Débito - Crédito" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6709,6 +6856,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7433,244 +7581,203 @@ msgstr "Verificar" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" -"Existem duas maneiras de lidar com os pagamentos recebidos em cheque. O Odoo" -" apóia ambas as abordagens para que você possa usar a que melhor se adapta " -"aos seus hábitos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -"** Fundos não depositados: ** assim que receber o cheque, você registra um " -"pagamento em cheque na fatura. (usando um diário de cheques e lançado na " -"conta Fundos não Depositados) Então, assim que o cheque chegar em sua conta " -"bancária, mova o dinheiro de Fundos não Depositados para sua conta bancária." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -"** Apenas um lançamento de diário: ** depois de receber o cheque, você " -"registra um pagamento em seu banco, pago em cheque, sem passar pelos ** " -"Fundos não depositados **. Depois de processar seu extrato bancário, você " -"faz a correspondência com o feed do banco e o pagamento por cheque, sem " -"criar um lançamento específico no diário." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -"Recomendamos a primeira abordagem porque é mais precisa (o saldo da sua " -"conta bancária é exato, levando em conta os cheques que ainda não foram " -"descontados). Ambas as abordagens exigem o mesmo esforço." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Mesmo que o primeiro método seja mais limpo, o Odoo apóia a segunda " -"abordagem porque alguns contadores estão acostumados a ele (quickbooks e " -"usuários de peachtree)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" -"Você pode dar uma olhada no * recurso ticket de depósito * se depositar " -"vários cheques em suas contas bancárias em lote." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Opção 1: fundos não depositados" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "Crie um diário ** Cheques **" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -"Defina a conta bancária relacionada a este diário como ** Permitir " -"conciliação **" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "De pagamentos em cheque a extratos bancários" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -"A primeira maneira de lidar com cheques é criar um diário de cheques. Assim," -" o cheque se torna um meio de pagamento por si só e você registrará duas " -"transações." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -"Assim que receber o cheque do cliente, acesse a fatura relacionada e clique " -"em ** Registrar pagamento **. Preencha as informações sobre o pagamento:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -"Método de pagamento: Diário de cheque (que você configurou com as contas " -"padrão de débito e crédito como ** Fundos não depositados **)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "Nota: escreva o número do cheque" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "Esta operação produzirá o seguinte lançamento no diário:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Fundos não depositados" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "Recebimentos Pendentes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "A fatura é marcada como paga assim que você registra o cheque." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" msgstr "" -"Em seguida, uma vez que você recebe os extratos bancários, você vai combinar" -" esta declaração com o cheque que está em Fundos Não Depositados." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -"Se você usar essa abordagem para gerenciar cheques recebidos, obterá a lista" -" de cheques que não foram descontados na conta ** Fundos não depositados ** " -"(acessível, por exemplo, no razão geral)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" -"Ambos os métodos produzirão os mesmos dados em sua contabilidade no final do" -" processo. Mas, se você tiver cheques que não foram descontados, este é mais" -" limpo porque esses cheques ainda não foram registrados em sua conta " -"bancária." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "Opção 2: apenas uma entrada de diário" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Não há nada a ser configurado se você planeja gerenciar suas verificações " -"usando este método." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "** Forma de pagamento: ** o banco que será usado para o depósito" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "Nota: escreva o número do cheque" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -"Assim que receber os extratos bancários, você fará a correspondência com o " -"extrato e este pagamento real. (tecnicamente: apontar este pagamento e " -"relacioná-lo à linha do extrato)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -"Com essa abordagem, você obterá a seguinte entrada de diário em seus livros:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" -"Você também pode registrar o pagamento diretamente sem ir na fatura do " -"cliente, usando o menu: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Pagamentos`. Este " -"método pode ser mais conveniente se você tiver muitos cheques para registrar" -" em um lote, mas terá que conciliar as entradas posteriormente (pagamentos " -"correspondentes às faturas)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Se você usar essa abordagem para gerenciar cheques recebidos, poderá usar o " -"relatório ** Relatório de conciliação bancária ** para verificar quais " -"cheques foram recebidos ou pagos pelo banco. (este relatório está disponível" -" na opção ** Mais ** no painel Contabilidade na conta bancária relacionada)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices" @@ -12100,6 +12207,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Relatórios" @@ -14118,9 +14226,9 @@ msgstr "Despesas" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -14129,16 +14237,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14147,26 +14255,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -14175,13 +14297,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -14189,22 +14319,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -14213,109 +14343,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -14323,103 +14470,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14427,7 +14597,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -14437,15 +14607,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -14454,12 +14624,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14467,116 +14650,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Explicação:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14585,91 +14807,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14677,51 +14907,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14729,19 +14992,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14749,37 +15013,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14787,61 +15061,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "Contabilidade: Contador ou Consultor" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "Despesas: Gerente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14849,188 +15125,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Refaturar despesas aos clientes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Definição" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "Fatura de despesas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 -msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "Fatura de despesas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -15445,6 +15744,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -15459,6 +15759,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -15472,6 +15773,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16866,11 +17168,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Bélgica" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16878,87 +17731,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo Online" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "No local" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "Certificado" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16966,52 +17819,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -17020,7 +17873,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -17028,17 +17881,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -17048,7 +17901,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -17056,39 +17909,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -17098,7 +17951,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -17113,44 +17966,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "IoT Box" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -17162,7 +18015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -17170,17 +18023,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -19975,7 +20828,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -20318,11 +21171,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -25508,10 +26356,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -26024,10 +26868,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -29602,10 +30442,6 @@ msgstr "Transferência de Liquidez" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "Recebimentos Pendentes" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -30547,7 +31383,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Guia de configuração" @@ -30768,7 +31604,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30988,7 +31824,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "Colocar um cartão em espera" @@ -32258,8 +33094,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -32298,7 +33135,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -32320,48 +33157,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -32369,189 +33206,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "Przelewy24 (P24)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -32559,39 +33399,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -33126,35 +33966,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "Planilha" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -33164,40 +34005,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -33305,3 +34146,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Modelos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 8ac8e2138..02ab3610a 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,15 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Layna Nascimento, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -132,3 +133,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Funcionários" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Adicione um novo funcionário" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Currículo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Habilidades" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 9fc970b13..a1fba8ba5 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -554,9 +554,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -1004,97 +1003,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "Datas de expiração" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do aplicativo" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do produto" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Alertas de Expiração" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1126,11 +1515,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1463,11 +1847,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1625,11 +2004,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -3031,237 +3405,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Produtos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminologia" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Fazer sob encomenda" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3941,49 +4472,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3991,104 +4529,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4096,32 +4633,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4130,6 +4675,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -8048,9 +8646,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8060,8 +8658,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8250,6 +8848,11 @@ msgstr "" "clique em ** Configurações gerais **. Clique no primeiro link ** Configure " "os dados da sua empresa **." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do produto" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -10055,42 +10658,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Controle de Qualidade" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10823,25 +11390,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10849,11 +11416,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10861,7 +11428,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10870,7 +11437,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10884,7 +11451,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10894,11 +11461,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10906,23 +11473,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index b1a365788..be224f0af 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -1207,137 +1207,137 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5 msgid "" -"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when " -"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` " -"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, " -"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right " -"customers at the right time." +"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when " +"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps" +" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can " +"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at " +"the right time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11 -msgid "Work with target filters" +msgid "Configure target filters" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13 msgid "" -"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options" -" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter " -"has more refined parameters within it." +"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some " +"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The " +":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more " +"refined parameters within it that can be customized." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21 msgid "" "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds " "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new " "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, " -"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24 -msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" +"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` " +"statements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 +msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28 msgid "" "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules" -" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)." +" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30 msgid "" "Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules " -"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)." +"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33 msgid "" "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon " -"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`." +"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36 msgid "" -"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add " -"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a " -":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`." +"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add " +"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node" +" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47 msgid "" -"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a " +"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a " "marketing campaign might commonly use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51 +msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53 msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" -" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" -" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From " -"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, " +"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of " +"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter " +"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62 msgid "" -"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." +"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64 msgid "" -"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " +"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of " -":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as " -"the equation is customized." +":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the " +"equation is customized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to" -" the right of the equation." +"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` " +"icon to the right of the equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71 msgid "" "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node " -"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " +"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76 msgid "" -"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." +"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78 msgid "" "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the " -"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, " -"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the " -"pipeline." +"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only " +"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 @@ -1345,21 +1345,21 @@ msgid "" "A standard scenario using filters in the Odoo Marketing Automation app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87 msgid "" -"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a " -"specific ticket" +"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific " +"ticket" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89 msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select " -"it." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or " +"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" @@ -1367,42 +1367,52 @@ msgid "" "this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98 msgid "" -"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of " -"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select " -":guilabel:`contains`." +"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of " +"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down " +"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101 msgid "" "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the " -"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign " -"filter." +"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107 msgid "" "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who " -"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the " -"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " -"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " -"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that " -"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`." +"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned " +"in the first filter equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110 msgid "" -"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second " +"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the " +"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event " +"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second " "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117 msgid "" "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, " -"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used" -" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event" -" ticket type for this sample filter." +"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for " +"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event " +"ticket type for this sample filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 @@ -1410,7 +1420,7 @@ msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 -msgid "Testing and running a campaign" +msgid "Testing/running campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 @@ -1421,58 +1431,83 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 msgid "" -"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a " -"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or" -" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this " -"documentation `). To start a test, click the " -":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form." +"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " +"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " +":doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a " -"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking" -" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and" -" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will " -"redirect to the campaign test page." +"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " +"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " +"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " +"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " +"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " +":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " +"campaign test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 msgid "" -"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with" -" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first " -"activity (or activities) in the workflow." +"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " +"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " +"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the " +"workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 msgid "" -"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in" -" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the " -"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity." +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " +":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." +" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and " +"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be " -"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the " -"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " +"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " +"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the campaign test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 @@ -1481,44 +1516,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users " -"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get " -"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add" -" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can " -"be set for that specific activity." +"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " +"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template " -"will appear with the following customizable fields:" +"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " +"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " +"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" +"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal " -"Odoo operation), or SMS." +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" +" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" " new one on-the-fly)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " @@ -1527,127 +1568,144 @@ msgid "" "cease after the initial date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent Child Activities)." +"subsequent child activities)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " "satisfies the specified domain (filter)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " -"Close` to finish creating the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 -msgid "Workflow activity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where " -"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger " -"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow " -"Activity` card." +"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " +"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create " +"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing " +"automation campaign form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Workflow activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of " -"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and " -":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference" -" (in green and red, respectively)." +"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" +" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"displayed as a line graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the " -":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been " -":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been " -":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`." +":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " +"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 msgid "" -"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child " -"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the " -"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*." +"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child " -"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the" -" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over " -":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:" +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" +" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" +" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " "recipient opens the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 msgid "" "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity." +"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " +"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " +"indented position beneath its parent activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 48d8676b3..85c1c690b 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Luis Gustavo Almeida , 2023 # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # grazziano , 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 # Marcel Savegnago , 2023 # Éder Brito , 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Layna Nascimento, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# f9e4081dc4d2278b67282b28d3ac20b7, 2023 +# Diego Sayron, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Diego Sayron, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -625,7 +626,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1316,184 +1317,401 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Conecte uma IoT Box ao seu banco de dados" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" -"Instale o aplicativo internet das coisas (IoT) em seu banco de dados Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "Acesse o IoT App e clique em Connect na página IoT Boxes." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Siga as etapas para conectar sua IoT Box." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Conexão Ethernet" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -"Conecte à IoT Box todos os dispositivos que devem ser conectados com cabos " -"(ethernet, dispositivos USB, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Ligue a IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -"Leia o Código de Emparelhamento a partir de uma tela ou de uma impressora de" -" recibos conectada à caixa IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "Insira o Código de Emparelhamento e clique no botão Emparelhar." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -"As recentes mudanças nos navegadores modernos nos forçaram a modificar o " -"assistente de conexão. Se sua tela for diferente das capturas de tela, " -"certifique-se de que o módulo ``iot_pairing'' esteja instalado." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "Conexão wifi" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Ligue a IoT Box" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Copie o token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -"Conecte-se à rede WiFi da IoT Box (certifique-se de que não haja nenhum cabo" -" Ethernet conectado ao computador)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -"Você será redirecionado para a página inicial do IoT Box (se não funcionar, " -"conecte-se ao endereço IP da caixa). Dê um nome à sua IoT Box (não " -"obrigatório), cole o token e clique em Avançar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Se você estiver no Runbot, não se esqueça de adicionar a base -tudo ou -no " -"token (por exemplo. este token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** deve " -"se tornar " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401*)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -"Escolha a rede WiFi com a qual deseja se conectar (digite a senha, se " -"houver) e clique em Enviar. Aguarde alguns segundos antes de ser " -"redirecionado para seu banco de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Agora você deve ver a IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "Esquema IoT Box" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Atualizando seu cartão SD" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -"Em alguns casos, pode ser necessário atualizar o cartão SD de sua IoT Box " -"para se beneficiar de nossas atualizações mais recentes." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "Atualização a partir da página inicial da IoT Box" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -"Vá para a página inicial do IoT Box, clique em *Update*, ao lado do número " -"da versão. Se uma nova versão da imagem da Caixa IoT estiver disponível, " -"você verá um botão *Upgrade para ___* no final da página, a Caixa IoT então " -"piscará para a nova versão da Caixa IoT. Todas as suas configurações serão " -"salvas." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -"Este processo pode demorar mais de 30 minutos. Não desligue ou desconecte a " -"caixa IoT, pois ela a deixaria em um estado inconsistente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "Atualização com Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -"Acesse o site de Balena e baixe `Etcher `__. É um " -"utilitário gratuito e de código aberto utilizado para queimar arquivos de " -"imagem. Instale e execute-o. Baixe a última imagem de `nightly " -"``__." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Então, abra *Etcher* e selecione *Flash do arquivo*, encontre a imagem que " -"você acabou de baixar. Insira o cartão SD IoT Box em seu computador e " -"selecione-o. Clique em *Flash* e aguarde que o processo termine." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" @@ -1925,130 +2143,164 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Use a IoT Box para o PDV" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Pré-requisitos" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Antes de começar, certifique-se de ter o seguinte:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "Uma caixa IoT, com seu adaptador de energia." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Um computador ou tablet com um navegador web atualizado" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" -"Uma configuração de rede local com DHCP (esta é a configuração padrão)" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Um cabo Ethernet RJ45 (opcional, Wi-Fi integrado)" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -"Qualquer um dos equipamentos suportados (impressora de recibos, leitor de " -"código de barras, gaveta de dinheiro, terminal de pagamento, balança, visor " -"do cliente, etc.). A lista de hardware suportado pode ser encontrada na `POS" -" Hardware page `__" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Configuração" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Definição" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -"Para conectar o hardware ao PdS, o primeiro passo é conectar uma caixa IoT " -"ao seu banco de dados. Para isso, siga o seguinte :doc:`documentação " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." msgstr "" -"Em seguida, você deve conectar os dispositivos periféricos à sua IoT Box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "Nome do dispositivo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +msgid "Instructions" msgstr "" -"**Impressora**: Conecte uma impressora de recibos suportada a uma porta USB " -"ou à rede e ligue-a." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Impressora" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" -"** Gaveta de dinheiro **: A gaveta de dinheiro deve ser conectada à " -"impressora com um cabo RJ25." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" -"**Barcode scanner***: Conecte seu leitor de código de barras. Para que seu " -"leitor de código de barras seja compatível, ele deve terminar os códigos de " -"barras com um caractere Enter (código de chave 28). Esta é muito " -"provavelmente a configuração padrão de seu leitor de código de barras." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Balança" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "** Balança **: Conecte sua balança e ligue-a." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" -"Uma vez feito isso, você pode conectar a caixa IoT ao seu PdS. Para isso, " -"entre em :menuselection:` Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, marque " -"*IoT Box* e selecione os dispositivos que você deseja utilizar neste Ponto " -"de Venda. Salve as mudanças." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" -"A configuração está concluída, você pode iniciar uma nova sessão de PDV." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 @@ -2056,22 +2308,19 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solução de problemas" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "Conexão da caixa IoT" +msgid "IoT box connection" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" -"Não consigo encontrar o código de emparelhamento para conectar minha caixa " -"IoT" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" -"O código de emparelhamento deve ser impresso em impressoras receptoras " -"conectadas à caixa IoT e também deve ser exibido em monitores conectados." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" @@ -2079,138 +2328,148 @@ msgstr "" "O código de emparelhamento não aparece sob as seguintes circunstâncias:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "A caixa IoT já está conectada a um banco de dados Odoo;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "A caixa IoT não está conectada à Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -"O código só é válido por 5 minutos após a caixa IoT ter começado. Ele é " -"automaticamente removido dos visores conectados quando este atraso expirar;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -"A versão da imagem da caixa IoT é muito antiga. Ela deve usar a versão 20.06" -" ou mais recente. Se sua imagem da Caixa IoT for de uma versão anterior, " -"então você terá que refazer o cartão SD de sua Caixa IoT para atualizar a " -"imagem (veja :doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -"Se você não estiver em nenhum dos casos listados acima, certifique-se de que" -" a Caixa IoT começou corretamente, verificando se um LED verde fixo está " -"aparecendo ao lado da porta micro-USB." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" -"Conectei minha caixa IoT, mas ela não está aparecendo em meu banco de dados" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -"Quando você conecta uma Caixa IoT a um banco de dados, a Caixa IoT pode " -"reiniciar, se este for o caso, pode levar até um minuto antes de aparecer em" -" seu banco de dados. Se após algum tempo a Caixa de IoT ainda não estiver " -"aparecendo, certifique-se de que seu banco de dados possa ser alcançado a " -"partir da Caixa de IoT e que seu servidor não use um ambiente com múltiplas " -"bases de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -"Minha caixa IoT está conectada ao meu banco de dados, mas não pode ser " -"alcançada" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de que a Caixa IoT e o dispositivo rodando o navegador estão " -"localizados na mesma rede que a Caixa IoT não pode ser alcançada de fora da " -"rede local." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Impressora" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "Minha impressora não foi detectada" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -"Se uma de suas impressoras não aparecer em sua lista de dispositivos, vá " -"para a página inicial da IoT Box e certifique-se de que ela esteja listada " -"em *Printers*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -"Se sua impressora não estiver presente na página inicial da IoT Box, " -"pressione *Servidor de Impressoras*, vá para a aba *Administração* e clique " -"em *Adicionar Impressora*. Se você não conseguir encontrar sua impressora na" -" lista, provavelmente ela não está conectada corretamente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "Minha impressora produz texto aleatório" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 msgid "" "For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " "selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " "characters." msgstr "" -"Para a maioria das impressoras, o driver correto deve ser detectado e " -"selecionado automaticamente. Entretanto, em alguns casos, o mecanismo de " -"detecção automática pode não ser suficiente, e se não for encontrado nenhum " -"driver, a impressora poderá imprimir caracteres aleatórios." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." msgstr "" -"A solução é selecionar manualmente o motorista correspondente. Na página " -"inicial da Caixa IoT, clique em *Printers Server*, vá para a guia *Printers*" -" e selecione a impressora na lista. No menu suspenso Administração, clique " -"em *Modificar Impressora*. Siga os passos e selecione a Marca e o Modelo " -"correspondente à sua impressora." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." @@ -2219,98 +2478,88 @@ msgstr "" "não precisam de um motorista para trabalhar. Certifique-se de que nenhum " "driver seja selecionado para essas impressoras." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "Minha impressora Zebra não imprime nada" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -"As impressoras Zebra são bastante sensíveis ao formato do código ZPL que é " -"impresso. Se nada sair da impressora ou etiquetas em branco forem impressas," -" tente alterar o formato do relatório que é enviado à impressora acessando " -":menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` em modo desenvolvedor e " -"procure o modelo correspondente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Scanner de Código de Barras" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" "Os caracteres lidos pelo leitor de código de barras não correspondem ao " "código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -"Por padrão, assumimos que seu leitor de código de barras está configurado em" -" US QWERTY. Esta é a configuração padrão da maioria dos leitores de código " -"de barras. Se seu leitor de código de barras usa um layout diferente, vá " -"para a visualização do formulário de seu dispositivo e selecione o correto." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "Nada acontece quando um código de barras é escaneado" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de que o dispositivo correto esteja selecionado em sua " -"configuração de Ponto de Venda e que seu código de barras esteja configurado" -" para enviar um caractere ENTER (keycode 28) no final de cada código de " -"barras." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "O leitor de código de barras é detectado como um teclado" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Alguns leitores de código de barras mal construídos não se anunciam como " -"leitores de código de barras, mas sim como um teclado USB, e não serão " -"reconhecidos pela caixa IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -"Você pode mudar manualmente o tipo de dispositivo indo para sua visualização" -" de formulário e ativando a opção *Is scanner*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Caixa Registradora" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "A gaveta do dinheiro não abre" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" -"O sacador deve ser conectado à impressora e a caixa de seleção *Retirador* " -"deve ser assinalada na configuração do PDV." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" @@ -2654,463 +2903,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "Conecte uma Câmera" +msgid "Connect a camera" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -"Ao usar sua *IoT Box* em Odoo, você pode precisar usar uma câmera. Como pode" -" ser feito em poucas etapas, este dispositivo é realmente fácil de " -"configurar. Então, você pode usá-lo em seu processo de fabricação e vinculá-" -"lo a um ponto de controle. Isso permitirá que você tire fotos quando chegar " -"ao ponto de controle de qualidade escolhido." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Conexão" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "Para conectar a câmera à *IoT Box*, basta conectar as duas por cabo." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"Se sua câmera é compatível com `*** `__, não há necessidade de configurar nada, pois ela será detectada" -" assim que for conectada." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "Ligue uma câmera a um ponto de controle de qualidade" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "Com o aplicativo Fabricação" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -"Em seu *Aplicativo de Qualidade*, você pode configurar o dispositivo em um " -"*Ponto de Controle de Qualidade*. Vá para o menu *Pontos de Controle*, em " -"*Controle de Qualidade* e abra o ponto de controle que você deseja conectar " -"com a câmera." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" -"Agora, você pode editar o ponto de controle e selecionar o dispositivo a " -"partir da lista suspensa. Agora, clique em salvar." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" -"Em seguida, sua câmera pode ser usada com o *Ponto de Controle* escolhido. " -"Durante o processo de fabricação, alcançar o *Ponto de Controle de " -"Qualidade* que você escolheu antes permitirá que você tire uma foto." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "Conectar um Pedal" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -"Ao trabalhar, é sempre melhor ter suas duas mãos disponíveis. Usando a *IoT " -"Box* da Odoo e um pedal de acionamento permitirá isso." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -"Na verdade, você poderá ir de uma tela a outra e realizar ações usando seu " -"pé e o pedal. Realmente conveniente, ele pode ser configurado em algumas " -"etapas." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -"Conectar o pedal ao *IoT Box* é fácil, basta conectar os dois por cabo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -"Se seu pedal é um \"pedal suportado `__, não há necessidade de configurar nada, uma vez que ele será " -"automaticamente detectado quando conectado." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "Ligar um Pedal a um Centro de Trabalho" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"Para ligar o pedal a uma ação, ele precisa ser configurado em um centro de " -"trabalho. Vá até o centro de trabalho no qual você deseja usar o pedal e " -"adicione o dispositivo na aba *IoT Triggers*. Depois, você pode ligá-lo a " -"uma ação e também adicionar uma chave para acioná-lo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -"Note que o primeiro da lista será escolhido. Portanto, a ordem é importante!" -" Na figura acima, o uso do pedal, por exemplo, salta automaticamente a parte" -" atual do processo em que você trabalha." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" -"Quando você está na tela de ordem de serviço, um botão de status indica se " -"você está conectado corretamente ao pedal." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "Conectar uma ferramenta de medição" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -"Com a *IoT Box* da Odoo, é possível conectar ferramentas de medição ao seu " -"banco de dados. Encontre aqui a lista de dispositivos suportados: " -"Dispositivos suportados `__,." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "Conecte em USB" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Para adicionar um dispositivo conectado por USB, basta conectar o cabo USB " -"na *IoT Box*, e o dispositivo deve aparecer em seu banco de dados Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "Conectar em Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Ative o Bluetooth em seu dispositivo (consulte o manual de seu dispositivo " -"para maiores explicações) e a caixa de ligação ao dispositivo tentará " -"automaticamente conectar-se ao mesmo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "Aqui está um exemplo de como deveria ser:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "Ligar uma ferramenta de medição a um ponto de controle de qualidade" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" -"Em seu *Aplicativo de Qualidade*, você pode configurar um dispositivo em " -"seus *Pontos de Controle de Qualidade*. Para fazer isso, vá para o menu " -"*Pontos de Controle*, em *Controle de Qualidade* e abra o ponto de controle " -"ao qual você deseja atribuir uma ferramenta de medição." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -"Agora, você pode editar o ponto de controle e escolher o dispositivo a " -"partir da lista suspensa. Em seguida, clique em salvar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" -"Agora, sua ferramenta de medição está vinculada ao *Ponto de Controle* " -"escolhido. O valor, que precisa ser alterado manualmente, será atualizado " -"automaticamente enquanto a ferramenta estiver sendo usada." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "Conecte uma Impressora" +msgid "Connect a printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" -"Ao usar sua *IoT Box* na Odoo, você pode precisar usar uma impressora. Fazer" -" isso é fácil e conveniente, pois pode ser feito em poucas etapas. Então, " -"você pode usá-la para imprimir recibos, pedidos ou mesmo relatórios em " -"diferentes aplicativos Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -"A caixa IoT suporta impressoras conectadas através de USB, rede ou " -"Bluetooth. As impressoras suportadas `__ serão detectadas automaticamente e aparecerão na lista " -"*Dispositivos* de seu aplicativo IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -"A impressora pode levar até dois minutos para aparecer em sua lista de " -"dispositivos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "Ligar a impressora" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "Para ordens de trabalho" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -"Você pode vincular *pedidos de trabalho* a impressoras através de um *Ponto " -"de Controle de Qualidade* para imprimir etiquetas para produtos fabricados." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -"Para isso, você precisa criar um *Ponto de Controle de Qualidade* a partir " -"do aplicativo *Qualidade*. Então, você pode selecionar a operação correta de" -" fabricação e a operação da ordem de trabalho. No tipo, escolha *Print " -"Label* e clique em save." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -"Agora, cada vez que você atingir o ponto de controle de qualidade do produto" -" escolhido, um botão *Print Label* aparecerá." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "Para relatórios" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -"Você também pode vincular um tipo de relatório a uma determinada impressora." -" No aplicativo *IoT*, vá para o menu *Dispositivos* e selecione a impressora" -" que você deseja configurar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "Agora, vá para a guia *Printer Reports*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -"Pressione editar e depois, clique em *Adicionar uma linha*. Na janela que " -"aparece, verifique todos os tipos de relatórios que devem ser ligados a esta" -" impressora. Clique em selecionar e salvar." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -"Agora, cada vez que você clicar em *Imprimir* no painel de controle, em vez " -"de baixar um PDF, ele o enviará para a impressora selecionada e o imprimirá " -"automaticamente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "Recibos de impressão do PdS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -"Você pode vincular uma impressora ao seu *Ponto de Venda* para poder " -"imprimir recibos diretamente de seu *PoS*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -"Fazer isso é realmente fácil. Vá para seu aplicativo *Ponto de Venda* e abra" -" suas configurações *Ponto de Venda*, em *Configuração*. Lá, clique em " -"*Editar* e verifique o recurso *IoT Box*. Em seguida, escolha sua *IoT " -"Printer* a partir do menu suspenso." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -"Agora, você poderá imprimir diferentes tipos de bilhetes a partir de seu " -"*POS*: **receipts***, **detalhes da venda*** e **bills****." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -"Os recibos são impressos quando o pedido é validado. O processo é " -"automatizado quando você habilita o recurso em sua configuração *PoS*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -"Os detalhes das vendas podem ser impressos clicando no ícone da impressora " -"na barra de navegação na parte superior do *PoS*. Ela imprimirá os detalhes " -"das vendas do dia atual." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -"Quanto à conta, ela só está disponível no modo restaurante. Em suas " -"configurações de restaurante, ative *Cédulas de impressão* e um botão " -"*Cédula* aparecerá no painel esquerdo da *PoS*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "Imprimir pedidos na cozinha ou no bar" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" -"No modo restaurante, você pode enviar ingressos para pedidos à cozinha." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -"Para fazer isso, vá para o aplicativo *PoS* e abra suas configurações *PoS*." -" Em seguida, marque *Order Printer*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -"Agora, vá para o menu *Printers*. Pressione create, selecione a impressora " -"no menu suspenso e, no campo *Printer Product Categories*, escolha todas as " -"categorias de produtos que devem ser impressas nesta impressora." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" -"No *PoS*, quando você adicionar ou remover um produto de uma das categorias " -"selecionadas, o botão *Ordem* será verde. Se você clicar sobre ele, a caixa " -"IoT imprimirá um recibo na impressora correspondente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" -msgstr "Conecte uma Balança" +msgid "Connect a scale" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar sua **IoT Box*** em Odoo, você pode precisar usar uma balança. " -"Fazer isso é fácil e conveniente, pois pode ser feito em poucas etapas. " -"Então, você pode usá-la em seu **Aplicativo Ponto de Venda*** para pesar " -"seus produtos, o que é útil se o preço deles for baseado nele." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "Para ligar a balança à **IoT Box***, conecte-os com um cabo." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "Em alguns casos, um adaptador serial para USB pode ser necessário." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -3120,63 +3458,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" -"Talvez seja necessário reiniciar a caixa e fazer o download dos drivers de " -"sua balança a partir da caixa em alguns casos. Para fazer isso, vá para a " -"página inicial da *IoT Box* e clique em *lista de motoristas*. Em seguida, " -"clique em drivers de carga." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Use uma balança no ponto de venda" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." -msgstr "" -"Para utilizar a escala em seu aplicativo *Point of Sale*, vá para " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, abra o " -"que você deseja configurar, depois clique em *Edit* e ative o recurso *IoT " -"Box*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" -"Agora, escolha a *IoT Box* no menu suspenso e verifique a opção *Electronic " -"Scale*. Em seguida, clique em salvar." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" -"A escala está agora disponível em todas as suas sessões *PoS*. Então, se um " -"produto tem um preço por peso definido, clicando sobre ele na tela *PoS* " -"abre a tela da balança, onde o caixa pode pesar o produto e adicionar o " -"preço correto ao carrinho." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." @@ -3188,64 +3518,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -3254,87 +3591,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index c6b9e83da..dd1081eab 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,11 +7,11 @@ # Vanderlei P. Romera , 2023 # Luis Gustavo Almeida , 2023 # Éder Brito , 2023 -# Marcel Savegnago , 2023 # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2023 # Layna Nascimento, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -91,6 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -110,7 +111,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2713,56 +2713,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -3440,7 +3464,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 msgid "Worldline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Worldline" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux." @@ -6389,216 +6413,312 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Método de faturamento" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "Solicite um pagamento adiantado" +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -"Um adiantamento é um pagamento parcial feito pelo comprador quando um " -"contrato de venda é celebrado. Isto implica no compromisso total de ambas as" -" partes (vendedor e comprador) em honrar o contrato. Com um adiantamento, os" -" compradores mostram sua vontade de adquirir o produto e concordam em pagar " -"o restante mais tarde, enquanto os vendedores são obrigados a fornecer a " -"mercadoria aceitando-a." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -"Às vezes é necessário um adiantamento para pedidos ou projetos caros. Dessa " -"forma, você pode se proteger e ter certeza de que seu cliente é confiável." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "Primeira vez que você solicita um adiantamento" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -"Quando uma ordem de venda é confirmada, você tem então a possibilidade de " -"criar uma fatura. As faturas são criadas automaticamente em rascunhos para " -"que você possa revisá-las antes da validação. Para criar uma nota fiscal, a " -"Odoo Sales lhe oferece 3 opções:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "Fatura Normal" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "Baixar pagamento (percentagem)" +msgid "" +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "Baixar pagamento (quantidade fixa)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" msgstr "" -"Em termos de adiantamento, ele pode ser um montante fixo ou uma porcentagem " -"do montante total. Na primeira vez que solicitar um adiantamento, você pode " -"definir uma porcentagem ou um valor fixo à sua escolha, e selecionar a conta" -" de renda e os impostos corretos. Estas configurações serão reutilizadas " -"para futuros adiantamentos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -"Ao solicitar seu primeiro adiantamento, um novo produto chamado **Pagamento " -"próprio** será criado. Este produto será registrado como um **serviço** com " -"uma política de faturamento de **quantidades encomendadas**. Como lembrete, " -"você pode editar este produto e modificá-lo a qualquer momento. Observe que " -"se você escolher **delivered quantidades*** como política de faturamento, " -"**você não poderá criar uma fatura***." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "Fluxo básico de vendas utilizando adiantamentos" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" -"Para este primeiro exemplo, utilizaremos um adiantamento de 50% acom um " -"produto utilizando **quantidades ordenadas** como política de faturação. " -"Verifique aqui nossa documentação sobre políticas de faturamento: " -":doc:`invoicing_policy` , antes de solicitar seu primeiro adiantamento. " -"Quando se trata de criar e visualizar a fatura, você só terá acesso a uma " -"minuta de fatura mencionando o adiantamento (como você pode ver abaixo)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" -"Lá, você pode postar a fatura e registrar o pagamento de seu cliente. Mas, " -"todos nós sabemos que na vida real este fluxo não acontece imediatamente. " -"Portanto, por enquanto, você pode retornar ao pedido de venda. Lá, você terá" -" a possibilidade de ver o pedido como um cliente com o botão **Pré-" -"visualização do cliente** ou de alcançar facilmente o rascunho da fatura " -"anterior com o botão **Fatura**. Em qualquer caso, o adiantamento será " -"mencionado em ambos (pedido de venda e rascunho de fatura)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" -"Para completar o fluxo, quando o cliente quiser pagar o resto de sua ordem " -"de venda, é necessário criar outra fatura. Mais uma vez, o cliente terá a " -"opção de fazer outro adiantamento ou de deduzir todos os adiantamentos e " -"assim, pagar o resto da fatura como uma fatura normal." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -"Este fluxo também é possível com um adiantamento que leva em conta um " -"montante fixo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Tenha cuidado para que se você fizer um adiantamento com um produto usando " -"**delivered quantidades*** como política de faturamento, você não poderá " -"deduzir todos os adiantamentos quando se tratar de faturar seu cliente. De " -"fato, você tem que entregar um produto antes de criar a fatura final. Se " -"nada tiver sido entregue, você cria uma **nota de crédito*** que cancela a " -"minuta da fatura criada após o pagamento do adiantamento. Para isso, você " -"tem que instalar o **Aplicativo do Inventário*** para confirmar a entrega. " -"Caso contrário, você pode inserir a quantidade entregue manualmente no " -"pedido de venda." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "Modifique a conta de receita e os impostos do cliente" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" -"A partir da lista de produtos, procure pelo produto **Pagamento próprio**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" -"Você pode editá-lo e sob o **Guia de Informações Gerais*** você poderá " -"alterar os impostos do cliente. Agora, para alterar a conta de rendimentos, " -"será necessário instalar a **Aplicativo de Contagem*** para ter a " -"possibilidade de ver a **Apatilha de Contagem** no formulário do produto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" -msgstr ":doc:`política_facturação" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -6936,53 +7056,89 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "Você poderá faturar esse primeiro marco." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "Envie uma fatura pro-forma" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -"Uma fatura pro-forma é uma fatura resumida ou estimada antes da entrega de " -"mercadorias. Ele observa o tipo e a quantidade das mercadorias, seu valor e " -"outras informações importantes, como peso e taxas de transporte. Faturas " -"pró-forma são comumente usadas como faturas preliminares com uma cotação ou " -"para fins alfandegários na importação. Eles diferem de uma fatura normal por" -" não ser uma demanda ou solicitação de pagamento." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Ativar o recurso" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -"Vá para: seleção de menus: `VENDAS -> Configuração -> Configurações` e ative" -" o recurso * Fatura Pro-Forma *." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -"A partir de qualquer cotação ou pedido de venda, você sabe que tem a opção " -"de enviar uma fatura pro-forma." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "Envie uma fatura pro-forma" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Ao clicar em enviar, o Odoo enviará um email com a fatura pro-forma em " -"anexo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" @@ -7452,7 +7608,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -9045,105 +9200,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "Entregue e fature em diferentes endereços" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "Seja pago para confirmar um pedido" @@ -9554,356 +9613,138 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "Use modelos de cotação" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "Modelos de cotação" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" -"Ao criar modelos de cotação personalizados, você economizará muito tempo. De" -" fato, com o uso de modelos, você será capaz de enviar cotações completas a " -"um ritmo rápido." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." -msgstr "" -"Para ativar este recurso, vá para :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Settings' e ative **Quotation Templates***." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"Para ainda mais comodidade, também é recomendável adicionar o recurso " -"**Quotation Builder** que ajudará você a projetar seus modelos de cotação " -"muito facilmente. Esta opção instalará automaticamente o aplicativo do site " -"Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "Crie o seu primeiro modelo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -"Os modelos de citação estão em: 'menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration'." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Você pode criar um novo modelo ou editar um modelo já existente. Uma vez " -"nomeado, você será capaz de selecionar produtos e quantidades, bem como o " -"tempo de expiração da cotação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "Desenhe seu modelo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" -"Você terá a possibilidade de projetar seu modelo e editar a interface do " -"cliente a fim de gerenciar o que os clientes verão antes de aceitar e pagar " -"a cotação. Por exemplo, você será capaz de descrever sua empresa, seus " -"serviços e seus produtos. Para fazer isso, você pode clicar em **Editar** e " -"será levado ao construtor da cotação." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" -"Você pode editar facilmente o conteúdo de seu modelo arrastando e soltando " -"diferentes blocos de construção para organizar sua cotação. Por exemplo, " -"você pode adicionar um bloco de conteúdo para descrever seus produtos." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" -msgstr "Use um modelo de cotação" +msgid "Use a template" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "Ao criar uma cotação, você pode escolher um modelo específico." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -"Você pode selecionar qualquer modelo de sua escolha e sugeri-lo como modelo " -"padrão nas configurações **Vendas***." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "Confirme a cotação" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" -"Os modelos facilitam o processo de confirmação, permitindo que os clientes " -"assinem eletronicamente ou paguem on-line. Você pode ativar estas duas " -"opções diretamente no próprio modelo de cotação." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" -"Cada cotação terá agora esta configuração. É claro que você pode sempre " -"mudá-lo e torná-lo específico para cada cotação." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "Adicionar termos e condições" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" -"A especificação de termos e condições é essencial para estabelecer pontos " -"contratuais importantes, tais como condições de pagamento, limitação de " -"responsabilidade e condições de entrega entre clientes e vendedores. Todo " -"vendedor deve declarar todas as informações formais relativas aos produtos e" -" à política da empresa. Por outro lado, cada cliente deve tomar nota de " -"todas essas condições antes de se comprometer a qualquer coisa. Com a Odoo " -"Sales, é muito fácil incluir seus termos e condições padrão em cada cotação," -" ordem de venda e fatura que você administra." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Termos e Condições Padrão" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" -"Ir para :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings' e ativar " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" -"Observe que este recurso é ativado através das configurações do **Aplicativo" -" de faturamento*** e **não*** através das configurações do **Aplicativo de " -"vendas***. Além disso, não é necessário instalar o aplicativo de " -"faturamento, pois ele é feito automaticamente com a instalação do aplicativo" -" de vendas." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "DT&C em suas cotações, pedidos de venda e faturas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" -"Nas configurações do **Aplicativo de faturamento***, você tem a " -"possibilidade de inserir seus termos e condições padrão." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" -"Eles aparecem posteriormente em cada cotação, ordem de venda e fatura." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "DT&C em seus modelos de cotação" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" -"De acordo com suas necessidades comerciais, você pode especificar seus " -"termos e condições em seus modelos de orçamento. Isto é interessante se você" -" tiver termos e condições diferentes dentro de sua empresa." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" -"Não deixe de conferir nossa documentação sobre modelos de cotação: " -":doc:`quote_template`, para dominar cada passo deste incrível recurso." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Termos e condições gerais" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "GT&C em seu site" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" -"Use o **Aplicativo do site*** e crie sua própria página de termos e " -"condições gerais. Por exemplo, aqui está a página de termos e condições da " -"Odoo:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Você pode se referir a esta página no rodapé de todos os seus documentos. O " -"layout está disponível na categoria **Configurações Gerais** sob a categoria" -" **Documentos comerciais***. Por exemplo, este rodapé de página aparece em " -"todos os documentos da Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "GT&C como anexo em seus e-mails" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Anexe um documento externo com seus termos e condições gerais quando você " -"estiver prestes a enviar sua cotação por e-mail a seus clientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "GT&C como anexo em seus modelos de cotação" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" -"Crie e edite modelos de e-mail para definir um anexo padrão para todos os " -"e-mails de cotação que você enviará no futuro. Para isso, você tem que ir " -"para :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates' e " -"criar um novo modelo de cotação ou modificar um modelo já existente. Sob a " -"guia de confirmação, você agora pode ativar assinaturas online, pagamentos " -"online e definir um e-mail de confirmação no qual você tem a possibilidade " -"de configurar o anexo padrão. Aí, você pode colocar seus termos e condições " -"gerais." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" -"Para personalizar seus modelos de e-mail, ative o **modo desenvolvedor*** e " -"vá para :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." -msgstr "Com a Odoo Sales, agora é muito simples lidar com termos e condições." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "Subscriptions" @@ -9990,7 +9831,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -10693,10 +10535,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 8c989a293..61a3637f5 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -7,17 +7,18 @@ # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 # Marcel Savegnago , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Layna Nascimento, 2023 +# Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1317,152 +1318,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/aplicações/inventário_e_mrp/inventário/gestão/produtos/uom`" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Visão Geral" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "Fórum e eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Fórum" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" -"Para ir além do e-mail, chat ao vivo, formulários web e linhas telefônicas, " -"ofereça a seus clientes um fórum de suporte. Desta forma, os clientes podem " -"se apegar mais à sua empresa, pois estariam investindo tempo para entrar em " -"detalhes de seus negócios. Você também encoraja a troca de experiências e " -"conhecimentos, apoiando o sentimento de pertencer a uma comunidade (sua " -"comunidade!)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Configurar" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" -"Ir para :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` e " -"habilitar *Help Center*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" -"Criar, ou editar um fórum clicando no link externo. Entre as opções de " -"edição, escolha se deseja que o *Modo Fórum* seja *Questões*: apenas uma " -"resposta é permitida por pergunta ou *Discussões*: são permitidas múltiplas " -"respostas por pergunta." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" -"De agora em diante, os usuários logados podem iniciar suas discussões. Para " -"acompanhar os posts, vá para :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" -"Transforme os ingressos em postagens no fórum simplesmente clicando em " -"*Partilhar no Fórum* na página do ingresso." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "e-Learning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" -"Além de um fórum, oferecer cursos on-line. Ao fazer isso, você vincula as " -"necessidades e perguntas de seus clientes e usuários a conteúdos úteis, " -"ajudando a aumentar a eficiência, pois eles também podem encontrar suas " -"respostas lá." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" -"Ir para :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` e " -"habilitar *eLearning*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez que a estrutura e o conteúdo de seu curso estejam prontos, *Publicá-" -"lo* clicando em *Não Publicado*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" -"Para acompanhar as estatísticas de seu curso, vá para *eLearning* e *View " -"Course*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "À Fazer" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" -"DETALHES/INFORMAÇÕES DEVEM VIR DOS DOCS ELEARNING. PORTANTO, LIGUE OS DOCS " -"UMA VEZ DISPONÍVEIS!" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1761,6 +1616,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Ajuda" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Conhecimento" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "Fórum da comunidade" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "Fazendo uma pergunta" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "Pergunta mais votada" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "Pergunta menos votada" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "Resposta mais votada" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "Resposta rebaixada" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "Aceitando uma resposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "Resposta aceita" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "Resposta sinalizada" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "Fazer perguntas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "Responder a perguntas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "Condecorar" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "Rebaixar" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "Editar próprias postagens" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "Modificar todos posts" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "Encerrar próprias postagens" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "Fechar todas as postagens" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "Excluir as próprias postagens" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "Apagar todas as postagens" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "Links Nofollow" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "Aceite uma resposta para todas as perguntas" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "Desvincular os próprios comentários" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "Desvincular todos os comentários" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "Fazer perguntas sem validação" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "Marcar um post como ofensivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "Moderar postagens" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "Alterar marcadores de pergunta" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "Criar novos marcadores" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "e-Learning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 320344b3e..c3585d400 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -4,24 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Luis Gustavo Almeida , 2023 # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Claudecir Garcia Martins, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 # Marcel Savegnago , 2023 +# Layna Nascimento, 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Layna Nascimento, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -498,6 +497,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" @@ -2534,177 +2534,494 @@ msgstr "Chat ao Vivo" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" -"O Live Chat tem o mais alto índice de satisfação de qualquer ferramenta de " -"comunicação. Ela permite respostas rápidas e é acessível e conveniente, pois" -" seus clientes podem continuar fazendo o que estão fazendo enquanto " -"interagem com você. Lembre-se: seus clientes querem falar com você, " -"portanto, vamos facilitar as coisas." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" -msgstr "" -"Chat ao vivo: página do produto `_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Configurar" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Uma vez instalado o *Live Chat* em seu banco de dados, se seu website foi " -"criado com Odoo, o aplicativo é automaticamente adicionado a ele. Tudo o que" -" resta a fazer é ir para :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Live Chat`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "Selecione o canal a ser vinculado ao seu website ou crie um na mosca." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "Para ambos os cenários, abaixo:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" -"- **Operadores**: adicionar agentes para responder aos pedidos do bate-papo." -" Acrescente quantos quiser e tenha em mente que os operadores que não " -"mostram nenhuma atividade em Odoo por mais de 30min são considerados " -"desconectados." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" -"- **Options**: definir o texto padrão a ser mostrado no botão de bate-papo " -"ao vivo; uma mensagem automática de boas-vindas para ser vista pelos " -"visitantes quando uma conversa é iniciada, e o texto que leva o usuário a " -"iniciar um bate-papo." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -"- **Regras do Canal**: escolha uma ação para um determinado URL, e/ou por " -"país. No exemplo abaixo, a janela de chat aparece automaticamente 3 segundos" -" após os usuários (de qualquer país) pousarem na página de contato." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "Operadores" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -"GeoIP, que se refere ao processo de encontrar a localização geográfica de um" -" terminal de computador por seu endereço IP, deve ser instalado em seu " -"servidor. Caso contrário, sob *Regras de Canal*, os países não são levados " -"em conta." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "Opções externas" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Se seu website não foi criado com Odoo, você pode encontrar o código a ser " -"adicionado ao seu próprio, na guia *Widget*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "" -"Odoo também oferece uma URL que você pode enviar aos usuários para que eles " -"possam ter acesso a uma única página de bate-papo ao vivo." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de solicitações de chat" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." msgstr "" -"As conversas iniciadas pelos visitantes aparecem como uma mensagem direta, e" -" são mostradas em *Discuss*. Portanto, as consultas podem ser respondidas " -"onde quer que você esteja em Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 msgid "" -"View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." msgstr "" -"As conversas são despachadas com base na carga de trabalho atual dos " -"operadores on-line." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "Deixar ou aderir a um canal" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opções" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "URL Regex" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "País" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Widget" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." msgstr "" -"Ir para :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, acesse seu " -"canal em *Live Chat*, e *Join Channel* ou *Leave Channel*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +msgid "" +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2791,122 +3108,336 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr "doc:`responses`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "Comandos e respostas enlatadas" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" -"O uso de respostas enlatadas pode ajudá-lo a economizar tempo e ter uma " -"resposta prévia e bem pensada a algumas de suas perguntas e comentários mais" -" comuns." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Use comandos" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" -"Os comandos são atalhos que fazem ações específicas dentro da janela de " -"bate-papo:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "**/help**: mostra uma mensagem de ajuda." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk**: cria um chamado na central de ajuda." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk_search**: procura por um bilhete do helpdesk." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "**/história**: mostra as últimas 15 páginas visitadas." +msgid "Execute a command" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead**: cria uma nova pista." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "**/saída**: abandona o canal." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -"- Para * tickets de helpdesk*: certifique-se de que o aplicativo está " -"instalado em seu banco de dados e a opção *Bate-papo em tempo real* em " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` está " -"habilitada." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" -"- Para *leads*: a aplicação *CRM* deve ser instalada em seu banco de dados." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" -"Para acessar o ingresso ou chumbo criado a partir do bate-papo, clique no " -"link de atalho." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Ajuda" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" -"As passagens de ajuda criadas a partir do bate-papo adicionam " -"automaticamente a conversa como uma descrição da passagem. O mesmo vale para" -" a criação de uma pista." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Enviar respostas predeterminadas" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" -"As respostas enlatadas permitem que você tenha um texto completo sendo " -"colocado quando você digita uma palavra de atalho. Para criá-las, vá para " -":menuselection:`Live Chat --> Configuração --> Respostas enlatadas'." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" -"Para utilizá-los durante uma conversa, basta digitar **:** seguido da " -"palavra de atalho que você criou." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Histórico" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Lead" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Sair" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" @@ -3468,6 +3999,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "O banco de dados GeoIP não foi capaz de resolver o endereço IP dado" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "Traduções" @@ -3643,10 +4336,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "Unsplash (imagens grátis)" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 22d470429..2966b6c5e 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -330,8 +330,8 @@ msgstr "Pentru a afișa doar bazele de date cu nume care încep cu 'mycompany'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:" -msgstr "în ``/etc/odoo.conf`` setează:" +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -714,8 +714,8 @@ msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM pentru Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" -msgstr "în ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 msgid "HTTPS" @@ -4096,8 +4096,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 -msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise" -msgstr "Actualizați Community la Enterprise" +msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -11906,68 +11906,114 @@ msgstr "" "întotdeauna o actualizare de test înainte de a actualiza instanța dvs. de " "producție." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:6 -msgid "Requesting a test upgrade" -msgstr "Cererea unei actualizări de test" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website." +" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager " +"`_ page and sign in." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8 -msgid "Go to your `database manager `_" -msgstr "Mergi la `database manager `_" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:9 -msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*." -msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe pictograma profilului dvs. și selectați *My Databases*." - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 -msgid "Selecting My Databases under my profile" -msgstr "Selectarea My Databases sub profilul meu" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:14 msgid "" -"Click on the up arrow button next to your main database name to proceed to " -"the test upgrade." +"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with" +" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent " +"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database " +"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded." msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe butonul săgeată în sus lângă numele bazei de date principale " -"pentru a continua cu actualizarea de test." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 -msgid "Selecting the action settings icon" -msgstr "Selectarea pictogramei setărilor de acțiune" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid "Test database" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19 msgid "" -"In the pop-up message that appears, select the target version and then " -":guilabel:`Test` as purpose." +"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the" +" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that " +"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, " +"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the " +"database upgrade." msgstr "" -"În mesajul pop-up care apare, selectați versiunea țintă și apoi " -":guilabel:`Test` ca scop." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Production` purpose doesn't appear if you didn't test your " -"upgraded database at least once." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to " +"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, " +"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to " +"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual " +"database." msgstr "" -" :guilabel:`Production` scopul nu apare dacă nu ați testat baza de date " -"actualizată cel puțin o dată." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:26 -msgid "" -"This triggers the automated upgrade process. A confirmation email is then " -"sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide " -"information if the upgrade failed." +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up." msgstr "" -"Acest lucru declanșează procesul automat de actualizare. Un e-mail de " -"confirmare vă este trimis cu link-ul către baza de date actualizată sau " -"pentru a furniza informații dacă actualizarea a eșuat." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* " -"page." +"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up" +" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade " +"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is " +"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database " +"manager `_ page. To access the test " +"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main " +"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, " +"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test " +"version's row to go to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "A test database on the database manager page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact" +" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in " +"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any " +"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:57 +msgid "Production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database " +"manager `_ page. Once again, click on the" +" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The " +":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that " +"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the" +" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"appears next to the name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:68 +msgid "" +"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified." msgstr "" -"De asemenea, puteți vedea și accesa baza de date de test din pagina *My " -"Databases*." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 3c219ea1b..957ec51be 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -8,20 +8,20 @@ # Fenyedi Levente, 2023 # Vacaru Adrian , 2023 # Emanuel Bruda, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Hongu Cosmin , 2023 # Foldi Robert , 2023 # Cozmin Candea , 2023 # Dorin Hongu , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -567,16 +567,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -596,7 +596,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -3045,6 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -3106,8 +3108,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bancă" @@ -3821,6 +3823,72 @@ msgstr "" "Și aici este intrarea în jurnal a notei de credit generate pentru a inversa " "factura originală de mai sus:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "Venituri neexigibile" @@ -5377,9 +5445,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "Cont" @@ -5388,9 +5456,9 @@ msgstr "Cont" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debit" @@ -5400,9 +5468,9 @@ msgstr "Debit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Credit" @@ -5411,8 +5479,8 @@ msgstr "Credit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Conturi de credit" @@ -5559,6 +5627,71 @@ msgstr "" "Faceți clic `aici `_ pentru a afla " "mai multe despre *Politica de confidențialitate*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "Introducere" @@ -6416,6 +6549,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -6882,6 +7016,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "Foaie de calcul contabil" @@ -7093,6 +7239,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Sold = Debit - Credit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -7521,6 +7668,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "Selectați moneda și jurnalul pe care să le utilizați." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "Înregistrarea plății" @@ -8364,245 +8512,203 @@ msgstr "Cecuri" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" -"Există două modalități de gestionare a plăților primite prin cecuri. Odoo " -"acceptă ambele abordări astfel încât să puteți utiliza cel care se " -"potrivește mai bine cu obiceiurile dvs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -"**Fonduri neîncasate:** odată ce primiți cecul, înregistrați o plată prin " -"cecu pe factură. (folosind un jurnal de verificare și postat pe contul de " -"Fonduri neîncasate) Apoi, odată ce cecul ajunge în contul dvs. bancar, " -"mutați bani de la Fonduri neîncasate la contul dvs. bancar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -"**O singură înregistrare în jurnal:** odată ce primiți cecul, înregistrați o" -" plată în contul dvs. bancar, plătită prin cec, fără a trece prin **Fonduri " -"neîncasate**. Odată ce procesați extrasul de cont, faceți potrivirea cu " -"fluxul dvs. bancar și plata prin cec, fără a crea o înregistrare în jurnal " -"dedicată." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -"Vă recomandăm prima abordare, deoarece este mai precisă (soldul contului " -"dvs. bancar este precis, luând în considerare cecurile care nu au fost încă " -"încasate). Ambele abordări necesită aceeași efort." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Chiar dacă prima metodă este mai curată, Odoo acceptă și a doua abordare " -"deoarece anumite contabili sunt obișnuiți cu ea (utilizatori quickbooks și " -"peachtree)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" -"Puteți consulta funcția *Bilet de depozitare* dacă depuneți mai multe cecuri" -" în contul dvs. bancar în lot." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Opțiunea 1: Fonduri neîncasate" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "Creați un jurnal **Cecuri**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "Setați **Cecuri neîncasate** ca cont implicit de credit/debit" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -"Setați contul bancar asociat acestui jurnal ca **Permite reconciliere**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "De la plăți prin cecuri la extrase de cont" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -"Prima modalitate de gestionare a cecurilor este să creați un jurnal de " -"verificare. Astfel, cecurile devin o metodă de plată în sine și veți " -"înregistra două tranzacții." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -"Odată ce primiți un cec de la client, mergeți la factură și faceți clic pe " -"**Înregistrați plata**. Completați informațiile despre plata:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -"Metoda de plată: Jurnalul de verificare (pe care l-ați configurat cu " -"conturile implicite de debit și credit ca **Fonduri neîncasate**)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "Memo: scrieți numărul cecului" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "Această operațiune va produce următoarea înregistrare în jurnal:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Potrivire extrasului de cont" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100,00" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Fonduri neîncasate" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "Încasări restante" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "Factura este marcată ca plată imediat ce înregistrați cecul." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" msgstr "" -"În continuare, odată ce primiți extrasele bancare, veți potrivi acest extras" -" cu cecul care se află în Fonduri neîncasate." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -"Dacă utilizați această abordare pentru a gestiona cecurile primite, obțineți" -" lista de cecuri care nu au fost încasate în contul **Fonduri neîncasate** " -"(accesibil, de exemplu, din jurnalul general)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" -"Atât metodele vor produce aceleași date în contabilitatea dvs. la sfârșitul " -"procesului. Dar, dacă aveți cecuri care nu au fost încasate, aceasta este " -"mai curată, deoarece aceste cecuri nu au fost raportate încă pe contul dvs. " -"bancar." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "Opțiunea 2: O singură înregistrare în jurnal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Nu este nimic de configurat dacă planificați să gestionați cecurile dvs. " -"folosind această metodă." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**Metoda de plată:** banca care va fi utilizată pentru depozit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "Memorandum: scrieți numărul cecului" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -"Odată ce veți primi extrasele bancare, veți face potrivirea cu extrasul și " -"cu această plată efectivă. (tehnologic: indicați această plată și " -"relaționați o linie cu extrasul)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -"Cu această abordare, veți obține următoarea înregistrare în jurnal în " -"cărțile" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" -"Puteți înregistra de asemenea plata direct fără a merge pe factură a " -"clientului, utilizând meniul :menuselection:`Vânzări --> Plăți`. Această " -"metodă poate fi mai convenabilă dacă aveți multe cecuri de înregistrat " -"într-o serie, dar va trebui să reconciliați înregistrările ulterior " -"(potrivirea plăților cu facturile)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Dacă utilizați această abordare pentru a gestiona cecurile primite, puteți " -"folosi raportul **Raport de reconciliere bancară** pentru a verifica care " -"cecuri au fost primite sau plătite de banca. (acest raport este disponibil " -"din opțiunea **Mai multe** din tabloul de bord al contabilității pe contul " -"bancar corespunzător)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices" @@ -13275,6 +13381,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Rapoarte" @@ -15558,9 +15665,9 @@ msgstr "Cheltuieli" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -15569,16 +15676,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "Odoo Expenses: pagina produsului " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -15587,26 +15694,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -15615,13 +15736,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -15629,22 +15758,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -15653,109 +15782,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -15763,103 +15909,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -15867,7 +16036,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -15877,15 +16046,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -15894,12 +16063,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -15907,116 +16089,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "Explicație:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -16025,91 +16246,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -16117,51 +16346,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16169,19 +16431,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16189,37 +16452,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16227,61 +16500,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "Contabilitate: Contabil sau Consilier" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "Cheltuieli: Manager" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -16289,188 +16564,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "Refacturați cheltuielile către clienți" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurare" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "Cheltuieli de facturare" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 -msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "Cheltuieli de facturare" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -16909,6 +17207,7 @@ msgstr "" " caracteristicile localizării argentiniene:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -16923,6 +17222,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "Nume" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -16936,6 +17236,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "Nume tehnic" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -18623,11 +18924,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Belgia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "Facturare Electronică" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -18635,87 +19487,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo Online" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "On-Premise" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "Certificat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -18723,52 +19575,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -18777,7 +19629,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -18785,17 +19637,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -18805,7 +19657,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -18813,39 +19665,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -18855,7 +19707,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -18870,44 +19722,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "Box IoT" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -18919,7 +19771,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -18927,17 +19779,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -22110,7 +22962,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -22453,11 +23305,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -27576,10 +28423,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -28092,10 +28935,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Facturare Electronică" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -31625,10 +32464,6 @@ msgstr "Transfer Lichidități" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "Încasări restante" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -32701,7 +33536,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "Tabul Configurare" @@ -32970,7 +33805,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr ":doc:`../payment_providers`" @@ -33225,7 +34060,7 @@ msgstr "Permite platile provenite de la un domeniu specific." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "Aplicati o retinere pe un card" @@ -34833,11 +35668,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" -"Mergeti la **eCommerce** sau la **Sales** si dati click pe *Activate Stripe*" -" sau pe butonul *Set payments* din bannerul de onboarding." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:39 @@ -34885,10 +35719,8 @@ msgstr "Odoo.sh sau On-premise" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" -"La sfârșitul procesului, sunteți redirecționat către furnizorul de plată " -"**Stripe** pe Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." @@ -34910,29 +35742,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" -"Pentru a vă conecta contul Stripe după ce onboarding-ul este deja finalizat," -" accesați :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers" -" --> Stripe` și faceți clic pe butonul *Connect Stripe*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -"Daca testati Stripe (in **test mode**), schimbati **State** in *Test Mode*. " -"Va recomandam sa faceti acest lucru pe o baza de date de testare, nu pe o " -"baza de date principala." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "Completați credențialele dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" @@ -34940,7 +35766,7 @@ msgstr "" "In cazul în care **API Credentials** sunt necesare pentru conectarea cu " "contul dvs. Stripe, acestea sunt credențialele care trebuie completate:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." @@ -34948,7 +35774,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: Cheia utilizată numai pentru a " "identifica contul cu Stripe" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." @@ -34956,7 +35782,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: Cheia utilizată pentru a semna contul " "comerciantului cu Stripe" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" @@ -34966,7 +35792,7 @@ msgstr "" "contul dvs. Stripe, acest secret de semnare trebuie să fie setat pentru a " "autentifica mesajele trimise de Stripe la Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -34978,11 +35804,11 @@ msgstr "" "contul dvs. Stripe dashboard si mergeti la :menuselection:`Developers --> " "API Keys --> Standard Keys`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "Generați un webhook" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." @@ -34990,77 +35816,64 @@ msgstr "" "In cazul în care **Webhook Signing Secret** este necesar pentru conectarea " "cu contul dvs. Stripe, puteți crea un webhook fie automat, fie manual." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "administrearea webhook-ului automat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -"Asigurați-vă că :ref:`Publishable și Secret keys ` sunt " -"completate, apoi faceți clic pe butonul :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -"Pentru a actualiza webhook-ul, faceți clic din nou pe butonul " -":guilabel:`Generate your Webhook`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "Administrarea webhook-ului manual" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" -"Vizitatii pagina `webhooks pe Stripe " -"`_, sau conectați-vă in contul dvs. " -"Stripe dashboard si mergeti la :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. " -"Apoi, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Add endpoint` in :guilabel:`Hosted " -"endpoints` și introduceți următoarele date în formularul pop-up:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" -"In :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, introduceți URL-ul bazei de date Odoo urmat de" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." -msgstr "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "De exemplu: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" -"In partea de jos a formularului, puteți selecta actiunile dorite. Faceți " -"clic pe :guilabel:`Select events`. Apoi:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -"In sectiunea :guilabel:`Payment Intent`, selectați " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` și " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." @@ -35068,7 +35881,7 @@ msgstr "" "In sectiunea :guilabel:`Setup Intent`, selectați " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." @@ -35076,24 +35889,20 @@ msgstr "" "Este posibil să selectați si alte actiuni, dar nu sunt procesate în prezent " "de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -"Cand apasati pe :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, webhook-ul dvs. este configurat. " -"Faceți clic pe :guilabel:`reveal` pentru a afișa secretul dvs. de semnare." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a actualiza un webhook existent, faceți clic pe el. Apoi, faceți clic" -" pe trei puncte din partea dreaptă a **Webhook URL** și pe :guilabel:`Update" -" details`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" @@ -35103,17 +35912,14 @@ msgstr "" " Această caracteristică rezervă o sumă pe contul clientului pentru un anumit" " interval de timp care depinde de metoda de plată utilizată." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a-l configura, activați opțiunea :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` " -"în Odoo, așa cum este explicat în :ref:`payment providers documentation " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." @@ -35121,7 +35927,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cand caracteristica de captura manuala este activata, clientii dvs. nu pot " "proceda nici o plată dacă metodele de plată neacceptate sunt selectate." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." @@ -35129,11 +35935,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo nu acceptă încă captura parțială. Aveți în vedere că o captură parțială" " de la interfața Stripe este încă gestionată ca o captură completă de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "Activați metodele de plată locale" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." @@ -35141,43 +35947,38 @@ msgstr "" "Metoadele de plată locale sunt metode de plată care sunt disponibile doar " "pentru anumite țări și valute ale comercianților și clienților." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "Odoo acceptă următoarele metode de plată locale:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "Bancontact" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "EPS" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "giropay" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "iDEAL" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "Przelewy24 (P24)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" -"Pentru a activa unele dintre aceste metode de plată locale cu Stripe, " -"listați-le ca iconițe de plată acceptate. Pentru a face acest lucru, mergeți" -" la :menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` și " -"adăugați metodele de plată dorite în câmpul **Supported Payment Icons**. " -"Dacă metoda de plată dorită este deja listată, nu aveți nimic de făcut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" @@ -35185,7 +35986,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selectați și adăugați iconițele metodelor de plată pe care doriți să le " "activați" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." @@ -35193,23 +35994,21 @@ msgstr "" "Daca o pictograma de plată nu apare în baza de date dar metoda de plată " "locală asociată este listată mai sus, este considerată activată cu Stripe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" -"Dacă o metodă de plată locală nu este listată mai sus, nu este acceptată și " -"nu poate fi activată." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 msgid "Enable express checkout" msgstr "Activați plata rapidă" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -35221,11 +36020,11 @@ msgstr "" "să înregistrați domeniul dvs. web cu Apple. Acest lucru se poate face fie " "automat din Odoo, fie manual din Stripe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "Registrare automată din Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." @@ -35233,40 +36032,29 @@ msgstr "" "Navigați către furnizorul dvs. de plată și asigurați-vă că este " ":guilabel:`activat`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -"Mergeti la fila :guilabel:`Configuration` și faceți clic pe butonul " -":guilabel:`Enable Apple Pay`. O notificare arată că domeniul web a fost " -"înregistrat cu succes cu Apple." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "Registrare manuală din Stripe" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -"Vizitati pagina `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " -"`_, sau conectați-" -"vă in contul dvs. Stripe și mergeți la :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments" -" methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Apoi, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Add new domain` și introduceți domeniul web al bazei de date Odoo" -" în formularul pop-up. Odoo găzduiește deja fișierul de verificare al " -"Stripe. Faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Add` pentru a înregistra domeniul dvs. web" -" cu Apple." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" "Această operațiune trebuie repetată de fiecare dată când domeniul dvs. web " @@ -35919,35 +36707,36 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`hash` este aplicabil numai câmpului de semnătură." msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "Foaie de calcul" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -35957,40 +36746,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -36098,3 +36887,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Șabloane" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 7e5050315..bc8eb6cb2 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,15 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Foldi Robert , 2023 +# Dorin Hongu , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -132,3 +134,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Angajați" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Adăugare angajat nou" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Aptitudini" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index b6082847b..8ec41213a 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -689,9 +689,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -1257,132 +1256,490 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "Data de expirare" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" -"În multe companii, produsele au date de expirare și ar trebui să fie " -"gestionate în funcție de aceste date. În industria alimentară, de exemplu, " -"urmărirea și gestionarea stocului de produse în funcție de datele de " -"expirare este obligatorie pentru a evita vânzarea de produse expirate " -"cliențilot" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" -"Cu Odoo, puteți urmări și gestiona produsele dvs. în funcție de datele de " -"expirare, chiar dacă sunt deja urmărite de loturi sau numere de serie." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Configurarea aplicației" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -"Pentru a utiliza urmărirea datei de expirare, deschideți aplicația " -"*Inventar* și mergeți la :menuselection:`Configurare --> Setări` și activați" -" funcțiile *Loturi și numere de serie* și *Date de expirare*." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Configurarea produsului" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -"Acum, puteți defini diferite date în tabul *inventar* a formularului " -"produsului:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -"Utilizarea produsului: numărul de zile înainte ca bunurile să înceapă să se " -"deterioreze, fără a fi periculoase. Aceasta este utilizată pentru a calcula " -"Data de expirare a fiecărui lot / număr de serie primit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -"Durata de viață a produsului: numărul de zile înainte ca bunurile să devină " -"periculoase și nu trebuie consumate. Aceasta este utilizată pentru a calcula" -" 'Data de expirare' a fiecărui lot / număr de serie primit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -"Eliminarea timpului de utilizare a produsului: arată numărul de zile înainte" -" ca bunurile să fie eliminate din stoc. Aceasta este utilizată pentru a " -"calcula Data de eliminare a fiecărui lot / număr de serie primit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -"Alerta timpului de utilizare a produsului: se referă la numărul de zile " -"înainte de a ridica o alertă pe lotul / numărul de serie. Aceasta este " -"utilizată pentru a calcula Data de alertă a fiecărui lot / număr de serie " -"primit. Odată ce Data de alertă este atinsă, o activitate este atribuită " -"lotului / numărului de serie relevant utilizatorului Responsabil definit pe " -"Produs." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Data de expirare a loturilor / numerele de serie" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -"Când primiți un produs în inventar, datele vor fi actualizate automat pe " -"lotul / numărul de serie corespunzător. Aceste actualizări vor fi bazate pe " -"data primirii produsului și pe zilele stabilite pe formularul produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Alerte de expirare" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" -"Puteți accesa alertele de expirare din aplicația *inventar*. Pentru a face " -"astfel, mergeți la: menuselection: `Date de baza --> Loturi / Numere de " -"serie`. Acolo, puteți utiliza filtrul preexistent pentru a afișa toate " -"loturile / numerele de serie care au depășit datele de alertă respective." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" @@ -1413,12 +1770,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1751,11 +2102,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1913,12 +2259,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -3577,35 +3917,29 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Produse" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" -msgstr "Alegeți o strategie de reînnoire" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -"În Odoo, există două strategii pentru reînnoirea stocului: ** Reguli de " -"reînnoire ** și ruta ** Reaprovizionare la Comandă **. Deși aceste strategii" -" diferă puțin, ambele au consecințe similare: declanșarea creării automate a" -" unei comenzi de achiziție sau de producție. Alegerea strategiei de " -"utilizare depinde de politica de producție și livrare a companiei." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminologie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "Raport de reînnoire și reguli de reînnoire" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." @@ -3613,259 +3947,314 @@ msgstr "" "Raportul de reînnoire este o listă a tuturor produselor care au o cantitate " "previzibilă negativă." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -"Regulile de reînnoire sunt utilizate pentru a ne asigura că există " -"întotdeauna în stoc o cantitate minimă a produsului pentru a produce și / " -"sau pentru a îndeplini comenzile de vânzare. Când nivelul de stoc al unui " -"produs atinge minimul, Odoo generează automat o comandă de achiziție cu " -"cantitatea necesară pentru a atinge nivelul maxim de stoc." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " -"from the product form." -msgstr "" -"Regulile de reînnoire pot fi create și gestionate în raportul de reînnoire " -"sau din formularul produsului." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Producere la comandă" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " +"from the product form." msgstr "" -"Producere la comandă (MTO) este o rută de achiziție care creează o comandă " -"de achiziție sau o comandă de producție în fiecare dată când o comandă de " -"vânzare este confirmată, * indiferent de nivelul curent de stoc *." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "Fabricați la comandă" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -"În contrast cu produsele reaprovizionate utilizând reguli de comanda, Odoo " -"leagă automat comanda de vânzare la comanda de achiziție (PO) sau la comanda" -" de producție (MO) generată de ruta MTO. O altă diferență între regulile de " -"comanda și MTO este că prin MTO, Odoo generează o comandă de achiziție " -"proaspătă sau o comandă de producție proaspătă imediat după confirmarea " -"comenzii de vânzare. Cu regulile de comanda, Odoo generează o comandă de " -"achiziție proaspătă sau o comandă de producție proaspătă atunci când stocul " -"previzibil al produsului scade sub cantitatea minimă setată. De asemenea, " -"Odoo va adăuga automat cantități la comanda de achiziție / comanda de " -"producție atunci când previziunea se schimbă, atâta timp cât comanda de " -"achiziție / comanda de producție nu este confirmată." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -"Ruta MTO este cea mai bună strategie de reînnoire pentru produsele care sunt" -" personalizate și ar trebui utilizate numai pentru acest scop." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -"Pentru a accesa raportul de reaprovizionare, mergeți la: menuselection: " -"`Inventar --> Operațiuni --> Reînnoire`. În mod implicit, raportul de " -"reaprovizionare arată toate produsele care trebuie reordonate manual. Dacă " -"nu există o regulă specifică pentru un produs, Odoo presupune că stocul " -":guilabel: `Cantitate minimă` și :guilabel: `Cantitate maximă` sunt ambele " -"`0.00`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -"Raportul de reaprovizionare arată produsele care trebuie reordonate manual." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -"Pentru produsele care nu au o regulă de reordonare setată, Odoo calculează " -"previziunea stocului ca și cum comenzile de vânzare, livrările și recepțiile" -" ar fi confirmate. Pentru produsele care au o regulă de reordonare setată, " -"Odoo calculează previziunea normal, dar ia în considerare și timpul de " -"aprovizionare și timpul de siguranță." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" -"Inainte de a crea o nouă regulă de comanda, asigurați-vă că produsul are un " -"furnizor sau o listă de materiale configurată pe formularul produsului. De " -"asemenea, asigurați-vă că :guilabel: `Tipul produsului` este setat pe " -"`Produs stocabil` pe formularul produsului. În definiție, Odoo nu urmărește " -"nivelurile de stoc pentur un produs consumabil." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -"Pentru a crea o nouă regulă de comandă din raportul de reaprovizionare, " -"mergeți la :menuselection: `Inventar --> Operațiuni --> Reînnoire`, faceți " -"clic pe :guilabel: `Creați`, și setați :guilabel: `Produs`. Dacă doriți, " -"setați o :guilabel: `Cantitate minimă` și o :guilabel: `Cantitate maximă`. " -"În cele din urmă, faceți clic pe :guilabel: `Salvați`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -"Pentru a crea o nouă regulă de comandă din formularul produsului, mergeți la" -" :menuselection: `Inventar --> Produse --> Produse`, selectați un produs " -"pentru a deschide formularul produsului, faceți clic pe butonul inteligent " -":guilabel: `Reguli de reînnoire`, și faceți clic pe :guilabel: `Creați`. " -"Apoi, completați câmpurile și salvați noua regulă de comanda." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, cantitatea din câmpul :guilabel: `De comandat` este " -"cantitatea necesară pentru a atinge :guilabel: `Cantitatea maximă` setată. " -"Cu toate acestea, cantitatea :guilabel: `De comandat` poate fi ajustată " -"făcând clic pe câmp, schimbând valoarea, și făcând clic pe :guilabel: " -"`Salvați`. Pentru a reînnoi un produs manual, faceți clic pe :guilabel: " -"`Comandați o dată`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" -"Pentru a automatiza reaprovizionarea, faceți clic pe :guilabel: `Comenzi " -"automate`. Când acest buton este apăsat, Odoo va genera automat un :abbr: " -"`PO` (Comandă de achiziție)`/:abbr:`MO (Comandă de fabricare)` ciornă atunci" -" când nivelul previzionat de stoc scade sub :guilabel: `Cantitatea minimă` " -"setată a regulii de comanda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -"O regulă de comandă poate fi dezactivată temporar pentru o anumită perioadă " -"folosind butonul :guilabel: `Întrerupeți`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" -"Funcția de întrerupere pentru a dezactiva temporar regulile de comandă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -"O :abbr:`PO (Comandă de achiziție)` sau :abbr:`CP (Comandă de producție)` " -"creată de o reînnoire manuală va avea ca document sursă `Raportul de " -"reaprovizionare`. O :abbr:`PO (Comandă de achiziție)` sau :abbr:`CP (Comandă" -" de producție)` creată de o regulă de comandă automată va avea ca document " -"sursă, numărul de referință (numerele de referințele) preluate din comandă " -"de vânzare care au declanșat regula." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" -"Uitați-vă la panoul sursă care arată de unde provin comenzile de " -"achiziție/fabricare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" -msgstr "Fabricați la comandă" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -"Deoarece ruta Fabricați la comandă (MTO) este recomandată numai pentru " -"produse personalizate, ruta este ascunsă în mod implicit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" -msgstr "Pentru a activa ruta Fabricați la comandă (MTO) în Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" -"Accesați :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Setări --> Depozit`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Activați setarea :guilabel:`Rute multi-pas` și faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Salvați`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." -msgstr "Accesați :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Rute`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" "Faceți clic pe :menuselection:`Filtre --> Arhivate` pentru a afișa rutele " "arhivate." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." @@ -3873,44 +4262,56 @@ msgstr "" "Selectați caseta de lângă :guilabel:`Reînnoiți la comandă (MTO)`, și faceți " "clic pe:menuselection:`Acțiune --> Dezactivați arhivarea`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -"Activarea setării :guilabel:`Rute multi-pas` activează și setarea " -":guilabel:`Locații de stocare`.Dacă aceste caracteristici nu sunt aplicabile" -" depozitului, dezactivați aceste setări după activarea rutei MTO." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" -"Pentru a seta ruta de aprovizionare a unui produs la MTO, accesați " -":menuselection:`Inventar --> Produse --> Produse`, faceți clic pe un produs " -"pentru a deschide formularul produsului, și faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Editați`. Apoi, faceți clic pe fila :guilabel:`Inventar` și în " -"opțiunile :guilabel:`Rute`, selectați :guilabel:`Reînnoiți la comandă " -"(MTO)`.Pentru produsele achiziționate direct de la un furnizor, asigurați-vă" -" că ruta :guilabel:`Cumpărare`este selectată în plus față de ruta MTO și un " -"furnizor este configurat în fila :guilabel:`Cumpărare`.Pentru produsele " -"fabricate în casă, asigurați-vă că ruta :guilabel:`Fabricați` este selectată" -" în plusfață de ruta MTO și o listă de materiale este configurată pentru " -"produs.În final, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." -msgstr "Activați ruta Reînnoiți la comandă (MTO) în setările produsului." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use different units of measure" @@ -4765,49 +5166,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "Recepția unui produs" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -4815,104 +5223,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "Livrarea unui produs" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "Raportul de evaluare a stocului" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4920,32 +5327,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4954,6 +5369,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -9465,9 +9933,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -9477,8 +9945,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -9665,6 +10133,11 @@ msgstr "" " click pe **Setări generale**. Faceți clic pe primul link **Configurați " "datele companiei dvs.**." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configurarea produsului" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -11647,59 +12120,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "Aplicarea componentelor la mai multe variante." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Controlul calității" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" -"Indiferent dacă doriți să controlați calitatea producției, sau a producției " -"subcontractorului, înainte de înregistrarea produselor în stoc, puteți conta" -" pe modulul Calitate din Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a controla calitatea producției, trebuie să setați un *Punct de " -"control calitate* pe tipul de operațiune de producție, așa cum este arătat " -"mai jos. Pentru a-l crea, accesați :menuselection:`Calitate --> Control " -"calitate --> Puncte de control`, și faceți clic pe **Creați**. Dacă " -"verificarea se aplică doar unor produse sau categorii de produse specifice, " -"puteți specifica acestea în timpul configurării." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" -"În ceea ce privește primirea produselor subcontractate, în locul tipului de " -"operațiune de producție, trebuie să selectați tipul de operațiune 'Primiri'." -" Pentru restul, se aplică aceleași principii." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" -"Prin aceasta, un control de calitate este creat automat de fiecare dată când" -" este produs și/sau primit un produs finit. Rețineți că mai multe *Tipuri* " -"de verificare a calității pot fi alese din lista derulantă. De asemenea, " -"rețineți că mai multe puncte de control de calitate pot fi configurate " -"pentru același tip de operațiune." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "Gestionați produse semi-finite" @@ -12632,25 +13052,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -12658,11 +13078,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -12670,7 +13090,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -12679,7 +13099,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -12693,7 +13113,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -12703,11 +13123,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -12715,23 +13135,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 2223d36b7..6480b5e63 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Hongu Cosmin , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -1307,195 +1307,138 @@ msgstr "Publicul țintă" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5 msgid "" -"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when " -"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` " -"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, " -"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right " -"customers at the right time." +"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when " +"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps" +" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can " +"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at " +"the right time." msgstr "" -"Livrarea campaniilor de marketing către publicul *țintă* este esențială " -"atunci când încercați să creșteți o afacere. :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing " -"Automation` aplicația ajută marketerii să facă tocmai asta prin furnizarea " -"de instrumente de filtrare, care pot fi atât de simple sau atât de complexe " -"cât este necesar, pentru a ajunge la clienții corecți, la momentul potrivit." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11 -msgid "Work with target filters" -msgstr "Lucrați cu filtrele țintă" +msgid "Configure target filters" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13 msgid "" -"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options" -" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter " -"has more refined parameters within it." +"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some " +"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The " +":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more " +"refined parameters within it that can be customized." msgstr "" -"Când configurați filtrele pe o campanie de marketing, există anumite opțiun " -"care au o iconiță cu săgeată lângă ele. Săgeata semnifică că filtrul are mai" -" parametri mai detaliați în interiorul lui." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application." msgstr "Meniul drop-down de filtre în aplicația Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21 msgid "" "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds " "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new " "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, " -"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements." +"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` " +"statements." msgstr "" -"Filtrarea poate fi extinsă prin adăugarea de *ramuri* și *noduri*. Un *nod* " -"adaugă un alt parametru de filtrare pentru un grup de condiții țintă (de " -"exemplu, o nouă linie), și o *ramură* creează un grup de parametri finiți, " -"permite filtrarea grupurilor cu parametrii *Oricare* sau *Toate*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" msgstr "De fiecare dată când se creează o nouă ramură, există două opțiuni:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28 msgid "" "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules" -" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)." +" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)." msgstr "" -"În fiecare caz, înregistrările pot să se potrivească cu :guilabel:`TOATE` " -"criteriile pentru regulile viitoar (o afirmație AND unde toate criteriile " -"trebuie să se potrivească)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30 msgid "" "Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules " -"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)." +"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)." msgstr "" -"Sau, înregistrările pot să se potrivească cu :guilabel:`ORICARE` criteriile " -"pentru regulile viitoar(o afirmație OR unde doar unul dintre criterii " -"trebuie să se potrivească)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33 msgid "" "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon " -"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`." +"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a schimba între aceste două opțiuni, faceți clic pe iconița săgeată " -"drop-down în caseta verde și selectați :guilabel:`Oricare` sau " -":guilabel:`Toate`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36 msgid "" -"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add " -"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a " -":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`." +"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add " +"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node" +" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it." msgstr "" -"Pentru a adăuga un nod, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`+ (iconița semn plus)` și " -"pentru a adăuga o altă ramură faceți clic pe :guilabel:`... (iconița " -"elipsă)`. Pentru a exclude un :guilabel:`nod` (sau o :guilabel:`ramură`), " -"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`x (iconița ștergere)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Exemple de utilizare" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47 msgid "" -"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a " +"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a " "marketing campaign might commonly use." msgstr "" -"Următoarele scenarii de mai jos prezintă combinații diferite de filtre care " -"ar putea folosi în mod obișnuit în campania de marketing ." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51 +msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" msgstr "" -"Scenariu #1: Restrângeți ținta de oportunități noi în fluxul de activități" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53 msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it." msgstr "" -"În timp ce sunteți în modul Editare pe un formular de șablon de campanie, " -"selectați :guilabel:`Țintă` câmpul, și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Căutare mai" -" mult` din meniul drop-down. Apoi, căutați :guilabel:`Pistă/Oportunitate` și" -" selectați-l." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" -" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" -" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From " -"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, " +"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of " +"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter " +"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." msgstr "" -"În continuare, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați filtru` în " -":guilabel:`Filtru` câmp. Faceți clic p implicit :guilabel:`ID` opțiunea de " -"filtru în prima parte a ecuației de filtru Astfel, deschideți un meniu drop-" -"down cu opțiuni de filtrare. Din acest meniu drop-down, derulați în jos (sau" -" căutați) :guilabel:`Tip`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62 msgid "" -"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." +"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." msgstr "" -"Păstrați a doua parte a ecuației de filtru pe implicit :guilabel:`(equal " -"sign)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64 msgid "" -"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " +"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of " -":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as " -"the equation is customized." +":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the " +"equation is customized." msgstr "" -"În cele din urmă, schimbați a treia (și ultima) parte a ecuației de filtrare" -" de la :guilabel:`Pistă` la :guilabel:`Oportunitate`. Numărul de " -":guilabel:`Înregistrări` care se potrivesc acestui filtru al ecuații se va " -"schimba conform personalizării ecuației." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68 msgid "" -"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to" -" the right of the equation." +"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` " +"icon to the right of the equation." msgstr "" -"Adăugați un alt nod la acest filtru făcând clic pe :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)`" -" la dreapta ecuației." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71 msgid "" "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node " -"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " +"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"\"Noi\" oportunități fiind ținta acestui filtru, al doilea nod va concentra " -"doar pe localizarea oportunităților care sunt în :guilabel:`Nou` stadiul de " -"flux de activități. Pentru a face acest lucru, selectați implicit " -":guilabel:`ID` din prima parte a celei de a doua ecuații de filtrare și " -"derulați în jos (sau căutați pentru) :guilabel:`Stadiu` din meniul drop-" -"down." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76 msgid "" -"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= " -"(equal sign)`." +"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." msgstr "" -"Încă o dată, lăsați a doua parte a ecuației de filtrare pe :guilabel:`(equal" -" sign)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78 msgid "" "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the " -"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, " -"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the " -"pipeline." +"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only " +"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline." msgstr "" -"În cele din urmă, evidențiați valoarea implicită în a treia (și ultima) " -"parte a doua ecuație de filtrare și tastați :guilabel:`Nou`. Cu acest lucru " -"finalizat, Odoo va ținti doar oportunitățile care sunt în stadiul \"Nou\" în" -" fluxul de activități" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1504,27 +1447,21 @@ msgstr "" "Un scenariu standard utilizând filtre în aplicația Odoo Marketing " "Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87 msgid "" -"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a " -"specific ticket" +"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific " +"ticket" msgstr "" -"Scenariu # 2: Micșorați ținta la participanții la eveniment care au cumpărat" -" un bilet specific" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89 msgid "" -"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the " -":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-" -"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select " -"it." +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or " +"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it." msgstr "" -"În timp ce sunteți în modul Editare pe un formular de șablon de campanie, " -"selectați :guilabel:`Țintă` câmp, și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Search More` " -"din meniul drop-down. Apoi, derulați în jos (sau căutați) " -":guilabel:`Eveniment` și selectați-l." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" @@ -1537,62 +1474,53 @@ msgstr "" "opțiuni de filtrare. De la acest meniu drop-down, derulați în jos (sau " "căutați) :guilabel:`Eveniment`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98 msgid "" -"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of " -"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select " -":guilabel:`contains`." +"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of " +"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down " +"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -"Faceți clic pe implicit :guilabel:`= (semnul egal)` în a doua parte a " -"ecuației de filtrare. Acest lucru deschide un meniu drop-down. În acest " -"meniu, selectați :guilabel:`conține`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101 msgid "" "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the " -"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign " -"filter." +"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter." msgstr "" -"În a treia (și ultima) parte liberă a ecuației de filtrare, tastați numele " -"evenimentului (evenimentelor) pe care doriți să le luați în considerare " -"pentru această campanie" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107 msgid "" "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who " -"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the " -"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " -"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " -"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that " -"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`." +"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned " +"in the first filter equation." msgstr "" -"Al doilea nod își va concetra atenția asupra campaniei pentru participanții " -"care cumpără un anumit tip de bilet pentru evenimentul(evenimentele) " -"menționate mai sus în prima ecuație de filtrare. Pentru a face acest lucru, " -"selectați implicit :guilabel:`ID` din prima parte a celei de a doua ecuație " -"de filtrare, și derulați în jos (sau căutați după) :guilabel:`Bilet " -"eveniment` din meniul drop-down. Apoi, în acest meniu drop-down, selectați " -":guilabel:`Nume`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110 msgid "" -"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second " +"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the " +"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event " +"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second " "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`." msgstr "" -"Încă o dată, faceți clic pe implicit :guilabel:`= (semnul egal)` în a doua " -"parte a ecuația de filtrare, și selectați :guilabel:`conține`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117 msgid "" "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, " -"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used" -" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event" -" ticket type for this sample filter." +"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for " +"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event " +"ticket type for this sample filter." msgstr "" -"În cele din urmă, în a treia (și ultima) parte a celei de a doua ecuație de " -"filtrare, care va fi liberă, tastați numele tipului de bilet care ar trebui " -"să fie utilizat pentru filtru. În acest caz, :guilabel:`Standard` este " -"numele tipului de bilet de eveniment pentru acest exemplu de filtru." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." @@ -1600,8 +1528,8 @@ msgstr "" "Un filtru de tichete de eveniment în aplicația Odoo Marketing Automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 -msgid "Testing and running a campaign" -msgstr "Testarea și rularea unei campanii" +msgid "Testing/running campaigns" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1613,85 +1541,84 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 msgid "" -"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a " -"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or" -" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this " -"documentation `). To start a test, click the " -":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form." +"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " +"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " +":doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form." msgstr "" -"În primul rând, deschideți aplicația :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` și " -"faceți clic pe o campanie. Asigurați-vă că campania are deja activități " -"configurate pe ea (sau construiți o campanie urmând instrucțiunile de aici " -"pe :doc:`this documentation `). Pentru a începe un " -"test, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Lansați un test` butonul de deasupra " -"formularului șablon." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Lansați un test cu butonul de testare în Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a " -"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking" -" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and" -" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button." -msgstr "" -"Când este apăsat, o fereastră pop-up apare. În câmpul drop-down alegeți o " -"înregistrare specifică asupra căreia să rulați testul, sau creați o " -"înregistrare nouă de brand prin clic pelink-ul :guilabel:`Căutați mai " -"mult...` în partea de jos a meniului drop-down, și apoi faceți clic pe " -"butonul :guilabel:`Creați`." - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will " -"redirect to the campaign test page." +"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " +"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " +"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " +"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " +"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " +":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " +"campaign test page." msgstr "" -"Odată ce înregistrarea este selectată, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Continuați`, și Odoo vă va redirecționa la pagina de testare a " -"campaniei." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Ecran de testare în Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 msgid "" -"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with" -" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first " -"activity (or activities) in the workflow." +"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " +"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " +"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the " +"workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -"Aici, numele :guilabel:`Înregistrare` care este testat este vizibil, " -"împreună cu timpul exact în care acest flux de lucru de testare a fost " -"lansat. Sub aceasta este prima activitate (sau activități) în fluxul de " -"lucru." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 msgid "" -"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in" -" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the " -"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity." +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " +":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." +" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and " +"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" -"Pentru a începe un test, faceți clic pe pictograma :guilabel:`Rulează` lângă" -" prima activitate în fluxul de lucru. Când este apăsat, pagina se va " -"reîncărca, și Odoo va arăta diverse rezultate (și analize) conectate la acea" -" activitate specifică." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Progresul testului în flux de lucru în Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be " -"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the " -"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " +"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " +"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the campaign test page." msgstr "" -"Odată ce toate activitățile fluxului de lucru sunt finalizate, testul se va " -"încheia și va fi mutat la etapa :guilabel:`Finalizat`. Pentru a opri un test" -" înainte ca toate activitățile fluxului de lucru să fie finalizate, faceți " -"clic pe butonul :guilabel:`Oprește`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 msgid "Marketing activities" @@ -1699,44 +1626,40 @@ msgstr "Activități de marketing" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users " -"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get " -"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add" -" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can " -"be set for that specific activity." +"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " +"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." msgstr "" -"Când se creează o campanie în aplicația :guilabel:`Automatizarea " -"Marketingului`, utilizatorii pot planifica activități de marketing, cum ar " -"fi campanii de e-mail sau SMS. Pentru a începe, navigați la zona " -":guilabel:`Flux de lucru`, și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați Activitate " -"Nouă\". Va apărea un șablon de activitate necompletată, unde parametrii " -"pentru acea activitate specifică pot fi setați." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template " -"will appear with the following customizable fields:" +"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " +"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " +"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" +"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" msgstr "" -"Când este selectat :guilabel:`Adăugați Activitate Nouă`, va apărea un șablon" -" de activitate necompletată cu următoarele câmpuri personalizabile:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Un șablon de activitate în Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." msgstr ":guilabel:`Numele activității`: titlul activității." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal " -"Odoo operation), or SMS." +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" +" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipul activității`: alegeți între Email, Acțiune Server (operație" -" internă Odoo), sau SMS." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" " new one on-the-fly)." @@ -1744,13 +1667,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Șablonul de e-mail`: alegeți din șabloanele preconfigurate (sau " "creați unu nou din mers)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Declanșator`: alegeți când ar trebui declanșată această " "activitate." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " @@ -1764,15 +1687,13 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Ore, Zile, Săptămâni, sau Luni` după data inițială vrea ca " "acțiunile să se oprească." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent Child Activities)." +"subsequent child activities)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filtrul activității`: domeniul legat de această activitate (și " -"toate activitățile copil ulterioare)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " "satisfies the specified domain (filter)." @@ -1780,95 +1701,86 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Filtrul aplicat`: activitatea va fi efectuată *doar* dacă " "îndeplinește domeniul specificat (filtru)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " -"Close` to finish creating the activity." +"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " +"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create " +"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing " +"automation campaign form." msgstr "" -"După ce setările activității sunt complet configurate, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Salvează & Închide` pentru a finaliza crearea activității." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "Activitate flux de lucru" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where " -"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger " -"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow " -"Activity` card." +"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" +" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -"Odată salvată, :guilabel:`Activitatea flux de lucru` va apărea în Odoo, unde" -" fiecare activitate va fi afișată ca un grafic în mod implicit. " -"Declanșatorul configurat pentru această activitate poate fi găsit la stânga " -"cardului :guilabel:`Activitatea fluxului de lucru`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of " -"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and " -":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference" -" (in green and red, respectively)." +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." msgstr "" -"În secțiunea :guilabel:`Activitatea fluxului de lucru`, există și numărul " -"activităților care sunt reușite sau respinse. Pentru a face referire ușor la" -" ele, numerele :guilabel:`Succes` și :guilabel:`Respins` sunt colorate pe " -"grafic (în verde respectiv roșu)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Activitate tipică de flux de lucru în Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the " -":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been " -":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been " -":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`." +":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " +"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -"Dacă :guilabel:`Tipul activității` al activității este setat pe " -":guilabel:`Email`, sub datele :guilabel:`Activități flux de lucru`, există " -"mai multe analize care detaliază câte emailuri au fost :guilabel:`Trimise`, " -"și pe ce procent din acestea a fost :guilabel:`făcut Click`, la câte s-a " -":guilabel:`Răspuns` , sau câte au fost :guilabel:`Respinse`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "Activități copil" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 msgid "" -"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child " -"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the " -"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*." +"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." msgstr "" -"Odoo are și opțiunea de a :guilabel:`Adăugare activitate copil`. " -"*Activitățile copil* sunt sub-activități care sunt conectate la (și " -"declanșate de) activitatea de deasupra ei, care este cunoscută și ca " -"*Activitatea părinte*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child " -"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the" -" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over " -":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:" +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" +" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." msgstr "" -"Odoo oferă o serie de opțiuni de declanșare pentru a lansa o " -":guilabel:`Activitate copil` - toate care depind de configurările " -"declanșatorului în relație cu activitatea părinte. Sub activitatea părinte " -"dorită, treceți cu mouse-ul peste :guilabel:`Adăugați activitate copil`, și " -"selectați declanșatorul:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" +" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Adăugați o altă activitate`: adăugați instantaneu o altă " "activitate." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " "recipient opens the mailing." @@ -1876,7 +1788,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Deschisă`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul (emailului) deschide emailul." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." @@ -1884,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nu a fost deschis`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul nu deschide emailul." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." @@ -1892,7 +1804,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Răspuns`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul răspunde la email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." @@ -1900,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nu a răspuns`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul nu răspunde la email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." @@ -1908,7 +1820,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`făcut Click`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul face clic pe un link inclus în email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." @@ -1916,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nu a făcut clic`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul nu face clic pe un link inclus în email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." @@ -1924,16 +1836,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`A fost respins`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "emailul este respins (nu este trimis)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 msgid "" "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity." +"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " +"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " +"indented position beneath its parent activity." msgstr "" -"Odată ce un declanșator este selectat, utilizatorul poate configura " -"activitatea copil (are aceleași opțiuni de configurare ca o activitate " -"obisnuită) și poate face clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați și închideți`` pentru a " -"finaliza crearea activității copil." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 4adfd3201..cd8af156d 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -9,18 +9,18 @@ # Hongu Cosmin , 2023 # Claudia Baisan, 2023 # Lyall Kindmurr, 2023 -# Dorin Hongu , 2023 # Cozmin Candea , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Dorin Hongu , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -733,18 +733,12 @@ msgstr "Crearea unui cont Twilio" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" " per their instructions." msgstr "" -"În primul rând, accesați `Twilio `_ și faceți clic " -"pe :guilabel:`Sign up` pentru a crea un nou cont Twilio. În continuare, " -"introduceți numele și adresa de e-mail, creați o parolă și acceptați " -"termenii si condițiile Twilio. Apoi, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Start your " -"free trial`. Verificați adresa dvs. de e-mail cu Twilio, conform " -"instrucțiunilor lor." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1484,189 +1478,401 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurare" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Conectați un dispozitiv IoT Box la baza dvs. de date" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" -"Instalați aplicația Internetul lucrurilor (IoT) pe baza dvs. de date Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" -"Mergeți în aplicația IoT și faceți clic pe Conectați în pagina dispozitive " -"IoT Box." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Urmați pașii pentru a conecta dispozitivul dvs. IoT Box." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Conexiune la Rețea" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -"Conectați la dispozitivul IoT toate dispozitivele care trebuie conectate cu " -"cabluri (ethernet, dispozitive USB, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Porniți dispozitivul IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -"Citiți codul de asociere de pe un ecran sau de pe o imprimantă de chitanțe " -"conectată la dispozitivul IoT Box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "Introduceți codul de asociere și faceți clic pe butonul Asociază." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -"Modificările recente în browserele moderne ne-au obligat să modificăm " -"asistentul de conectare. Dacă ecranul dvs. este diferit de câpturile de " -"ecran, asigurați-vă că modulul ``iot_pairing`` este instalat." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "Conexiune prin WiFi" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Porniți dispozitivul IoT Box" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Copiază tokenul" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -"Conectați-vă la rețeaua WiFi a dispozitivului IoT Box (asigurați-vă că nu " -"există niciun cablu de rețea conectat la calculator)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -"Veți fi redirecționat către pagina de pornire a dispozitivului IoT Box (dacă" -" nu funcționează, conectați-vă la adresa IP a dispozitivului). Dați un nume " -"dispozitivului dvs. IoT Box (nu este necesar) și introduceți tokenul, apoi " -"faceți clic pe următorul." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Dacă sunteți pe Runbot, nu uitați să adăugați -all sau -base în token (de " -"exemplu, acest token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** ar " -"trebui să devină " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -"Alegeți rețeaua WiFi la care doriți să vă conectați (introduceți parola dacă" -" există una) și faceți clic pe Trimite. Așteptați câteva secunde înainte de " -"a fi redirecționat la baza dvs. de date." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Acum ar trebui să vedeți dispozitivul IoT." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "Schema dispozitivului IoT" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Scriere card SD" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -"În unele cazuri, puteți avea nevoie să rescrieți cardul SD al dispozitivului" -" IoT Box pentru a beneficia de ultimele noastre actualizări." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "Actuazlizați de pe pagina de pornire a dispozitivului IoT" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -"Accesați pagina de pornire a dispozitivului IoT, faceți clic pe " -"*Actualizare*, lângă numărul versiunii. Dacă o nouă versiune a imaginii " -"dispozitivului IoT este disponibilă, veți vedea un buton *Actualizare la " -"___* în partea de jos a paginii, dispozitivul IoT va scrie automat noua " -"versiune a dispozitivului IoT. Toate configurările dvs. vor fi salvate." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -"Acest proces poate dura mai mult de 30 de minute. Nu opriți sau deconectați " -"dispozitivul IoT, deoarece ar putea lăsa dispozitivul într-un stadiu " -"incoerent." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "Actualizați cu Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -"Accesați site-ul Balena și descărcați `Etcher `__. " -"Este o unealtă gratuită și open-source utilizată pentru scrierea fișierelor " -"de imagini. Instalați și lansați-l. Descărcați ultima imagine de pe `nightly" -" `__." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" -"În continuare, deschideți *Etcher* și selectați *Scrieți din fișier (Flash " -"from file)*, găsiți imaginea pe care tocmai ți-ați descărcat-o. Introduceți " -"cardul SD al dispozitivului IoT în calculatorul dvs. și selectați-l. Faceți " -"clic pe *Scrieți (Flash)* și așteptați ca procesul să se finalizeze." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" @@ -2098,135 +2304,164 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Utilizarea dispozitivul IoT pentru PoS" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Cerințe" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Inainte de a începe, asigurați-vă că aveți următoarele elemente:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "Un dispozitiv IoT, cu adaptatorul de alimentare." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Un Computer sau Tableta cu un browser web actualizat" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -"O instanță Odoo Online sau Odoo care rulează cu aplicațiile PoS și IoT " -"instalate" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" -"O configurație de rețea locală de tip DHCP (aceasta este setarea implicită)" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Un cablu Ethernet RJ45 (opțional, WiFi este integrat)" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -"Oricare dintre hardware-urile suportate (imprimantă de bonuri, scanner de " -"coduri de bare, sertar de numerar, terminal de plată, balanță, afișaj pentru" -" clienți, etc.). Lista hardware-urilor suportate poate fi găsită pe pagina " -"`POS Hardware page `__" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurare" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -"Pentru a conecta hardware-ul la PoS, primul pas este să conectați un " -"dispozitiv IoT la baza dvs. de date. Pentru aceasta, urmați aceast document " -":doc:`documentation `." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -"În continuare, trebuie să conectați dispozitivele periferice la dispozitivul" -" IoT." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "Nume dispozitiv" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Imprimantă**: Conectați o imprimantă de bonuri suportată la un port USB " -"sau la rețea și porniți-o." +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "Instrucțiuni" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Imprimantă" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" -"**Sertar de numerar**: Sertarul de numerar trebuie să fie conectat la " -"imprimantă cu un cablu RJ25." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" -"**Scanner de coduri de bare**: Conectați scannerul de coduri de bare. Pentru" -" ca scannerul dvs. de coduri de bare să fie compatibil, trebuie să se " -"termine cu un caracter Enter (keycode 28). Aceasta este cel mai probabil " -"configurația implicită a scannerului de coduri de bare." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Cântar" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Cântar**: Conectați cântarul și porniți-l." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgid "Customer display" msgstr "" -"**Afișaj pentru clienți**: Conectați un ecran la dispozitivul IoT pentru a " -"afișa comanda PoS. Vă rugăm să consultați " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" -"După ce a ați terminat, puteți conecta dispozitivul IoT la PoS. Pentru " -"aceasta, mergeți în :menuselection:`Punct de vânzare --> Configurări --> " -"PoS`, bifați *IoT Box* și selectați dispozitivele pe care doriți să le " -"utilizați în acest Point of Sale. Salvați modificările." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "Configurarea este finalizată, puteți lansa o nouă sesiune PoS." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 @@ -2234,159 +2469,167 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Depanare" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "Conexiunea dispozitivului IoT Box" +msgid "IoT box connection" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "Nu pot găsi codul de asociere pentru a conecta dispozitivul IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" -"Codul de asociere ar trebui să fie imprimat pe imprimantele de bonuri " -"conectate la dispozitivul IoT Box și ar trebui să fie afișat și pe " -"monitoarele conectate." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "Codul de asociere nu se afișează în următoarele situații:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "Dispozitivul IoT Box este deja conectat la o bază de date Odoo;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "Dispozitivul IoT Box nu este conectat la Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -"Codul este valabil doar 5 minute după pornirea dispozitivului IoT Box. Este " -"eliminat automat de pe ecranele conectate atunci când acest interval a " -"expirat;" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -"Versiunea imaginii dispozitivului IoT Box este prea veche. Ar trebui să " -"folosiți versiunea 20.06 sau mai recentă. Dacă imaginea dispozitivului IoT " -"Box este dintr-o versiune mai veche, atunci va trebui să rescrieți cardul SD" -" al dispozitivului IoT Box pentru a actualiza imaginea (vezi :doc:`Scriere " -"Card SD `)" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -"Dacă nu sunteți în niciunul din cazurile enumerate mai sus, asigurați-vă că " -"dispozitivul IoT Box a pornit corect, verificând dacă un LED verde este " -"afișat lângă portul micro-USB." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "Am conectat dispozitivul IoT Box, dar acesta nu apare în baza de date" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -"Când conectați un dispozitiv IoT Box la o bază de date, dispozitivul IoT Box" -" se poate reporni, dacă acesta este cazul, ar putea dura până la un minut " -"până să apară în baza de date. Dacă după un timp dispozitivul IoT nu mai " -"este afișat, asigurați-vă că baza de date poate fi accesată de la " -"dispozitivul IoT Box și că serverul dvs. nu utilizează un mediu multi-bază " -"de date." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -"Dispozitivul IoT Box este conectat la baza de date, dar nu poate fi accesat" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -"Asigurați-vă că dispozitivul IoT Box și dispozitivul care rulează browserul " -"sunt localizate în aceeași rețea, deoarece dispozitivul IoT Box nu poate fi " -"accesat din afara rețelei locale." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Imprimantă" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "Imprianta nu este detectată" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -"Dacă una dintre imprimantele dvs. nu apare în lista dispozitivelor, accesați" -" pagina de pornire a dispozitivului IoT Box și asigurați-vă că este listată " -"sub *Printers*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -"Dacă imprimanta dvs. nu este prezentă pe pagina de pornire a dispozitivului " -"IoT Box, apăsați *Printers Server*, accesați fila *Administration* și faceți" -" clic pe *Add Printer*. Dacă nu puteți găsi imprimanta dvs. în lista, " -"probabil că nu este conectată corect." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "Imprimanta afișează text aleator" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 msgid "" "For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " "selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " "characters." msgstr "" -"Pentru majoritatea imprimantelor, driverul corect ar trebui să fie detectat " -"și selectat automat. Cu toate acestea, în unele cazuri, mecanismul de " -"detectare automată nu poate fi suficient, iar dacă nu se găsește niciun " -"driver, imprimanta poate afișa caractere aleatorii." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." msgstr "" -"Soluția este să selectați manual driverul corespunzător. Pe pagina de " -"pornire a dispozitivului IoT Box, faceți clic pe *Printers Server*, accesați" -" fila *Printers* și selectați imprimanta din lista. În meniul de " -"administrare, faceți clic pe *Modify Printer*. Urmați pașii și selectați " -"marca și modelul corespunzător imprimantei dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." @@ -2395,99 +2638,88 @@ msgstr "" "etichete nu necesită un driver pentru a funcționa. Asigurați-vă că nu este " "selectat un driver pentru aceste imprimante." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "Imprimanta Zebra nu printează nimic" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -"Imprimantele Zebra sunt destul de sensibile la formatul codului ZPL care " -"este printat. Dacă nimic nu iese din imprimantă sau etichete goale sunt " -"printate, încercați să schimbați formatul raportului care este trimis la " -"imprimantă accesând :menuselection:`Setărti ~~> Tehnic~~> Vizualizări` în " -"modul de dezvoltare și căutați șablonul corespunzător." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Cititor de coduri de bare" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" "Caracterele citite de cititorul de coduri de bare nu se potrivesc cu codul " "de bare" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, presupunem că cititorul dvs. de coduri de bare este " -"configurat în US QWERTY. Acesta este configurația implicită a majorității " -"cititorilor de coduri de bare. Dacă cititorul dvs. de coduri de bare " -"folosește o configurație diferită, mergeți la formularul de vizualizare a " -"dispozitivului dvs. și selectați una corectă." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "Nu se întâmplă nimic când un cod de bare este scanat" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -"Asigurați-vă că dispozitivul corect este selectat în configurația dvs. Punct" -" de vânzare și că codul dvs. de bare este configurat pentru a trimite un " -"caracter ENTER (keycode 28) la sfârșitul fiecărui cod de bare." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "Scannerul de cod de bare este detectat ca o tastatură" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Unele cititoare de coduri de bare construite prost nu se anunță ca cititoare" -" de coduri de bare, ci ca tastatură USB, și nu vor fi recunoscute de IoT " -"Box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -"Puteți schimba manual tipul dispozitivului mergând la formularul de " -"vizualizare și activând opțiunea *Is scanner (Este scaner)*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Sertar de numerar" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "Sertarul de numerar nu se deschide" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" -"Sertarul de numerar trebuie să fie conectat la imprimantă și căsuța de " -"selectare *Cashdrawer (Sertar de numerar)* trebuie să fie bifată în " -"configurația POS." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" @@ -2831,537 +3063,610 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispozitive" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "Conectați o cameră" +msgid "Connect a camera" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -"Când utilizați *IoT Box* în Odoo, puteți avea nevoie să utilizați o cameră. " -"Proiectată să fie făcută în câteva pași, configurarea acestui dispozitiv " -"este foarte ușoară. Apoi, o puteți utiliza în procesul dvs. de fabricație și" -" deasemenea puteți să o conecați la un punct de control al calității. " -"Procedând astfel, veți putea să faceți fotografii când veți ajunge la " -"punctul de control al calității ales." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Conectare" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" -"Pentru a conecta camera la *IoT Box*, conectați-le pur și simplu prin cablu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"Dacă camera dvs. este una `*acceptată* `__, nu este nevoie să setați nimic, deoarece va fi detectată " -"imediat după conectare." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "Conectați o Cameră la un Punct de Control al Calității" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "Cu aplicația Producție" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -"În aplicația *Calitate*, puteți configura dispozitivul la un *Punct de " -"Control*. Accesați meniul *Puncte de Control*, în meniul *Controlul " -"calității* și deschideți punctul de control pe care doriți să-l conectați cu" -" camera." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" -"Acum, puteți edita punctul de control și să selectați dispozitivul din lista" -" de opțiuni. Apoi, apăsați pe salvare." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" -"Apoi, camera dvs. poate fi utilizată cu *Punctul de Control* ales. În timpul" -" procesului de producție, ajungerea la *Punctul de control al calitătii* pe " -"care l-ați ales înainte, vă va permite să faceți o fotografie." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "Conectați un comutator de picior" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -"Când lucrați, este întotdeauna mai bine să aveți ambele mâini disponibile. " -"Aceast lucru se poate realiza utilizând *IoT Box-ul* Odoo și un comutator de" -" picior." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -"În fapt, veți putea să treceți de la un ecran la altul și să efectuați " -"acțiuni utilizând piciorul dvs. și comutatorul de picior. Foarte convenabil " -"și ușor de configurat." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -"Conetarea comutatorul de picior la *IoT Box* este simplu, doar trebuie să " -"conectați cele două prin cablu." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -"Dacă comutatorul de picior este unul `acceptat " -"`__, nu este nevoie să setați nimic," -" deoarece va fi detectat automat la conectare." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "Conectarea unui Comutator de Picior la un Centru de Lucru" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"Pentru a conecta comutatorul de picior la o acțiune, acesta trebuie să fie " -"atribuit unui centru de lucru. Accesați centrul de lucru pe care doriți să " -"utilizați comutatorul de picior și adăugați dispozitivul în tab-ul " -"*Declanșatoare IoT(IoT Triggers)*. Apoi, puteți să-l conectați la o acțiune " -"și de asemenea să-i adăugați o tastă ce să fie acționată" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -"Rețineți că primul dispozitiv din listă va fi ales. Deci, ordinea contează! " -"În imaginea de mai sus, de exemplu, utilizarea comutatorului de picior va " -"sări în mod automat peste etapa actuală a procesului la care lucrați." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" -"Când sunteți pe ecranul comenzii de lucru, un buton de stare vă indică dacă " -"sunteți conectat corect la comutatorul de picior." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "Conectarea unui Instrument de Măsurare" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -"Cu *IoT Box-ul* Odoo, este posibil să conectați instrumente de măsurare la " -"baza de date. Gasiti lista de dispozitive acceptate aici: `Dispozitive " -"acceptate `__,." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "Conectare prin USB" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Pentru a adăuga un dispozitiv conectat prin USB, conectați cablul USB la " -"*IoT Box*, și dispozitivul ar trebui să apară în baza de date Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "Conectare prin Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Activați Bluetooth-ul pe dispozitivul dvs. (vedeți manualul dispozitivului " -"pentru mai multe explicații) și IoT Box-ul va încerca automat să se " -"conecteze la dispozitiv." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "Aici este un exemplu despre cum ar trebui să arate:" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"Conectarea unui instrument de măsurare la un punct de control al calității" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" -"În aplicația *Calitate*, puteți configura un dispozitiv pe *Punctele de " -"Control Calitate*. Pentru a face acest lucru, accesați meniul *Puncte de " -"Control*, în meniul *Controlul calității* și deschideți punctul de control " -"la care doriți să atribuiți un instrument de măsurare." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -"Acum, puteți edita punctul de control și alegeți dispozitivul din lista de " -"opțiuni. Apoi apăsați pe salvare." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" -"Acum, instrumentul dvs. de măsurare este conectat la *Punctul de Control* " -"ales. Valoarea, care trebuie modificată manual, va fi actualizată automat în" -" timp ce instrumentul este utilizat." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "Conectarea unei Imprimante" +msgid "Connect a printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" -"Când utilizați *IoT Box-ul* în Odoo, puteți avea nevoie să utilizați o " -"imprimantă. Aceasta vă permite sa imprimați bonuri, comenzi, sau rapoarte " -"din diferite aplicații Odoo, și este foarte ușor de instalat." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -"IoT Box-ul acceptă imprimante conectate prin USB, rețea sau Bluetooth. " -"`Imprimante acceptate `__ vor fi " -"detectate automat și vor apărea în lista de *Dispozitive* a aplicației IoT." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -"Imprimantei îi poate lua până la două minute pentru a apărea în lista de " -"dispozitive." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "Conectarea imprimantei" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "La Comenzi de Lucru" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -"Puteți conecta *Comenzile de Lucru* la imprimante prin intermediul unui " -"*Punct de Control Calitate* pentru a imprima etichete pentru produse " -"fabricate." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -"Pentru a face acest lucru, trebuie să creați un *Punct de Control Calitate* " -"din aplicația *Calitate*. Apoi, puteți selecta operația de producție corectă" -" și operația comenzii de lucru. La tip, alegeți *Imprimare Etichetă* și " -"apăsați pe salvare." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -"Acum, de fiecare dată când ajungeți la punctul de control al calității " -"pentru produsul ales, va apărea un buton *Imprimare Etichetă (Print " -"Label(s)*)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "La Rapoarte" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -"Puteți conecta de asemenea un tip de raport la o anumită imprimantă. În " -"aplicația *IoT*, mergeți la meniul *Dispozitive* și selectați imprimanta pe " -"care doriți să o configurați." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "Acum, mergeți în tab-ul *Rapoarte Imprimantă*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -"Apăsați pe editare și apoi, apăsați pe *Adăugați o linie*. În fereastra care" -" apare, bifați toate tipurile de rapoarte care ar trebui să fie conectate la" -" această imprimantă. Apăsați pe selectare și salvare." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -"Acum, de fiecare dată când apăsați pe *Imprimare* în panoul de control, în " -"loc să descărcați un PDF, veți putea trimite raportul la imprimanta " -"selectată, iar aceasta îl va imprima automat." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "Imprimarea Bonurilor din PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -"Puteți conecta o imprimantă la aplicația *Punct de Vânzare* astfel încât să " -"puteți imprima bonuri direct din *PoS*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -"Pentru asta, mergeți la aplicația *Punct de Vânzare* și deschideți setările " -"*Punct de Vânzare*, din *Configurare*. Acolo, apăsați pe *Editare* și bifați" -" funcția *Box IoT*. Apoi, alegeți *Imprimantă Bonuri* din lista de opțiuni." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -"Acum, veți putea imprima diferite tipuri de formulare din *PoS*: **bonuri**," -" **detalii vânzare** și **facturi**." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -"Bonurile sunt imprimate odată ce comanda este validată. Procesul este " -"automatizat catunci când activați această funcție în setările *PoS*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -"Detaliile vânzărilor pot fi imprimare apăsând pe pictograma imprimantei din " -"bara de navigare în partea de sus a *PoS*. Aceasta va imprima detaliile " -"vânzărilor din ziua curentă." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -"În ceea ce privește factura, aceasta este disponibilă doar în modul " -"restaurant. În setările restaurantului, activați *Imprimare Facturi* și un " -"buton *Factură* va apărea în panoul din stânga al *PoS*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "Imprimarea Comenzilor în bucătărie" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "În modul restaurant, puteți trimite nota de comandă în bucătărie." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -"Pentru a face acest lucru, mergeți la aplicația *PoS* și deschideți setările" -" *PoS*. Apoi, bifați *Imprimantă Comenzi*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -"Acum, mergeți la meniul *Imprimante*. Apăsați pe creare, selectați " -"imprimanta din lista de opțiuni și, în câmpul *Categorii Produse Imprimate*," -" alegeți toate categoriile de produse care ar trebui să fie imprimate pe " -"această imprimantă." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" -"În *PoS*, când adăugați sau eliminați un produs din una dintre categoriile " -"selectate, butonul *Comandă(Order)* va fi verde. Dacă apăsați pe el, IoT Box" -" va imprima un bon pe imprimanta corespunzătoare." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" -msgstr "Conectarea la un cântar" +msgid "Connect a scale" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" -"Când utilizați **IoT Box** în Odoo, puteți avea nevoie să utilizați un " -"cântar. Acesta este ușor de instalat, si poate fi folosit din aplicația " -"**Punct de vânzare** pentru a vă cântări produsele, ceea ce este util dacă " -"prețul lor variaza în funcție de greutate." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "Pentru a conecta cântarul la **IoT Box**, conectați-le cu un cablu." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "În unele cazuri, este necesar un adaptor serial-USB." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." msgstr "" -"Dacă cântarul dvs. este `compatibil cu Odoo IoT Box " -"`_, nu este necesar să setați nimic " -"deoarece va fi detectat automat imediat ce este conectat." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "Auto detectare a IOT box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" -"În unele cazuri, este nevoie să reporniți IoT box-ul și să descărcați " -"driverele cântarului de pe IoT box. Pentru a face acest lucru, mergeți la " -"*Pagina de pornire IoT Box* și apăsați pe *lista drivere*. Apoi, apăsați pe " -"încărcare drivere." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "Imaginea setărilor IoT box și a listei de drivere." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Utilizarea unui cântar în Punct de Vânzare" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -"Pentru a utiliza cântarul în aplicația *Punct de Vânzare*, mergeți la " -":menuselection:`Punct de Vânzare --> Configurare --> Punct de Vânzare`, " -"deschideți cel pe care doriți să-l configurați, apoi apăsați pe *Editare* și" -" activați funcția *IoT Box*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." -msgstr "Imagine cu funcția IoT box în cadrul setărilor PoS." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" -"Acum, alegeți *IoT Box* din meniul de selecție și alegeți opțiunea *Cântar " -"electronic*. Apoi, apăsați pe salvare." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "Lista de instrumente externe care pot fi utilizate cu PoS și IoT box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" -"Cântarul este acum disponibil în toate sesiunile *PoS*. Dacă un produs are " -"un preț pe greutate setat, apăsând pe el pe ecranul *PoS* se va deschide " -"ecranul cântarului, unde casierul poate cântări produsul și adăuga prețul " -"corect în coș." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." @@ -3375,83 +3680,71 @@ msgstr "Conectarea unui ecran" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -"În Odoo, un :abbr:`IoT Box (Internetul lucrurilor)` poate fi conectat la un " -"ecran. După conectare, ecranul poate fi utilizat pentru a afișa o comandă " -":abbr:`PoS (Punct de Vânzare)` unui client." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "Un exemplu de comandă PoS (punct de vânzare) pe un ecran." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -"Accesați afișajul clientului de pe orice alt computer mergând la pagina de " -"pornire a :abbr:`IoT Box (Internetul lucrurilor)` și apăsați pe butonul " -":guilabel:`Afișaj PoS`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -"Modalitatea de conectare a ecranului la :abbr:`IoT Box (Internetul " -"lucrurilor)` diferă în funcție de model." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "IoT Box model 4" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -"Conectați până la două ecrane cu cabluri Micro-HDMI pe partea laterală a " -":abbr:`IoT Box (Internetul lucrurilor)`. Dacă sunt conectate două ecrane, " -"acestea pot afișa conținut diferit (vedeți modul de utilizare de mai jos)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "IoT Box model 3" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Conectați ecranul cu un cablu HDMI pe partea laterală a :abbr:`IoT Box " -"(Internetul lucrurilor)`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -"Ecranul(ele) trebuie să fie conectat(e) înainte de pornirea IoT Box-ului " -"(Internetul lucrurilor)`. Dacă este deja pornit, conectați ecranul(ele), " -"apoi reporniți :abbr:`IoT Box (Internetul lucrurilor)` prin deconectarea și " -"reconectarea surselor de alimentare." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -"Utilizarea adaptoarelor HDMI/Micro-HDMI poate cauza probleme care vor duce " -"la un ecran negru gol. Se recomandă utilizarea cablurilor." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -3462,31 +3755,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -"Ecranul implicit \"Afișaj client PoS\" care apare atunci când un ecran este conectat cu succes\n" -"la un IoT Box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" -"Ecranul ar trebui să apară și în lista :guilabel:`Afișaje` pe pagina de " -"pornire a :abbr:`IoT Box (Internetul lucrurilor)`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -"Un exemplu de nume de ecran afișat pe pagina de pornire a IoT Box-ului." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" -"Dacă nu este detectat niciun ecran, va fi utilizat un ecran implicit numit " -":guilabel:`Afișaj la distanță`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." @@ -3494,80 +3782,65 @@ msgstr "" "Ecramul cu numele \"Afișaj la distanță\" va fi utilizat dacă nu este " "detectat niciun ecran." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Utilizare" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" -msgstr "Arată comenzile de vânzare PoS la clienți" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -"Pentru a utiliza ecranul în aplicația :guilabel:`Punct de vânzare`, accesați" -" :menuselection:`Punct de vânzare --> Configurare --> Punct de vânzare`, " -"deschideți ecranul dorit, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Editare` și activați " -"funcția :guilabel:`Dispozitive IoT Box`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" -"Acum, selectați :guilabel:`IoT Box` din meniul derulant și alegeți ecranul " -"în opțiunea :guilabel:`Afișaj client`. Apoi, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Salvare`." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." -msgstr "Conectați ecranul la aplicația Punct de vânzare." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -"Ecranul este acum disponibil pentru sesiunile :abbr:`PoS (Punct de " -"vânzare)`. O pictogramă de \"ecran\" va apărea în bara de sus pentru a " -"informa starea conexiunii cu ecranul." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "Conectați ecranul la aplicația Punct de vânzare." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" -"Ecranul va afișa automat comenzile :abbr:`PoS (Punct de vânzare)` și se va " -"actualiza când se efectuează modificări asupra comenzii." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "Un exemplu de comandă PoS pe un ecran." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" -msgstr "Afișarea unei pagini web" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" -"Deschiderea formei de vizualizare a ecranului la :menuselection:`IoT --> " -"Dispozitive --> (dispozitiv ecran)` permite utilizatorului să aleagă un URL " -"de site web anume pentru a-l afișa pe ecran cu câmpul :guilabel:`URL ecran`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index a205f053b..bab552bec 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,18 +7,18 @@ # Emanuel Bruda, 2023 # Hongu Cosmin , 2023 # Lyall Kindmurr, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Cozmin Candea , 2023 # Dorin Hongu , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -107,7 +108,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2901,62 +2901,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "Crearea unei noi metode de încasare pentru POS." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" -"Selectarea unui jurnal :guilabel:`bank` adaugă automat câmpul " -":guilabel:`Utilizați un terminal de plată` în care puteți adăuga " -"informațiile terminalului dvs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" -"Credențialele sunt obligatorii pentru utilizarea unui terminal de plată. " -"Pentru a afla cum configurați diferitele terminale, verificați următoarele " -"pagini de documentație:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -6998,223 +7016,312 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Metoda de facturare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "Solicitați o plată în avans" +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -"O plată în avans este o plată parțială făcută de cumpărător atunci când un " -"contract de vânzare este încheiat. Acest lucru implică angajamentul complet " -"(vânzător și cumpărător) de a onora contractul. Cu o plată în avans, " -"cumpărătorii arată dorința lor de a achiziționa produsul și sunt de acord să" -" plătească restul mai târziu, în timp ce vânzătorii sunt obligați să " -"furnizeze bunurile prin acceptarea plății." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -"Uneori este necesară o plată în avans pentru comenzi sau proiecte scumpe. " -"Astfel, vă puteți proteja și vă puteți asigura că clienții dvs. sunt de " -"încredere." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "Prima dată când solicitați o plată în avans" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -"Când o comandă de vânzare este confirmată, aveți posibilitatea de a crea o " -"factură. Facturile sunt create automat în ciornă, astfel încât să le puteți " -"revizui înainte de validare. Pentru a crea o factură, Odoo Vânzări vă oferă " -"3 opțiuni:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "Factură obișnuită" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "Plată în avans (procentual)" +msgid "" +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "Plată în avans (suma fixă)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" msgstr "" -"În ceea ce privește plata în avans, aceasta poate fi fie o sumă fixă sau un " -"procent din suma totală. Prima dată când solicitați o plată în avans, puteți" -" seta un procent sau o sumă fixă după preferința dvs. și selectați contul de" -" venit și impozitele corecte. Aceste setări vor fi reutilizate pentru " -"încasările în avans viitoare." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "Cum puteți face o factură de avans în Odoo Vânzări?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -"Când solicitați prima dvs. încasare în avans, un nou produs numit **Încasare" -" în avans** va fi creat. Acest produs va fi înregistrat ca un produs de tip " -"**serviciu** cu o politică de facturare pe **cantități comandate**. Puteți " -"edita acest produs și să-l modificați în orice moment. Vă rugăm să rețineți " -"că dacă alegeți **cantități livrate** ca politică de facturare, **nu veți " -"putea crea o factură**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "Fluxul de vânzări de bază utilizând încasările în avans" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" -"Pentru acest prim exemplu, vom utiliza o încasare în avans de 50% pentru un " -"produs care utilizează **cantități comandate** ca politică de facturare. " -"Asigurați-vă că verificați documentația noastră despre politici de facturare" -" aici: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , inainte de a solicita prima dvs. încasare " -"în avans. Când vine vorba de crearea și vizualizarea facturii, veți avea " -"acces doar la o factură ciornă care menționează încasarea în avans (așa cum " -"puteți vedea mai jos)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Ce este un flux de vânzări de bază utilizând încasările în avans în Odoo " -"Vânzări (1)?" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" -"Acolo, puteți posta factura și înregistra încasarea de la clienți. Dar, știm" -" toți ca în viața reală acest flux nu se întâmplă imediat. Deci, acum puteți" -" reveni la comanda de vânzări. Veți avea posibilitatea de a vedea comanda " -"din perspectiva de client cu butonul **Previzualizare client** sau să " -"ajungeți ușor la factura ciornă anterioară cu butonul **Factură**. În orice " -"caz, încasarea în avans va fi menționată pe ambele (comanda de vânzări și " -"factura ciornă)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Ce este un flux de vânzări de bază utilizând încasările în avans în Odoo " -"Vânzări (2)?" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" -"Pentru a completa fluxul, atunci când clientul dorește să plătească restul " -"comenzii de vânzări, trebuie să creați o altă factură. Din nou, veți avea " -"opțiunea de a face încă o încasare în avans sau de a deduce toate încasările" -" în avans, plătind astfel restul facturii, ca o factură obișnuită." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Ce este un flux de vânzări de bază utilizând încasările în avans în Odoo " -"Vânzări (3)?" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -"Acest flux este de asemenea posibil cu o încasare în avans care ia în " -"considerare o sumă fixă." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Aveți grijă dacă faceți o încasare în avans pentru un produs care utilizează" -" **cantități livrate** ca politică de facturare, deoarece nu veți putea " -"deduce toate încasările în avans când vine vorba de facturarea clienților. " -"Într-adevăr, trebuie să livrați un produs înainte de a crea factura finală. " -"Dacă nimic nu a fost livrat, creați o **notă de credit** care anulează " -"factura ciornă creată după încasarea în avans. Pentru a face acest lucru, " -"trebuie să instalați **Aplicația de inventar** pentru a confirma livrarea. " -"În caz contrar, puteți introduce cantitatea livrată manual pe comanda de " -"vânzări." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "Modificați contul de venituri și taxe clienți" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." -msgstr "Din lista de produse, căutați produsul **Încasare în avans**." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Crearea unui produs de încasare în avans în Odoo Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 -msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" -"Puteți edita și sub **Fila Informații generale** veți putea schimba taxele " -"clienților. Acum, pentru a schimba contul de venituri, trebuie să instalați " -"**Aplicația contabilitate** pentru a avea posibilitatea de a vedea **Fila " -"contabilitate** pe formularul produsului." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "Cum să modificați contul de venituri legat de încasările în avans" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -7555,54 +7662,89 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "Puteți factura prima etapă." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "Trimiteți o factură pro-formă" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -"O factură pro-formă este o factură prescurtată sau estimată, emisă înainte " -"de livrarea bunurilor. Conține tipul și cantitatea bunurilor, valoarea lor " -"și alte informații importante, cum ar fi greutatea și costurile de " -"transport. Facturile pro-forme sunt de obicei utilizate ca facturi " -"preliminare pentru o ofertă sau pentru scopuri vamale în import. Ele diferă " -"de o factură normală prin faptul că nu sunt neapărat o cerere sau o " -"solicitare de plată." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Activați funcția" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -"Accesați :menuselection:`VÂNZĂRI --> Configurare --> Setări` și activați " -"funcția *Factură pro-formă*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -"Din orice ofertă sau comandă de vânzări, aveți opțiunea de a trimite o " -"factură pro-formă." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "Trimiteți o factură pro-formă" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Când faceți clic pe **Trimite**, Odoo va trimite un e-mail cu factura pro-" -"formă atașată." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" @@ -8073,7 +8215,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -9887,105 +10028,9 @@ msgstr "Cum vor vedea clienții termenele limită pe Odoo Vânzări?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "Livrare și facturare la adrese diferite" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "Obțineți plata la confirmarea unei comenzi" @@ -10457,364 +10502,138 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "Linii pentru variantele din grilă." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "Utilizați șabloane de ofertă" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "Formulare de ofertă" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" -"Prin crearea de șabloane personalizate pentru oferte, veți economisi mult " -"timp. Într-adevăr, prin utilizarea șabloanelor, veți putea trimite oferte " -"complete într-un ritm rapid." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a activa această caracteristică, accesați :menuselection:`Vânzări -->" -" Configurare --> Setări` și activați **Șabloane de ofertă**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "Cum să activați șabloanele de ofertă în Odoo Vânzări?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -"Pentru o utilizare mai comodă, este recomandat să adăugați funcția " -"**Constructor de ofertă** care vă va ajuta să creați șabloanele de ofertă " -"foarte ușor. Această opțiune va instala automat aplicația Odoo Website." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "Cum să activați constructorul de ofertă în Odoo Vânzări?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "Creați primul dvs. șablon" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -"Șabloanele de ofertă se află în :menuselection:`Vânzări --> Configurare`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Puteți crea un nou șablon sau edita unul existent. Odată denumit, veți putea" -" selecta produse și cantități, precum și timpul de expirare al ofertei." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Creați un nou șablon de ofertă în Odoo Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "Construiți un șablon personalizat" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" -"Veți avea posibilitatea de a vă construi un șablon și de a edita interfața " -"clientului pentru a gestiona ce vor vedea clienții înainte de a accepta și " -"de a plăti o ofertă. De exemplu, veți putea descrie compania dvs., " -"serviciile și produsele dvs. Pentru a face acest lucru, puteți face clic pe " -"**Editare** și veți fi direcționat către constructorul de ofertă." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Construiți un șablon de ofertă în Odoo Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" -"Puteți edita ușor conținutul șablonului dvs. prin tragerea și fixarea " -"diferitelor blocuri de construcție pentru a organiza ofertă. De exemplu, " -"puteți adăuga un bloc de conținut pentru a descrie produsele dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Trageți și fixați blocurile de construcție pentru a crea un șablon de ofertă" -" în Odoo Vânzări" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" -msgstr "Utilizați un șablon de ofertă" +msgid "Use a template" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "Când creați o ofertă, puteți alege un șablon specific." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Selectați un șablon specific în Odoo Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -"Puteți selecta orice șablon pe care să-l sugerați ca implicit în setările " -"**Vânzări**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "Confirmați oferta" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" -"Șabloanele facilitează procesul de confirmare prin permiterea clienților să " -"semneze electronic sau să plătească online. Puteți activa aceste două " -"opțiuni direct în șablonul de ofertă." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Permiteți clienților să semneze electronic sau să plătească online în Odoo " -"Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" -"Orice ofertă va avea acum această setare. Desigur, puteți schimba oricând și" -" să o faceți specifică fiecărei oferte." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr ":doc:`obțineți-semnătura-pentru-validare`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr ":doc:`obțineți-plata-pentru-validare`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "Adăugați termeni și condiții" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" -"Specificarea termenilor și condițiilor este esențială pentru a stabili " -"puncte contractuale importante, cum ar fi termenele de plată, limitarea " -"responsabilității și termenele de livrare între clienți și vânzători. " -"Fiecare vânzător trebuie să declare toate informațiile formale privind " -"produsele și politica companiei. De altfel, fiecare client trebuie să ia " -"notă de toate aceste condiții înainte de a se angaja în orice. Cu Odoo " -"Vânzări, este foarte ușor să includeți termenii și condițiile dvs. implicite" -" în orice ofertă, comandă de vânzări și factură pe care o gestionați." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Termeni și condiții implicite" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" -"Accesați :menuselection:`Contabilitate --> Configurare --> Setări` și " -"activați *Termeni și condiții implicite*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "Cum să activați Termeni și condiții implicite în Odoo Vânzări?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" -"Rețineți că această caracteristică este activată prin setările **Aplicației " -"de facturare** și **nu** prin setările **Aplicației de vânzări**. De " -"asemenea, nu aveți nevoie să instalați aplicația de facturare, deoarece este" -" făcută automat cu instalarea aplicației de vânzări." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" -"Termeni și condiții implicite în ofertele, comenzile de vânzări și facturile" -" dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" -"În setările **Aplicației de facturare**, aveți posibilitatea de a introduce " -"termenii și condițiile implicite." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Termeni și condiții implicite în ofertele de vânzări din Odoo Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "Acestea apar ulterior în orice ofertă, comandă de vânzări și factură." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "Termeni și condiții implicite în șabloanele dvs. de ofertă" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" -"În funcție de nevoile dvs. de afaceri, puteți specifica termenii și " -"condițiile dvs. în șabloanele dvs. de ofertă. Acest lucru este interesant " -"dacă aveți termeni și condiții diferite în cadrul companiei dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" -"Adăugați Termeni și condiții implicite în șabloanele dvs. de ofertă din Odoo" -" Vânzări" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" -"Nu uitați să consultați documentația noastră despre șabloanele de ofertă: " -":doc:`quote_template`, pentru a învăța fiecare pas al acestei caracteristici" -" remarcabile." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Termeni și condiții generale" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "Termeni și condiții generale pe site-ul dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" -"Utilizați **Aplicația Website** și creați propria pagină de termeni și " -"condiții generale. De exemplu, aici este pagina de termeni și condiții a " -"Odoo:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "Termeni și condiții generale pe site-ul dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Puteți face referire la această pagină în subsolul tuturor documentelor dvs." -" Layout-ul este disponibil în **Setările generale** în categoria **Documente" -" de afaceri**. De exemplu, acest subsol apare în fiecare document din Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "Termeni și condiții generale în documentele dvs. de afaceri" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "Termeni și condiții generale ca fișier atașat la e-mailurile dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Atașați un document extern cu termenii și condițiile dvs. generale atunci " -"când sunteți pe cale să trimiteți oferta dvs. prin e-mail clienților dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "Termeni și condiții generale ca fișier atașat la e-mailul dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" -"Termeni și condiții generale ca fișier atașat în șabloanele dvs. de ofertă" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" -"Creați și editați șabloanele de e-mail pentru a seta un fișier atașat " -"implicit pentru toate e-mailurile de ofertă pe care le veți trimite în " -"viitor. Pentru a face acest lucru, trebuie să mergeți la " -":menuselection:`Vânzări --> Configurare --> Șabloane de ofertă` și creați un" -" nou șablon de ofertă sau modificați unul existent. Sub fila de confirmare, " -"puteți acum activa semnăturile online, plățile online și să setați un e-mail" -" de confirmare în care aveți posibilitatea de a configura fișierul atașat " -"implicit. Acolo, puteți pune termenii și condițiile dvs. generale." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" -"Termeni și condiții generale ca fișier atașat în șabloanele dvs. de ofertă" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a personaliza șabloanele dvs. de e-mail, activați **modul de " -"dezvoltare**și mergeți la :menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> E-mail --> " -"Șabloane`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." -msgstr "" -"Cu Odoo Sales este acum foarte simplu să gestionați termenii și condițiile." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "Subscriptions" @@ -10902,7 +10721,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -11610,10 +11430,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 0ced5d376..811a85f22 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -5,19 +5,20 @@ # # Translators: # Dragos Vasile, 2023 -# Dorin Hongu , 2023 # Foldi Robert , 2023 +# Dorin Hongu , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Cozmin Candea , 2023 +# Hongu Cosmin , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Hongu Cosmin , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1319,160 +1320,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Prezentare generală" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "Forum și eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Forum" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" -"Mai mult decât emailul, chatul live, formularele web și linii telefonice, " -"oferă clienților tăi un forum de asistență. Astfel, clienții ar putea deveni" -" mai apropiați de compania ta deoarece ar investi timp pentru a intra în " -"detalii despre afacerea ta. De asemenea, îi încurajezi pe clienți să schimbe" -" experiențe și cunoștințe, susținând sentimentul de apartenență la o " -"comunitate (comunitatea ta!)." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Configurare" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" -"Mergi la :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configurare --> Echipă Helpdesk` și " -"activează *Centru de ajutor*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Prezentarea generală a paginii de setări a unei echipe de helpdesk, evidențiază funcția centrului de ajutor în\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" -"Creează sau editează un forum făcând clic pe link-ul extern. Între opțiunile" -" de editare, alege dacă dorești ca *Modul Forum* să fie *Întrebări*: este " -"permis doar un răspuns pe întrebare sau *Discuții*: sunt permise mai multe " -"răspunsuri pe întrebare." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Prezentarea generală a paginii de setări a unui forum în Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" -"De acum înainte, utilizatorii autentificați pot începe discuțiile. Pentru a " -"ține evidența postărilor, mergi la :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> " -"Postări`." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Prezentarea generală a paginii Forumuri a unui website pentru a le arăta " -"cele disponibile în Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" -"Transformă tichetele în postări de forum simplu făcând clic pe *Partajează " -"pe Forum* pe pagina tichetului." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" -"În plus față de un forum, oferă cursuri online. Atunci când faci asta, legi " -"nevoile și întrebările clienților și utilizatorilor la conținut util, " -"ajutând la creșterea eficienței deoarece ei pot găsi și răspunsurile acolo." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" -"Mergi la :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configurare --> Echipe Helpdesk` și " -"activează *eLearning*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Prezentarea generală a paginii de setări a unei echipe de asistență clienți, evidențiază funcția elearning în\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" -"Odată ce structura și conținutul cursului sunt gata, *Publică* apăsând pe " -"*Nepublicat*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Vedere a unui curs care este publicat pentru Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a ține evidența statisticilor cursului, mergi la *eLearning* și *Vezi" -" Curs*." - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" -"Vedere a tabloului de bord al aplicației elearning pentru Odoo Helpdesk" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Todo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" -"DETALII/INFORMAȚII AR TREBUI SĂ VINĂ DIN DOCUMENTAȚIA ELEARNING. ASTEPTAȚI " -"PÂNĂ CÂND DOCUMENTAȚIA ELEARNING ESTE DISPONIBILĂ!" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1771,6 +1618,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Centru de ajutor" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Cunoștințe" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "Forum comunitate" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "Adresând o întrebare" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "Acceptarea unui răspuns" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "Răspuns acceptat" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "Răspuns marcat" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "Adresați întrebări" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "Răspundeți la întrebări" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "Editează postările proprii" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "Editează toate postările" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "Închideți propriile postări" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "Închideți toate postările" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "Ștergeți postările proprii" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "Ștergeți toate postările" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "Acceptați un răspuns la toate întrebările" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "Deconectați propriile comentarii" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "Deconectați toate comentariile" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "Adresați întrebări fără validare" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "Semnalează un post ca fiind ofensator" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "Postări moderate" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "Schimbați etichetele de întrebare" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "Creați etichete noi" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index d13c7d587..37819ad2c 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,20 +6,20 @@ # Translators: # Fenyedi Levente, 2023 # Vacaru Adrian , 2023 -# Foldi Robert , 2023 +# Emanuel Bruda, 2023 # Cozmin Candea , 2023 # Dorin Hongu , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Emanuel Bruda, 2023 +# Foldi Robert , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Emanuel Bruda, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Foldi Robert , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -499,6 +499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurare" @@ -2536,191 +2537,495 @@ msgstr "Chat în direct" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" -"Chat-ul direct are cea mai mare rată de satisfacție a oricărui instrument de" -" comunicare. Permite răspunsuri rapide și este accesibil și convenabil, " -"deoarece clienții dvs. pot continua să facă ceea ce fac, în timp ce " -"interacționează cu dvs. Amintiți-vă: clienții dvs. vorbesc cu dvs., deci să " -"facem acest lucru ușor." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" -msgstr "" -"`Chat în direct: pagina produsului `_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "Configurare" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Odată ce *Chat-ul direct* este instalat în baza de date, dacă site-ul dvs. a" -" fost creat cu Odoo, aplicația este automat adăugată. Tot ce trebuie să " -"faceți este să mergeți la :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Live Chat`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea paginii de setări și a caracteristicilor de chat în direct " -"pentru Odoo Chat în direct" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" -"Selectați canalul care să fie conectat la site-ul dvs. sau creați unul pe " -"loc." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea unui formular de canal de chat în direct pentru Odoo Chat în " -"direct" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "Pentru ambele scenarii, sub:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" -"- **Operatori**: adăugați agenți pentru a răspunde la solicitările de chat. " -"Adăugați cât doriți, și țineți minte că operatorii care nu arată nicio " -"activitate în Odoo pentru mai mult de 30 de minute sunt considerați " -"deconectați." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "" -"- **Opțiuni**: setați textul implicit pentru a fi afișat pe butonul de chat " -"în direct; un mesaj de bun venit automat pentru a fi văzut de vizitatori " -"atunci când o conversație este inițiată, și textul care încurajează " -"utilizatorul să inițieze un chat." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -"- **Reguli de canal**: alegeți o acțiune pentru o anumită adresă URL, și/sau" -" per țară. În exemplul de mai jos, fereastra de chat apare automat după 3 " -"secunde după ce utilizatorii (din orice țară) ajung pe pagina de contacte." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea unui formular de reguli de canal pentru Odoo Chat în direct" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "Operatori" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -"GeoIP, care se referă la procesul de a găsi locația geografică a unui " -"terminal de computer după adresa IP, trebuie să fie instalat pe serverul " -"dvs. În caz contrar, sub *Reguli de canal*, țările nu sunt luate în " -"considerare." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "Opțiuni externe" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Dacă site-ul dvs. nu a fost creat cu Odoo, puteți găsi codul care trebuie " -"adăugat la propriul dvs., sub fila *Widget*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opțiuni" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" -"Odoo oferă, de asemenea, o adresă URL pe care o puteți trimite " -"utilizatorilor astfel încât ei să aibă acces la o singură pagină de chat în " -"direct." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Vizualizarea filei widget pentru Odoo Chat în direct" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "Gestionarea solicitărilor de chat" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "URL Regex" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Țară" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Widget" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" -"Conversațiile inițiate de vizitatori apar ca un mesaj direct, și sunt " -"afișate în *Discuții*. Prin urmare, solicitările pot fi răspunse oriunde vă " -"aflați în Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea aplicației de discuții cu un mesaj trimis prin chat în direct " -"în Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -"Conversațiile sunt distribuite în funcție de volumul de lucru al " -"operatorilor online." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "Părăsiți sau alăturați-vă unui canal" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -"Accesați :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, canalul " -"dvs. sub *Chat în direct*, și *Alăturați-vă canalului* sau *Părăsiți " -"canalul*." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea unui formular de canal și opțiunea de a alătura unui canal " -"pentru Odoo Chat în direct" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" @@ -2811,125 +3116,336 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr ":doc:`responses`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "Comenzi și răspunsuri predefinite" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" -"Utilizarea răspunsurilor predefinite vă poate ajuta să economisiți timp și " -"să aveți un răspuns anterior, bine gândit, la unele dintre cele mai comune " -"întrebări și comentarii." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Utilizați comenzi" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" -"Comenzile sunt scurtături care efectuează acțiuni specifice în fereastra de " -"chat:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "**/help**: afișează un mesaj de ajutor." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk**: creează un tichet de asistență." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk_search**: căută un tichet de asistență." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "**/history**: afișează ultimele 15 pagini vizitate." +msgid "Execute a command" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead**: creează o nouă pistă." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "**/leave**: părăsește canalul." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -"- Pentru *tichete de asistență*: asigurați-vă că aplicația este instalată în" -" baza de date și opțiunea *Chat în direct* sub :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` este activată." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" -"- Pentru *piste*: aplicația *CRM* trebuie să fie instalată în baza de date." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a accesa tichetul sau pista create din chat, faceți clic pe linkul de" -" scurtătură." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea ferestrei de chat cu un tichet de asistență creat în Odoo Chat " -"în direct" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Asistență" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" -"Tichetele de asistență create din chat adaugă automat conversația ca o " -"descriere a tichetului. La fel se întâmplă și la crearea unui potențial " -"client." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Trimiteți răspunsuri predefinite" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" -"Răspunsurile predefinite vă permit să aveți un text complet care este plasat" -" atunci când tastați un cuvânt scurt. Pentru a le crea, mergeți la " -":menuselection:`Live Chat --> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" -"Pentru a le utiliza în timpul unei conversații, tastați doar **:** urmat de " -"cuvântul scurt pe care l-ați creat." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" -"Vizualizarea ferestrei de chat și utilizarea unui răspuns predefinit în Odoo" -" Chat în direct" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Istoric" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Pistă" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Părăsește" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" @@ -3489,6 +4005,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "Baza de date GeoIP nu a putut rezolva adresa IP dată" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "Traduceri" @@ -3664,10 +4342,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "Unsplash (imagini gratuite)" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 775214aac..80c184702 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ # Jasmina Macur , 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic , 2023 # Tomaž Jug , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Tadej Lupšina , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tadej Lupšina , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -524,16 +524,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -553,7 +553,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2539,6 +2540,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2595,8 +2597,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banka" @@ -3213,6 +3215,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4500,9 +4568,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "Konto" @@ -4511,9 +4579,9 @@ msgstr "Konto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debet" @@ -4523,9 +4591,9 @@ msgstr "Debet" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Kredit" @@ -4534,8 +4602,8 @@ msgstr "Kredit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Konto terjatev" @@ -4676,6 +4744,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "" @@ -5400,6 +5533,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -5796,6 +5930,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" @@ -6005,6 +6151,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6373,6 +6520,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7097,190 +7245,202 @@ msgstr "Čeki" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -msgid "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 @@ -11549,6 +11709,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Poročila" @@ -13538,9 +13699,9 @@ msgstr "Stroški" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -13549,16 +13710,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13567,26 +13728,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -13595,13 +13770,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -13609,22 +13792,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -13633,109 +13816,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -13743,103 +13943,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13847,7 +14070,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -13857,15 +14080,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -13874,12 +14097,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13887,116 +14123,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14005,91 +14280,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14097,51 +14380,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14149,19 +14465,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14169,37 +14486,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14207,61 +14534,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14269,188 +14598,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Nastavitve" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -14865,6 +15217,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -14879,6 +15232,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "Naziv" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -14892,6 +15246,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16286,11 +16641,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Belgija" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16298,87 +17204,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16386,52 +17292,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16440,7 +17346,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16448,17 +17354,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16468,7 +17374,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16476,39 +17382,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -16518,7 +17424,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -16533,44 +17439,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "IoT Box" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -16582,7 +17488,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -16590,17 +17496,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -19287,7 +20193,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -19630,11 +20536,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -24753,10 +25654,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -25269,10 +26166,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -28802,10 +29695,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -29747,7 +30636,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -29968,7 +30857,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30188,7 +31077,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -31458,8 +32347,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -31498,7 +32388,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -31520,48 +32410,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -31569,189 +32459,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -31759,39 +32652,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -32324,35 +33217,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -32362,40 +33256,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -32503,3 +33397,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Predloge" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 4290c48bb..8820fb27a 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,15 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Matjaz Mozetic , 2023 +# Jasmina Macur , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Jasmina Macur , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -132,3 +133,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Kadri" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Dodaj novega zaposlenega" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Delovne izkušnje" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Veščine" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 7044231f3..62ec6b877 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tadej Lupšina , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -514,9 +514,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -940,97 +939,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "Datumi poteka" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1062,11 +1451,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1399,11 +1783,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1561,11 +1940,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -2967,237 +3341,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Proizvodi" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3877,49 +4408,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3927,104 +4465,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4032,32 +4569,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4066,6 +4611,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -7948,9 +8546,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -7960,8 +8558,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8127,6 +8725,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9787,42 +10390,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Kontrola kakovosti" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10555,25 +11122,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10581,11 +11148,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10593,7 +11160,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10602,7 +11169,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10616,7 +11183,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10626,11 +11193,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10638,23 +11205,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 06a832812..31df14aa7 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ # Boris Kodelja , 2023 # Jasmina Macur , 2023 # Tadej Lupšina , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Matjaz Mozetic , 2023 # Tomaž Jug , 2023 +# Matjaz Mozetic , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tomaž Jug , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1207,146 +1207,400 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 @@ -1779,107 +2033,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Nastavitve" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +msgid "Instructions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Tiskalnik" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Tehtnica" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 @@ -1888,17 +2198,18 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1906,175 +2217,232 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Tiskalnik" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Optični čitalec" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Blagajniški predal" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 @@ -2419,355 +2787,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "Naprave" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Povezava" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgid "Connect a printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -2777,48 +3342,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 @@ -2831,64 +3402,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2897,87 +3475,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uporaba" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index f8367cc6f..081c1d954 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # jl2035 , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Grega Vavtar , 2023 # Tadej Lupšina , 2023 # matjaz k , 2023 # Jasmina Macur , 2023 @@ -17,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -79,6 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -98,7 +98,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2525,56 +2524,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -5774,159 +5797,311 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "Redni račun" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "Predplačilo (odstotek)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "Predplačilo (fiksni znesek)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -6188,40 +6363,88 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 @@ -6652,7 +6875,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8126,105 +8348,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" @@ -8574,285 +8700,137 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgid "Quotation templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgid "Use a template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Privzeta pravila in pogoji" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 @@ -8940,7 +8918,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9538,10 +9517,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 3dd6810cd..cf5afac8e 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # Translators: # Boris Kodelja , 2023 # matjaz k , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jasmina Macur , 2023 +# Tomaž Jug , 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1307,124 +1308,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Pregled" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Forum" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eUčenje" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Za obdelavo" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1723,6 +1606,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Center za pomoč" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Znanje" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "Postavi vprašanje" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "Vprašanje glas za" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "Vprašanje glas proti" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "Odgovor glas za" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "Odgovor glas proti" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "Sprejem odgovora" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "Odgovor sprejet" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "Odgovor označen" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "Glas za" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "Glasovanje proti" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "Urejanje vseh objav" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "Zaključek vseh objav" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "Brisanje vseh objav" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "Sprejem odgovora na vsa vprašanja" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "Odstranitev povezave vseh komentarjev" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "Označba objave za nedostojno" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "Sprememba oznak vprašanja" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "Ustvari nove oznake" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eUčenje" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 7611b00b8..bf36fdc46 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ # Translators: # Tadej Lupšina , 2023 # Jasmina Macur , 2023 +# Tomaž Jug , 2023 # matjaz k , 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic , 2023 -# Tomaž Jug , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -490,6 +490,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve" @@ -2526,141 +2527,494 @@ msgstr "Pogovor v živo" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "Operaterji" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Možnosti" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Država" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2735,101 +3089,335 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgid "Execute a command" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Pomoč" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Zgodovina" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Indic" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Zapusti" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 @@ -3364,6 +3952,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "Prevodi" @@ -3539,10 +4289,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 9aae51571..3b40d63df 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ # Minh Nguyen , 2023 # Trần Hà , 2023 # Nancy Momoland , 2023 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -519,16 +519,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -548,7 +548,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2534,6 +2535,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2590,8 +2592,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Ngân hàng" @@ -3208,6 +3210,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4495,9 +4563,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "Tài khoản" @@ -4506,9 +4574,9 @@ msgstr "Tài khoản" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Nợ" @@ -4518,9 +4586,9 @@ msgstr "Nợ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Số dư có" @@ -4529,8 +4597,8 @@ msgstr "Số dư có" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Khoản phải thu" @@ -4671,6 +4739,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "Bắt đầu" @@ -5395,6 +5528,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -5791,6 +5925,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" @@ -6000,6 +6146,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6368,6 +6515,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7092,190 +7240,202 @@ msgstr "Kiểm tra" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -msgid "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "Biên nhận trả trước" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 @@ -11544,6 +11704,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Báo cáo" @@ -13533,9 +13694,9 @@ msgstr "Chi phí" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -13544,16 +13705,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13562,26 +13723,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -13590,13 +13765,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -13604,22 +13787,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -13628,109 +13811,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -13738,103 +13938,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13842,7 +14065,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -13852,15 +14075,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -13869,12 +14092,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13882,116 +14118,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14000,91 +14275,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14092,51 +14375,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14144,19 +14460,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14164,37 +14481,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14202,61 +14529,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14264,188 +14593,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Thiết lập" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -14860,6 +15212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -14874,6 +15227,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "Tên" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -14887,6 +15241,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "Tên kỹ thuật" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16281,11 +16636,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Bỉ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "Hóa đơn điện tử" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16293,87 +17199,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "Certified" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16381,52 +17287,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16435,7 +17341,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16443,17 +17349,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16463,7 +17369,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16471,39 +17377,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -16513,7 +17419,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -16528,44 +17434,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "IoT Box" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -16577,7 +17483,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -16585,17 +17491,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -19282,7 +20188,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -19625,11 +20531,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -24748,10 +25649,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -25264,10 +26161,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Hóa đơn điện tử" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -28797,10 +29690,6 @@ msgstr "Tiền đang chuyển" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "Biên nhận trả trước" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -29742,7 +30631,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -29963,7 +30852,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30183,7 +31072,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -31453,8 +32342,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -31493,7 +32383,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -31515,48 +32405,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -31564,189 +32454,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -31754,39 +32647,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -32319,35 +33212,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "Spreadsheet" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -32357,40 +33251,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -32498,3 +33392,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Mẫu" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 186220843..fb925c397 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,15 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Nancy Momoland , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Nancy Momoland , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -160,3 +161,503 @@ msgstr "" "`_. " "Nếu máy quét mã vạch được kết nối trực tiếp với máy tính, nó phải được định " "cấu hình để sử dụng bố cục bàn phím của máy tính." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Nhân viên" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Thêm nhân viên mới" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Resumé" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Các kĩ năng" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index c08ce5cde..fec079cb1 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -510,9 +510,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -936,97 +935,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "Ngày hết hạn" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Cảnh báo hết hạn" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1058,11 +1447,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1395,11 +1779,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1557,11 +1936,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -2963,237 +3337,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Sản phẩm" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3873,49 +4404,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3923,104 +4461,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4028,32 +4565,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4062,6 +4607,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -7944,9 +8542,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -7956,8 +8554,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8123,6 +8721,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9783,42 +10386,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Kiểm soát chất lượng" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10551,25 +11118,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10577,11 +11144,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10589,7 +11156,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10598,7 +11165,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10612,7 +11179,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10622,11 +11189,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10634,23 +11201,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 1b209177f..bd046a2a8 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1204,146 +1204,400 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 @@ -1776,107 +2030,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Thiết lập" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "Tên thiết bị" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "Chỉ dẫn" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Máy In" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Cân" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 @@ -1885,17 +2195,18 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1903,175 +2214,232 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Máy In" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Máy quét mã vạch" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Két tiền" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 @@ -2416,355 +2784,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Kết nối" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgid "Connect a printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -2774,48 +3339,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 @@ -2828,64 +3399,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2894,87 +3472,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Cách dùng" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 83ec17b0c..9fb54fc13 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -76,6 +76,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -95,7 +96,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2522,56 +2522,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -5771,159 +5795,311 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "Hóa đơn thông thường" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "Tiền đặt cọc (theo phần trăm)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "Tiền đặt cọc (số tiền cố định)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -6185,40 +6361,88 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 @@ -6649,7 +6873,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8123,105 +8346,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" @@ -8571,285 +8698,137 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgid "Quotation templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgid "Use a template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Điều khoản & Điều kiện Mặc định" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 @@ -8937,7 +8916,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9535,10 +9515,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 65d0ea6c1..b2b8c55dc 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -1304,124 +1304,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Tổng quan" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Diễn đàn" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "eLearning" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Cần làm" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1720,6 +1602,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Trung tâm hỗ trợ" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Kiến thức" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "Diễn đàn cộng đồng" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "Đang hỏi" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "Câu hỏi bình chọn" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "Câu hỏi hạ cấp" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "Trả lời được bình chọn" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "câu trả lời bị hạ cấp" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "Đang duyệt câu trả lời" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "Câu trả lời đã được duyệt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "Câu trả lời đã được gắn cờ" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "Đặt câu hỏi" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "Trả lời câu hỏi" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "Bình chọn" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "Hạ cấp" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "Sửa bài đăng của bạn" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "Sửa tất cả bài đăng" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "Đóng bài đăng của bạn" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "Đóng mọi bài viết" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "Xóa bài đăng của bạn" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "Xóa tất cả bài đăng" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "Liên kết không được theo dõi" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "Chấp nhận một câu trả lời cho tất cả câu hỏi" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "Hủy liên kết nhận xét cá nhận" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "Hủy liên kết tất cả nhận xét" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "Đặt câu hỏi không cần duyệt" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "Gắn cờ bài viết gây xúc phạm" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "Kiểm duyệt bài viết" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "Thay đổi thẻ câu hỏi" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "Tạo thẻ mới" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 27117ee92..013845d7a 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Vo Thanh Thuy, 2023 # Dao Nguyen , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -488,6 +488,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" @@ -2524,141 +2525,494 @@ msgstr "Chat Trực tuyến" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "Người vận hành" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Tùy chọn" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "URL Regex" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Quốc gia" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Tiện ích" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2733,101 +3087,335 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgid "Execute a command" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Hỗ trợ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Lịch sử" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Lead" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Nghỉ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 @@ -3362,6 +3950,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "Dịch thuật" @@ -3537,10 +4287,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index c82aedaee..fb503fb4e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ msgstr "仅显示名称以“mycompany”开头的数据库" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:" -msgstr "在 ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set 中：" +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -640,8 +640,8 @@ msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM 用于 Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 -msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:" -msgstr "在 ``/etc/odoo.conf`` 中：" +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 msgid "HTTPS" @@ -3330,8 +3330,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 -msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise" -msgstr "将社区升级到企业" +msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9787,56 +9787,114 @@ msgid "" "test upgrade before upgrading your production instance." msgstr "如果您使用的是网站或 Studio 应用程序，我们建议您始终在升级生产实例之前执行测试升级。" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:6 -msgid "Requesting a test upgrade" -msgstr "请求测试升级" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website." +" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager " +"`_ page and sign in." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8 -msgid "Go to your `database manager `_" -msgstr "转至“数据库管理器”_" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:9 -msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*." -msgstr "单击您的个人资料图标，然后选择“*我的数据库*”。" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 -msgid "Selecting My Databases under my profile" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:14 msgid "" -"Click on the up arrow button next to your main database name to proceed to " -"the test upgrade." +"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with" +" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent " +"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database " +"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0 -msgid "Selecting the action settings icon" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid "Test database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19 msgid "" -"In the pop-up message that appears, select the target version and then " -":guilabel:`Test` as purpose." +"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the" +" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that " +"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, " +"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the " +"database upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:24 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Production` purpose doesn't appear if you didn't test your " -"upgraded database at least once." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to " +"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, " +"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to " +"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:26 -msgid "" -"This triggers the automated upgrade process. A confirmation email is then " -"sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide " -"information if the upgrade failed." -msgstr "这将触发自动升级过程。然后，系统会向您发送一封确认电子邮件，其中包含指向已升级数据库的链接，或者在升级失败时提供信息。" +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* " -"page." -msgstr "您还可以从“我的数据库”页面查看和访问测试数据库。" +"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up" +" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade " +"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is " +"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database " +"manager `_ page. To access the test " +"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main " +"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, " +"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test " +"version's row to go to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "A test database on the database manager page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact" +" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in " +"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any " +"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:57 +msgid "Production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database " +"manager `_ page. Once again, click on the" +" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The " +":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that " +"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the" +" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"appears next to the name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:68 +msgid "" +"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index c412edd80..a3de2536f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -34,18 +34,18 @@ # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 # Raymond Yu , 2023 # Emily Jia , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Datasource International , 2023 # Jeffery CHEN , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -551,16 +551,16 @@ msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-- #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -580,7 +580,8 @@ msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-- #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2639,6 +2640,7 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2695,8 +2697,8 @@ msgstr "从付款生成的特定的会计分录看起来如下 :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "银行" @@ -3319,6 +3321,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "这是生成并用于逆转以上原开票的贷项凭单日记账分录：" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "递延收入" @@ -4637,9 +4705,9 @@ msgstr "在此示例中，已开具 1000 美元的开票，其中包含以下付 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "科目" @@ -4648,9 +4716,9 @@ msgstr "科目" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" @@ -4660,9 +4728,9 @@ msgstr "借方" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "贷方" @@ -4671,8 +4739,8 @@ msgstr "贷方" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "应收账款" @@ -4813,6 +4881,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "点击`此处 `_，了解我们的*隐私政策*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "开始" @@ -5558,6 +5691,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -5963,6 +6097,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "会计备忘单" @@ -6172,6 +6318,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "余额 = 借方 - 贷方" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6549,6 +6696,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "选择要使用的币种和日记账。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "付款登记" @@ -7286,198 +7434,203 @@ msgstr "检查" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "有两种方法可处理收款。Odoo都支持，你可选择一个适合你的." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -"**未存资金** ：一旦收到支票，可在开票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到未存资金科目). 然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从未存资金科目转到银行科目." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -"**仅一个凭证** ：一旦收到支票，在银行上登记用支票支付，无需通过 ** 未存资金** " -"。一旦使用银行对账单，将银行收到的钱和支票相匹配，而不需创建一个专用的凭证." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "我们建议使用第一种方法, 更准确(你的银行帐户余额是准确的，应考虑到有些支票还没有兑现)。这两种方法工作量差不多." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一些会计已习惯使用(指导书和其他用户)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "您可以看一看*存款票据功能*, 如果你将支票批量存入银行." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "选项1 : 未缴存的资金" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "创建一个分类账 **支票**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "将“未存入支票”设置为默认贷方/借方帐户" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置 **允许调节对账**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "从支票付款到银行对账单" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." -msgstr "第一种处理支票的方法是创建一个支票凭证。因此，支票本身成为一种付款方式，你将记录两个交易." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "一旦你收到客户的支票，去相关的开票，然后点击 **登记付款** 。填写付款的信息：" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" -msgstr "付款方式：检查账(如同 **未存资金** 科目设置借贷方)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "**备忘**: 写上支票号码" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "对账单匹配" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "未缴存的资金" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "未结收款" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "登记付款后, 开票会标记为已付." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." -msgstr "然后，一旦拿到银行对账单，在undeposited资金科目内将对账单和支票核对." +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "如果你用这种方法来管理收到的支票，在 **未存资金** 科目内会看到未兑现支票清单(访问，例如，从总账)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "这两种方法会产生相同的数据。但是，如果支票没有兑现，这个方法更清楚, 因为这些支票还未登入银行账户." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "选项2: 仅一笔分类账分录" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." -msgstr "如果使用这个方法管理支票，不需要配置." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**付款方式:** 用于存款的银行" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "**备忘**: 写上支票号码" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" -msgstr "一旦收到银行对账单，将对账单和实际付款核对。(从技术上讲：点此付款，并将其对账单上的行关联)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 -msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -"您也可以使用菜单直接记录付款，而无需输入客户开票使用菜单，:menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 " -"如果您要分批记录很多支票，但此后您必须核对输入（付款与开票匹配），则此方法可能更方便" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" -"如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的支票，您可使用报告 **银行余额调节表** 来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的支票。(本报告可从 **更多 ** " -"进入会计应用仪表板中的选项)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices" @@ -11846,6 +11999,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "报告" @@ -13910,9 +14064,9 @@ msgstr "费用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -13921,16 +14075,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13939,26 +14093,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -13967,13 +14135,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -13981,22 +14157,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -14005,109 +14181,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -14115,103 +14308,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14219,7 +14435,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -14229,15 +14445,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -14246,12 +14462,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14259,116 +14488,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "解释 :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -14377,91 +14645,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14469,51 +14745,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14521,19 +14830,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14541,37 +14851,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14579,61 +14899,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "会计：会计或顾问" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "报销费用：经理" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14641,188 +14963,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "向客户重新开具费用开票" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "开票费用" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 -msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "开票费用" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -15249,6 +15594,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -15263,6 +15609,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -15276,6 +15623,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "技术名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16675,11 +17023,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "比利时" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "电子开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16687,87 +17586,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo云端版本" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "本地部署" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "具有证明的" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16775,52 +17674,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16829,7 +17728,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16837,17 +17736,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16857,7 +17756,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16865,39 +17764,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -16907,7 +17806,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -16922,44 +17821,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "IoT 盒子" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -16971,7 +17870,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -16979,17 +17878,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -20152,7 +21051,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "词汇表" @@ -20495,11 +21394,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -25975,10 +26869,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "要下载它，请转到：菜单选择：“会计 - >报告 - >审计报告 - >税务报告”，然后单击：guilabel：“导出eCDF申报”。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -26527,10 +27417,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "您还必须使用墨西哥境内的真实地址（包括所有字段）配置公司，并添加“EKU9003173C9”作** VAT **。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "电子开票" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -30301,10 +31187,6 @@ msgstr "流动性转移" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "未结收款" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -31264,7 +32146,7 @@ msgstr "本部分的表单特定于您正在配置的支付服务提供商。有 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "配置选项卡" @@ -31491,7 +32373,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr ":doc:`../payment_providers`" @@ -31718,7 +32600,7 @@ msgstr "允许从特定域发起的付款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "暂挂信用卡" @@ -33087,9 +33969,10 @@ msgstr "凭证获取方式取决于您的托管类型：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." -msgstr "转到**电子商务**或**销售**应用程序，点击引导横幅上的*激活Stripe*或*设置付款*按钮。" +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:39 @@ -33131,8 +34014,8 @@ msgstr "Odoo.sh或企业自主托管" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." -msgstr "流程结束后，您将转到Odoo中的支付服务提供商**Strip**。" +"**Stripe** in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." @@ -33153,42 +34036,41 @@ msgstr "已设置完成，您可以继续:ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" -"完成引导流程后，要连接您的Stripe账户，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-->支付服务提供商-->Stripe`，点击*连接Stripe*按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." -msgstr "如果您测试Stripe（在**测试模式**下），请将**状态**更改为*测试模式*。建议在Odoo测试数据库而非您的主数据库执行此操作。" +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "填写您的凭证" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "如果需要您的**API凭证**，以便与Stripe账户连接，则您须填写以下凭证：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr ":ref:`可发布密钥`：仅用于标识Stripe账户的密钥。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr ":ref:`密钥`：使用Stripe签署商户账户的密钥。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" @@ -33196,7 +34078,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":ref:`反射API签名密钥`：在Stripe账户中启用反射API时，您须设置此签名密钥，以验证Stripe向Odoo发送的消息。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -33206,200 +34088,192 @@ msgstr "" "要检索可发布密钥和密钥，请执行以下操作`link to your API keys " "`_，或登录Stripe仪表板，并转到:menuselection:`开发人员-->API密钥-->标准密钥`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "生成反射API" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "如果需要您的**反射API签名密码**，以便与Stripe账户连接，您可以自动或手动创建反射API。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "自动管理反射API" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -"确保您的:ref:`Publishable and Secret keys `已填写，然后点击:guilabel:`生成反射API`按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." -msgstr "要更新反射API，再次点击:guilabel:`生成反射API`按钮。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "手动管理反射API" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" -"登录`webhooks page on Stripe " -"`_，或登录您的Stripe仪表板，并转到:menuselection:`开发人员-->反射API`，然后在:guilabel:`Hosted" -" endpoints`点击:guilabel:`Add endpoint`，在弹出表单中填写以下数据：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "在:guilabel:`端点URL`中，输入您的Odoo数据库URL，后加" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." -msgstr "`/payment/stripe/webhook`。" +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "例如：`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" -msgstr "在表单询问，您可以选择想要收听的活动。点击:guilabel:`Select events`。然后：" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -"在:guilabel:`付款意图`部分，选择:guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`和:guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "在:guilabel:`设置意图`部分，选择:guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "可以选择其他活动，但Odoo当前不处理其他活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -"点击:guilabel:`Add endpoint`后，将配置您的反射API。点击:guilabel:`reveal`，以显示您的签名密钥。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -"要更新现有反射API，请点击它，然后点击**反射API URL**右侧的三个点，之后点击:guilabel:`Update details`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "Stripe允许您**手动捕获金额**，而非立即捕获。此功能将客户账户内的金额指定一段时间，取决于所用的付款方式。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -"要设置此功能，请在Odoo中启用:guilabel:`手动捕获金额`选项，参阅:ref:`payment providers documentation" -" `。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "手动捕获功能激活后，如果您的客户选择不支持的付款方式，将无法继续进行任何付款。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "Odoo尚不支持捕获部分金额。请注意，来自Stripe界面的部分捕获将被Odoo管理为完整捕获。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "启用本地付款方式" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "本地付款方式仅适用于特定商户和客户所在国家和币种。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "Odoo支持以下本地付款方式：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "Bancontact" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "EPS" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "giropay" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "iDEAL" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "Przelewy24 (P24)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" -"要启用Stripe本地付款方式，请将付款方式列为支持的付款方式图标。要执行此操作，转到:menuselection:`支付服务提供商-->Stripe-->配置`，并将付款方式添加至**支持的付款方式图标**字段。如果付款方式已列出，则无需操作。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "选择并添加要启用的付款方式的图标" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "如果数据库中没有付款图标记录，且相关本地付款方式已经列出，则视为Stripe已启用。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "如果本地付款方式未列出，则不支持此付款方式，也无法启用。" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 msgid "Enable express checkout" msgstr "启用快速结账" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -33409,44 +34283,39 @@ msgstr "" "勾选:guilabel:`允许快速结账`复选框后，**Google Pay**立即启用，但**Apple " "Pay**要求额外步骤：您须在Apple注册web域。可以在Odoo中自动注册，也可以在Stripe中手动注册。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo中自动注册" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "导航至您的支付服务提供商，确保其:guilabel:`enabled`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -"转到:guilabel:`配置`选项卡，点击:guilabel:`启用Apple Pay`按钮，将出现通知消息，显示已在Apple成功注册web域。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "在Stripe中手动注册" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -"登录`Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " -"`_，登录您的Stripe仪表板，并转到:menuselection:`设置-->付款方式-->Apple" -" Pay-->配置-->Web域`。然后，点击:guilabel:`Add new " -"domain`，在弹出表单中填写您Odoo数据库的web域。Odoo已经托管Stripe确认文件。点击:guilabel:`添加`，以在Apple注册您的web域。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "web域每次变更后，均须重复此操作。" @@ -33983,35 +34852,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "电子表格" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -34021,40 +34891,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -34162,3 +35032,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "模板" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 554124c2d..5132f78e3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,15 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Jeffery CHEN , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -132,3 +133,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "员工" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "添加一个新的员工" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "简历" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "技能" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 1d5d30ebf..04c6b4adb 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -550,9 +550,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -985,101 +984,490 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots` " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "到期日" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." -msgstr "在许多公司中，产品都有保质期，应根据这些日期进行管理。例如，在食品行业，必须根据有效期跟踪和管理产品库存，以避免向客户出售过期产品。" +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "基于产品的保质期，您可以用Odoo跟踪和管理您的产品，即使它们已经通过批次或序列号进行跟踪。" +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" +msgstr "" +":doc：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "应用配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." -msgstr "要使用保质期跟踪，请打开 *库存* 应用程序并前往：菜单选项:`配置 --> 设置` 并激活 *批次和序列号* 和 *保质期* 功能。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "产品配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" -msgstr "现在，您可以在产品表单的 *库存选项卡* 中界定不同的日期：" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." -msgstr "产品使用时间：货物在尚未变质前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的最佳使用日期。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." -msgstr "产品生命周期：产品可能变得危险且不得食用之前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的到期日。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." -msgstr "产品下架时间：显示产品应从库存中下架前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的下架日期。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -"产品警报时间：指在批次/序列号上发出警报之前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的警报日期。到了警报日当天，相关批次/序列号上的活动将分配给产品上指定的用户负责人。" +":doc：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "批号/序列号的到期日" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." -msgstr "将产品收入库存时，相应的批号/序列号将自动更新日期。这些更新会基于产品的收货日期和产品表格上设置的日期。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "到期警报" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 -msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" -"您可以在*库存*应用程序中访问到期警报。如需操作，请转到：菜单选项`主数据 --> " -"批次/序列号`。在那里，您可以使用预先设定好的筛选器来显示所有已超过警报日期的批次/序列号。" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" @@ -1110,12 +1498,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" -":doc：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1448,11 +1830,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1610,12 +1987,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" -":doc：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -3038,237 +3409,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "产品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "术语" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "按单补货" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3948,49 +4476,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "接收产品" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3998,104 +4533,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "产品发货" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" -msgstr "库存计价报告" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4103,32 +4637,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4137,6 +4679,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -8026,9 +8621,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8038,8 +8633,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8208,6 +8803,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **** 应用并点选 **用设** 。点击第一个链接 **置你的公司信** 。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "产品配置" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9888,45 +10488,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "应用组件到多个变体。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "质量管理" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "无论你是想控制你的生产质量，还是你的分包商的生产，在注册产品到你的库存之前，你可以依靠Odoo的质量模块。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" -"为了控制生产质量，您需要在制造操作类型上设置一个*质量控制点*，如下所示。要创建它，请转至：菜单选择：`质量-->质量控制-->控制点`，然后单击 " -"**** 。如果该检查仅适用于特定产品或产品类别，您也可以在设置过程中指定这些产品或类别。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "对于分包产品的接收，您需要选择“收据”操作类型，而不是“制造操作类型”。对于其他的，同样的原则也适用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" -"这样，每次制造和/或接收成品时，都会自动创建质量检查。请注意，可以从下拉列表中选择几种质量检查*类型*。另请注意，可以为同一操作类型设置多个质量检查点。" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "管理半成品" @@ -10677,25 +11238,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10703,11 +11264,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10715,7 +11276,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10724,7 +11285,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10738,7 +11299,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10748,11 +11309,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10760,23 +11321,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index f20dc4276..47d57f6ad 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -5,10 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Datasource International , 2022 -# F4NNIU , 2022 # fausthuang, 2022 -# LINYUN TONG , 2022 -# 新 陈 , 2022 # Mandy Choy , 2022 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022 # liulixia , 2023 @@ -17,17 +14,17 @@ # zhao yonghui, 2023 # Raymond Yu , 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Emily Jia , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Emily Jia , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -631,15 +628,12 @@ msgstr "创建一个 Twilio 帐户" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" " per their instructions." msgstr "" -"首先，转到`Twilio `_ ，点击:guilabel:`Sign " -"up`创建Twilio账户。之后，输入您的姓名和电子邮箱地址，创建密码，并接受Twilio服务条款。然后，单击:guilabel:`Start your" -" free trial`。按照提示，在Twilio中验证电子邮箱地址。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1250,157 +1244,401 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "将物联网盒子连接到你的数据库" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "在你的 Odoo 数据库中安装物联网（IoT）应用." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "进入物联网应用并单击物联网盒子页面上的连接。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "按步骤连接到你的物联网盒子。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "以太网连接" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." -msgstr "将所有必须使用电缆连接的设备（如：以太网、USB 设备等）插入物联网盒子。" +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "从连接到物联网盒子的屏幕或收据打印机中读取配对代码。" +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." -msgstr "输入配对代码，然后单击配对按钮。" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." -msgstr "近来的网络浏览器的最新变化迫使我们修改连接向导。 如果您的屏幕与屏幕截图不同，请确保已安装 ``iot_pairing`` 模块。" +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "WiFi 连接" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "复制令牌" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "连接到物联网盒子的WiFi网络 (确保你的电脑没有插入网线)。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -"您需要返回物联网盒子的首页 (如果不能访问，请使用盒子的IP地址进行访问)。为您的物联网盒子设置名称(非必须) 并粘贴令牌，然后点击下一步。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -"如果您使用 Runbot, 不要忘记在复制令牌添加 -all 和 -base (例如这个令牌 " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** 应该为 " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." -msgstr "选择您要连接的WiFi 网络 (请输入网络密码) 然后点击提交。 等待一会自动跳转到您的数据库。" +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "您现在应该会看到物联网盒子了。" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "图解物联网盒子" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "烧写SD卡" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "在某些情况下，您可能需要重新刷新物联网盒子的 SD 卡，以便从我们的最新更新中获取新功能。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" -msgstr "从物联网盒主页升级" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -"转到IoT Box主页，单击版本号旁边的*Update*。如果有新版本的物联网盒图像可用，您将在页面底部看到一个*Upgrade to " -"___*按钮，然后物联网盒将自身闪烁到新版本的物联网盒。将保存您的所有配置。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." -msgstr "此过程可能需要30分钟以上。不要关闭或拔下物联网盒，因为它会使其处于不一致的状态。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" -msgstr "使用Etcher升级" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -"访问Balena的网站并下载`Etcher`__. " -"这是一个免费的开源工具，用于刻录图像文件。安装并启动它。从nightly下载最最镜像``__." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" -"然后，打开*Etcher*并选择*Flash from " -"file*，找到刚刚下载的镜像。将物联网盒SD卡插入计算机并选择它。单击*Flash*，等待过程完成。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" @@ -1832,115 +2070,164 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "将该物联网盒子用于PoS应用" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "先决条件" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "在开始之前，确保您已做好 :" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." -msgstr "物联网盒及其电源适配器。" +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "一台带最新的Web浏览器的电脑或平板电脑" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" -msgstr "安装了销售点和物联网（IoT ）应用程序的、正在运行的Odoo云端或Odoo实例" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "启用了DHCP服务 (这是默认设置) 的本地网络" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "RJ45以太网电缆（可选，内置WiFi）" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -"任何支持的硬件（收据打印机、条形码扫描仪、现金抽屉、支付终端、电子秤、客户显示器等）。支持的硬件列表可在“POS硬件”页面上找到``__" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -"连接外设到PoS，第一步就是要把物联网盒子连接到您的数据库。 具体操作，参见 :doc:`documentation `." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "然后，您必须将外围设备连接到物联网盒子。" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "设备名称" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." -msgstr "**打印机** ：将支持的收据打印机连接到USB端口或网络，然后打开电源。" +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "指令" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "打印机" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "**钱箱**: 钱箱应连接用RJ25电缆连接打印机。" +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." -msgstr "**条形码扫描** ：连接条形码扫描仪。为了使条形码扫描仪兼容，它必须以输入字符（键码28）结束条形码。这很可能是条形码扫描仪的默认配置。" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "比例" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**电子磅秤**: 连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" -"**客户显示**：将屏幕连接至物联网（IoT ）盒子，以显示销售点（PoS " -"）订单。参见:doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" -"完成后，您可以将 IoT Box 连接到您的 PoS。 为此，请进入:菜单选择:`销售点 --> 设置 --> 销售点`，勾选 *IoT Box* " -"并选择您要在此销售点中使用的设备。 保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "设置完成后，您可以启动PoS会话。" +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 @@ -1948,203 +2235,252 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "故障排除" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" -msgstr "物联网盒连接" +msgid "IoT box connection" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" -msgstr "我找不到连接我的 IoT Box 的配对码" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." -msgstr "配对代码应打印在连接到物联网盒的收据打印机上，也应显示在连接的监视器上。" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "以下情况不显示配对码：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" -msgstr "物联网盒已连接到Odoo数据库；" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" -msgstr "物联网盒未连接到互联网；" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" -msgstr "该代码仅在 IoT Box 启动后 5 分钟内有效。 当此延迟到期时，它会自动从连接的显示器中删除;" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 -msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -"物联网盒图像的版本太旧。它应该使用20.06或更高版本。如果您的物联网盒图像来自早期版本，则您必须刷新物联网盒的SD卡以更新图像（请参阅：:doc:``）" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." -msgstr "如果您不在上述任何情况下，请通过检查micro USB端口旁边是否显示固定的绿色LED，确保物联网盒已正确启动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "我已经连接了我的 IoT Box，但它没有显示在我的数据库中" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -"当您将 IoT Box 连接到数据库时，IoT Box 可能会重新启动，如果是这种情况，可能需要一分钟才能出现在您的数据库中。 如果一段时间后 IoT " -"仍未显示，请确保可以从 IoT Box 访问您的数据库，并且您的服务器不使用多数据库环境。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" -msgstr "我的物联网盒已连接到我的数据库，但无法访问" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." -msgstr "确保物联网盒和运行浏览器的设备位于同一网络上，因为无法从本地网络外部访问物联网盒。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "打印机" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" -msgstr "未检测到我的打印机" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 -msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." -msgstr "如果您的一台打印机未显示在您的设备列表中，请转到 IoT Box 主页并确保它列在 *打印机* 下。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" msgstr "" -"如果 IoT Box 主页上没有您的打印机，请点击 *打印机服务器*，转到 *管理* 选项卡，然后单击 *添加打印机*。 " -"如果您在列表中找不到您的打印机，它可能连接不正确。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" -msgstr "我的打印机输出随机文本" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 msgid "" "For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " "selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " "characters." msgstr "" -"对于大多数打印机，应自动检测并选择正确的驱动程序。然而，在某些情况下，自动检测机制可能不够，如果没有找到驱动程序，打印机可能会打印随机字符。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." msgstr "" -"解决方案是手动选择相应的驱动程序。在物联网盒主页上，单击*打印机服务器*，转到*打印机*选项卡并在列表中选择打印机。在“管理”下拉列表中，单击*修改打印机*。按照步骤选择与打印机对应的品牌和型号。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "Epson和Star收据打印机和Zebra标签打印机不需要驱动程序即可工作。确保没有为这些打印机选择驱动程序。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" -msgstr "我的Zebra打印机不打印任何东西" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -"Zebra打印机对打印的ZPL代码的格式非常敏感。如果打印机没有输出任何内容或打印空白标签，请尝试更改发送到打印机的报告的格式，方法是在开发人员模式下访问：菜单选择:`Settings-->Technical-->Views`，并查找相应的模板。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "条码扫描器" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "条码扫描器读取的字符与条码不匹配" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -"默认情况下，我们假设您的条形码扫描仪是在美国QWERTY中配置的。这是大多数条形码读取器的默认配置。如果您的条形码扫描仪使用不同的布局，请转到设备的窗体视图并选择正确的布局。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "扫描条形码时不会发生任何情况" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." -msgstr "确保在销售点配置中选择了正确的设备，并且将条形码配置为在每个条形码的末尾发送输入字符（键码28）。" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "条形码扫描仪被检测为键盘" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." -msgstr "一些构造糟糕的条形码扫描仪不宣传自己是条形码扫描仪，而是作为USB键盘，不会被物联网盒识别。" +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." -msgstr "您可以手动更改设备类型，方法是转到其窗体视图并激活“Is扫描仪”选项。" +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "钱箱" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "钱箱无法打开" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." -msgstr "现金抽屉应连接到打印机，并在POS配置中勾选*现金抽屉*复选框。" +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" @@ -2488,435 +2824,610 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "设备" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "连接相机" +msgid "Connect a camera" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* " -"时，可能需要使用摄像头。只需几个步骤即可完成此操作，因此配置起来非常简单。您可以在制造过程中使用它并将其连接到 *控制点* 。这样做可以在到达所选 " -"*质量控制点* 时启用拍照功能。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "连接" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." -msgstr "要将摄像机连接到*物联网盒*，只需通过电缆将两者连接起来。" +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"如果您的相机在 `*支持的设备* `__中，则无需进行任何设置，因为连接之后，会自动检测到。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "将相机连接到 *质量控制点*" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "使用制造应用程式" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -"在 *品控应用程式* 中，您可以为 *质量控制点* 设置设备。打开 *质量控制* 下的 *控制点* 菜单，然后配置 *质量控制点* " -"连接的相机。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *控制点* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。然后点击保存。" +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." -msgstr "然后，您的相机可以与选择的 *控制点* 一起使用。 在制造过程中，达到您之前选择的 *质量控制点* 即可拍照。" +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "连接脚踏开关" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "工作时，最好有保证您的双手都可用。使用 Odoo 的 *物联网盒子* 和脚踏开关是可以解放双手的。" +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." -msgstr "事实上，你可以通过脚和脚踏开关从一个屏幕切换到另一个屏幕并执行动作。非常方便，只需几步即可配置。" +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." -msgstr "将脚踏开关连接到“物联网盒”很容易，你只需通过电缆将两者连接起来。" +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -"如果您的脚踏开关在 `支持的设备 `__,中，无需进行任何设置，因为连接后会自动检测到。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "连接脚踏开关到工作中心" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"要将脚踏开关连接到操作，需要在工作中心配置好。转到要使用脚踏开关的工作中心，并在 *物联网触发器* " -"选项卡中添加设备。然后，您可以将其连接到动作，并添加一个键来触发它。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "请注意，将选择列表中第一个。 因此，顺序很重要！ 例如在上图中，使用脚踏开关将自动跳过您正在处理的当前过程。" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "当您在工单界面时，状态按钮指示您是否正确连接到脚踏开关。" +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "连接测量工具" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -"借助 Odoo 的 *物联网盒子* " -"，可以将测量工具连接到您的数据库。在此处查找支持的设备列表：\"支持的设备`__。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "通过USB 连接" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "要添加通过USB连接的设备，只需将USB电缆插入*物联网盒*，该设备就会显示在您的Odoo数据库中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "蓝牙连接" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." -msgstr "激活设备上的蓝牙（请参阅设备手册以进行下一步），物联网盒子将自动尝试连接到设备。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "这是它的示例：" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "将测量工具链接到 *质量控制点*" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" -"在 *品控应用程式* 中，您可以为 *质量控制点* 配置设备。为此，请转到 *质量控制* 下的 *控制点* 菜单，然后为控制点分配测量工具。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *控制点* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。点击保存即可。" +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." -msgstr "现在，您的测量工具连接到所选的 *控制点* 。需要手动更改的数据将在使用该工具时自动更新。" +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "连接打印机" +msgid "Connect a printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" -"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* 时，可能需要用到打印机。这很容易实现，只需几步即可完成。然后，您就可以使用它打印收据、订单，以及其它 Odoo" -" 应用中的报告。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -"物联网盒支持通过USB、网络或蓝牙连接的打印机`支持的打印机`__将自动检测并显示在您的物联网应用程序的*设备*列表中。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "打印机最多可能需要两分钟才能显示在设备列表中。" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "连接打印机" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "至工单" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "您可以通过 *质量控制点* 将 *工作订单* 连接到打印机，以打印制造产品的标签。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." msgstr "" -"为此，您需要从 *品控* 应用创建 *质量控制点* 。然后，您可以选择正确的制造操作和工序。在类型选项，选择 *打印标签* 并点击保存。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "现在，每次出现选择产品的 *质量控制点* 时，都会显示 *打印标签* 按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "至报告" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "您可以将某类报表连接到特定的打印机。 在 *物联网* 应用中， 打开 *设备* 菜单然后选择您要设置的打印机。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "现在打开 *打印机报告* 选项卡。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "点击编辑，然后点击 *添加行* 。在显示的窗口中，检查要连接到此打印机的所有类型的报告。选中并保存。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "现在，每次点击控制面板中的 *打印* 时，都会将其发送到选定的打印机并自动打印。而不是下载 PDF。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "打印来自 PoS 的收据" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "您可以将打印机连接到 *POS* 应用，然后就可以直接使用 *PoS* 来打印收据。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -"这样做真的很容易。转到你的*销售点*应用程序，在*配置*下打开你的*销售点*设置。在那里，单击“编辑”并选中“物联网框”功能。然后，从下拉列表中选择“收据打印机”。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -msgstr "现在，您可以从*POS*打印不同种类的门票： **** 、 **售明细 ** **** 。" +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." -msgstr "订单确认后，将打印收据。当您在*PoS*配置中启用该功能时，该过程将自动进行。" +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "可以通过单击 *PoS* 页顶部导航栏上的打印机图标来打印销售详细信息。打印的是当天的销售详细信息。" +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." -msgstr "至于账单，它只在餐厅模式下可用。在餐厅设置中，激活“打印账单”，一个“账单”按钮将出现在“PoS”的左侧面板中。" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "打印订单至厨房" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "在餐厅模式下，您可以向厨房发送订单。" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 +msgid "" +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "完成之后到 *PoS* 应用，打开 *PoS* 设置页。 然后勾选 *订购打印机* 。" +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." -msgstr "现在，转到“打印机”菜单。点击创建，从下拉列表中选择打印机，在*打印机产品类别*字段中，选择应在此打印机上打印的所有产品类别。" +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." -msgstr "在*PoS*中，当您从所选类别之一添加或删除产品时，按钮*Order*将为绿色。如果单击它，物联网框将在相应的打印机上打印收据。" +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" -msgstr "连接天平" +msgid "Connect a scale" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" -"在Odoo中使用 **联网盒 **，可能需要使用天平。这样做既简单又方便，因为只需几个步骤即可完成。然后，你可以在你的 **售点应用程序 " -"**使用它来衡量你的产品，如果它们的价格是基于它的，这会很有帮助。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "要将电子秤连接到 **联网** ，请用电缆连接。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "在某些情况下，可能需要USB转串口适配器。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." msgstr "" -"如果您的秤`compatible with Odoo IoT Box `_，则无需设置，连接后会自动检测到秤。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "物联网（IoT）盒子自动检测。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" -"在某些情况下，您可能需要重新启动机箱并从机箱中下载电子秤的驱动程序。为此，请转至“物联网盒主页”，然后单击“驱动程序列表”。然后，单击装载驱动。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "物联网（IoT）盒子设置和驱动程序列表视图。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "在销售点使用天平" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -"要在*销售点*应用程序中使用比例，请转至：菜单选择：`销售点-->配置-->销售点`，打开要配置的，然后单击*编辑*并启用*物联网盒*功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." -msgstr "销售点（PoS ）中的物联网（IoT）盒子功能视图" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." -msgstr "现在，在下拉菜单中选择“物联网”框，并选中“电子秤”选项。然后，你点击保存。" +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "销售点（PoS ）和物联网（IoT）盒子可以使用的外部工具列表" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" -"现在，您的所有“PoS”会话中都可以使用该秤。然后，如果一个产品有一个每重量的价格集，在*PoS*屏幕上单击它会打开秤屏幕，出纳可以在那里称量产品并将正确的价格添加到购物车中。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." @@ -2928,66 +3439,71 @@ msgstr "连接屏幕" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." -msgstr "在Odoo中，:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子可连接至显示屏。连接完成后，屏幕可以向客户显示:abbr:`PoS（销售点）`订单。" +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "屏幕显示销售点（PoS）订单示例。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." -msgstr "要从任何其他电脑查看客户显示，转到:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子主页，单击:guilabel:`销售点显示`按钮。" +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." -msgstr "将显示屏连接至:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子的方式因型号而异。" +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "物联网（IoT）盒子型号4" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -"在:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子侧，通过Micro HDMI电缆连接最多2个屏幕。如果连接了2个屏幕，则可以显示不同内容（请参见下述用法）。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "物联网（IoT）盒子型号3" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." -msgstr "在:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子侧，通过HDMI电缆连接屏幕。" +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -"应在打开:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子前连接屏幕。如果盒子已经打开，应连接屏幕，先断开后接通电源，以重新启动:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." -msgstr "使用HDMI/MicroHDMI适配器可能引发问题，从而导致显示屏出现空白屏或黑屏。建议使用电缆。" +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2996,91 +3512,90 @@ msgstr "连接成功后，屏幕应显示:guilabel:`销售点客户显示`。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." -msgstr "显示屏连接至物联网（IoT）盒子后，默认出现“销售点客户显示”。" +"connected to an IoT box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." -msgstr "“销售点客户显示”应出现在:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`盒子主页的:guilabel:`显示`列表中。" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." -msgstr "物联网（IoT）盒子主页中显示的显示屏名称示例。" +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." -msgstr "如果未检测到屏幕，则使用命名为:guilable:`Distant display`的默认显示。" +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "如果未检测到屏幕，则使用“远程显示”屏幕名称。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "用途" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" -msgstr "向客户显示销售点订单" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -"要使用:guilabel:`销售点`应用程序中的屏幕，转到:menuselection:`销售点-->配置-->销售点`，打开要使用的屏幕，点击:guilabel:`编辑`，启用:guilabel:`物联网（IoT）盒子设备`功能。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" -"在下拉菜单中选择:guilabel:`物联网（IoT）盒子`，在:guilabel:`客户显示`选项中选择屏幕，然后点击:guilabel:`保存`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." -msgstr "将显示屏幕连接至销售点应用程序。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." -msgstr "屏幕可用于:abbr:`PoS（销售点）`会话。顶部栏显示“屏幕”图标，用于通知屏幕连接状态。" +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "将显示屏幕连接至销售点应用程序。" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." -msgstr "屏幕自动显示:abbr:`PoS（销售点）`订单，如果订单变更，将进行更新。" +"and update when changes are made to the order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "屏幕显示的销售点（PoS）订单示例。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" -msgstr "显示网站" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" -"用户可以在:menuselection:`物联网（IoT）-->设备-->（屏幕设备）`打开屏幕表单视图，选择在屏幕的:guilabel:`屏幕URL`字段显示的特定网址。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index b948b91d5..97035f2f7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ # Miao Zhou , 2022 # fausthuang, 2022 # mrshelly , 2022 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2022 # Gary Wei , 2022 # John Lin , 2022 # 稀饭~~ , 2022 @@ -18,20 +17,21 @@ # snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2023 # Mandy Choy , 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2023 # Emily Jia , 2023 # scott lai, 2023 # Raymond Yu , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# digitalliuzg8888, 2023 +# Jeffery CHEN , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -92,6 +92,7 @@ msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -111,7 +112,6 @@ msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2574,56 +2574,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -5938,178 +5962,312 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "开票方式" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "要求预付定金" +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -"首付款是买方在签订销售合同时所支付的部分款项。 这意味着双方（卖方和买方）均充分履行合同的义务。 " -"通过预付定金，购买者表现出了他们购买产品的意愿，并同意以后再支付其余的费用，而卖方则有义务通过接受来提供商品。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." -msgstr "有时，昂贵的订单或项目需要预付款。 这样，您可以保护自己并确保您的客户是可信赖的。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "第一次申请预付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 -msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" -"确认销售订单后，便可以创建开票。 开票是在草稿中自动创建的，因此您可以在验证之前对其进行检查。 要创建开票，Odoo 销售为您提供3个选项：" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "普通结算单" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "预付款(百分比)" +msgid "" +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "预付款(固定金额)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" msgstr "" -"在预付款方面，它可以是固定金额，也可以是总额的百分比。 首次请求预付定金时，您可以设置百分比或固定金额，然后输入正确的收入帐户和税款。 " -"这些设置将重新用于以后的预付款。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "如何在Odoo销售中支付首付款？" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -"当您发送首次付款请求时，将创建一个名为 **付** 的新产品。 该产品将被注册为具** 订购数** 开票政策的 **** 产品。 " -"提醒您，您可以随时编辑和修改此产品。 请注意，如果您选择 **交货数** 作为开票政策，则 **将无法创建发** 。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "使用预付款的基本销售流程" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" -"对于第一个示例，我们将对使用 **购数** 的产品的50％为首付款作为开票政策。 " -"在请求您的第一笔预付款之前，请确保在此处查看有关开票政策的文档：:doc:`invoicing_policy` 。 " -"在创建和查看开票时，您只能访问提及预付款的开票草稿（如下所示）。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" -msgstr "Odoo销售（1）首付款的基本销售流程为何？" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 -msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr ":doc：'/应用程序/销售/销售/开票/invoicing_policy'" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" -"在这里，您可以过帐开票并注册客户的付款。 但是，我们都知道，在现实生活中，这种流动不会立即发生。 因此，现在您可以返回销售订单。 在这里，您可以使用 " -"**户预** 按钮将订单视为客户，也可以使用 **** 按钮轻松找到先前的开票草稿。 在任何情况下，预付款都将在销售订单和开票草稿上都提到。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" -msgstr "Odoo销售（2）首付款的基本销售流程为何？" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" -"要完成该流程，客户要支付其余的销售订单，您必须创建另一张开票。 再一次，您可以选择再次支付预付款或扣除所有预付款，因此，将其余开票作为常规开票支付。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" -msgstr "Odoo销售（3）首付款的基本销售流程为何？" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 -msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "考虑到固定金额的预付款，此流程也是可能的。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"请注意，如果您使用 **付数** 作为开票政策对产品进行预付款，则在开票给客户时，您将无法扣除所有预付款。 " -"实际上，您必须在创建最终开票之前交付产品。 如果未交付任何东西，则创建一个 **方通知** ，以取消预付款后创建的开票草稿。 为此，您必须安装 " -"**库存应** 以确认交货。 否则，您可以在销售订单上手动输入交货数量。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "修改收入帐户和客户税" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." -msgstr "在产品列表中，搜索 **付** 产品。" +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "在Odoo销售中创建支持首付款的产品" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 -msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" -"您可以对其进行编辑，然后在 **规信息选项** 下可以更改客户税收。 现在，要更改收入帐户，您将需要安装 **计应** " -"，以便可以在产品表格上看到 **计选项** 。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "如何将收入账户链接修改为首付款" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -6377,42 +6535,89 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "然后，您可以为该里程碑开票。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "发送形式开票" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -"形式开票是货物交付前的简略开票或估计开票。它记录了货物的种类和数量、价值以及其他重要信息，如重量和运输费用。形式开票通常用作带有报价的初步开票，或用于进口中的海关目的。它们不同于普通开票，不是付款要求或要求。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "激活功能" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." -msgstr "转到:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并激活 *模拟开票* 功能。" +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." -msgstr "从任何报价单或销售订单中，您知道可以选择发送形式开票。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "发送形式开票" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." -msgstr "当您单击发送时，Odoo 将发送一封包含附件中形式开票的电子邮件。" +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" @@ -6843,7 +7048,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8360,105 +8564,9 @@ msgstr "客户如何看待Odoo销售中的截止日期？" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "将和开票递送到不同的地址" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "获得付款以确认订单" @@ -8823,298 +8931,138 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "网格变体行项目。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "使用报价模板" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "报价模板" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." -msgstr "创建自定义报价模板可节约大量时间。实际上，通过模板，你可更快地发送完整报价。" +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." -msgstr "如要启用此功能，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 **价模** 。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "如何在Odoo销售中启用报价模板？" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." -msgstr "更方便的是，我们还建议你添加 **价单生成器 **能，它将帮助你轻松设计报价模板。该选项将自动安装Odoo网站应用程序。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "如何在Odoo销售中启用报价生成器？" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "创建第一个模板" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." -msgstr "报价模板在 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置`下。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." -msgstr "你可创建新模板或编辑现有模板。命名后，你可选择产品和数据以及报价的有效期。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "在Odoo销售中创建报价模板" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "设计模板" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"你可设计模板并编辑客户界面，以管理客户在接受和支付报价之前看到的内容。例如，你可以介绍你的公司、服务和产品。为此，你可点击 **** " -"，然后将转向报价单生成器。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "在Odoo销售中设计报价模板" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "你可拖放不同的创建块，轻松编辑模板内容，组织报价。例如，你可添加一个介绍产品的内容块。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "拖放构建块，以在Odoo销售中创建报价模板" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" -msgstr "使用报价单模板" +msgid "Use a template" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "在创建报价时，你可选择特定模板。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "在Odoo销售中选择特定模板" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." -msgstr "在 **售 **置中，你可选择任意模板并将其设为默认模板。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "确认报价单" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "模板可允许客户填写电子签名并在线付款，加速确认流程。你可在报价模板中直接启用这两个选项。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "您的客户可以在Odoo销售中完成电子签名或线上支付" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "现在，每个报价都有了这项设置。当然，你可随时更改并将它仅限于特定报价。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "添加条款和条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -"申明期限和条件对于列出重要的合同要点至关重要，例如付款条件，责任限制和客户与卖方之间的交货条件。 每个卖方必须声明有关产品和公司政策的所有正式信息。 " -"另一方面，每个客户在承诺任何事情之前必须注意所有这些条件。 使用Odoo 销售，可以很容易地管理每个报价，销售订单和开票上包括默认期限和条件。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "默认条款和条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*默认期限和条件*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "如何在Odoo销售中启用默认条款和条件？" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" -"请注意，此功能是通过 **开票应用** 的设置激活的，而 **不是** 通过 **销售应用程序** 设置的。 " -"此外，您不需要安装开票应用程序，因为它会在销售应用程序安装时自动完成。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "报价，销售订单和开票上的括默认条款和条件 (DT&C)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "在 **票应用程** 的设置中，您可以插入默认期限和条件。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "Odoo销售默认报价条款和条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "它们随后将出现在每个报价，销售订单和开票上。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "报价模板上的默认条款和条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "根据您的业务需求，您可以在报价模板上指定您的期限和条件。 如果您在公司内有不同的期限和条件，这很有意思。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "在Odoo销售的报价模板中添加默认条款和条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "请务必查看我们有关报价模板的文档 :doc:`quote_template`，以掌握此惊人功能的每个步骤。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "一般条款和条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "您网站上的一般条款和条件 (GT&C)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "使用 **站应** 并创建自己的一般期限和条件页面。 例如，这是Odoo期限和条件页面：" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "您网站中的一般条款和条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"您可以在所有文档的页脚中引用此页面。 该布局位于 **务文** 类别下的 **规设** 中。 例如，此页脚出现在Odoo的每个文档中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "您业务文件中的一般条款和条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "一般条款和条件作为电子邮件附件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "当您要通过电子邮件将报价发送给客户时，请附上带有一般期限和条件的外部文档。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "作为电子邮件附件的一般条款和条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "一般条款和条件作为报价模板中的附件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" -"创建和编辑电子邮件模板，以为将来要发送的所有报价电子邮件设置默认附件。 为此，您必须转至 :menuselection:`“销售 --> 配置 --> " -"报价模板`，并创建新的报价模板或修改现有的报价模板。 现在，在确认选项卡下，您可以激活在线签名，在线支付并设置确认邮件，您可以在其中配置默认附件。 " -"然后您可以在此处输入一般期限和条件。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "作为报价模板附件的一般条款和条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" -"要自定义您的电子邮件模板，请激活 **发人员模** *，然后转到 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 电子邮件 " -"-->模板`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." -msgstr "使用Odoo 销售，现在可以非常轻松地处理条款和条件。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "Subscriptions" @@ -9201,7 +9149,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9815,10 +9764,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 0a2823685..728c35df0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -9,17 +9,17 @@ # Mandy Choy , 2022 # Emily Jia , 2023 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jeffery CHEN , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1310,128 +1310,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "论坛和线上学习" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "论坛" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" -"要超越电子邮件，实时聊天，网络表单和电话，请为您的客户提供一个支持论坛。 这样，客户可能会花更多的时间来了解您的业务细节，从而对您的公司更加依赖。 " -"还鼓励交流经验和知识，支持社区（对您的社区！）产生归属感。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "转到 :menuselection:服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队` 并启用 *帮助中心* 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" -"通过单击外部链接来创建或编辑论坛。 在编辑选项中，选择是否要将 *论坛模式* 设置为 *问题* ：每个问题仅允许一个答案，或者 *讨论* " -"：每个问题允许多个答案。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "从现在开始，已登录的用户可以开始他们的讨论。 如要跟踪帖子，请访问：:menuselection:`网站 --> 论坛 --> 帖子`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "只需单击工单页面上的 *在论坛上共享* ，即可将工单转换为论坛帖子。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "在线学习" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "除论坛外，还提供在线课程。 这样做时，您可以将客户和用户的需求和问题链接到相应的内容，从而帮助他们提高效率，因为他们也可以在那里找到答案。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置--> 服务台 团队，并启用 *线上学习* 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "课程的结构和内容准备就绪后，通过单击 *未发布* *发布* 它。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "要跟踪您的课程统计信息，请转至 *线上学习* 和 *查看课程* 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "待办" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "详细信息/信息应来自在线学习文档。因此，链接文档一旦可用！" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1730,6 +1608,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "帮助中心" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "知识" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "社区论坛" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "提问" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "支持的问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "反对的问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "答案被投赞成票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "答案被投反对票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "接受一个答案" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "已采纳的答案" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "标记的答案" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "提问" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "回答问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "支持" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "反对" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "编辑自己的帖子" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "编辑所有的帖子" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "关闭自己的帖子" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "关闭所有的帖子" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "删除自己的帖子" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "删除所有帖子" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "不能跟贴的链接" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "可接受对所有提问的统一回答" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "不链接自己的评论" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "删除所有评论" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "提出没有验证的问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "标记无礼的帖子" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "节制帖子" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "改变问题标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "创建新标签" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "在线学习" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index e39c64417..8b47cd169 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -14,10 +14,11 @@ # Datasource International , 2022 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022 # zhao yonghui, 2022 -# Emily Jia , 2023 # Raymond Yu , 2023 # Gary Wei , 2023 +# Emily Jia , 2023 # Jeffery CHEN , 2023 +# digitalliuzg8888, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -501,6 +502,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" @@ -2537,150 +2539,495 @@ msgstr "在线聊天" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" -"在所有通讯工具中，在线客服的满意度是最重要的。 它可以快速响应，并且易于访问和方便使用，因为您的客户在与您互动时可以继续做自己正在做的事情。 " -"请记住：您的客户想与您联系，所以让我们使其变得简单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" -msgstr "`实时聊天：产品页面`_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "设置" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"在数据库上安装 *在线客服* 后，如果您的网站是使用Odoo创建的，该应用程序会自动添加到其中。 现在你只需前往:menuselection:`网站 " -"--> 设置 -->在线客服` 。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Odoo Live Chat的设置页面和实时聊天功能视图" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." -msgstr "选择要链接到您的网站的频道，或即时创建一个频道。" +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Odoo Live Chat的实时聊天渠道列表视图" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "在这两种情况下，请参阅:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -"- **作** ：添加代理以回应聊天请求。 可根据需要添加数量，并且请记住，在Odoo中未进行任何活动超过30分钟的操作员将被视为断开连接。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." -msgstr "- **** ：设置要在在线客服按钮上显示的默认文本； 发起对话时访问者可以看到自动的欢迎信息，以及提示用户发起聊天的文本。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -"- **道规** ：为指定的网址和/或每个国家/地区选择一个操作。 在下面的示例中，用户（来自任何国家/地区）当登陆 *联系我们* " -"页面3秒后，聊天窗口会自动弹出。" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Odoo Live Chat的聊天渠道规则列表视图" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "操作员" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." -msgstr "必须在服务器上安装GeoIP，这是指通过IP地址查找计算机终端地理位置的过程。 否则，根据 *频道规则* ，不会考虑国家/地区。" +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "外部选项" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." -msgstr "如果您的网站不是使用Odoo创建的，则可以在 *Widget* 标签下找到要添加到自己的代码中。" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." -msgstr "Odoo还提供了可以发送给用户的URL，以便他们可以访问单个在线客服页面。" +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Odoo Live Chat的小工具选项卡视图" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "管理聊天请求" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "访客发起的对话会作为私聊信息直接弹出，并显示在 *讨论* 中。 因此，无论您在Odoo的任何地方都可以回答查询。" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "在线聊天按钮" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "聊天机器人" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "URL的正则表达式" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "自动开启计时器" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "国家/地区" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "小工具" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" -msgstr "通过Odoo实时聊天消息讨论应用程序的视图" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." -msgstr "根据在线运营商当前的工作量调度访客发起的对话。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "离开或加入频道" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 设置 --> 设定，在 *在线客服* 下访问您的频道选择 *加入频道* 或 *离开频道* 。" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Odoo Live Chat聊天渠道和加入渠道的选项视图" +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +msgid "" +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" @@ -2756,105 +3103,336 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr ":doc:`响应`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" -msgstr "命令和预设回复" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "使用预设回复可以帮助您节省时间，并对一些最常见的问题和评论做出事先考虑周全的答复。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "使用命令" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "命令是在聊天窗口中执行特定操作的快捷方式：" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "**/help** : 显示帮助信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk** : 创建支持请求。" +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk_search** :搜索支持请求。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "**/history** : 显示最近访问的15个页面。" +msgid "Execute a command" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead** :创造新的销售线索。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "**/leave** : 离开频道。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -"-对于 *支持请求* ：确保已在数据库中安装了服务台应用程序，并启用在 :menuselection:` *帮助台* --> 设置 --> " -"帮助台团队` 下的 *在线客服* 选项。" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "-对于 *线索* ：必须在数据库上安装 *CRM* 应用程序。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." -msgstr "要访问通过聊天创建的支持请求或销售线索，请单击快捷链接。" +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "在Odoo Live Chat中创建服务台请求的聊天窗口视图" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "帮助" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." -msgstr "通过聊天创建的支持请求会自动将对话添加为请求的描述。 创建销售线索也是如此。" +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "发送预设回复" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" -"预设回复可让您在键入快捷方式单词时放置一整段文字。 要创建它们，请转到 :menuselection:`在线客服 --> 设置 --> 预设回复`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." -msgstr "要在对话中使用它们，只需键入 **:** ，然后输入您创建的快捷方式单词。" +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "Odoo Live Chat聊天窗口和使用录制响应的视图" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr ":doc:`评级`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "历史" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "线索" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "离开" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" @@ -3394,6 +3972,168 @@ msgstr "未安装``geoip2``或未找到GeoIP数据库文件" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "GeoIP数据库无法解析给定的IP地址" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "翻译" @@ -3569,10 +4309,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr "Unsplash（免费图像）" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 5d31d0ca3..eff94eda3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # 敬雲 林 , 2023 # Benson , 2023 -# Tony Ng, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Tony Ng, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -518,16 +518,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 @@ -547,7 +547,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 @@ -2533,6 +2534,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:198 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 @@ -2589,8 +2591,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" msgstr "銀行" @@ -3207,6 +3209,72 @@ msgid "" "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" msgstr "" @@ -4494,9 +4562,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" msgstr "帳戶" @@ -4505,9 +4573,9 @@ msgstr "帳戶" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" @@ -4517,9 +4585,9 @@ msgstr "借方" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" msgstr "貸方" @@ -4528,8 +4596,8 @@ msgstr "貸方" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "應收賬戶" @@ -4670,6 +4738,71 @@ msgid "" "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" msgstr "開始" @@ -5394,6 +5527,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 @@ -5790,6 +5924,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" msgstr "" @@ -5999,6 +6145,7 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" @@ -6367,6 +6514,7 @@ msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" msgstr "" @@ -7091,190 +7239,202 @@ msgstr "支票" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a default credit/debit account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:45 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:129 -msgid "Statement Match" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:133 -msgid "100.00" +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:131 -msgid "X" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " -"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:99 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 -msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:113 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "未結收款" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:137 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 @@ -9662,7 +9822,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:70 msgid "Commodity code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "商品編號" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -11543,6 +11703,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" msgstr "報表" @@ -13532,9 +13693,9 @@ msgstr "費用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" -"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee" -" submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and" -" accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" @@ -13543,16 +13704,16 @@ msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 -msgid "Set expense types" +msgid "Set expense categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different *expense " -"types* for the company (managed as *products* in Odoo). Each \"product\" can" -" be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app" -" --> Configuration --> Expense Products` to view the current expensable " -"products in a default kanban view." +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13561,26 +13722,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" -"To create a new expense product, click :guilabel:`Create`. A product form " -"will appear. Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and " -"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" "The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " "and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is checked" -" off in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of " -"Measure` internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer" -" to :doc:`this document " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " "` to " "learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " "`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" @@ -13589,13 +13764,21 @@ msgid "" "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 msgid "" "**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " @@ -13603,22 +13786,22 @@ msgid "" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 msgid "" "**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " -"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven, and are " -"reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. An expense for 100 miles would equal " -"a reimbursement for $30.00." +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 msgid "" "**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 msgid "" "**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " "expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " @@ -13627,109 +13810,126 @@ msgid "" "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 msgid "" "Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 msgid "" "Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " -":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields if applicable. It is considered good " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " "practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 msgid "Record expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 msgid "Manually create a new expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 msgid "" "To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " -"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses to Report` " -"view. This view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> " -"My Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 msgid "" -"First, click :guilabel:`Create`, and then fill out the various fields on the" -" form." +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product from the drop-down menu that most " -"closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane ticket would be" -" appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Product` named :guilabel:`Air " -"Travel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Unit Price`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one " -"of two ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for one single item/expense, enter the cost in the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and leave the :guilabel:`Quantity` `1.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense, enter the price " -"*per unit* in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` field, and enter the *quantity of " -"units* in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the case of a hotel stay, for example, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` would " -"be set as the cost *per night*, and set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " -"*number of nights* stayed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Taxes`: If taxes were paid on the expense, select the tax " -"percentage using the drop-down menu. Tax options are pre-configured based on" -" the localization setting selected when the database was created. Adding any" -" new taxes should only be done when necessary." +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 msgid "" -"When a tax is selected, the :guilabel:`Total` value will update in real time" -" to show the added taxes." +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " "expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " "should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " "company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " -"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`." +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " "expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" @@ -13737,103 +13937,126 @@ msgid "" "enter the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:120 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " -"included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:124 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " -"expense is for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " -"be paid for by a customer, select the customer that will be invoiced for " -"this expense from the drop-down menu. For example, if a customer wishes to " -"have an on-site meeting, and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with " -"it (such as travel, hotel, meals, etc.), then all expenses tied to that " -"meeting would indicate that customer as the :guilabel:`Customer to " -"Reinvoice`." +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: Select the account the expense should be " -"written against from the drop-down menu." +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set-up, select the company " -"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. If there is only " -"one company, this field will be automatically populated." +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 -msgid "Once all the fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" -"After the expense is saved, the next step is to attach a receipt. A new " -":guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button appears after the entry is saved, beneath " -"the former :guilabel:`Save` button (which turns into an :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button)." +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Attach a receipt after saving the record." +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" -"Click the new :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer " -"appears. Navigate to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`." -" A new :guilabel:`Receipts` smart button appears at the top, and the new " -"receipt is recorded in the chatter. More than one receipt can be attached to" -" an individual expense, as needed. The number of receipts attached to the " -"expense will be noted on the smart button." +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" "To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " -":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is checked off." +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13841,7 +14064,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" "If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " "will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " @@ -13851,15 +14074,15 @@ msgid "" "incoming emails section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" -"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, then click " +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" "To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " "*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " @@ -13868,12 +14091,25 @@ msgid "" " the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" -"To check an expense product's internal reference, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. If an " -"internal reference is listed on the product, it is visible in this view as " -":guilabel:`(Ref###)`." +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -13881,116 +14117,155 @@ msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To add an internal reference on an expense product, click on the product, " -"then click :guilabel:`Edit`. In edit mode, enter the :guilabel:`Internal " -"Reference` in the field. Beneath the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, " -"this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use this reference as a subject prefix " -"when submitting by email.`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 msgid "" "For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " "Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " -"employee email address, go to the employee card in the :guilabel:`Employees`" -" app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email` in the main field." +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" -" email subject would be `Ref005 Meal $25.00`." +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 msgid "Explanation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense product `Meals` is " -"`Ref005`" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 msgid "Create an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 msgid "" "When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" " once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " ":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " -"Expenses --> My Expenses to Report`." +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 msgid "" -"First, each individual expense for the report must be selected by clicking " -"the check box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the " -"list by clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 msgid "" -"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " -"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed, and the number " -"of documents is visible in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 msgid "" -"It is recommended to add a short summary for each report to help keep " -"expenses organized. Click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and the " -":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field appears. Enter a short description " -"for the expense report (such as `Client Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company " -"Car`). Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu to assign " -"a manager to review the report." +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 msgid "" "If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " "added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" -" tab. Click the check box next to each expense to add, then click " -":guilabel:`Select`. The items now appear on the report that was just " -"created." +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Add a line` only appears when the document is in edit mode. It " -"does not appear otherwise." +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 -msgid "When all edits have been completed, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 msgid "Submit an expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 msgid "" "When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " "to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " @@ -13999,91 +14274,99 @@ msgid "" "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 msgid "" "If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " -"only reports that are in a :guilabel:`Draft` mode need to be submitted, " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 msgid "" "The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " -"far right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " -":guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` icon at the end of the row, and check the" -" box next to :guilabel:`Status`." +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 msgid "" "Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" "The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 msgid "Approve expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" "In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " "necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " "least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " -"necessary rights can review expense reports, and approve or reject them, as " -"well as provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" "If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " -"the account. In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the " -":menuselection:`Settings` app, the :guilabel:`Administration` section is set" -" to one of three options:" +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 msgid "" "Please refer to :doc:`this document " "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 msgid "" "Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " @@ -14091,51 +14374,84 @@ msgid "" "four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report " -"as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 msgid "" "Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " -"easily view all expense reports to validate. Go to :menuselection:`Expenses " -"app --> Expense Reports --> Reports to Approve`. This view lists all the " -"expense reports that have been submitted but not approved, as noted by the " -":guilabel:`Submitted` tag in the status column." +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 msgid "" "Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " "refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" " the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " -"select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Approve Report`." +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14143,19 +14459,20 @@ msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 msgid "" "To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " -":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. " -"Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the report." +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14163,37 +14480,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Send messages in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 msgid "" "Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " -"members. While in the :guilabel:`Reports to Approve` view, click on " -":guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`My Team`. This presents all the " -"reports for the manager's team." +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 msgid "" -"If more information is needed, such as a receipt is missing, communication " -"is easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply type in a message," -" tagging the proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the " -"person tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as anyone " -"following." +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 msgid "" "Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " -"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports to post, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Post`." +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14201,61 +14528,63 @@ msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 msgid "" "Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" " or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " "the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" -" all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action (gear)` " -"icon, then click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 -msgid "Post multiple reports from the Post Entries view." +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 msgid "" "To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " "of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" -" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, or " -":guilabel:`Refuse`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post the " -"report." +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " -"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to refuse Expense` " -"field, then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by going" -" to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> All Reports`. This" -" list shows all reports, including the refused ones." +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 msgid "Reimburse employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" "After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" -" to reimburse the employee. To view all expense reports to pay, go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 @@ -14263,188 +14592,211 @@ msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" "Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " "(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " "remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " "check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" -" to select all reports in the list. Next, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ Action " -"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Register Payment`." +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Post multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes, clicking the gear, then " -"post the entries." +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" "If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " -"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense report, " -"then creating a sales order with the expensed items on it. Then, managers " -"approve the expense report, and the accounting department posts the journal " -"entries. Finally, the customer is invoiced." +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "設定" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" -"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense product. Go to " -":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Products`. Click " -"on the expense product to edit, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the " -":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, select the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and " -":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy` by clicking the radio button next to the " -"desired selection." +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 -msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses " -"based on the ordered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:471 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivered quantities`: Expense product will only invoice expenses" -" based on the delivered quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 -msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Policy`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:476 -msgid ":guilabel:`No`: Expense product will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:477 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense product will invoice expenses at their real " +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 msgid "" -":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense product will invoice the price set on " +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 msgid "Create an expense" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 msgid "" "First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " "information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " -"the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` from the drop-down menu. Next, select " -"the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to." +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:492 -msgid "Create a quote and sales order" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` app, create a quote for the customer being " -"invoiced, listing the expense products. First, click :guilabel:`Create` to " -"create a new quotation. Next, select the :guilabel:`Customer` being invoiced" -" for the expenses from the drop-down menu." +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`. In the " -":guilabel:`Product` field, select the first item being invoiced from the " -"drop-down menu, or type in the product name. Then, update the " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity, and the " -":guilabel:`Unit Price` if needed. Repeat this for all products being " -"invoiced. When all the products have been added to the quote, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation becomes a sales order." +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Create and confirm the sales order with the expenses listed as products." +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 msgid "" -"Once the quote turns into a sales order, a :guilabel:`Delivered` column " -"appears. The delivered quantity must be updated for each item. Click on the " -"`0.000` field for each product, and enter the delivered quantity. When all " -"delivered quantities have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:513 -msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 msgid "" -"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " -":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " -"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is set on every expense line" -" of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Account` is missing, click " -":guilabel:`Edit` and select the correct account from the drop-down menu, " -"then click :guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 msgid "" -"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" -" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " -"be posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 -msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:527 -msgid "" -"Once the quote has turned into a sales order, and the expense report has " -"been approved, it is time to invoice the customer. Go to " -":menuselection:`Sales app --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice` to view the " -"sales orders ready to be invoiced." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:531 -msgid "" -"Next, find the sales order related to the expense report, click into it, and" -" then click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` and a :guilabel:`Create invoices` " -"pop-up window appears. Select if the invoice is a :guilabel:`Regular " -"invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or :guilabel:`Down payment " -"(fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to the selection. For " -"either down payment options, enter the amount (fixed or percentage) in the " -":guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field. Finally, click either " -":guilabel:`create and view invoice` or :guilabel:`create invoice`." +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 @@ -14859,6 +15211,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 @@ -14873,6 +15226,7 @@ msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 @@ -14886,6 +15240,7 @@ msgid "Technical name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -16280,11 +16635,562 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Belgium" msgstr "比利時" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "EDI憑單" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 msgid "" "In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " "truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " @@ -16292,87 +17198,87 @@ msgid "" "(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 msgid "" "This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " -"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal Data " -"Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 msgid "" "Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " "Public Service Finance registration form " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 msgid "Certified POS system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 msgid "" "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " "on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " "ensure that your POS system is certified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 msgid "On-Premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 msgid "Odoo 16.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 msgid "Review in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 msgid "Not certified" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 msgid "Odoo 15.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 msgid "Odoo 15.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" msgstr "具有證明的" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 msgid "Odoo 14.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 msgid "" "A `certified POS system " "`_ must " @@ -16380,52 +17286,52 @@ msgid "" "differently from a non-certified POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 msgid "" "Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " "is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 msgid "" "Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" " blacklisted and cannot be activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 msgid "" "Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " "activated)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 msgid "Modify prices in order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 msgid "" "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " "feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " "`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 msgid "" "Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " @@ -16434,7 +17340,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 msgid "" "At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" " in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " @@ -16442,17 +17348,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 msgid "" "If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " "without it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " "`_, is a government-certified " @@ -16462,7 +17368,7 @@ msgid "" "government to verify that all revenue is declared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 msgid "" "Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " "the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " @@ -16470,39 +17376,39 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 msgid "" "Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " "following hardware:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 msgid "" "a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " "`_ to order yours);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 msgid "a receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 msgid "Black box module" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " "Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." @@ -16512,7 +17418,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 msgid "" "Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " "information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " @@ -16527,44 +17433,44 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 msgid "" "To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " "Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " "designated field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 msgid "" "You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " "Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " "stored within the black box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" msgstr "IoT 盒子" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" "In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " "register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" " `_ and provide the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 msgid "your VAT number;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 msgid "" "Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " "<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" @@ -16576,7 +17482,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" "Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " @@ -16584,17 +17490,17 @@ msgid "" "Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" "When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " "prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." @@ -19281,7 +20187,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" @@ -19624,11 +20530,6 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" @@ -24747,10 +25648,6 @@ msgid "" "Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 msgid "" "`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " @@ -25263,10 +26160,6 @@ msgid "" "(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "EDI憑單" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 msgid "" "The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " @@ -28796,10 +29689,6 @@ msgstr "流動性轉移" msgid "101002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 -msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "未結收款" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 msgid "101003" msgstr "" @@ -29741,7 +30630,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:122 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -29962,7 +30851,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -30182,7 +31071,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -31452,8 +32341,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " -"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click the " +":guilabel:`Activate Stripe` or the :guilabel:`Set payments` button on the " +"onboarding banner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 @@ -31492,7 +32382,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "" "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " -"**Stripe** on Odoo." +"**Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 @@ -31514,48 +32404,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "" -"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" -" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " -"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding has already been " +"completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers --> Stripe` and click the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " -"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " -"main database." +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the :guilabel:`State` " +"to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid "" ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " "the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid "" ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " "with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 msgid "" ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" " on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" " messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:70 msgid "" "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " "keys `_, or log into your " @@ -31563,189 +32453,192 @@ msgid "" "Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "" "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " "Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " -"filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." +"filled in, then click the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" -"To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your " +"To update the webhook, click once again the :guilabel:`Generate your " "Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:93 msgid "" "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" -" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on " -":guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the" -" following data into the pop-up form:" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` and insert the following data in the " +":guilabel:`Listen to Stripe events` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL`, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 -msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +"In the :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` field, enter your Odoo database's URL " +"followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 -msgid "" -"At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on " -":guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "At the bottom of the form, click :guilabel:`+ Select events`, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Charge` section, select :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select " -":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select " ":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:112 msgid "" "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " "by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 msgid "" -"When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. " -"Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." +"Once you have selected the events, click :guilabel:`Add events`, then " +":guilabel:`Add endpoint` to generate your webhook. Click :guilabel:`Reveal` " +"to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 msgid "" -"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at" -" the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." +"To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click the three dots at " +"the right side of the **Webhook URL** and select :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an " "immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account" " for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo," +"To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option in Odoo," " as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 msgid "" "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to" " proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial " "capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:150 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:161 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:163 msgid "" -"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " -"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " -"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " -"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " -"listed, you don't have anything to do." +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe go to " +":menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the " +"desired payment methods in the :guilabel:`Supported Payment Methods` field. " +"If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to " +"do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:173 msgid "" "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " "local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:175 msgid "" -"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " -"cannot be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 -msgid "Enable express checkout" +"If a local payment method is not listed, it is not supported and cannot be " +"enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 +msgid "Enable express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:185 msgid "" "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google " "Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You" @@ -31753,39 +32646,39 @@ msgid "" "automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 msgid "" "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "" -"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable " +"Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click the :guilabel:`Enable " "Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully" " registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:196 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:198 msgid "" "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe " "`_, or log into " "your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments " -"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on " +"methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database " "into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:206 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" @@ -32318,35 +33211,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 -msgid "Use default templates or create your own." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 -msgid "Format your data." +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 -msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgid "Format data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 -msgid "Sort and filter your data." +msgid "Use formulas and functions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." @@ -32356,40 +33250,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 -msgid "Linking Odoo data" +msgid "Link Odoo data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 @@ -32497,3 +33391,241 @@ msgid "" "filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " "properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "範本" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 77db731e2..e2491d2f3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -132,3 +132,503 @@ msgid "" "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "員工" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "添加一個新員工" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "個人學經歷/技能" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "技能" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index a56aa5133..1a69985be 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benson , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -511,9 +511,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 @@ -937,97 +936,487 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Expiration Dates" -msgstr "到期日" +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and " -"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid " -"selling expired products to customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration " -"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 msgid "" -"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial " -"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product " -"form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, " -"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous " -"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on " -"each lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each " -"lot/serial number received." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on" -" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an " -"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible " -"user defined on the Product." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be " -"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based " -"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "過期通知" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the" -" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded " -"their respective alert dates." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1059,11 +1448,6 @@ msgid "" "expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" @@ -1396,11 +1780,6 @@ msgid "" "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " @@ -1558,11 +1937,6 @@ msgid "" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " @@ -2964,237 +3338,394 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "產品" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Select a replenishment strategy" +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering " -"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies " -"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the " -"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which" -" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery " -"processes." +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" -"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of " -"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or " +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " -"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, " -"*regardless of the current stock level*." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" -" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) " -"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and " -"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or " -":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is " -"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase" -" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted " -"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will " -"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO " -"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed." +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " -"customized and should be used for this purpose only." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows " -"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific " -"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and " -":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " -"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or" -" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. " -"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " -"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock " -"valuation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " -":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a " -":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 msgid "" -"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to " -"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, " -"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new " -"reordering rule." +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" -"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " -"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " -":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, " -"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " -"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 msgid "" -"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this " -"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO " -"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted" -" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering " -"rule." +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 msgid "" -"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using" -" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button." +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 msgid "" -"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by" -" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source " -"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " -"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) " -"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document." +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 -msgid "Make to order" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized " -"products, the route is hidden by default." +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113 -msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Warehouse`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`." +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, " +"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product " +"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " -":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable " -"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route." +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175 msgid "" -"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, " -"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and" -" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order " -"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the " -":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor " -"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-" -"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition " -"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the " +"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 -msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings." +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -3874,49 +4405,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " -"`" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is " -"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product " -"Category` field." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and" -" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out " -"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " -"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's " -"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field." +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " @@ -3924,104 +4462,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each." +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use" -" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory " -"was impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 -msgid "" -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be turned on to see the " -"*Valuation* smart button." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "` " "feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all " -"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the " -"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of " -"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 msgid "" -"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " -"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory " -"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and " -":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively." +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 -msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " -"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`" +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The " -"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's " -"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, " -":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " -"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of " -"products available during a prior specified date." +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " @@ -4029,32 +4566,40 @@ msgid "" "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " -":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In " -"First Out (FIFO)`." +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " -"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the " -"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as" -" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right." +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" -" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation " -"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 @@ -4063,6 +4608,59 @@ msgid "" "inflation." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" @@ -7945,9 +8543,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a " -"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, " -"*FedEx International* will be used." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -7957,8 +8555,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " -"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on " -"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 @@ -8124,6 +8722,11 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9784,42 +10387,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "品質管理" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the " -"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your " -"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality " -"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To " -"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control " -"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific " -"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as " -"well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the " -"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation " -"type. For the rest, the same principles apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can" -" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points " -"can be set up for the same Operation Type." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" @@ -10552,25 +11119,25 @@ msgid "" "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" @@ -10578,11 +11145,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " @@ -10590,7 +11157,7 @@ msgid "" "carried out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" @@ -10599,7 +11166,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " @@ -10613,7 +11180,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." @@ -10623,11 +11190,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " @@ -10635,23 +11202,23 @@ msgid "" "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 4bac477ba..200341fce 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Tony Ng, 2023 +# 敬雲 林 , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -616,7 +617,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " "up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," " create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" @@ -1202,146 +1203,400 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" -" become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 @@ -1774,107 +2029,163 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running Odoo Online or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"`__" +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "設定" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "設備名稱" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 -msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +msgid "Instructions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "列印機" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "比例" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS " -"order. Please refer to :doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 @@ -1883,17 +2194,18 @@ msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1901,175 +2213,232 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "列印機" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "條碼掃瞄" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "錢箱" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 @@ -2414,355 +2783,552 @@ msgid "Devices" msgstr "設備" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgid "Connect a camera" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" msgstr "連接" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgid "Connect a printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers `__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " "`_, there is no need to set up " "anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " "connected." @@ -2772,48 +3338,54 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IOT box auto detection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 -msgid "View of the IoT box feature inside of the PoS settings." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 @@ -2826,64 +3398,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box can be connected to a " -"screen display. After being connected, the screen can be used to display a " -":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order to a client." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Access the customer display from any other computer by going to the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage and clicking on the " -":guilabel:`POS Display` button." +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" "The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " -"Things)` Box differs depending on the model." +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 msgid "IoT Box model 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"Connect up to two screens with Micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box. If two screens are connected, they can" -" display distinct content (see usage below)." +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 msgid "IoT Box model 3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" "Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " -"(Internet of Things)` Box." +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" "Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " -"Box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " -"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box by unplugging it and " -"plugging it back into its power source." +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"The usage of HDMI/Micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " -"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Cable usage is recommended." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" "If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " ":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." @@ -2892,87 +3471,89 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" -"connected to an IoT Box." +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" "The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " -":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box homepage." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box homepage." +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" "If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " -"Display` will be used instead." +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" msgstr "用途" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:70 -msgid "Show Point of Sales orders to customers" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"To use the screen in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` app, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the" -" desired screen, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " -"Box Devices` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Now, select :guilabel:`IoT Box` in the drop-down menu and choose the screen " -"in the :guilabel:`Customer Display` option. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 -msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " -"\"screen\" icon will appear in the top bar to inform the connection status " -"with the screen." +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" "screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 msgid "" "The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " -"and update when changes are performed on the order." +"and update when changes are made to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:99 -msgid "Display a website" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 msgid "" -"Opening the screen form view at :menuselection:`IoT --> Devices --> (screen " -"device)` allows the user to choose a particular website URL to display on " -"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field." +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 0c9d1336f..e6e55172e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Benson , 2023 # Tony Ng, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # 敬雲 林 , 2023 @@ -14,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -76,6 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 @@ -95,7 +95,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" @@ -2522,56 +2521,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 msgid "" "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" -" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 msgid "" -"Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to " -"configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation " -"pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your " -"POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, " -"select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in " -"the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the" -" :guilabel:`Payment` section." +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "Adyen" @@ -5771,159 +5794,311 @@ msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "一般應收憑單" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "預付訂金(百分比)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "預付訂金(固定金額)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "How can you do a down payment on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (1)?" +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (2)?" +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 -msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "What is a basic sales flow using down payments on Odoo Sales (3)?" +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a down payment product on Odoo Sales" +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -6185,40 +6360,88 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 @@ -6649,7 +6872,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" @@ -8123,105 +8345,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " -"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " -"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll " -"down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section. Then, check the box next " -"to :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Navigating through the *Invoicing* app will not be possible if the " -"*Accounting* app has been installed. Instead, go through " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` to enable the " -":guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "Configure the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact " -"form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:31 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. " -":guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save " -"the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click " -":guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 -msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" -" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the " -"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 -msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" -" edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal " -"link` buttons next to each address line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 -msgid "" -"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " -"delivery." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" msgstr "" @@ -8571,285 +8697,137 @@ msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgid "Quotation templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"Using quotation templates speeds up the creation of sales orders by filling " +"in most quotation fields automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "Create a template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotations Templates` and " +"click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales?" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:20 +msgid "Apart from the name, all template fields are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After having named the template, choose default values for the following " +"fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: choose the number of days for which the" +" quotation is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online confirmation`: after sending the quotation by email, it is" +" possible to ask the customer to confirm it online on their customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:28 +msgid "by providing a :guilabel:`Signature`," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -msgid "Create your first template" +msgid "by making a :guilabel:`Payment`," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:30 +msgid "or both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: select an email template to automatically " +"send an email to the customer upon confirming the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:35 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, add the default products and their quantity. " +"Add :doc:`optional products ` in the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, add any specific sales terms and conditions on the :guilabel:`Terms" +" & Conditions` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the terms and conditions are standard across all quotations, :doc:`set " +"them globally in the Accounting/Invoicing settings " +"` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customize the appearance of quotations on the customer portal by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enabling the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Builder` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If necessary, Odoo automatically activates the :doc:`Website " +"` app when enabling this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Select a template by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Quotations Templates` and clicking on a template. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. On the website builder, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Drag and drop the building blocks, edit the content, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 -msgid "Design your template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Design your quotation template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Drag & drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo Sales" +msgid "Using the quotation builder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 -msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgid "Use a template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"When creating a quotation, choose a template under the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. All the fields are then filled accordingly. Manually edit " +"any pre-filled field if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Allow your customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "預設條款和條件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "How to enable Default Terms & Conditions on Odoo Sales?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 -msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Add Default Terms & Conditions to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions in your business documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1 -msgid "General Terms & conditions as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 @@ -8937,7 +8915,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " ":doc:`Customer Addresses " -"` feature." +"` " +"feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 @@ -9535,10 +9514,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 msgid "" "If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " -"`, add them " -"in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are specified" -" on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and conditions " -"set up in the *Sales* app settings." +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 9f8b34766..786cfbe2b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Tony Ng, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1304,124 +1304,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "概覽" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "論壇" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " -"Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "數位教學" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" -"Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 -msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "待辦" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" msgstr "" @@ -1720,6 +1602,804 @@ msgid "" "the stage." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Help center" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "知識庫" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 +msgid "Set up a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " +"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " +"forum to edit from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 +msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," +" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " +"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" +" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " +"to change which users will have access to the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " +"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " +"published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 +msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" +" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " +"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " +"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " +"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " +"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 +msgid "" +"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " +":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" +" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 +msgid "Asking a question" +msgstr "提問" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 +msgid "Question upvoted" +msgstr "支援的問題" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 +msgid "Question downvoted" +msgstr "反對的問題" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 +msgid "Answer upvoted" +msgstr "答案被投贊成票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Answer downvoted" +msgstr "答案被投反對票" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 +msgid "Accepting an answer" +msgstr "接受一個答案" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "Answer accepted" +msgstr "已採納的答案" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 +msgid "Answer flagged" +msgstr "標記的答案" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "Karma related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " +"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." +" Those activities are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 +msgid "Ask questions" +msgstr "提問" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "Answer questions" +msgstr "回答問題" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 +msgid "Upvote" +msgstr "支援" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 +msgid "Downvote" +msgstr "反對" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 +msgid "Edit own posts" +msgstr "編輯自己的貼文" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 +msgid "Edit all posts" +msgstr "編輯所有的貼文" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 +msgid "Close own posts" +msgstr "關閉自己的貼文" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Close all posts" +msgstr "關閉所有的貼文" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 +msgid "Delete own posts" +msgstr "刪除自己的貼文" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "Delete all posts" +msgstr "刪除所有貼文" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 +msgid "Nofollow links" +msgstr "不能跟貼的連結" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 +msgid "Accept an answer on own question" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 +msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" +msgstr "可接受對所有提問的統一回答" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 +msgid "Editor features: image and links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 +msgid "Comment on own posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 +msgid "Comment on all posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 +msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 +msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 +msgid "Unlink own comments" +msgstr "刪除自己的評論" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "Unlink all comments" +msgstr "刪除所有評論" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 +msgid "Ask questions without validation" +msgstr "提出沒有驗證的問題" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 +msgid "Flag a post as offensive" +msgstr "標記無禮的貼文" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 +msgid "Moderate posts" +msgstr "審核貼文" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 +msgid "Change question tags" +msgstr "改變問題標籤" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "Create new tags" +msgstr "建立新標籤" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "數位教學" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 9ef19e16b..700826ce4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -4,17 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Tony Ng, 2023 +# Pak Wai Ho, 2023 +# 敬雲 林 , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -486,6 +488,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" @@ -1355,7 +1358,7 @@ msgstr "精選" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:89 msgid "Newest Arrivals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最新到貨" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:90 msgid "Name (A-Z)" @@ -2522,141 +2525,494 @@ msgstr "線上客服" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 -msgid "Set up" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 -msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "客服人員" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 -msgid "External options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "選項" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 -msgid "Managing chat requests" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "網址的正則表達式" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "國家" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "小工具" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " -"Odoo" +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 @@ -2731,101 +3087,335 @@ msgid ":doc:`responses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgid "Commands and canned responses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgid "Execute a command" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "求助" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:88 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:93 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:105 +msgid "History" +msgstr "歷史" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "潛在商機" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:136 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:140 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "退出" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:147 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:153 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:160 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 @@ -3360,6 +3950,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" msgstr "翻譯" @@ -3535,10 +4287,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a language selector menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash (free images)" msgstr ""